world catalogue and bibliography of the recent pycnogonida

WORLD CATALOGUE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 

RECENT PYCNOGONIDA 

(date of publication: 26 Oct. 1993) 

compiled and distributed by 

Hans-Georg Müller 

Wissenschaftlicher Verlag, 

Laboratory for Tropical Ecosystems 

Research & Information Service 

P.O. Box 2268 

D-35532 Wetzlar 

Germany 

Sea spiders or pycnogonids are exclusively marine 

invertebrates of worldwide distribution, which rarely occur in 

large numbers. They are often cryptic and have usually very 

little economic significance. Most species are epibenthic 

ectoparasites of invertebrates, few are interstitial or 

bathypelagic. Revisions for major taxa of pycnogonids do not 

exist, except for STOCK's (1957) contribution on the 

Austrodecidae. Moreover, the most part of information on 

pycnogonids is scattered in many short papers. Descriptions, 

especially in the older literature, are often too poor to allow 

a reliable determination. 

The purpose of the present work is therefore to partially 

address the lack of comprehensive works through publication of 

this overview, which is intended to have worldwide coverage and 

to include the valid taxa. Catalogues, checklists or reviews 

are a valuable tool for anyone needing an up-to-date reference 

to a currently accepted name and frequently to other pertinent 

information such as bibliographic and distributional data. This 

is so because most information is filed in publications under a 

species' scientific name, which then becomes the key to 

retrieval information from the literature. The taxonomic 

literature is an often confusing subject, because it is 

constantly changing to reflect current work, and the majority 

of species are known by several names. Thus a comprehensive 

listing of names, including synonyms, is an important starting 

point for locating information, whether as the basis for 

applied or basic research. 

The information included in such an overview is usually 

arranged in a logical and organized format that allows for its 

convenient and rapid conveyance a quick and easy storage and 

retrieval system. The format and amount of information 

presented varies greatly. My use of the term catalogue herein 

is intended to convey a comprehensive treatment, including 

information on all valid names and most synonymies. Remarks on 

distribution, depth range and habitat preference of the 

included species are also given. The bibliographic section 

includes all references reporting on pycnogonids that came to 

my knowledge.

2 

There are certain arguments that speak for publishing such 

a catalogue on computer disk, instead of distributing it 

regularly as a printed book. From the financial point of view, 

the former way is considerably cheaper and allows new editions 

in short intervals. If you prefer to have parts of this 

catalogue printed, you can do it yourself easily. The layout is 

prepared, genus and species names written in italics. Using the 

catalogue in a computer, you can locate certain species 

automatically with the search function of "Word Perfect 5.1". 

This allows convenient access to the respective species in the 

file PYCNO.CAT on the first floppy disk, even when only older 

names/synonyms are available to you. 

Users should keep in mind, that we have a considerable 

steady increase of information within a short time. Thus, to 

avoid unnecessary inflation of the volume of this catalogue, I 

included only the more substantial information, which is 

(surely) subjective to some extend. For example, when a species 

is mentioned only in a key in a certain paper, this is often 

not noted in the reference-list under the respective species. 

When you are searching for keys to genera or species, you 

should check the information given for the respective families, 

subfamilies and genera. The inclusion of recent literature has 

been given priority, because these papers usually summarize 

information of older publications. 

A complete bibliography of publications refering on 

Pycnogonida is available in the file PYCNO.LIT on the second 

flopy disc. I included all references that came to my 

knowledge. 

Helpful suggestions for improvement of this catalogue are 

always welcome. 

1993, H.-G. Müller, for personal use only. You are 

allowed to take one copy of this file for security purposes and 

to print yourself one copy of the files PYCNO.CAT and 

PYCNO.LIT. The price of 69 US-$ for the floppy disk version 

payable in advance inludes packing and registered airmail 

worldwide for individuals and institutions. With the 

acquisition of these files you have the possibility to obtain 

the update-versions for a reduced fee, which are compiled from 

time to time. You are informed free of charge by air mail, as 

soon as an update will be available. However, a printed version 

of this catalogue is available on request as paper-bound 

photocopy for 119 US-$, or 139 US-$ as cloth-bound volume with 

gold tooling. The prices of the printed versions include the 

floppy disks and registered surface-mailing. Add 25 US-$, if 

you prefer registered air-mailing for the printed version. The 

contents of computer- and printed versions are identical, 

except for the lack of an index in the former. ISBN 3-930311- 

04-6, 26 Oct. 1993. 

Helpful suggestions for improvement of this catalogue are 

always welcome.

How to use this catalogue in your Computer 

To look for a certain species with the search function of 

"Word Perfect", you should consider the following hints: 

1. Typewrite the complete name of the species you are 

looking for without the name of the author and date of the 

year. Ignore subgenera, subspecies and varieties. With this 

method you should be able to locate a certain species, even 

when only an older name is available to you. Unfortunately one 

is sometimes confronted with erronous assignments of species. 

To avoid such problems I suggest to use for determinations only 

the most recent literature. 

2. To locate certain countries use only the current name, 

i.e. Sri Lanka instead of Ceylon, Taiwan instead of Formosa. I 

found it to costly in this catalogue to summarize in each case 

the species known from a certain country, because many species 

are widely distributed in the Indo-Pacific and cannot be 

assigned to a certain country, particularly when they have been 

caught offshore. 

SOME GENERAL INFORMATION ON PYCNOGONIDA 

1949 HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 234-240 [zoogeographical remarks 

on Japanese species]. 

1963 CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 1-5 [general remarks of Australian fauna, 

checklist of the up to then known species from Australia]. 

1963 HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1315-1324 [remarks on North 

American Arctic species]. 

1969 FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 1-139 [Antarctic fauna]. 

1974 KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of the British Fauna 

(New Ser.), 5: 13 [key to British families]. 

1983 NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 4-5 [key to Japanese families]. 

1987 ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 37-58 [review of the Mediterranean species]. 

1987 ARNAUD & BAMBER, Adv. Mar. Biol, 24: 1-96 [the most up-to-date summary on 

the biology of pycnogonids]. 

1991 ARNAUD & BRANCH, S. Afr. J. Antarct. Res., 21 (1): 65-71 [illustrated key to 

species of Marion and Prince Edward Islands]. 

1933 MUNILLA, - J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 73: 551 [checklist of species recorded 

from southern Spain]. 

AMMOTHEIDAE 

1948 Ammotheidae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 240-241 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to American genera]. 

1954 Ammotheidae, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 132 [diagnosis, key to 

South African genera]. 

1969 Ammotheidae, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 66-67 

[remarks, list of genera]. 

1974 Ammotheidae, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of the 

British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 23 [diagnosis, key to British species]. 

1983 Ammotheidae, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 5-6 [key to 

Japanese genera]. 

1986 Ammotheidae, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 406-407 [remarks, diagnostic 

3

4 

features]. 

1992 Ammotheidae, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 7-9 [key of species 

from Gulf of Mexico], tab. 3 [species known or expected in the Gulf of 

Mexico]. 

Achelia HODGE 1864 

1932 Achelia, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 110 [remarks]. 

1948 Achelia, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 241-242 [diagnosis, 

remarks, key to NE-American species]. 

1954 Achelia, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 137-138 [diagnosis, remarks, 

key to South African species]. 

1969 Achelia, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 99-103 [remarks, 

variation, distribution, key to treated in the report], 103 [diagnosis]. 

1969 Aduncorostris, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 113 

[diagnosis]. 

1983 Achelia, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 6 [key to Japanese 

species]. 

1986 Achelia, - KRAPP, Bonn. Zool. Beitr., 37 (4): 302 [tab. 1, comparison with 

Ammothea]. 

1986 Achelia, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 415. 

1992 Achelia, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 11 [diagnosis, comparison 

with Tanystylum]. 

Achelia adelpha CHILD 1970 

1970 Achelia adelpha CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 83 (27): 289-292, fig. 1. 

Distribution: Society Islands (Tahiti, Huahine). 

Depth range: 0-11m. 

Habitat: Anchor chain; sandy shoal and wooden post. 

Achelia alaskensis (COLE 1904) 

1904 Ammothea alaskensis COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 266-268, pl. 12, fig. 

4, pl. 17, figs. 4-12. 

1913 Ammothea nudiuscula HALL, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11 (6): 135-137, pl. 3, 

figs. 1-8. 

1929 Ammothea (Achelia) alaskensis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo 

Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1: 151-156, figs. 42, 45. 

1933 Ammothea alaskensis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 

17: 60, fig. 10. 

1933 Ammothea (Achelia) alaskensis, - OHSHIMA, Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 4: 

144-146, fig. 1. 

1934 Ammothea alaskensis, - SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 70. 

1936 Ammothea alaskensis, - EXLINE, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 83 (2991): 421. 

1936 Ammothea (Achelia) alaskensis, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 

866. 

1939 Ammothea nudiuscula, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 32. 

1940 Ammothea alaskensis, - OKUDA, J. Fac. Sci., Hokkaido Imp. Univ., (Zool. 6) 7 

(2): 73-86, figs. 1-10. 

1941 Ammothea nudiuscula, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 (26):

256 [key]. 

1942 Ammothea nudiuscula, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (4): 93. 

1949 Achelia alaskensis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 289. 

1954 Achelia alaskensis, - UTINOMI, Publ. Akkeshi Mar. Biol. Stat., 3: 14, figs. 

6-7. 

1955 Ammothea alaskensis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, in: Atlas of Invertebrates of the 

Far-Eastern Seas of the U.S.S.R., Izd. Akad. Nauk, S.S.S.R.: 160, pl. 42, 

fig. 6. 

1961 Achelia alaskensis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 91. 

1961 Achelia gurjanovii LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 93-95, fig. 18. 

1964 Achelia nudiuscula, - HEDGPETH, in: R.I. Smith et al., eds., Intertidal 

Invertebrates of the Central California Coast, Berkeley; Univ. Calif. 

Press: 208 [key], fig. 94b. 

1971 Achelia alaskensis, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab, 18 (5): 329. 

1986 Achelia alaskensis, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 44-46, fig. 7. 

1987 Achelia alaskensis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (3): 552-553. 

Distribution: Connecting a line between mid-Californian, 

Alaskan, Russian and Korean coasts to central Japan. 

Depth range: Littoral-180m. 

Habitat: Larvae found on hydromedusa Polyorchis 

karafutoensis. Adults on subtidal hydroids and algae. 

Achelia anomala ARNAUD 1974 

1974 Achelia anomala ARNAUD, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (21): 174-175, 

figs. 15-20. 

Distribution: Acores. 

Depth range: intertidal. 

Habitat: rocky shore. 

Achelia armata (BOUVIER 1916) 

1916 Ammothea (Achelia) armata BOUVIER, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 22: 

81-83. 

1937 Achelia armata, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (Zool.), (10) 20 (1): 38- 

42, figs. 11-13. 

1990 Achelia armata, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 211-213, fig. 3. 

Distribution: North-Atlantic. 


Achelia aspera (LOMAN 1923) 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) aspera LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (10): 1-4, figs. 1-5. 

1935 Ammothea (Achelia) aspera, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. 

Tierreichs, 5 (4) (2): 285. 

1969 Achelia (Pigropycnon) aspera, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 

49: 103-104, figs. 152, 153, 155, 157-159. 

5

6 

Distribution: southern oceans. 


Achelia assimilis (HASWELL 1875) 

1875 Ammothea assimilis HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1026-1027, pl. LIV, 

figs. 5-9. 

1887 Ammothea Wilsoni SCHIMKEWITSCH, Zool. Anz., 10 (251): 271. 

1907 Ammothea Wilsoni, - HODGSON, Rep. natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 10-13, fig. 3. 

1913 Achelia assimilis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 140. 

1920 Achelia assimilis, - FLYNN, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1919: 87-90, Pl. 

87-90, Pl. XXII, figs. 22-26. 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) wilsoni, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. 

Exped., 1 (2): 25. 

1954 Achelia assimilis STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 97- 

100, figs. 45-46 [small and large form]. 

1954 Achelia variabilis STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 100- 

105, figs. 47-48. 

1957 Achelia wilsoni, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 100. 

1961 Achelia assimilis, - HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F., (2) 57 (3): 7-11, 

figs. 3-7. 

1963 Achelia assimilis, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 59. 

1963 Achelia variabilis, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 59-60. 

1968 Achelia variabilis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

16, fig. 4c. 

1969 Achelia (Ignavogriphus) assimilis Fry & Hedgpeth, - N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 49: 106, figs. 152, 153, 156. 

1973 Achelia assimilis, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 106. 

1973 Achelia assimilis, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279): 92. 

1975 Achelia assimilis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 24. 

1988 Achelia assimilis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 2. 

1989 Achelia assimilis, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 124, figs. 1-2. 

1990 Achelia assimilis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 312. 

1990 Achelia assimilis, - GONZALEZ & EDDING, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (1): 

151. 

1991 Achelia assimilis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 138. 

1992 Achelia assimilis, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 155. 

Distribution: Widely distributed in tropical and temperate 

waters of the southwest Pacific, with some scattered locations 

known from Indonesia, Malaysia, French Polynesia and Chile. 

Depth range: 0.5-28m. 

Habitat: hard bottom; stones; dead corals; red algae. 

Achelia australiensis STOCK 1954 

1884 Achelia laevis var. australiensis MIERS, Rep. Zool. Coll. in the Indo-Pac. 

during Voyage of HMS Alert, 1881-82: 323-324, Pl. XXXV, fig. A. 

1891 Ammothea laevis, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 

124-127, pl. XIII, figs. 2a-m.

1908 Achelia laevis var. australiensis, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 62. 

1929 Achelia laevis var. australiensis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo 

Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1: 139. 

1935 Ammothea australiensis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 285. 

1954 Achelia australiensis STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

105-107, fig. 49. 

1956 Achelia australiensis, - STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 54: 43. 

1961 Achelia laevis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1969 Achelia (Ignavogriphus) australiensis, - FRY & HEDGEPTH, N.Z. Oceanogr. 

Inst. Mem., 40: 106, figs. 152, 153, 156. 

Distribution: Australia. 


Habitat: In mud. 

Achelia barnardi STOCK 1959 

1959 Achelia barnardi STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 552-553, fig. 2. 

Distribution: South Africa. 


Habitat: sand, shells and rocks. 

Achelia bituberculata HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Achelia bituberculata HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 287-289, 

fig. 49a-g. 

1951 Achelia ohshimai UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (5): 163, fig. 2. 

1954 Achelia bituberculata, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

94-95, fig. 44. 

1962 Achelia bituberculata, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 98, 

fig. 4. 

1965 Achelia ohshimai, - UTINOMI, in: New Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna Japan, 2: 

336, fig. 20. 

1971 Achelia bituberculata, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 329. 

1971 Achelia ohshimai, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 330. 

1983 Achelia bituberculata, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 6-7. 

1984 Achelia bituberculata, - KIM, J. Kangreung Natn. Univ., 7: 537, fig. 6a-i. 

1986 Achelia bituberculata, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 46. 

1987 Achelia bituberculata, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 141. 

1987 Achelia bituberculata, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab. Imperial Household: 18-19, pl. 

16. 

1991 Achelia bituberculata, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 3. 

Distribution: Japan and Korea. 

Depth range: Intertidal-75m. 

Habitat: coralline algae; under stones 

Achelia borealis (SCHIMKEWITSCH 1895) 

7

8 

1895 Ammothea borealis SCHIMKEWITSCH, Trudy St. Petersburg Obshch. 

Iestestvoispytateli, 25: 36-40, pl. 2, figs. a-b 

1908 Ammothea borealis, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 225. 

1923 Ammothea borealis japonica, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Izvest. Nauchn. Inst. imeni 

P.F. Lesgafta, 7: 45-47, figs. 3a-i. 

1933 Ammothea borealis var. japonica LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 

Leningrad, 17: 57-59, 78, fig. 9. 

1947 Achelia borealis, - HEDGPETH, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 106 (18): 24, 27, fig. 

13b. 

1949 Achelia borealis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 286-287, 

fig. 41h-m. 

1961 Achelia borealis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 52 [tab.]. 

1963 Achelia borealis, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1338. 

1986 Achelia borealis, - KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 37 (4): 301-310 [lit.]. 

Distribution: White Sea, Kara-Sea, fjords of Novaja Zemlja 

and Barents-Sea. 

Depth range: 130m. 

Habitat: muddy bottom. 

Achelia boschi STOCK 1992 

1992 Achelia boschi STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 86-89, figs. 4-5. 

Distribution: Oman. 


Habitat: "algae"; "under rocks and stones"; "muddy tidal 

flat with stones and algae" (STOCK). 

Achelia brevicauda (LOMAN 1904) 

1904 Ammothea brevicauda LOMAN; Zool. Jb. Syst., XX: 376, pl. 14, figs. 1-4. 

1954 Achelia brevicauda, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 140. 

1959 Achelia brevicauda, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 552. 


Depth range: 11-27.5m. 

Habitat: on rocks. 

Achelia brevirostris LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Achelia brevirostris LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1991 Achelia brevirostris, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 3-5, 

fig. 1a-f. 

Distribution: Sea of Okhotsk (Sakhalin Island); Japan. 


Achelia chelata (HILTON 1939)

1939 Ammothea chelata Hilton, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 30-31. 

1978 Achelia chelata, - ARNAUD, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63: 104 [text]. 

Distribution: California (Vera Cruz). 

Habitat: parasitic on the mollusc Mytilus californicus; 

known to be also free-living. 

Achelia columnaris STOCK 1992 

1992 Achelia columnaris STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 116-118, 139, figs. 9-18. 

Distribution: southern Brazil. 


Achelia communis (BOUVIER 1906) 

1906 Ammothea communis BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 142: 20, 44- 

50, figs. 23-32. 

1907 Ammothea affinis BOUVIER, L'Expéd. Antarct. Française, 1903-1905: 50-53, 

figs. 33-36. 

1908 Ammothea communis, - HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1): 177-179, 

pl. II, fig. 1-1a. 

1911 Ammothea communis, - BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

1140. 

1915 Achelia communis, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 57 [key], 61, fig. 16A-C. 

1915 Achelia brucei CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 3 

(1): 61, fig. 16. 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) hoekii LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (9): 24-25 [part.]. 

1927 Achelia communis, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool., 2): 344. 

1932 Achelia hoekii, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 110-112, figs. 59a-b, 60a-c. 

1932 Achelia brucei, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 113. 

1935 Ammothea communis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 (4) 

(2): 285. 

1938 Achelia brucei, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C) (Zool. & 

Bot.), 2 (8): 22 [key]. 

1938 Achelia communis, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C) (Zool. 

& Bot), 2 (8): 22 [key]. 

1940 Achelia brucei, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 79, 81 [key]. 

1944 Achelia brucei, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Exped., (B) 5 

(1): 52. 

1944 Achelia communis, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B) 5 (1): 53. 

1950 Achelia communis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 153. 

1950 Achelia sp. (?brucei), - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 154. 

1951 Achelia brucei, - SAWAYA, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

(Zool.), 16: 274 [key]. 

1952 Achelia brucei, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (2): 185. 

1952 Achelia brucei, - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (3): 263. 

1955 Achelia communis, - STOCK, Res. Norw. Sci. Exped. Tristan da Cunha, 1937- 

1938, 33: 3. 

9

10 

1969 Achelia (Ignavogriphus) communis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 49: 110-112, figs. 152-154, 157, 171-172. 

1969 Achelia (Ignavogriphus) hoekii, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 

49: 106-107, figs. 152-154, 157, 164-165 

Distribution: antarctic and subantarctic waters; Tristan 

da Cunha. 


Achelia crurispinifera KIM & KIM 1985 

1985 Achelia crurispinifera KIM & KIM, Kor. J. Zool., 28 (2): 120-124, figs. 1-2. 

1991 Achelia crurispinifera, - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 5. 



Achelia deodata MÜLLER 1990 

1990 Achelia deodata MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45 (10): 

103-105, figs. 1-4. 

Distribution: Kenya. 

Habitat: coral reef. 

Achelia discoidea (EXLINE 1936) 

1936 Ammothea discoidea EXLINE, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 83 (2991): 418-421, fig. 

33e-f. 

Distribution: temperate north-eastern Pacific (Puget 

Sound). 


Habitat: among hydroids. 

Achelia dohrni (THOMSON 1884) 

1884 Ammothea dohrni THOMSON, Trans & Proc. N.Z. Inst., 16 (1883): 243-245, Pl. 

XIV, figs. 5-9. 

1904 Ammothea dohrni, - HUTTON, Index Faunae N.Z.: 247. 

1935 Ammothea dohrni, - Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 (4) (2): 285. 

1954 Achelia dohrni, - STOCK, Videns. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 107- 

109, figs. 50-51. 

1956 Achelia dohrni, - STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 54: 42. 

1968 Achelia dohrni, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk natuirhist. Foren., 131: 17. 

1969 Achelia (Ignavogriphus) dohrni, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 

49: 101-103, 106, fig. 156. 

1971 Achelia dohrni, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (2):334. 

1972 Achelia dohrni, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3 & 4) (1971): 441- 

448, figs. 6A-H, 7A-J, 8A-I, 9A-H, 10A-R [variability].

Distribution: New Zealand; subantarctic Islands. 

Depth range: Intertidal-192m. 

Habitat: rocky shore; coralline algae; muddy bottom and 

mud with shells and stones; Cystophora and Obelia hydroids; 

bryozoans. 

Achelia echinata HODGE 1864 

1881 Ammothea fibulifera DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 141-145, 15, 

49, 51, 81, pl. IV, figs. 1-22. 

1890 ?Achelia echinata var. japonica ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 5 (1): 164. 

1891 Ammothea echinata, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 

120-124, pl. XIII, figs. 1a-m. 

1899 ?Achelia echinata var. japonica, - SHISHIDA, Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 199. 

1919 ?Achelia echinata var. japonica, - FUKUI, Rigakukai[?], 16 (2): 98. 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) echinata, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 55. 

1929 Ammothea echinata, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Roy. Soc. Belg., 69: 175. 

1933 Ammothea echinata subsp. orientalis LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei 

S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 17: 55-57, 77-78, fig. 7. 

1936 Ammothea (Achelia) echinata var. sinensis, LOU, Contr. Inst. Zool., Natn. 

Acad. Peiping, 3 (1): 19, figs. 7-9, pls. 2-4. 

1936 ?Achelia echinata var. japonica, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 

865. 

1952 Achelia echinata, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (6): 

530. 

1938 Achelia echinata, - CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 161. 

1940 Achelia echinata ssp. nasuta MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 84, 128. 

1945 Ammothea echinata, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 163. 

1949 Achelia echinata orientalis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 

318. 

1954 Achelia echinata, - BOURDILLON, Notes Stat. Océanogr. Salammbô, 35: 3. 

1955 Achelia echinata, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 213, 

245. 

1956 Achelia echinata ssp. nasuta, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. 

Foren., 118: 98-99, fig. 16a. 

1958 Achelia echinata, - STOCK, Bull. Res. Council Israel, (B. Zool.), 7B (3-4): 

138. 

1958 Achelia echinata, - Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16: 3. 

1959 Achelia echinata, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 201. 

1962 Achelia echinata, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 97. 

1966 Achelia echinata, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 317. 

1966 Achelia echinata, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 45. 

1967 Achelia echinata sinensis, - NESIS, Issöedov. Fauny Morei, 5 (13): 249. 

1971 Achelia echinata sinensis, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

328-329. 

1972 Achelia echinata, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 623. 

1973 Achelia echinata, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 151. 

1973 Achelia echinata, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 58. 

1973 Achelia echinata tuberculata LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Zool. Zh., 52 (7): 1084. 

1974 Achelia echinata, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of 

the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 23 [key], 28-30, figs. 11-12, 14C. 

1975 Achelia echinata, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1): 14 fig. 

4, 17, 18-20 (tab. II), 21-23 (ecology). 

1976 Achelia echinata, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 69. 

11

12 

1976 Achelia echinata, - WOLFF, Netherlands J. Sea Res., 10 (4): 473-474, fig. 2b 

(distribution in estuary). 

1978 Achelia echinata, - CHIMENZ-GUSSO, FRESI, CINELLI, MAZZELLA, PANSINI & 

PRONZATO, Mem. Biol. Mar. Ocean., 8 (4): 98. 

1980 Achelia echinata, - MUNILLA LEON, Cah. Biol. Mar., 21: 115-121, figs. 1-3, 

tab. I (anual development and reproduction). 

1981 Achelia echinata, - MUNILLA & de HARO, - Bijdr. Dierk., 51 (2): 191-197, 

fig. 3, 11, tab. I (electrophoretical and immunological study). 

1983 Achelia echinata, - KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 34 (1-3): 408. 

1983 Achelia echinata, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 7-8. 

1984 Achelia echinata sinensis, - KIM, J. Kangreung Natn. Univ., 7: 537, fig. 7ai. 

1984 Achelia echinata, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes naturals de les 

illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 531-535, fig. 1, tab I- 

IV. 

1986 Achelia echinata sinensis, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 2 (2): 

46. 

1986 Achelia echinata, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

1987 Achelia echinata, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 38. 

1987 Achelia echinata, - BITAR, Bull. Inst. Sci., Rabat, 11: 163. 

1987 Achelia echinata sinensis, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 141- 

142. 

1987 Achelia echinata sinensis, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 19- 

21, pl. 17. 

1987 Achelia echinata, - SANCHEZ & MUNILLA, Vieraea, 17: 182. 

1987 Achelia echinata, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 506. 

1989 Achelia echinata, - SCHÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (3/4): 287 [tab. 1, 2], 

291, 293 (phenology). 

1990 Achelia echinata, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 217. 

1991 Achelia echinata sinensis, - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 5. 

1992 Achelia echinata, - PÉREZ-RUZAFA, A. & T. MUNILLA, Sci. Mar., 56 (1): 23. 

1993 Achelia echinata, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, tab. 3. 

Distribution: in boreal waters of the N-Atlantic, 

Mediterranean and NW-Pacific. 


Habitat: In a variety of substrata, often very abundant; 

Cystoseira adriatica, Halopteris; Laurencia obtusa; 

Dictyobteris membranacea; Peyssonelia squamaria; Sargassum 

linifolium (algae); Posidonia (seagrass); feeds on Flustra 

foliacea, Dynamene pumila (hydroids) and on detritus in Bugula 

colonies; ectocommensal on Eunicella; on Suberites spp. and 

Diazona violacea; amongst hydroids on top of boulder; amongst 

mud; amongst red weed; amongst Serturella, Lepralia and 

commensals on top of boulder; tunicates on gravel and sand; 

amongst sponges, polyzoa, tunicates and Serturella; amongst 

Luidia, Cellaria and debris; amongst epiphytes on Pecten; on 

Dynamena pumila and Flustra foliacea and feeds on the latter 

polyzoan by thrusting its proboscis into the operculum when it 

opens. 

Achelia euchelata (HEDGPETH 1940) 

1940 Ammothea euchelata HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 30 (2): 84-86, fig. 1.

Distribution: California. 

Habitat: Bugula on reef. 

Achelia fernandeziana (LOMAN 1920) 

1920 Ammothea fernandeziana LOMAN, in: Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez, 3: 142-144, 

fig. 2. 

1934 Achelia fernandeziana, - GILTAY, Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., 10 (18): 

5. 

1935 Ammothea fernandeziana, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 285. 

1940 Achelia fernandeziana, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 81 [key]. 

1951 Achelia fernandeziana, - SAWAYA, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

(Zool.), 16: 274 [key]. 

1969 Achelia fernandeziana, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 104, 

figs. 152, 153, 155, 160. 

1992 Achelia fernandeziana, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 3-4. 

Distribution: Juan Fernandez Island, SE-Pacific (off 

Chile); Chile. 


Habitat: coralline algae. 

Achelia gracilipes (COLE 1904) 

1904 Ammothea gracilipes COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 269-270, pl. XII, fig. 

5, pl. XVIII, figs. 1-6. 

1933 Ammothea gracilipes var. borealis LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 


1951 Achelia gracilipes, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 106. 

Distribution: California, E-U.S.S.R. 

Depth range: ?intertidal-4m. 

Habitat: hydroids. 

Achelia gracilis VERRILL 1900 

1900 Achelia ?gracilis VERRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 10 (15): 582, pl. 70, 

fig. 10. 

1904 Ammothea gracilis, - COLE, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 31 (8): 317-323, 

pl. 21, fig. 4-14. 

1934 Ammothea (Achelia) gracilis, - GILTAY, Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., 10 

(18): 5. 

1935 Ammothea gracilis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 (4) 

(2): 285. 

1940 Achelia gracilis, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 79. 

1948 Achelia gracilis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 244. 

1954 Achelia gracilis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 117. 

1955 Achelia gracilis, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 (4): 597. 

13

14 

1969 Achelia (Pigrolavatus) gracilis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 40: 104, figs. 152, 153, 155. 

1975 Achelia gracilis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 983. 

1979 Achelia gracilis, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 

(184): 10. 

1986 Achelia gracilis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci. 38 (3): 400 tab. 1, 416. 

1992 Achelia gracilis, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 43, fig. 1. 

1992 Achelia gracilis, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 118, 139. 

Distribution: Tropical and subtropical W-Atlantic, Bermuda 

to Brazil. 

Depth range: 0-157 m. Records from deep-water probably 

from fouling on ship's hulls, when deep-water samples have been 

taken. 

Habitat: coral rubble; fouling on pilings; sponges; 

hydroids, octocorals, bryozoans; hydroids, sponges and algae on 

shipwreck. 

Achelia hoekii (PFEFFER 1889) 

1889 Ammothea hoekii PFEFFER, Jb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., 6 (2): 46. 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) hoekii, - LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (9): 4. 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) hoekii, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. 

Exped., 1 (2): 24. 

1932 Achelia hoekii, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 110-112, figs. 59a, b, 60a, c. 

1935 Ammothea hoekii, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 (4) 

(2): 285. 

1938 Achelia hoekii, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), (Zool. & 

Bot.), 2 (8): 22 [key]. 

1951 Achelia hoekii, - SAWAYA, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

(Zool.), 16: [key]. 

1969 Achelia (Ignavogriphus) hoekii, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 

49: 106. 

Distribution: Antarctic. 


Achelia kamtschatica LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Achelia kamtschatika LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


Distribution: NW-Pacific. 


Achelia kiiensis UTINOMI 1951 

1951 Achelia kiiensis UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 161-163, fig. 

1. 

1971 Achelia kiiensis, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 330. 

Distribution: Japan.


Achelia kurilensis LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Achelia kurilensis LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 98-100, fig. 21. 


Depth range: 

Achelia lagenaria STOCK 1992 

1992 Achelia lagenaria STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 89-92, figs. 7-8. 


Habitat: on algae. 

Achelia langi (DOHRN 1881) 

1881 Ammothea langi DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 146-147, pl. 5, 

figs. 1-8. 

1901 Ammothea Langii, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, in: A catalogue of Crustacea and 

Pycnogonida contained in the Museum of University College, Dundee: 55. 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) Langi, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 55. 

1925 Ammothea (Achelia) Langi, - LOMAN, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, 5 (3): 50. 

1942 Achelia Langi, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Ge., 82 (Notes & Rev., 2): 87-88. 

1967 Achelia langi, - NOGUEIRA, Arqu. Mus. Bocage, (2) 1 (15): 324-325. 

1968 Achelia langi, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 19 (1A): 16, fig. 9. 

1972 Achelia langi, - LEUNG, Téthys, 3 (4): 821. 

1979 Achelia cf. langi, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 

(184): 10-11. 

1986 Achelia langi?, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

1987 Achelia langi, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 39. 

1990 Achelia langi, - Stock, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 209-211, fig. 2. 

Distribution: Mediterranean and temperate E-Atlantic; 

?Caribbean (Anguilla). 


Habitat: algae and seagrass. 

Achelia latifrons (COLE 1904) 

1904 Ammothea latifrons COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 263-266, pl. XI, fig. 

3, pl. XVI, figs. 1-9, pl. XVII, figs. 1-3. 

1934 Ammothea latifrons, - SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 68-69. 

1941 Ammothea latifrons, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 (26): 

256 [key]. 

1942 Ammothea latifrons, - HILTON, Rep. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 (9): 295- 

296, pl. 41. 

1942 Ammothea latifrons, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (4): 93. 

1954 Achelia latifrons, - Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 96. 

15

16 

Distribution: Bering Sea, Alaska, California, and Japan. 

Depth range: ?110-183m. 

Habitat: Washed from Sertularella. 

Achelia lavrentii (LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1933) 

1933 Ammothea lavrentii LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 17: 

49-50, 75-76, fig. 3. 

Distribution: NW-Pacific (U.S.S.R.). 

Depth range: shallow water. 

Achelia litke (LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1933) 

1933 Ammothea litke LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 17: 52- 

53, 76-77, fig. 5. 

1933 Ammothea litke var. intermedia LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 

Leningrad, 17: 53-54, 77, fig. 6. 



Achelia megacephala HODGSON 1915 

1927 Achelia megacephala, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 345-346, 

fig. 12. 

Distribution: Kerguelen (Observatory Bay). 

Achelia nana (LOMAN 1908) 

1908 Ammothea nana LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 60-61, pl. I, figs. 1-13. 

1953 Achelia nana, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 300-301, fig. 14-15, fig. 14. 

1954 Achelia nana, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 97. 

1965 Achelia nana, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 14-15, figs. 1-3. 

1968 Achelia nana, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 16. 

1971 Achelia nana, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 329-330. 

1974 Achelia nana, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 13-14. 

1977 Achelia nana, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (2): xxx. 

1983 Achelia nana, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 96 (4): 699. 

1988 Achelia nana, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 50. 

1991 Achelia nana, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 161. 

Distribution: Tropical to temperate Indo-West Pacific. 

Several localities from Madagascar to Japan, New Caledonia and 

Micronesia. 


Habitat: coral reefs; dead corals, rubble; algae; sponges; 

octocorals.

Achelia neotenica KRAPP 1986 

1907 Ammothea (Achelia) borealis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Rés. Sci. Expéd. polaire Russe 

1900-1903, ... (8) 18 (6): 5-8, figs. 1-6. 

1929 Ammothea borealis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Ber. Wiss. Meeresinst. Moskau, 4 (3): 

73, figs. 3 (6a+b), 4 (A, A1, B, B1, C, C1, D, D1. 

1930 Ammothea (Achelia) borealis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 1: 139-144, pl 2, fig. 2; figs. 34-37. 

1948 Ammothea borealis, - BRONSTEIN, Opredel. Fauni Flori Severnich Morei SSSR: 

350, pl. XCIV: fig. 4. 

1986 Achelia neotenica KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 37 (4): 303-309, figs. 1-9. 

Distribution: Arctica. - White Sea, Kara-Sea, fjords of 

Novaja Zemlja and Barents-Sea. 

Achelia orientalis SCHIMKEWITSCH 1913 

1913 Ammothea orientalis SCHIMKEWITSCH, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. 

Petersburg, 18: 241-242, pl. III, figs. 1-7. 

Distribution: NW-Pacific (Kurile Strait). 

Achelia orpax NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Achelia orpax NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 8-10, fig. 2. 

1986 Achelia latifrons, KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 46-48, fig. 8. 

1991 Achelia orpax, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 5-6, fig. 1gh. 

Distribution: Japan, Korea. 


Achelia paradisiaca LOMAN 1923 

1923 Ammothea (Ammothella) paradisiaca LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (9): 4-6, fig. B1-3. 

Distribution: subantarctic area (Valparaiso). 


Habitat: "from roots of sea-weed" (LOMAN). 

Achelia parvula (LOMAN 1923) 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) parvula LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (9): 2-4, fig. A1-6. 

1932 Achelia parvula, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 113-114, fig. 62. 

1935 Ammothea (Achelia) parvula, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. 

Tierreichs, 5 (4) (2): 285. 

1938 Achelia parvula, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), (Zool. 

& Bot.), 2 (8): 22 [key]. 

1940 Achelia parvula, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 80 [key]. 

17

18 

1950 Achelia parvula, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 153. 

1951 Achelia parvula, - SAWAYA, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

(Zool.), 16: 274 [key]. 

1961 Achelia parvula, - HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F., (2) 57 (3): 12. 

1969 Achelia (Pigrolavatus) parvulus, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 49: 103-104, figs. 157-159. 

1992 Achelia parvula, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 4. 

Distribution: Ecuador; Straits of Magellan; Falkland 

Islands. 


Achelia pribilofensis (COLE 1904) 

1904 Ammothea pribilofensis COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 270-273, pl. 12, 

fig. 6, pl. 18, figs. 7-8, pl. 19, figs. 1-8. 

1930 Ammothea (Achelia) pribilovensis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo 

Akad. Nauk SSSR, 2: 156-160, figs. 46-49. 

1949 Achelia pribilofensis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 287. 

Distribution: Alaska, Kuriles, Japan. 

Achelia quadridentata (HODGSON 1910) 

1910 Ammothea quadridentata HODGSON, Denkschr. Med.-Nat. Ges. Jena, 16: 223-225, 

figs. 2-3. 

1954 Achelia quadridentata, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 138-139, fig. 

24. 

1957 Achelia quadridentata, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 84. 

1959 Achelia quadridentata, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 552. 

1962 Achelia quadridentata, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 273. 

1974 Achelia quadridentata, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (4): 787-789, figs. 20-25. 

1988 Achelia quadridentata, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 195-196, fig. 11. 

Distribution: South Africa; Namibia; St. Paul and 

Amsterdam islands. 


Habitat: on rocks and in kelp vegetation. 

Achelia salebrosa LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Achelia salebrosa LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Achelia sawayai MARCUS 1940 

1940 Achelia sawayai MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil. Cién. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, ser. 19 

(Zool.), 4: 81-86, figs. 10a-f, 17.

1948 Achelia sawayai, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 244. 

1949 Achelia Sawayai, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., 86 (Notes & Rev., 1): 28. 

1951 Achelia besnardi, - SAWAYA, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

(Zool.), 16: 271-279, figs. 1-2. 

1954 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5 

(24): 117. 

1955 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 245. 

1966 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 46. 

1966 Achelia sawayai, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, 44: 317. 

1969 Achelia besnardi, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 105, 

figs. 153, 155. 

1969 Achelia (Pigrolavatus) sawayai, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 

49: 104, figs. 152, 153, 155. 

1974 Achelia sawayai, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 87 (43): 497. 

1974 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 14. 

1975 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 982-983. 

1975 Achelia besnardi, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 35 (5): 70-71, figs. 1-9. 

1976 Achelia sawayai, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27: 342-343, fig. 

3. 

1979 Achelia sawayai, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 7-8. 

1979 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 

(184): 9-10. 

1982 Achelia sawayai, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 356-357. 

1986 Achelia sawayai f. typica, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

1986 Achelia sawayai f. besnardi, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

1989 Achelia sawayai, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 124, fig. 40. 

1989 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 59 (2): 87-89. 

1990 Achelia sawayai, - MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana biol., 70 (1989) (1/3): 186-188, 

figs. 1-10. 

1990 Achelia sawayai, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45 (10): 

105-106. 

1990 Achelia sawayai, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3/4): 277. 

1990 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 205. 

1992 Achelia sawayai, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 7 [key], 9 [tab. 

3], 11-12, fig. 3, 76 [tab. 12]. 

1992 Achelia sawayai, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 43. 

1992 Achelia besnardi, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 116, 139. 

1992 Achelia sawayai, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 118-119, 139. 

Distribution: pantropical, most records from the W- 

Atlantic. 

Depth range: 0-157m. Records from deeper water probably 

from fouling of ship's hulls, when deep-water samples have been 

taken. 

Habitat: Lives in a variety of substrata, more often found 

associated with seagrass (Thalassia). 

Achelia scabra WILSON 1880 

1880 Achelia scabra WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 475-476. 

1942 Achelia scabra, - GILTAY, J. Fish. Res. Board Ca., 5 (5): 460. 

1943 Ammothea scabra, - NEEDLER, Ca. Atl. Fauna, 10: 16, fig. 21a-c. 

1948 Achelia scabra, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 244. 

Distribution: NW-Atlantic, Canada. 

19

20 


Achelia segmentata UTINOMI 1954 

1954 Achelia segmentata UTINOMI, Publ. Akkeshi Mar. Biol. Star., 3: 20, figs. 

[not seen]. 

1954 Achelia segmentata UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 330. 

Distribution: Japan. 

Habitat: on red algae and Strongylocentrotus nudus. 

Achelia serratipalpis (BOUVIER 1911) 

1911 Ammothea serratipalpis BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

1140. 

1913 Achelia serratipalpis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 140-144, figs. 90-95. 

1920 Ammothea (Achelia) serratipalpis, - LOMAN, in: The Nat. Hist. of Juan 

Fernandez and Easter Isl., 3: 141. 

1923 Ammothea (Achelia) serratipalpis, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. 

Exped., 1 (2): 25. 

1932 Achelia serratipalpis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 113-114. 

1935 Ammothea serratipalpis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 285. 

1938 Achelia serratipalpis, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 24. 

1969 Achelia (Ignavogriphus) serratipalpis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. 

Inst. Mem., 49: 107-109, figs. 152-154, 156, 166-167. 

Distribution: Antarctic and subantarctic area. 


Achelia setulosa (LOMAN 1912) 

1912 Ammothea setulosa LOMAN, Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 238: 13-14. 

1917 Ammothea (Achelia) setulosa, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur 

son Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 41-42, pl. IV, 

figs. 9-10.. 

1966 Achelia setulosa, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, 44: 317-318, 

fig. 1. 

1990 Achelia setulosa, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 218. 

Distribution: Cape Verde Islands. 


Habitat: sand; coralline algae; bryozoans. 

Achelia sheperdi STOCK 1973 

1973 Achelia sheperdi STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279): 92-95, fig. 1. 

1975 Achelia sheperdi, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 22-24, fig. 10.

Distribution: Australia, incl. Tasmania. 

Depth range: ?intertidal-28m. 

Habitat: rocks and algae. 

Achelia simplex GILTAY 1934 

1934 Achelia simplex GILTAY, Bull. Mus. roy. Hist. nat. Belg., X (18): 1-4, figs. 

1-3. 

1952 Achelia simplex, - STOCK, Boll. Soc. Veneziana Stor. Nat., 6 (2): 182. 

1971 Achelia simplex, - WYER, KING & JARVIS, Ir. Nat., 17: 92-94. 

1974 Achelia simplex, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of 

the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 23 [key], 32-33, fig. 13, 14D. 

1975 Achelia simplex, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1): 14 fig. 

4, 17, 18-20 (tab. II) 21-23 (ecology). 

1987 Achelia simplex, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 39. 

1990 Achelia simplex, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 31: 516. 

Distribution: Mediterranean and temperate NE-Atlantic. 


Habitat: Corallina mediterranea; Halimeda tuna; Halopteris 

scoparia; Peyssonelia squamaria; Cutleria sp.; Cystoseira 

abrotanifolia, adriatica, crinita and discors; Padina pavonia; 

Sargassum linifolium. 

Achelia simplissima (HILTON 1939) 

1939 Ammothea simplissima HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 31-32. 

1951 Achelia simplissima, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 106-108. 


Habitat: bryozoans. 

Achelia socors (LOMAN 1908) 

1908 Ammothea socors LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 61-62, pl. I, figs. 14-19. 

1985 Achelia socors, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 10 (18): 157. 

1991 Achelia socors, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat (A), 151: 220. 

Distribution: Indonesia (between Ceram, and Buru and Strait 

of Makassar), Philippines. 


Achelia spatula NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Achelia spatula NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 10-12, fig. 3. 



Achelia spicata (HODGSON 1915) 

21

22 

1915 Austrothea spicata HODGSON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 15 (85): 147. 

1915 Achelia intermedia CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3: 57 [key], 60, fig. 15. 

1915 Achelia spicata, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 57-60, figs. 13-14. 

1927 Achelia intermedia, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 345 

[key]. 

1932 Achelia intermedia, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 112, fig. 61. 

1935 Ammothea spicata, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 (4) 

(2): 285. 

1938 Achelia spicata, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), (Zool. 

& Bot), 2 (8): 22 [key], 23. 

1940 Achelia intermedia, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 80, 81 [key]. 

1944 Achelia intermedia, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 52. 

1944 Achelia spicata, - GORDON, Rep. Brit. Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 52 [key]. 

1947 Achelia intermedia, - STEPHENSEN, Sci. Res. Norw. Antarct. Exped., 1927- 

1928, 27: 85. 

1950 Achelia intermedia, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 153, 159. 

1950 Achelia spicata, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 153, 159. 

1951 Achelia intermedia, - SAWAYA, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

(Zool.), 16: 274 [key]. 

1952 Achelia intermedia, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (2): 

181. 

1952 Achelia intermedia, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (3): 

263. 

1952 Achelia spicata, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (3): 

263. 

1969 Achelia (Ignavogriphus) spicata, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 49: 103 [key], 109-110, figs. 168-170, 152-154, 157. 

1980 Achelia spicata, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 2. 

Distribution: Arctic and subantarctic area. 


Achelia spinosa WILSON 1878 

1853 Zetes spinosa STIMPSON, Smiths. Contr. Knowl., 6 (5): 37. 

1878 Achelia spinosa WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 7-8, pl. 2, fig. 

1a-h. 

1878 Ammothea achelioides WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 16-17, pl. 

5, fig. 1a-e. 

1880 Achelia spinosa, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 473-476, pl. 1, fig. 1, 

pl. 2, fig. 8. 

1880 Ammothea achelioides, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 484-485, pl. 4, 

figs. 19-20. 

1901 Achelia spinosa, - WHITEAVES, Geol. Surv. Can., 772: 262. 

1901 Ammothea achelioides, - WHITEAVES, Geol. Surv. Can., 772: 203. 

1908 Ammothea echinata, - J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 224. 

1930 Ammothea (Achelia) echinata? var. spinosa, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, 

Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk SSSR, 2: 133-136. 

1943 Ammothea spinosa, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 16, fig. 20a-d.

1948 Achelia spinosa, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 212-214, fig. 

38a-b. 

1954 Achelia spinosa, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 96. 

1963 Achelia spinosa, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1337-1338. 

Distribution: E-coast of N-America; Japan; Bering Sea; 

Point Barrow. 

Depth range: ?-732m. 

Achelia spinoseta (HILTON 1939) 

1939 Ammothea spinoseta HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 31. 

1939 Achelia spinoseta, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 106. 



Habitat: rocky shore. 

Achelia sufflata GORDON 1944 

1944 Achelia sufflata GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 53-54, fig. 18a-e. 

1969 Achelia (Pigrolavatus) sufflata, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Onst. 

Mem., 49: 105-106, figs. 153, 155, 156, 161, 162. 

Distribution: Arctic. 


Achelia superba (LOMAN 1911) 

1911 Ammothea superba LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.-Naturwiss. 

Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 11-12, pls. 1-2, figs. 14-24. 

1936 Ammothea superba, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 866. 

1947 Ammothea superba, - OHSHIMA & KISHIDA, in: Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna 

Japan: 1008, fig. 2860. 

1949 Achelia superba, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 288. 

1951 Achelia superba, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 160-161. 

1954 Achelia superba, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 116: 96. 

1955 Achelia superba, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 23-24, fig. 

13. 

1959 Achelia superba, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 202. 



1983 Achelia superba, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 12. 

1987 Achelia superba, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 21-23, pls. 18, 

36. 

1990 Achelia superba, - TURPAYEVA, Zool. Zh., 69 (9): 19-20, fig. 2. 

1991 Achelia superba, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 6. 

Distribution: NW-Pacific, from the Sea of Okhotsk off 

Sakhalin south to Kii Strait. 


23

24 

Habitat: sand. 

Achelia tenuipes STOCK 1990 

1990 Achelia tenuipes STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 215-217, fig. 5. 



Achelia transfuga STOCK 1954 

1954 Achelia transfuga STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 109- 

112, figs. 52-53. 

1969 Aduncorostris transfuga, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 

113. 

Distribution: Antarctica; Lyttelton harbour. 



Achelia transfugoides STOCK 1973 

1973 Achelia transfugoides STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 104-106, fig. 2. 

1973 Achelia transfugoides, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279): 92. 

Distribution: Australia (West Island, Toad Head). 


Habitat: Phacelocarpus (algae). 

Achelia turba STOCK 1990 

1990 Achelia turba STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 213-215, fig. 4. 

Distribution: Canary Islands. 


Habitat: rocky shore; sublittoral sand; under stones with 

actinaria. 

Achelia uschakovi (LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1933) 

1933 Ammothea uschakovi LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 17: 

50-52, 76, fig. 4. 

Distribution: Bering Sea (Lawrentji Bay). 


Achelia vulgaris (COSTA 1861) 

1861 Alcinous vulgaris COSTA, Microdoride mediterranea, o descrizione de'poco ben 

conosciuti ignoti viventi e microscopici del Mediterraneo, etc., 1: 11.

1881 Ammothea fransciscana DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf Neapel, 3: 135-141, 

pl. III. 

1923 Achelia vulgaris, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 55. 

1954 Achelia vulgaris, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 100. 

1958 Achelia vulgaris, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16: 3. 

1959 Achelia vulgaris, - GOTTLIEB, Thesis; Hebrew Univ. Jerusalem: 114. 

1962 Achelia vulgaris, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., Amsterdam, 22 (11): 219. 

1966 Achelia vulgaris, - de HARO, Invest. Pesqu., 30: 665. 

1966 Achelia vulgaris, - LEDOYER, Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 41 (57): 162. 

1966 Achelia vulgaris, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 45-46. 

1966 Achelia vulgaris, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco., 44: 316. 

1968 Achelia vulgaris, - LEDOYER, Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 44 (60): 170. 

1973 Achelia vulgaris, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 151. 

1973 Achelia vulgaris, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 58. 

1975 Achelia vulgaris, - KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 26 (1-3): 284. 

1976 Achelia vulgaris, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 71. 

1978 Achelia vulgaris, - MUNILLA, Publ. Univ. Autonom. Barcelona Ballaterra, Fac. 

Cien. (Tesis Doc.): 8. 

1981 Achelia vulgaris, - MUNILLA, Bull. Inst. Catalana Hist. Nat., 47 (Sec. 

Zool., 4): 80. 

1983 Achelia vulgaris, - KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 34 (1-3): 408. 

1984 Achelia vulgaris, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes de les illes Medes, 

ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 531, 533-535, tab. III-IV. 

1987 Achelia vulgaris, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 39. 

1987 Achelia vulgaris, - SANCHEZ & MUNILLA, Vieraea, 17: 182. 

1990 Achelia vulgaris, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 218. 

Distribution: Mediterranean, Atlantic coast of Morocco, 

Canary and Cape Verde Islands. 


Habitat: found in a variety of substrata. 

Acheliana ARNAUD 1971 

1971 Acheliana ARNAUD, Beaufortia, 18 (241): 199 [diagnosis], 201 [remarks]. 

Acheliana tropicalis ARNAUD 1971 

1971 Acheliana tropicalis ARNAUD, Beaufortia, 18 (241): 201-204, figs. 1-9. 

Distribution: Madagascar. 

Depth range: 0.5m. 

Habitat: on reef, "platier externe algal" (ARNAUD). 

Ammothea LEACH 1814 

1932 Ammothea, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 94 [remarks], 95-96 [key to antarctic 

and subantarctic species]. 

1956 Ammothea, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 54: 45 [diagnosis]. 

1969 Ammothea, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 67-63 [general 

remarks], 71 [key to species], 73 [diagnosis]. 

1969 Magnammothea FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 90 [diagnosis]. 

25

26 

1969 Thavmastopycnon FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 91 

[diagnosis]. 

1969 Athernopycnon FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 94 [diagnosis]. 

1969 Anammothea FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 97 [diagnosis]. 

1977 Ammothea, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (2): 171-176 [remarks, checklist and 

key to species]. 

1983 Ammothea, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 12 [remarks], 13 

[key to Japanese species]. 

1986 Ammothea, - KRAPP, Bonn. Zool. Beitr., 37 (4): 202 [tab. 1, comparison with 

Achelia]. 

Additional synonymy: Leionymphon. 

Ammothea allopodes FRY & HEDGPETH 1969 

1944 Ammothea spinosa var., - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr., and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 50-51, figs. 16a-e, 17. 

1969 Ammothea (Mathoma) allopodes FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 

85-87, figs. 104, 105, 106-129. 

Distribution: Antarctic and Subantarctic area. 


Ammothea antipodensis CLARK 1972 

1972 Ammothea antipodensis CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3-4): 435-438, 

fig. 4A-K. 

1977 Ammothea antipodensis, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (2): 180-181, figs. 15- 

24. 

Distribution: New Zealand. 


Habitat: on red and brown algae, bryozoans. 

Ammothea australiensis FLYNN 1919 

1919 Ammothea australiensis FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1918: 95-99, pl. 

XIV, figs. 4-6. 

1940 Achelia flynni, - MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ., S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 84, 124. 

1963 Ammothea australiensis, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 57-59, fig. 29A- 

G, 59 [comparison with A. magniceps]. 

1973 Ammothea australiensis, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 102. 

1975 Ammothea australiensis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 24. 

1977 Ammothea australiensis, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (2): 176-180, figs. 1, 

3, 5, 7A, 9, 10-11, 13. 

Distribution: Australia and New Zealand. 


Habitat: red algae (Gelidium), under rocks, in tide pools.

Ammothea calmani GORDON 1932 

1915 Ammothea striata? CALMAN, - Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 55-56. 

1932 Ammothea calmani GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 104-106, figs. 54-55. 

1935 Ammothea calmani, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 (4) 

(2): 285. 

1969 Ammothea (Mathoma) calmani, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 

83-85, figs. 104, 105, 123-125. 

Distribution: Antarctica. 


Ammothea carolinensis LEACH 1814 

1814 Ammothea carolinensis LEACH, Zool. Misc., 1: 34, pl. 13. 

1840 Nymphon carolinensis, - H. MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist. Nat. Crust., etc. ..., 3. 

Ordre des Araneiformes ou Pycnogonides: ?126. 

1889 Ammothea grandis PFEFFER, Jb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., 6 (2): 43. 

1902 Colossendeis gibbosa MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergeb. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 192, pl. XXX, figs. 1-5. 

1905 Colossendeis (?) charcoti, - BOUVIER, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 

11: 296. 

1906 Ammothea curculio BOUVIER, - C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 142: 19. 

1906 Ammothea curculio, - BOUVIER, L'Expéd. Antarct. Française, 1903-1905: 40. 

1906 Leionymphon grande, - BOUVIER, L'Expéd. Antarct. Française, 1903-1905: 40- 

48, 60-65, pl. III, fig. 6. 

1907 Leionymphon gibbosum, - HODGSON, Rep. natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 40. 

1907 Leionymphon grande, - HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Expéd. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 41-43, pl. VI, fig. 1. 

1908 Leionymphon grande, - HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1) (6): 169- 

170. 

1908 Ammothea carolinensis, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 10. 

1911 Leionymphon grande, - BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

1140. 

1913 Ammothea carolinensis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Exped. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 127-131, figs. 78-82 

1913 Ammothea grandis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Exped. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 126-127. 

1915 Ammothea carolinensis, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 15: 310-315, 

figs. 1-3. 

1915 Ammothea carolinensis, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool. 3 (1): 51. 

1915 Ammothea carolinensis, - HODGSON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 15 (85): 146. 

1927 Ammothea carolinensis, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 341- 

342 [key]. 

1927 Ammothea curculio, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 341. 

1927 Ammothea gibbosa, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 341. 

1927 Ammothea grandis, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 341. 

1932 Ammothea carolinensis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 95, 109. 

1935 Leionymphon carolinensis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ord. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 284. 

1938 Ammothea gibbosa, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), (Zool. 

& Bot.), 2 (8): 20-21. 

27

28 

1944 Ammothea gibbosa, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 52. 

1950 Ammothea carolinensis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 152. 

1950 Ammothea gibbosa, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 152. 

1957 Ammothea carolinensis, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 100. 

1969 Ammothea (Ammothea) carolinensis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 49: 73-75, figs. 104-108. 

Distribution: W-Antarctic, from South Georgia southward. 


Ammothea clausi PFEFFER 1889 

1889 Ammothea clausi PFEFFER, Jb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst.,6 (2): 45. 

1905 Ammothea antarctica BOUVIER, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 11: 296. 

1906 Ammothea antarctica, - BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 142: 

19. 

1907 Leionymphon australe HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 46-49, pl. VII, fig. 1. 

1907 Leionymphon clausi, - HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 40. 

1908 Leionymphon clausi, - HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1) (6): 160. 

1911 Leionymphon clausi, - BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

1140. 

1913 Ammothea australis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 123 [key]. 

1913 Ammothea clausi, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Exped. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 135-138, figs. 88-89. 

1915 Ammothea australis, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool. 3 (1): 53. 

1923 Ammothea australe, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Anatarct. Exped., 1 

(2): 23. 

1927 Ammothea australis, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 341, 342 

[key]. 

1927 Ammothea clausi, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Expéd., 19 (Zool. II): 342, 343. 

1932 Ammothea clausi, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 109-110. 

1935 Leionymphon clausi, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 284. 

1938 Ammothea australis, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), 

(Zool. & Bot), 2 (8): 20. 

1950 Ammothea clausi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 152. 

1969 Ammothea (Theammoa) clausi, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 

77. 

Distribution: Antarctic (apparently common in the South 

Georgia-Bellingshausen Sea area). 


Ammothea depolaris STOCK 1966 

1966 Ammothea depolaris STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 386-388, fig. 1. 

Distribution: South of the Rio de la Plata, Argentina.


Ammothea dorsiplicata (Hilton, 1942) 

1992 Ammothea dorsiplicata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 4-6, fig. 1. 

Distribution: Chile (NW of Valdivia). 


Synonymy: Leionymphon dorsiplicata. 

Ammothea gigantea GORDON 1932 

1932 Ammothea gigantea GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 97-99, figs. 46, 47a. 

1935 Ammothea gigantea, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5, 

Abt. IV, 2 (1): 285. 

1969 Magnammothea gigantea, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 90- 

91, figs. 104, 105, 132, 137, 138. 



Ammothea glacialis (HODGSON 1907) 

1907 Leionymphon glaciale HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 50, pl. 7, fig. 3. 

1913 Ammothea glacialis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Exped. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 123 [key]. 

1915 Ammothea gibbosa, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 8 (15): 51-52 [part.]. 

1915 Ammothea glacialis, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 8 (15): 50-51. 

1927 Ammothea glacialis, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 342-343. 

1932 Ammothea glacialis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 96 [key]. 

1935 Leionymphon glaciale, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 234. 

1938 Ammothea glacialis, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 20-21. 

1944 Ammothea glacialis, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 51-52. 

1950 Ammothea gibbosa, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 152. 

1950 Ammothea glacialis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 152. 

1952 Ammothea glacialis, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (3): 

271. 

1969 Ammothea (Ammothea) glacialis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 

49: 75-77, figs. 104, 105, 109-111. 



Ammothea hedgpethi (UTINOMI 1959) 

1949 Lecythorhynchus sp., - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 296, 

figs. 44e-f. 

29

30 

1959 Lecythorhynchus hedgpethi UTINOMI, Publ. Seto. Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 212- 

216, figs. 7-9. 

1962 Lecythorhynchus hedgpethi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 

103. 

1971 Lecythorhynchus hedgpethi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

336. 

1977 Ammothea hedgpethi, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (2): 173, 176 [key]. 

1983 Ammothea hedgpethi, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 13 [key]. 

1987 Ammothea hedgpethi, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 142-143, fig. 

2. 

1987 Ammothea hedgpethi, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 23-24, pls. 

19-20. 

1991 Ammothea hedgpethi, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 6. 


Depth range: 8-95 m. 

Ammothea hilgendorfi (BÖHM 1879) 

1879 Corniger Hilgendorfi BÖHM, Monatsber. Kgl. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1879: 

187-189, pl. 2 fig. 3-3d. 

1879 Lecythorhynchus Hilgendorfi, - BÖHM, Sitz.-Ber. naturforsch. Fr. Berlin, 

1879 (9): 140. 

1881 Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS 

Challenger, 3 (10): 27. 

1899 Lecythorhynchus Hilgendorfi, - SHIGIDO, Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 199. 

1904 Lecythorhynchus marginatus COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 260, pl. 11, 

figs. 1-2, pl. 15, figs. 1-8. 

1911 Lecythorhynchus Hilgendorfi, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. 

(Math.-naturwiss. Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 8, pl. 2, figs. 28-29. 

1913 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. 

St.-Pétersbourg, 18: 240. 

1915 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 7 (1): 

68. 


204. 

1919 Lecythorhynchus Hilgendorfi, - FUKUI, Rigakukai[?], 16 (2): 99. 


93. 

1927 Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - OHSHIMA, Proc. Imp. Acad., Tokyo, 3 (9): 610, 

figs. 1-3. 

1929 Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 1: 54, figs. 10-11. 

1929 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 1: 50, figs. 7-9. 

1933 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 

Leningrad, 17: 61-62. 

1934 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 69. 

1936 Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - LOU, Contr. Inst. Zool., Natn. Acad. Peiping, 

3 (5): 133, figs. 1-4, 5A, pls. 11-13. 

1938 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Fr. 

Berlin, 1937 (2): 184. 

1938 Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 867. 


34.

1940 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 30 (2): 86. 

1941 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 

(26): 255 [key]. 

1942 Lecythorhynchus ovatus HILTON, Occ. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 17 (3): 54, 

fig. 10a-b. 


4. 

1947 Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - OHSHIMA & KISHIDA, Illustr. Encyclopaedia 

Fauna Japan: 1009, fig. 2864. 

1949 Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 

296, fig. 44a-b. 

1949 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 

296. 

1949 Ammothea ovata, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 296. 

1949 Lecythorhynchus ovatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 296, 

fig. 44a-b. 

1951 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 110. 

1951 Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 

166. 

1954 Lecythorhynchus marginatum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 139. 

1956 Lecythorhynchus marginatum, - STOCK, Mitt. Zor): 124-127, fig. 1. 

Distribution: South Africa, Agulhas Bank to Transkei coast. 


Ammothella spinifera COLE 1904 

1904 Ammothella spinifera COLE, - Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 275-277, pl. 12. 


1913 Ammothella spinifera, - HALL, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11 (6): 132. [key]. 

1941 Ammothella spinifera, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 (26): 

256 [key]. 

1942 Amothella spinifera, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (4): 97. 

1954 Ammothella spinifera, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116, 

119 [key]. 

1955 Ammothella spinifera, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

253. 

1979 Ammothella spinifera, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 11; Literatur. 

1986 Ammothella spinifera, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

1990 Ammothella spinifera, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3-4): 278. 

1992 Ammothella spinifera, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 9-11. 

1992 Ammothella spinifera, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 43-44, 

figs. 2-3. 

1992 Ammothella spinifera, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 116, 139. 

Distribution: California to Pacific Coast of Panamá; 

Ecuador; Caribbean (Martinique; Caribbean Coast of Panamá); 

Brazil. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrates. 

Ammothella stauromata CHILD 1982 

31

32 

1982 Ammothella stauromata CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 271-273, fig. 

1. 

1988 Ammothella stauromata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 5-6. 

1988 Ammothella stauromata, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (4): 

809. 

1990 Ammothella stauromata, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 316. 

1989 Ammothella stauromata, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 125. 

1990 Ammothella stauromata, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 66. 

1990 Ammothella stauromata, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierkunde Dresden, 

45 (10): 106. 

Distribution: Marshall Islands; Samoa; Philippines; Society 

Islands (Moorea); Fiji Islands. 


Habitat: on pilings; dead corals on reef; rubble. 

Ammothella stocki CLARK 1963 

1963 Ammothella stocki CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 66-68, fig. 32A-J. 

Distribution: Australia (Port Jackson). 


Habitat: "amongst marine growth on oregon test piece of 

timber" (CLARK). 

Ammothella symbius CHILD 1979 

1979 Ammothella symbius, - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 12-15, fig. 4. 

Distribution: Pacific Coast of Costa Rica and Mexico. 

Depth range: shallow water to littoral depths. 

Habitat: Abietinaria, Pocillopora. 

Ammothella thetidis CLARK 1963 

1963 Ammothella thetidis CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 68-70, figs. 33A-G, 

34A-F. 



Ammothella tippula CHILD 1983 

1983 Ammothella tippula CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 96 (4): 701-705, fig. 2. 

1988 Ammothella tippula, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 7. 

1988 Ammothella tippula, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 51-52. 

1990 Ammothella tippula, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 67. 

1990 Ammothella tippula, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45 

(9): 97. 

1990 Ammothella tippula, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45

(10): 106. 

1991 Ammothella tippula, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 138-139. 

Distribution: Guam; Philippines; Seychelles (Aldabra 

Atoll); La Réunion; Sri Lanka. 


Habitat: coral reefs. - rubble; dead corals; Halimeda; 

algal mats; coralline algae; dead barnacles covered with algae. 

Ammothella tuberculata COLE 1904 

1904 Ammothella tuberculata COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 273-275, pl. XII, 

fig. 7, pl. XX, figs. 1-6. 

1951 Ammothella tuberculata, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 108. 


Ammothella tubicen STOCK 1978 

1978 Ammothella tubicen STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 194-197, fig. 3. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic (Bay of Biscay). 


Ammothella uniunguiculata (DOHRN 1881) 

1968 Ammothella uniunguiculata, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 19 (1A): 13, fig. 5. 

1973 Ammothella uniunguiculata, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 59, fig. 1. 

1976 Ammothella uniunguiculata, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 69. 

1979 Ammothella uniunguiculata, - CHIMENEZ-GUSSO, BRIGNOLI & BASCIANO, Cah. Biol. 

Mar., 20: 484. 

1980 Ammothella uniunguiculata, - MUNILLA-LEON, Cah. Biol. Mar., 21: 2. 

1981 Ammothella uniunguiculata, - MUNILLA & de HARO, Bijdr. Dierk., 51 (2): 191- 

197, figs. 4, 11, tab. I (electrophoretical and immunological study). 

1984 Ammothella uniunguiculata, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes naturals de 

les illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: tab. III-IV. 

1987 Ammothella uniunguiculata, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 41. 

Distribution: E-Atlantic; Mediterranean. 

Depth range: ?-11-16m. 

Habitat: Halopteris scoparia; Cystoseira; Posidonia; 

Corallina; Ulva. 

Ammothella vanninii STOCK 1982 

1982 Ammothella vanninii STOCK, Monit. zool. Ital., 17 (7): 183-187, figs. 1-7. 

Distribution: Red Sea (Egypt; Israel); Somalia; Tanzania. 

Depth range: shallow water 

Habitat: on Pocillopora corals. 

33

34 

Ascorhynchus SARS 1877 

1948 Ascorhynchus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 253-255 

[diagnosis, key to NW-Atlantic species]. 

1953 Ascorhynchus, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304-305 [key to species]. 

1969 Ascorhynchus, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 123 

[diagnosis]. 

1979 Ascorhynchus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 15 [key to Middle American 

species]. 

1983 Ascorhynchus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 19 [key to 

Japanese species]. 

1986 Ascorhynchus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 412. 

1987 Ascorhynchus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 906-907 [key to the 

giant species]. 

1992 Ascorhynchus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 15 [diagnosis]. 

Ascorhynchus abyssi SARS 1877 

1877 Ascorhynchus abyssi SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Kristiania, 2: 367. 

1888 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Oslo: 12: 256. 

1891 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exp., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 20): 

133, pl. XIV, fig. 2a-t. 

1898 Ascorhynchus tridens MEINERT, Danske Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 52-53, pl. V, 

figs. 7-18. 

1899 Ascorhynchus tridens, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 55-56, pl. V, 

figs. 7-18. 

1901 Ascorhynchus tridens, - A catalogue of Crustacea and of Pycnogonida 

contained in the Museum of University College, Dundee: 55. 

1901 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - MÖBIUS, Fauna Arctica, 2 (1): 54. 

1901 Ascorhynchus tridens, - MÖBIUS, Fauna Arctica, 2 (1): 54. 

1903 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - LÖHNBERG, Kungl. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., 10: 

358. 

1908 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), 30: 227. 

1908 Ascorhynchus tridens, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), 30: 227. 

1909 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, Cambr. Nat. Hist., 274-275, fig. 

266A-B. 

1912 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - STEPHENSEN, Danmark Exp. Grönl. Nordostkyst., 1906- 

1908, 5 (11): 564-570. 

1912 Ascorhynchus castelli, - LOMAN, Bull. Inst. Océanogr., Monaco, 238: 8. 

1917 Ascorhynchus abyssi var. apicalis BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies 

sur son yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 37-38, pl. IV, 

fig. 8. 

1923 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 49, fig. 45. 

1930 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, FAUNA SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 100, 102, 106. 

1956 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - NOGUEIRA, Arq. Mus. Bocage, 27 (1): 92-93. 

1964 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Trudy Arch. Antarkt. Nauchno- 

Issledov. Inst., Leningrad, 259: 334-336, fig. 1. 

1984 Ascorhynchus castelli, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes naturals de les 

illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 534-535, tab. III-IV. 

1984 Ascorhynchus abyssi, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K.: 745. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic, Arctica. 

Depth range: 906-2396m.

Habitat: clay; mud. 

Ascorhynchus agassizi SCHIMKEWITSCH 1893 

1893 Ascorhynchus agassizii SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard 25 

(2): 36-39, pl. I, figs. 4-6, pl. II, figs. 12-13, 16-17. 

1909 Ascorhynchus agassizi, - COLE. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52 (11): 185. 

Distribution: E-Pacific (Panamá). 


Habitat: green sand, large globules. 

Ascorhynchus antipodus CHILD 1987 

1987 Ascorhynchus antipodus CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 902-904, fig. 

1. 

Distribution: SW-Pacific, off Antipodes Islands. 


Ascorhynchus arenicola (DOHRN 1881) 

1881 Barana arenicola DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 129-133, pl. 

II, figs. 2-8. 

1986 Ascorhynchus arenicola, - CHIMENZ & COTTARELLI, Oebalia, 13, N.S.: 138. 

1987 Ascorhynchus arenicola, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 41. 

Distribution: Mediterranean Sea. 


Habitat: "charactéristique de fonds détritiques sableux" 

(ARNAUD); is found on sandy and sandy-muddy bottom. 

Ascorhynchus armatus (WILSON 1881) 

1881 Scaeorhynchus armatus WILSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 8 (12): 248- 

249, pl. 2, figs. 3-4, pl. 5, figs. 26-31. 

1937 Ascorhynchus agassizi, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris (Zool.), (10) 20 

(1): 38. 

1943 Ascorhynchus armatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 49-50. 

1943 Ascorhynchus armatus, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 15, fig. 19a-e. 

1948 Ascorhynchus armatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 255, 

figs. 42a, 43. 

1975 Ascorhynchus armatus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 965-966, fig. 3. 

1990 Ascorhynchus armatus, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 209. 

Distribution: NW-Atlantic, icluding Caribbean; Sénégal. 


Ascorhynchus athernum CHILD 1982 

35

36 

1982 Ascorhynchus athernum CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 4-6, fig. 1. 

Distribution: North American Basin. 


Ascorhynchus auchenicum (SLATER 1879) 

1879 Parazetes auchenicus SLATER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 3 (16): 281-283. 

1881 Parazetes auchenicus, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 26. 

1881 Ascorhynchus minutus HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 55-57, pl. VI, figs. 10-16. 

1890 Ascorhynchus bicornis ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 5 (1): 162. 

1890 Ascorhynchus glabroides ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. Syst., 5 (1): 160-161, pl. 24 

figs. 3a-b. 

1899 Parazetes auchenicus, - SHISHIDO, Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 199. 

1911 Ascorhynchus glabroides, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.- 

Naturw. Klasse), Suppl. 2 (4): 7 

1922 Ascorhynchus auchenicus, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (9): 199-203, 

figs. 1-4. 

1929 Ascorhynchus minutus, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 1: 111, figs. 26-27. 

1936 Ascorhynchus auchenicus, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 864. 

1949 Ascorhynchus auchenicus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 291. 

1949 Ascorhynchus glabroides, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 291- 

292. 

1951 Ascorhynchus glabroides, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto. Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 166. 

1953 Ascorhynchus auchenicum, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304 [key]. 

1954 Ascorhynchus auchenicus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 124-126, figs. 59-60. 

1955 Ascorhynchus glabroides, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 25. 

1959 Ascorhynchus auchenicum, - UTINOMI, - Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 

206. 

1965 Ascorhynchus auchenicus, - UTINOMI, New Illustrated Encyclopaedia of the 

Fauna of Japan, 2: 337, fig. 27. 

1971 Ascorhynchus auchenicum, - Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 332. 

1971 Ascorhynchus glabroides, - Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 333. 

1983 Ascorhynchus auchenicum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 20. 

1987 Ascorhynchus auchenicum, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab. Imperial Household: 27-28, 

pls. 24, 37. 

Distribution: apparently endemic to Japan. 


Habitat: hard bottom; gravel; sand. 

Ascorhynchus bacescui STOCK 1975 

1975 Ascorhynchus bacescui STOCK, Trav. Mus. Hist. nat. "Grigore Antipa", 16: 

128-131, figs. 1-9. 

Distribution: E-Africa.

Ascorhynchus birsteini Turpaeva, 1971 

1971 Ascorhynchus birsteini TURPAEVA, Byull. Moskovsk. obsh. Ispyt. Prirod., Otd. 

Biol., 76 (3): 107-109, fig. 2. 

1992 Ascorhynchus birsteini, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 11. 

Distribution: northern Parts of the Peru-Chile Trench. 


Ascorhynchus breviscapus STOCK 1968 

1968 Ascorhynchus breviscapus STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

9-10, fig. 1. 

1991 Ascorhynchus breviscapus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (A), 151: 

127-128, fig. 1. 

Distribution: South Africa, New Caledonia. 


Habitat: hard bottom, grab. 

Ascorhynchus bucerus TURPAEVA 1971 

1971 Ascorhynchus bucerus TURPAEVA, Byull. Moskovsk. obsh. Ispyt. Prirod., Otd. 

Biol., 76 (3): 105-107, fig. 1. 

1991 Ascorhynchus bucerus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 129 

[text]. 

Distribution: Pacific Ocean (Kurile-Kamtchatka Trench). 


Ascorhynchus cactoides STOCK 1954 

1954 Ascorhynchus cactoides STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

132-135, figs. 63d-f, 66. 

1991 Ascorhynchus cactoides, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 128- 

129, fig. 2bd-d. 

1991 Ascorhynchus cactoides, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 128- 

129, fig. 2b-d. 

Distribution: Kei Islands (Indonesia), New Caledonia, 

Philippines. 

Depth range: 90-515. 


Ascorhynchus castelli (DOHRN 1881) 

1881 Barana castelli DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf Neapel, 3: 123-129, pl. I, 

figs. 1-16, pl. II, fig. 1. 

1891 Barana castelnaudi ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 5 (1): 159. 

1908 Barana castelli, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 227. 

1909 Barana castelli, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, in: The Cambridge Nat. Hist.: 533. 

37

38 

1912 Ascorhynchus castelli, - LOMAN, Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 238: 8. 

1917 Ascorhynchus castelli, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur son 

Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 5, 6. 

1923 Ascorhynchus castelli, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 49, fig. 46. 

1929 Ascorhynchus castelli, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 69: 174-175. 

1966 Ascorhynchus castelli, - de HARO, Invest. Pesqu., 30: 665. 

1966 Ascorhynchus castelli, - de HARO, Bol. Real. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., Madrid 

(Secc. Biol.), 64: 8, 10. 

1966 Ascorhynchus castelli, - SOYER, Doriana, 47 (174): 2. 

1968 Ascorhynchus castelli, - LEDOYER, Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 44 (60): 

170. 

1966 Ascorhynchus castelli, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 17 (1B): 407. 

1968 Ascorhynchus castelli, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 19 (1A): 10-11, fig. 2. 

1975 Ascorhynchus castelli, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 966-968, fig. 4. 

1976 Ascorhynchus castelli, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27: 340-342 

1978 Ascorhynchus castelli, - CHIMENZ-GUSSO, FRESI, CINELLI, MAZZELLA, PANSINI & 

PRONZATO, Mem. Biol. Mar. Ocean., 8 (4): 98. 

1987 Ascorhynchus castelli, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 41. 

Distribution: Mediterranean and temperate-tropical N- 

Atlantic. 

Depth range: upper sublittoral-130m. 

Habitat: on a variety of substrata. 

Ascorhynchus castellioides STOCK 1957 

1957 Ascorhynchus castellioides STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 82- 

84, fig. 2. 

1970 Ascorhynchus castellioides, - BAYER, VOSS & ROBINS, in: Rep. Mar. Fauna and 

Benthic Shelf-slope communities of the Isthmian Region; Univ. Miami: A48, 

A117. 

1975 Ascorhynchus castellioides, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 968. 

1976 Ascorhynchus castellioides, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Ecol. Res. Ser.: 

133. 

1979 Ascorhynchus castellioides, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 15. 

1986 Ascorhynchus castellioides, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400. 

1992 Ascorhynchus castellioides, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 45. 

Distribution: W-Atlantik, Florida south to Venezuela. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often found in fouling 

of pilings; "Feeds probably on sponges" (STOCK 1975); red 

algae, sponges, and hydroids on wreck. 

Ascorhynchus colei HEDGPETH 1943 

1943 Ascorhynchus colei HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 50. 

1948 Ascorhynchus colei, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 257-258, 

fig. 44g-k. 

1986 Ascorhynchus colei, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1, 412. 

Distribution: W-Atlantic (Florida, Bahamas, Dominican 

Republic).


Ascorhynchus comatum CHILD 1992 

1992 Ascorhynchus comatum CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 11-13, fig. 4. 

Distribution: Ecuador. 


Ascorhynchus compactum CLARK 1963 

1963 Ascorhynchus compactum CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 61-63, fig. 30A-H. 




Ascorhynchus cooki CHILD 1987 

1987 Ascorhynchus cooki CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 904-906, fig. 2. 

Distribution: SW-Pacific, SW of Macquarie Island; New 

Zealand, N of Chatham Rise, SE of Cook Strait. 


Ascorhynchus corderoi du BOIS-REYMOND MARCUS 1952 

1952 Ascorhynchus corderoi du BOIS-REYMOND MARCUS, An. Acad. Bras. Cien., 24 (1): 

23-30, figs. 1-9. 

1953 Ascorhynchus corderoi, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304. 

1965 Ascorhynchus corderoi, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 14. 

1988 Ascorhynchus corderoi, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 52. 

1992 Ascorhynchus corderoi, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 82. 

Distribution: Brazil (off Sao Paulo); Mauritius: Seychelles 

(Aldabra Atoll); Oman. 


Habitat: coral reefs. - in coral. 

Ascorhynchus crenatum CHILD 1992 

1992 Ascorhynchus crenatum CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 9 [tab. 

3], 15-17, fig. 5, 19 [text], 76 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: off central west Florida. 


Ascorhynchus cryptopygium ORTMANN 1890 

39

40 

1890 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 5 (1): 159-160, pl. 

XXIV fig. 2. 

1899 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium, - SHISHIDO, Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 199. 

1911 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss (Math.- 

Naturwiss. Kl.) Suppl. 2 (4): 7. 

1918 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium, - FUKUI, Rigakukai(?), 16 (2): 98. 

1936 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 865. 

1953 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304 [key]. 

1954 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 121. 

1955 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 24- 

25, fig. 14. 

1971 Ascorhynchus cryptopygius, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

333. 

1983 Ascorhynchus cryptopygium, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 19 

[key], 20. 



Habitat: hard and sand bottom. 

Ascorhynchus cuculum FRY & HEDGPETH 1969 

1969 Ascorhynchus cuculus FRY & HEDGPETH, Fanua of the Ross Sea, 7. Mem. N.Z. 

Oceanogr. Inst., 49: 123-124, figs. 203-204. 

1974 Ascorhynchus hedgpethi TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 98: 285-287, fig. 4. 

1982 Ascorhynchus cuculum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 6, fig. 2a-b. 

Distribution: Scotia Sea Basin; Argentine Basin. 


Ascorhynchus discrepans STOCK 1955 

1955 Ascorhynchus discrepans STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

257-260, figs. 22-23. 

1986 Ascorhynchus discrepans, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

Distribution: off western coast of Thatch Island (near St. 

John); north of Congo Cay (northwest of St. John). 


Ascorhynchus endoparasiticus ARNAUD 1978 

1978 Ascorhynchus endoparsiticus ARNAUD, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63: 99-104, figs. 

1-2. 

Distribution: Azores. 


Habitat: parasitic inside the pallaial cavitiy of the 

opisthobranch mollusc (Scaphander punctostriatus).

Ascorhynchus foresti STOCK 1991 

1991 Ascorhynchus foresti STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 214-216, 

figs. 1-2. 

Distribution: Philippines. 


Ascorhynchus fragilis STOCK 1991 

1991 Ascorhynchus fragilis STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 129-131, 

figs. 3-4. 

Distribution: New Caledonia. 


Ascorhynchus fusticulum NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Ascorhynchus fusticulum NAKAMURA & CHILD, Siths. Contr. Zool., 386: 20-24, 

fig. 6. 



Ascorhynchus glaber HOEK 1881 

1881 Ascorhynchus glaber HOEK, Challenger Rep., London, 3 (10): 53-55, pl. VI, 

figs. 5-9, pl. XV, fig. 16 

1956 Ascorhynchus glaber, - FAGE, Galathea Repths., 2: 175. 

1991 Ascorhynchus glaber, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 37. 

Distribution: off Madagascar. 


Ascorhynchus glaberrimum SCHIMKEWITSCH 1913 

1913 Ascorhynchus glaberrimus SCHIMKEWITSCH, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.- 

Pétersbourg, 18: 242, pl. 3a figs. 8-14. 

1930 Ascorhynchus glaberrimus, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 2: 107. 

1949 Ascorhynchus glaberrimus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 293. 

1955 Ascorhynchus glaberrimum, - UTINIOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 26, 

fig. 15. 

1959 Ascorhynchus glaberrimum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto. Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 

208. 

1962 Ascorhynchus glaberrimum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 

100. 

1971 Ascorhynchus glaberrimus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

334. 

1983 Ascorhynchus glaberrimum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 23- 

41

42 

24, fig. 7. 

1986 Ascorhynchus glaberrimum, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 48-50. 

1987 Ascorhynchus glaberrimum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 146. 

1987 Ascorhynchus glaberrimum, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 29-30, 

pls. 25-26. 

1991 Ascorhynchus glaberrimum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 7- 

8. 



Ascorhynchus horologium CHILD 1992 

1992 Ascorhynchus horologium CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 9 [key, tab. 

3], 17-20, fig. 6, 76 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: off central west Florida. 


Ascorhynchus inflatum STOCK 1963 

1963 Ascorhynchus inflatum STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 323-326, figs. 2-3. 

1971 Ascorhynchus inflatum, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

92: 284-286, fig. 6. 

1992 Ascorhynchus inflatum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 13. 

Distribution: Cape Basin off South Africa; Kurile- 

Kamtchatka Trench; Scotia Sea; Peru-Chile Trench. 


Ascorhynchus insularum CLARK 1971 

1971 Ascorhynchus insularum CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (2): 335-336, 

fig. 2A-L. 

1977 Ascorhynchus insularum, - CLARK, N.Z. H. mar. Freshw. Res., 11 (1): 176. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Snares Islands). 

Depth range: lower littoral. 

Habitat: on stalked barnacles; "on limpets incrusted with 

polychaete tubes and bryozoa, in mid-littoral crevices" 

(CLARK). 

Ascorhynchus japonicum IVES 1891 

1891 Ascorhynchus japonicus IVES, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1892-1893: 

219-221, pl. XII, figs. 4-10. 

1911 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.- 

Naturwiss. Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 5. 

1919 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - FUKUI, Rigakukai(?), 16 (2): 98. 

1936 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - OHSIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 865. 

1942 Ascorhynchus agassizi, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34: 98.

1947 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - OHSIMA & KISHIDA, Illustrated Encyclopaedia of the 

Fauna of Japan: 1008, fig. 2859. 

1949 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 292- 

293. 

1951 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 166. 

1953 Ascorhynchus japonicum, STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 305 [key]. 

1954 Ascorhynchus japonicum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 126-128, figs. 61-62. 

1955 Ascorhynchus japonicum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 24. 

1959 Ascorhynchus japonicum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 205. 

1961 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issl. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 107-108, fig. 25. 

1971 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 333. 

1973 Ascorhynchus japonicus, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, 


1983 Ascorhynchus japonicum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 19 

[key]. 

1987 Ascorhynchus japonicum, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab. Imperial Household: 30-31, 

pls. 27, 38. 

Distribution: NW-Pacific and ?Oregon coast of America. 


Habitat: sand bottom. 

Ascorhynchus laterospinum HILTON 1942 

1942 Ascorhynchus laterospinus HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (4): 98. 

1953 Ascorhynchus laterospinum, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304. 

1971 Ascorhynchus laterospinum, - CHILD & HEDGPETH, J. nat. Hist., 5: 628-631, 

fig. 8. 

Distribution: Galápagos Archipelago. 


Ascorhynchus latipes (COLE 1906) 

1906 Barana latipes COLE, Am. Nat., 40 (471): 217-222, pls. 1-2. 

1940 Ascorhynchus latipes, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 93. 

1948 Ascorhynchus latipes, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 256-257, 

fig. 42b. 

1952 Ascorhynchus latipes, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 

(6): 530. 

1953 Ascorhynchus latipes, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304 [key]. 

1954 Ascorhynchus latipes, - HEDGPETH, Fish. Bull. Fish & Wildlife Service U.S., 

89 (55): 427. 

1954 Ascorhynchus latipes, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5 

(24): 116. 

1975 Ascorhynchus latipes, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 969. 

1976 Ascorhynchus latipes, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Ecol. Res. Ser.: 133. 

1979 Ascorhynchus latipes, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 15; Literatur. 

1979 Ascorhynchus latipes, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

59 (184): 969. 

1982 Ascorhynchus latipes, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 359. 

43

44 

1986 Ascorhynchus latipes, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

1992 Ascorhynchus latipes, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 9 [key, tab. 

3], 21, fig. 7. 

Distribution: amphi-atlantic; W-Atlantic from the Bahamas 

to the northern coast of South America; E-Atlantic from 

Senegal. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata. 

Ascorhynchus latum CALMAN 1923 

1923 Ascorhynchus latus CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 270-272, figs. 2-3. 

1954 Ascorhynchus latum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

128, fig. 63a-c. 

1990 Ascorhynchus latum, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45 

(1): 106. 

Distribution: Gulf of Manaar; Gulf of Siam; Thailand. 


Habitat: brownish sand. 

Ascorhynchus levissimum LOMAN 1908 

1908 Ascorhynchus levissimus LOMAN, Siboga Exp. Monogr., 40: 33-34, pl. IV, figs. 

46-51 

1953 Ascorhynchus levissimus, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304 [key]. 

1990 Ascorhynchus levissimus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 

(2): 305, fig. 1A-D. 

Distribution: Flores Sea. 


Ascorhynchus longicolle (HASWELL 1884) 

1884 Ascorhynchus longicollis HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 9: 1028-1029, pl. 

56, figs. 1-4. 

1889 Ascorhynchus longicollis, - WHITELEGGE, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 23 (2): 

223. 

1908 Ascorhynchus longicollis, - LOMAN, Siboga Exp. Monogr., 40: 32. 

1909 Eurydyce longicollis, - d' ARCY THOMPSON, Cambr. Nat. Hist., 533. 

1920 Ascorhynchus longicollis, - FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1910: 81- 

83, pl. XXI, figs. 16-17. 

1963 Ascorhynchus longicollis, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 60-61, fig. 

29H-M. 


Habitat: among seaweeds. 

Ascorhynchus losinalosinskii TURPAEVA 1971

1971 Ascorhynchus losinalosinskii TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 92: 280-281, fig. 5. 

Distribution: Kurile-Kamtchatka Trench. 


Ascorhynchus mariae TURPAEVA 1971 

1971 Ascorhynchus mariae TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 92: 

280-281, fig. 4. 



Ascorhynchus melwardi FLYNN 1929 

1929 Ascorhynchus melwardi FLYNN, Mem. Qd. Mus., 9 (3): 252-256, figs. 1-3. 

1954 Ascorhynchus melwardi, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

128-132, figs. 64-65. 

1968 Ascorhynchus melwardi, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

8. 

Distribution: Kei Islands; Singapore. 


Habitat: sand; shells. 

Ascorhynchus meteor MÜLLER 1989 

1989 Ascorhynchus meteor MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana marit., 20 (5/6): 278-279, figs. 

1-7. 

Distribution: Gulf of Aden. 


Ascorhynchus minutum HOEK 1881 

1881 Ascorhynchus minutus HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 55-57, pl. VI, figs. 10-16. 

1908 Ascorhynchus minutus, - LOMAN, Siboga Exp. Monogr., 40: 33. 

1922 Ascorhynchus auchenicus, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (9): 199-203 

[part.]. 

1953 Ascorhynchus minutum, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 305. 

1954 Ascorhynchus minutum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

121-124, fig. 57d-h. 

1963 Ascorhynchus minutum, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 61. 

1975 Ascorhynchus minutum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 26. 

Distribution: Indonesia; Australia (Queensland, New South 

Wales). 


Habitat: sand, mud, silt. 

45

46 

Ascorhynchus okai NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Ascorhynchus okai NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 24-26, fig. 

8. 



Ascorhynchus ornatum (HELFER 1938) 

1938 Ainigma ornatum HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 1937 

(2): 181-183, fig. 10a-f. 

1953 Ascorhynchus ornatum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 35 (4): 41-44, fig. 6a-g. 

1953 Ascorhynchus ornatum, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304 [key]. 

1954 Ainigma ornatum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 144, fig. 28B 

1988 Ascorhynchus ornatum, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 127. 

1989 Ascorhynchus ornatum, - MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana marit., 20 (5/6): 280-281, 

figs. 8-14. 

1991 Ascorhynchus ornatus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 131, 

fig. 2a. 

Distribution: South Africa, New Caledonia. 


Ascorhynchus orthorhynchus HOEK 1881 

1881 Ascorhynchus orthorhynchus HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 

3 (10): 57-59, pl. V, figs. 11-13, pl. Vi, figs. 1-4, pl. XV, figs. 14-15. 

1908 Ascorhynchus orthorhynchus, - LOMAN, Siboga Exp. Monogr., 40: 31. 

1953 Ascorhynchus orthorhynchus, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 301. 

Distribution: East Indies. 


Ascorhynchus ovicoxa STOCK 1975 

1975 Ascorhynchus ovicoxa STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 969-972, figs. 5-6. 

1982 Ascorhynchus ovicoxa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 6. 

1986 Ascorhynchus ovicoxa, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1, 412. 

Distribution: W-Atlantic (Florida; North American Basin, 

north of Bermuda). 


Ascorhynchus pararmatus STOCK 1975 

1943 Ascorhynchus pararmatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club., 22: 49- 

50. 

1975 Ascorhynchus pararmatus STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 960-966, figs. 1-2.

1986 Ascorhynchus pararmatus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1, 412. 

Distribution: Bahamas to Florida. 


Ascorhynchus parvituberculatum STOCK 1953 

1953 Ascorhynchus parvituberculatum STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 301-304, fig. 15. 

Distribution: Indonesia (near Timor). 


Ascorhynchus paxillum CHILD 1992 

1992 Ascorhynchus paxillum CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 13-15, fig. 5. 

Distribution: Costa Rica (Cocos Ridge). 


Ascorhynchus pennai (MELLO-LEITAO 1946) 

1946 Acantammothella pennai MELLO-LEITAO, An. Acad. Bras. Cien., 18 (4): 292-296, 

figs. 1-4. 

Distribution: Brazil (Baia de Guanabara). 

Ascorhynchus pilipes STOCK 1991 

1991 Ascorhynchus pilipes STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 131-134, 

figs. 5-6. 



Ascorhynchus prosum NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Ascorhynchus prosum NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 26-29, fig. 

9. 



Ascorhynchus pudicum STOCK 1970 

1970 Ascorhynchus pudicum STOCK, "Meteor"-Forsch.-Ergebn., D, 5: 6-7, figs. 1-7. 

1991 Ascorhynchus pudicus, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 4e sér., 13, 

sec. A, nos. 1-2: 137. 

Distribution: NW-Africa (Josephine Bank); NE-Atlantic. 

47

48 


Ascorhynchus pyriginospinum McCLOSKEY 1967 

1967 Ascorhynchus pyriginospinum McCLOSKEY, J. nat. Hist., 1: 125-128, figs. 12- 

17. 

1967 Nanmphon grasslei McCLOSKEY, J. nat. Hist., 1: 123-125, figs. 7-11. 

1973 Ascorhynchus pyriginospinum, - KRAEUTER, J. nat. Hist., 7: 495. 

1976 Ascorhynchus pyriginospinum, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27: 

342. 

1982 Ascorhynchus pyriginospinum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 6-8. 

1992 Ascorhynchus pyriginospinum, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 

[key], 9 [tab. 3], 21-24, fig. 8. 

Distribution: Gulf of Alabama and Florida, off Georgia and 

North Carolina, New England continental slope. 


Ascorhynchus ramipes (BÖHM 1879) 

1879 Gnaptorhynchus ramipes BÖHM, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 

1879 (4): 56-59, fig. 1. 

1881 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 25. 

1890 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 5 (1): 161-162, pl. 24. 

1899 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - SHISHIDO, Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 199. 

1911 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.- 

Naturwiss. Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 6 [part.]. 

1923 Ascorhynchus latus, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 25 (3), 270. 

1936 Ascorhynchus ramipes var. tsingtaoensis, - LOU, Contr. Inst. Zool., Natn. 

Acad. Peiping, 3 (5): 2. 

1936 Ascorhynchus ramipes, OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 865. 

1936 Ascorhynchus ramipes var. tsingtaoensis, - OHSHMIA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 

(8-10): 865. 

1949 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 292. 

1953 Ascorhynchus latum, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 304. 

1954 Ascorhynchus latum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

128. 

1959 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 207, 

fig. 4B. 

1962 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 99. 

1971 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 332- 

333. 

1983 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 29. 

1983 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - NAKAMURA & SEKIGUCHI, Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 38 

(6): 39. 

1986 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - KIM, Proc. Nat. Sci. Res. Inst. KANU, 2 (1): 6. 

1986 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 50. 

1987 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 146. 

1987 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 31-32, pl. 

28. 

1991 Ascorhynchus ramipes, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 8. 

Distribution: Japan to Gulf of Thailand and Gulf of Manaar,

India. 


Ascorhynchus serratum HEDGPETH 1948 

1948 Ascorhynchus serratum HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 259-260, 

fig. 44a-f. 

1975 Ascorhynchus serratum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 969. 

1982 Ascorhynchus sp. cf. serratum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 359. 

1986 Ascorhynchus serratus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

1992 Ascorhynchus serratum?, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 9 

[tab. 3], 24, fig. 976 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: Yucatan Channel of Mexico, off Belize, 

Northwest Providence Channel in the Bahamas. 


Habitat: ?in coral and algae on outer reef slope. 

Ascorhynchus seticauda STOCK 1991 

1991 Ascorhynchus seticauda STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 134- 

137, figs. 7-8. 

Distribution: New Caledonia (Chesterfield Islands). 


Ascorhynchus simile FAGE 1942 

1942 Ascorhynchus similis FAGE, - Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 82: 85-86, fig. 7. 

1957 Ascorhynchus simile, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 81. 

1965 Ascorhynchus simile, - STOCK & SOYER, Vie et Milieu, 16 (1B): 416-417. 

1968 Ascorhynchus simile, - STOCK, Vie et Milieu, 19 (1A), Suppl.: 11, fig. 3. 

1987 Ascorhynchus simile, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 42. 

Distribution: W-Africa; Mediterranean. 


Habitat: Cymodocea truncata; Halarachnion spatulatum (red 

alga). 

Ascorhynchus simplex NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Ascorhynchus simplex NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 8-10, fig. 

2. 



Ascorhynchus stocki HONG & KIM 1987 

1987 Ascorhynchus stocki HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 146-149, figs. 

49

50 

6-7. 

Distribution: Korea. 

Habitat: mud bottom. 

Ascorhynchus tenuirostris CARPENTER 1892 

1892 Ascorhynchus tenuirostris CARPENTER, Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., 7 (5) 

(40): 555-557, pl. XXII, figs. 7-14. 

Distribution: Torres Straits. 

Ascorhynchus tuberosum UTINOMI 1962 

1962 Ascorhynchus tuberosum UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 100, 

figs. 5-6. 

1971 Ascorhynchus tuberosus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 334. 

1983 Ascorhynchus tuberosum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 19 

[key]. 

1987 Ascorhynchus tuberosum, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 32-33 

pl. 29. 

1991 Ascorhynchus tuberosum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 10- 

12, fig. 3. 



Ascorhynchus turritus STOCK 1978 

1978 Ascorhynchus turritus STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 192-194, fig. 2. 

1982 Ascorhynchus turritus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 8. 

Distribution: North American Basin, N of Bermuda; Bay of 

Biscay. 


Ascorhynchus utinomii NAKAMURA & CHILD 1982 

1982 Ascorhynchus utinomii NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 283- 

285, fig. 1. 

1983 Ascorhynchus utinomii, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 29-30. 

1991 Ascorhynchus utinomii, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 12. 


Depth range: subtidal-41m. 

Ascorhynchus verrucosus STOCK 1991 

1991 Ascorhynchus verrucosus STOCK, Mem. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 216-219, 

figs. 3-4.



Austroraptus HODGSON 1907 

1932 Austroraptus, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 114 [key to species]. 

1954 Austroraptus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 146 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1956 Austroraptus, - Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. naturh. Foren., 118: 92-93 

[comparison with Tanystylum, diagnostic features]. 

1969 Austroraptus, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 113-116 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to species]. 

Austroraptus calcaratus GORDON 1944 

1944 Austroraptus calcaratus GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B) 5 (1): 58-62, fig. 21a-e. 

1969 Austroraptus calcaratus, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 

116, 120-121, figs. 174, 176-183, 194-196. 



Austroraptus juvenilis CALMAN 1915. 

1915 Austroraptus juvenilis CALMAN, Br. Antarct. Terra Nova Exped. 1910, Zool. 3 

(1): 63-65, fig. 18. 

1932 Austroraptus juvenilis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 114-115. 

1935 Austroraptus juvenilis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5, Abt. IV, 2 (1): 291. 

1938 Austroraptus juvenilis, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas.. AAntarct. Exped., 

ser. C, (Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 24. 

1952 Austroraptus juvenilis, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris, ser. 2, 

24 (3): 263, 272. 

1969 Austroraptus juvenilis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem. 40: 117- 

119, figs. 174-183, 187-189, 196. 



Austroraptus polaris HODGSON 1907 

1907 Austroraptus polaris HODGSON, Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. Hist., 

3: 54, pl. VIII, fig. 2. 

1915 Austroraptus polaris, - CALMAN, Br. Antarct. Terra Nova Exped. 1910, Zool. 3 

(1): 62-63, fig. 17A-c. 

1915 Austroraptus polaris, - HODGSON, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 8, 15: 147. 

1923 Austroraptus polaris, - LOMAN, Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 30- 

31. 

1927 Austroraptus polaris, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19: 350. 

51

52 

1932 Austroraptus polaris, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 114. 

1935 Austroraptus polaris, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5, 

Abt. 4, 2 (1): 291, fig. 207. 

1938 Austroraptus polaris, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., ser. 

C., (Zool. & Bot.) 2 (8): 24. 

1950 Austroraptus polaris, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 ((3260): 154. 

1969 Austroraptus polaris, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 116- 

117, figs. 174-186. 



Austroraptus praecox CALMAN 1915 

1915 Austroraptus praecox CALMAN, Br. Antarct. Terra Nova Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 63-64, fig. 18A-E. 

1932 Austroraptus praecox, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 114. 

1935 Austroraptus praecox, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5, 

Abt. 4, 2 (1): 291. 

1938 Austroraptus praecox, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., ser. 

C, (Zool. & Bot.) 2 (8): 24. 

1944 Austroraptus praecox, - GORDON, Rep. B.A.N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., ser. B, 

5 (1): 57-58, fig. 20a-b. 

1969 Austroraptus praecox, - FRY & HEDGPETH, - N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 

119-120, figs. 174-183, 190-193. 



Austroraptus sicarius FRY & HEDGPETH 1969 

1969 Austroraptus sicarius FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 121- 

123, figs. 174, 176-182, 196-200. 



Bathyzetes STOCK 1955 

1955 Bathyzetes Stock, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 117: 261 

[diagnosis, remarks]. 

Bathyzetes setiger (LOMAN 1908) 

1908 Eurycyde setiger LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 29-30, pl. V, figs. 52- 

58. 

1955 Bathyzetes setiger, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

261, 262, [key], fig. 24a-c. 

1990 Bathyzetes setiger, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 

305-307, fig. 1E-G. 

1991 Bathyzetes setiger, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 152.

Distribution: Indonesia (near Menado, Flores Sea), New 

Caledonia. 


Bathyzetes virago (LOMAN 1908) 

1908 Eurycyde virago LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 30-31, pl. V, figs. 59-65. 

1955 Bathyzetes virago STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 117: 262, 

fig. 24d-f. 

Distribution: SE-Asia (E of Ceram). 


Habitat: mud. 

Boehmia HOEK 1881 

1954 Boehmia, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 132-133 [diagnosis, key to 

South African species]. 

1988 Boehmia, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 129 [key to species]. 

Boehmia chelata (MÖBIUS 1879) 

1879 Pycnogonum(?) chelatum BÖHM, Monatsber. Königl. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 

1879: 192, pl. 2, figs. 5-5d. 

1902 Boehmia chelata, - MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 189, pl. 28, fig. 15. 

1909 Boehmia chelata, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Zool. Anz., 34 (1): 3, fig. 1A, C. 

1928 Boehmia chelata, - FLYNN, Repts. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Repts, I): 30, fig. 17. 

1954 Boehmia chelata, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 133-136, fig. 22. 

1956 Boehmia chelata, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 89. 



Boehmia dubia HEDGPETH 1950 

1950 (?)Boehmia dubia HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 155-157, fig. 

18. 

Distribution: Antarctica (off Cape Royds, Ross Island). 


Boehmia longirostris STOCK 1957 

1957 Boehmia longirostris STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 95-96, fig. 

13. 


53

54 

Boehmia tuberosa MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Boehmia tuberosa, MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 1898- 

1899, 3: 189-190, pl. 28 (figs. 13-14). 

1902 Boehmia spinosa, - MÖBIUS, - Wiss. Ergeb. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 190 [lapsus calami]. 

1909 Boehmia tuberosa, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Zool. Anz., 34 (1): 3-4, fig. 1B, D. 

1954 Boehmia tuberosa, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 136-137, fig. 23. 

1957 Boehmia tuberosa, - STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 55: 96. 

1962 Boehmia tuberosa, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 278. 

1988 Boehmia tuberosa, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 128-129, fig. 

3H. 



Habitat: rocks; shells. 

Calypsopycnon HEDGPETH 1948 

1948 Calypsopycnon HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 263-264 


Calypsopycnon georgiae HEDGPETH 1948 

1948 Calypsopycnon georgiae HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 264-266, 

fig. 48. 

Distribution: NW-Atlantic. 

Chonothea NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Chonothea NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 30 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1991 Chonothea, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 13. 

Chonothea hians NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Chonothea hians NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 30-32, fig. 10. 



Chonothea verrucosa NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Chonothea verrucosa NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 14-16, fig. 

6. 



Cilunculus LOMAN 1908 

1908 Cilunculus LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 54 [diagnosis, remarks]. 

1949 Cilunculus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 293-294 [remarks]. 

1955 Cilunculus, - Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 255-256 

[key to species]. 

1969 Cilunculus, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 124 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1978 Cilunculus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 197-198 [remarks, key to species]. 

1983 Cilunculus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 32-33 [remarks, 

key to Japanese species]. 

1990 Cilunculus, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 69 (9): 20-21. 

Cilunculus acanthus FRY & HEDGPETH 1969 

1969 Cilunculus acanthus FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 126-127, 

figs. 207-209. 

1978 Cilunculus acanthus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 197. 

1982 Cilunculus acanthus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 9. 

Distribution: Antarctic; Argentine Basin. 


Cilunculus achelioides STOCK 1991 

1991 Cilunculus achelioides STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 143-146, 

figs. 14-15. 



Cilunculus alcicornis STOCK 1978 

1978 Cilunculus alcicornis STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 201-204, fig. 6. 

1983 Cilunculus alcicornis, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 69. 

1991 Cilunculus alcicornis, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 4e sér., 13, 

sec. A, nos. 1-2: 137. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic. 


Habitat: sandy mud, sometimes clayish, nullipores. 

Cilunculus antillensis STOCK 1955 

1955 Cilunculus antillensis STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

253-257, figs. 19-20. 

1986 Cilunculus antillensis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

55

56 

Distribution: west of St. Croix, Virgin Islands. 

Depth range: about 500 fathoms. 

Cilunculus armatus (BÖHM 1879) 

1879 Lecythorhynchus armatus BÖHM, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 

1879 (9): 141-142. 

1891 Parazetes pubescens, - ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. Syst., 5 (1): 163-164, pl. 24, 

fig. 5a-d. 

1909 Ammothea armata, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Zool. Anz., 34 (1): 4, fig. 2. 

1911 Cilunculus armatus, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.- 

Naturwiss. Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 9, pl. I, figs. 1-8. 

1918 Cilunculus armatus, - FUKUI, Rigakukai(?), 16 (2): 98. 

1929 Cilungulus armatus, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdatljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 1: 20, fig. 5A-C, 81, figs. 18, 19A-C, 20. 

1936 Cilunculus armatus, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 866. 

1949 Cilunculus armatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 294-295, 

fig. 43. 

1955 Cilunculus armatus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 27-28, 

fig. 16. 

1959 Cilunculus armatus, - UTINOMI, - Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 205. 

1961 Cilunculus armatus, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issled. Dalnyev. Morei SSSR, 


1965 Cilunculus armatus, - UTINOMI, in: New Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna Japan, 

2: 337, fig. 25. 

1971 Cilunculus armatus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 334-335. 

1983 Cilunculus armatus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 33. 

1987 Cilunculus armatus, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 33-34, pls. 

30, 39. 



Cilunculus australiensis CLARK 1963 

1963 Cilunculus australiensis CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 71-73, fig. 35A-K. 

1991 Cilunculus australiensis, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 146. 

Distribution: Australia (New South Wales), New Caledonia. 


Cilunculus cactoides FRY & HEDGPETH 1969 

1969 Cilunculus cactoides FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 124-126, 

figs. 205-206. 

Distribution: Antarctica (off South Shetlands). 


Cilunculus compactus STOCK 1991

1991 Cilunculus compactus STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 146-149, 

figs. 16-17. 

1991 Cilunculus compactus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 219. 

Distribution: New Caledonia, Philippines. 


Cilunculus crinitus STOCK 1991 

1991 Cilunculus crinitus STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 149-151, 

figs. 18-19. 


Depth range: 1395 m. 

Cilunculus europaeus STOCK 1978 

1978 Cilunculus europaeus STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 198-200, figs. 4, 5a-c. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic; Mediterranean. 


Habitat: calcareous bottom with large sandstone cobbles and 

fine granite. 

Cilunculus frontosus LOMAN 1908 

1908 Cilunculus frontosus LOMAN, Siboga Exped., 40: 54-55, pl. VII, figs. 83-95. 

1991 Cilunculus frontosus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 149-151. 

Distribution: New Caledonia; near Menado. 


Cilunculus galeritus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Cilunculus galeritus NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 16-18. 

fig. 7, 20-21 [text]. 



Cilunculus gracilis NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Cilunculus gracilis NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 18-20, fig. 

8. 



Cilunculus haradai NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

57

58 

1983 Cilunculus haradai NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 33-35, fig. 

11. 



Cilunculus hirsutus CLARK 1963 

1963 Cilunculus hirsutus CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 73-75, fig. 36A-L. 

1968 Cilunculus hirsutus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

13. 

1991 Cilunculus hirsutus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 219. 

Distribution: Australia; Philippines. 


Habitat: gravel. 

Cilunculus kravcovi PUSHKIN 1973 

1973 Cilunculus kravcovi PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 52 (3): 432-434, figs. 1-12. 

Distribution: off Croset Archipelago. 


Cilunculus pedatus STOCK 1991 

1991 Cilunculus pedatus STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat (A), 151: 152-154, figs. 

20-21. 



Cilunculus perspicax LOMAN 1908 

1908 Cilunculus perspicax LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 55-56, pl. VII, figs. 

96-101. 

Distribution: SE-Asia (near Menado, north of Celebes). 


Habitat: stony bottom. 

Cilunculus profundus (HEDGPETH 1949) 

1949 Ammothella profunda HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 289-291, 

fig. 42. 

1991 Cilunculus profundus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 20 

[text]. 



Cilunculus sekiguchii NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Cilunculus sekiguchii NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 35-38, 

fig. 12. 



Cilunculus sewelli CALMAN 1938 

1938 Cilunculus sewelli CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 161-163, 

figs. 8, 9. 

1956 Ammothella gigas, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 173-175, figs. 9-14. 

1963 Cilunculus sewelli, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 75. 

1968 Cilunculus sewelli, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

13. 

1988 Cilunculus sewelli, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 129-130. 

1990 Cilunculus sewelli, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45 

(10): 106. 

1990 Cilunculus sewelli, - TURPAYEVA, Zool. Zh., 69 (9): 21-22, fig. 3. 

1991 Cilunculus sewelli, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 21. 

Distribution: Known from scattered places in the Indo-West 

Pacific: off Zanzibar, Natal (South Africa), Kenya, Mozambique 

Channel, New Zealand and Japan. 


Cilunculus spinicristus CHILD 1987 

1987 Cilunculus spinicristus CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 907-909, 

fig. 3. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Antipodes Islands). 


Cilunculus tubicinis CHILD 1982 

1982 Cilunculus tubicinis CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 9-11, fig. 3. 

Distribution: West European Basin, SW of Ireland. 


Dromedopycnon CHILD 1982 

1982 Dromedopycnon Child, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 15-16 [diagnosis, remarks]. 

Dromedopycnon acanthus CHILD 1982 

59

60 

1982 Dromedopycnon acanthus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 16-18, fig. 5. 

Distribution: southeast of Cape Horn, and from Tierra del 

Fuego-Burdwood Bank areas and the Brazil Slope off Reçife. 


Elassorhis CHILD 1982 

1982 Elassorhis Child, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 11-12 [diagnosis, remarks]. 

Elassorhis laterospina CHILD 1982 

1982 Elassorhis laterospina CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 12-14, fig. 4. 

Distribution: Brazil Slope, off Reçife. 


Ephyrogymna HEDGPETH 1943 

1948 Ephyrogymna, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 261 [diagnosis]. 

Ephyrogymna circularis HEDGPETH 1943 

1943 Ephyrogymna circularis HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 51-52, 

pl. 9 figs. a-g. 

1948 Ephyrogymna circularis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 261- 

262, fig. 46. 

1986 Ephyrogymna circularis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 400 tab. 1. 

Distribution: off Martinique, Caribbean Sea. 


Eurycyde SCHIÖDTE 1857 

1948 Eurycyde, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 260 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1979 Eurycyde, - STOCK, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 16 [key to Middle American 

species]. 

1986 Eurycyde, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 407. 

1988 Eurycyde, - Child, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 7-8 [remarks, key to species]. 

1992 Eurycyde, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 25 [diagnosis]. 

Eurycyde acanthopus STOCK 1979 

1979 Eurycyde acanthopus STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 

(184): 3-8, figs. 2, 3g-h. 

Distribution: off Venezuela.

Depth range: 69.5-155.5m. 

Eurycyde antarctica CHILD 1987 

1987 Eurycyde antarctica CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 909-912, fig. 4. 



Eurycyde clitellaria STOCK 1955 

1955 Eurycyde clitellaria STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

263-266, figs. 25-26. 

1967 Eurycyde clitellaria, - McCLOSKEY, J. nat. Hist., 1: 128-131, figs. 18-21. 

1979 Eurycyde clitellaria, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 16. 

1986 Eurycyde clitellaria, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

1988 Eurycyde clitellaria, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 7. 

1992 Eurycyde clitellaria, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 9 

[tab. 3], 25-26, fig. 10, 28 [text], 76 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: Gulf of Mexico; Virgin Islands; off North 

Carolina and Pacific Coast of Mexico. 

Depth range: intertidal-100 m. 

Habitat: coral rubble. 

Eurycyde curvata CHILD 1979 

1979 Eurycyde curvata CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 16-19, fig. 5a-h. 

1986 Eurycyde curvata, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1, 406 [text]. 

1988 Eurycyde curvata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool. 468: 7. 

Distribution: Caribbean Coast of Colombia. 


Eurycyde diacantha STOCK 1990 

1990 Eurycyde diacantha STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 206-208, fig. 1. 



Habitat: corse calcareous sand, gravel and stones, 

Foraminifera, grab. 

Eurycyde extenuata CALMAN 1938 

1938 Eurycyde extenuata CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 149-151, 

figs. 1-2. 

Distribution: Zanzibar area. 


61

62 

Eurycyde gorda CHILD 1979 

1979 Eurycyde gorda CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 19-21, fig. 6. 

Distribution: Panamá Caribbean. 

Depth range: intertidal 

Habitat: reef flats. 

Eurycyde hispida (KRØYER 1844) 

1891 Eurycyde hispida SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 6 (Zool., 20): 128-132, pl. 

XIV, fig. 1a-g. 

1943 Eurycyde hispida, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 88. 

1963 Eurycyde hispida, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1339. 

Distribution: W-Atlantic; eastern fringe of arctic Canada 

to Kara Sea, Baffin Land and Greenland, as far south as 

Kristiansund in Norwegia. 

Depth range: littoral-68m. 

Eurycyde longioculata MÜLLER 1990 

1990 Eurycyde longioculata MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana biol., 70 (1989) (1/3): 188- 

191, figs. 11-18. 

Distribution: Society Islands (Bora Bora). 


Habitat: dead corals covered with sponges and algae. 

Eurycyde longisetosa HILTON 1942 

1942 Eurycyde longisetosa HILTON, Re. Allan Hancock Exped., 5 (9): 305-307, pl. 

46. 

1971 Eurycyde encantada CHILD & HEDGPETH, J. nat. Hist., 5: 617-619, fig. 4. 

1986 Eurycyde longisetosa, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 409 [text]. 

1992 Eurycyde longisetosa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 15-17, fig. 6. 

Distribution: Colombia; Galapagos Archipelago; Ecuador. 


Habitat: algae; corals; rocks. 

Eurycyde platyspina STOCK 1992 

1992 Eurycyde platyspina STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 113-114, figs. 1-8, 139. 


Depth range: 34m.

Eurycyde raphiaster LOMAN 1912 

1912 Eurycyde raphiaster LOMAN, Bull. Inst. Oceanogr., 238: 13. 

1917 Eurycyde raphiaster, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur son yacht 

par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 33-35, pl. 4, figs. 2-7. 

1948 Eurycyde raphiaster - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 260-261, 

fig. 45. 

1952 Eurycyde raphiaster, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (2) 24 (6): 530. 

1954 Eurycyde raphiaster, - HEDGPETH, Fish Bull. Fish. Wildlife Service U.S., 89 

(55): 427. 

1954 Eurycyde raphiaster, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5 

(24): 116. 

1966 Eurycyde raphiaster, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, 44: 316. 

1975 Eurycyde raphiaster, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 979; Literatur. 

1976 Eurycyde raphiaster, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Ecol. Res. Ser.: 133. 

1979 Eurycyde raphiaster, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 21. 

1979 Eurycyde raphiaster, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 

(184): 979. 

1982 Eurycyde raphiaster, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 360. 

1988 Eurycyde raphiaster, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 7. 

1990 Eurycyde raphiaster, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 209. 

1992 Eurycyde raphiaster, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 9 

[tab. 3], 27-28, fig. 11. 

1992 Eurycyde raphiaster, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 45. 

Distribution: amphi-atlantic; most records from West-Indian 

localities; in the E-Atlantic known from the Cape Verde Islands 

and Sénégal. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, as dead corals, algae 

and seagrass beds. 

Eurycyde sertula CHILD 1991 

1991 Eurycyde sertula CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 139-142, fig. 1. 

Distribution: W-Pacific. - Ypan. 


Habitat: coral reefs; branching coralline algae on algal 

ridge. 

Eurycyde setosa CHILD 1988 

1988 Eurycyde setosa CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 8-10, fig. 3. 

1990 Eurycyde setosa, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 316-317. 

1992 Eurycyde setosa, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 156, figs. 1-5. 

Distribution: Malaysia, Philippines, Australian barrier 

reef. 


Habitat: dead corals. 

63

64 

Eurycyde spinosa HILTON 1916 

1916 Eurycyde spinosa HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 8 (1): 19-24, figs. 

1-6. 

1992 Eurycyde spinosa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 17. 

Distribution: California; Galapagos Archipelago. 


Habitat: under rock. 

Eurycyde unispina STOCK 1986 

1986 Eurycyde unispina STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1, 407-409, fig. 

1. 

Distribution: Florida. 


Hedgpethius CHILD 1974 

1974 Hedgpethius Child, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 87 (43): 493-494 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1982 Hedgpethius, - Child, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 360 [emended diagnosis]. 

Hedgpethius interstitialis STOCK 1989 

1989 Hedgpethius interstitialis STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 59 (2): 89-91, figs. 1-10. 

Distribution: Curaçao. 


Habitat: strongly exposed intertidal rockpool, in coarse 

sand; sand and coral rubble. 

Hedgpethius mamillatus CHILD 1982 

1982 Hedgpethius mamillatus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 360-362, fig. 

163a-f. 

1986 Hedgpethius mamillatus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Belize (Carrie Bow Cay). 


Habitat: broken rock and rubble. 

Hedgpethius tridentatus CHILD 1974 

1974 Hedgpethius tridentatus CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 87 (43): 494-497, 

fig. 1. 

1982 Hedgpethius tridentatus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 87 (43): 362- 

363, fig. 163g-k.

1986 Hedgpethius tridentatus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Florida (Key West); Belize (Carrie Bow Cay). 

Depth range: littoral. 

Habitat: among intertidal and subtidal rocks; mat of 

Caulerpa verticillata and mangrove rootlets beneath Rhizophora. 

Hemichela STOCK 1954 

1954 Hemichela Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 90-94, figs. 42- 

43 [diagnosis]. 

Hemichela longiunguis STAPLES 1982 

1982 Hemichela longiunguis STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 463-465, fig. 4A-L. 

Distribution: Australia (Queensland). 


Hemichela micrasterias STOCK 1954 

1954 Hemichela micrasterias STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

90-94, figs. 42-43. 

1978 Hemichela micrasterias, - FRY, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63: 44. 

1985 Hemichela micrasterias, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 10 (18): 

153-155, figs. 1-11. 

1988 Hemichela micrasterias, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 10. 

1990 Hemichela micrasterias, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 

(2): 307-308. 

1991 Hemichela micrasterias, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 21. 

Distribution: Indonesia (flores Sea), Philippines, Japan. 


Habitat: sandy mud with shells. 

Heterofragilia HEDGPETH 1943 

1948 Heterofragilia, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 262 

[diagnosis]. 

Heterofragilia amica STOCK 1954 

1954 Heterofragilia amica STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

136-139, figs. 67-68. 

1955 Heterofragilia amica, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 28-31, 

figs. 17-18. 

1971 Heterofragilia amica, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 335. 



65

66 

Habitat: hard bottom. 

Heterofragilia brevicauda STOCK 1991 

1991 Heterofragilia brevicauda STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 141- 

143, figs. 12-13. 



Heterofragilia fimbriata HEDGPETH 1943 

1943 Heterofragilia fimbriata HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 53. 

1948 Heterofragilia fimbriata, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 262- 

263, fig. 47. 

Distribution: off Martinique, Caribbean Sea. 


Heterofragilia hamisetosa LOMAN 1908 

1908 Fragilia hamisetosa LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 56-58, pl. VIII, figs. 

112-121. 

Distribution: SE-Asia, Philippines (Sulu Archipelago; near 

Menado and Ceram). 


Heterofragilia hirsuta NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Heterofragilia hirsuta NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 21-24, 

fig. 9. 



Heterofragilia major STOCK 1986 

1986 Heterofragilia major STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1, 409-412, 

fig. 2. 

Distribution: Caribbean (east of St. Vincent). 


Lecythorhynchus BÖHM 1879 

1879 Lecythorhynchus BÖHM, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Fr. Berlin, 1879, 9: 140- 

141 [diagnosis].

Lecythorhynchus marginatum COLE 1904 

1904 Lecythorhynchus marginatus COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 260-262, pl. 

XI, figs. 1-2, pl. XV, figs. 1-8. 

1913 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. 

St.-Pétersbourg, 18: 240. 

1927 ?Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi, - OHSHIMA, Proc. Imp. Acad., Tokyo, 3 (9): 

610-611, figs. 1-3. 

1929 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdatljstvo Akad. 

Nauk. SSSR, 1: 50-53, figs. 7-9. 

1933 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 


1934 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 69. 

1938 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde 

Berlin, 1937 (2): 184-185. 

1940 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 30 (2): 86-87. 

1941 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 

(26): 255. 


4. 

1949 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 

296, fig. 44c-d. 

1951 Lecythorhynchus marginatus, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 111. 

1954 Lecythorhynchus marginatum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 139-141, fig. 69. 

Distribution: California; Sea of Okhotsk; Japan. 

Habitat: Corallina. 

Megarhetus CHILD 1982 

1982 Megarhetus Child, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 14 [diagnosis, remarks]. 

Megarhetus brevicheliferus (HEDGPETH 1948) 

1948 Achelia brevichelifera HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 245-246, 

fig. 38h-l. 

1968 Scipiolus brevicheliferus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 15. 

1982 Megarhetus brevicheliferus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 14-15, fig. 

2f-i. 

Distribution: North American Slope and Basin. 


Nymphonella OHSHIMA 1927 

1927 Nymphonella OHSHIMA, Annot. Zool. Jap., 11 (3): 262 [diagnosis]. 

Nymphonella lambertensis STOCK 1959 

67

68 

1959 Nymphonella lambertensis STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 549-551, 

fig. 1. 

1988 Nymphonella lambertensis, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 192-194, fig. 

10. 



Habitat: sand, rocks. 

Nymphonella tapetis OHSHIMA 1927 

1927 Nymphonella tapetis OHSHIMA, Annot. Zool. Jap., 11 (3): 262. 

1927 Nymphonella tapetis, - OHSHIMA, Bulteno Sci. Fak. Terkultura, Kyushu Imp. 

Univ., 2 (5): 367. 

1933 Nymphonella tapetis, - OHSHIMA, Annot. Zool. Jap., 14 (1): 53. 

1933 Nymphonella tapetis, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 45: 94. 

1935 Nymphonella tapetis, - OHSHIMA, Annot. Zool. Jap., 15 (1): 95. 

1936 Nymphonella tapetis, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 846. 

1936 Nymphonella tapetis, - ARITA, Annot. Zool. Jap., 15 (4): 469. 

1937 Nymphonella tapetis, - ARITA, J. Dep. Agric. Kyushu Imp. Univ., 5 (6): 271. 

1937 Nymphonella tapetis, - OHSHIMA, C.R. XII'eme Congr. Int. Zool., 1935: 1616. 

1942 Nymphonella tapetis, - Proc. Imp. Acad., Tokyo, 18 (8): 520. 

1943 Nymphonella tapetis, - OHSHIMA, Bulteno Sci. Fak. Terkultura, Kyushu Imp. 

Univ., Tokyo, 10 (4): 374. 

1950 Nymphonella tapetis, - CALVEZ, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., 86 (Notes & Rev.): 

114. 

1968 Nymphonella lecalvezi GUILLE & SOYER, Vie Milieu (A) 18 (2A): 346. 

1971 Nymphonella tapetis, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 331. 

1978 Nymphonella tapetis, - de HARO, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63 (1-2): 

1987 Nymphonella tapetis, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 42. 

1987 Nymphonella tapetis, - ARNAUD & BAMBER, Adv. Mar. Biol., 24: 50. 

1988 Nymphonella lecalvezi, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 194-195. 

Distribution: Japan; Namibia; Mediterranean. 


Habitat: rocky and sandy bottoms. 

Nymphopsis HASWELL 1884 

1908 Nymphopsis, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 49-50 [diagnosis, remarks]. 

1948 Nymphopsis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 249-250 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to species]. 

1954 Nymphopsis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 141-142 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1967 Nymphopsis, - McCLOSKEY, J. nat. Hist., 1: 122. 

1992 Nymphopsis, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 28 [diagnosis]. 

Nymphopsis abstrusus LOMAN 1923 

1923 Nymphopsis abstrusus LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (9): 7-10, fig. D1-5.

Distribution: subantarctic area. 

Nymphopsis acinacispinatus WILLIAMS 1933 

1933 Nymphopsis acinacispinatus WILLIAMS, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (12): 173. 

1975 Nymphopsis acinacispinatus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 26-27, fig. 

11c-f. 

1980 Nymphopsis acinacispinatus, - HOOPER, Aust. Zool., 20 (3): 475. 



Habitat: Sargassum. 

Nymphopsis anarthra LOMAN 1928 

1928 Nymphopsis anarthrus LOMAN, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., ser. 3, 1: 39-42, 

fig. 1. 

1948 Nymphopsis anarthra, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 250. 

1986 Nymphopsis anarthra, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

1992 Nymphopsis anarthra, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 9 

[tab. 3], 28-29, fig. 12, 76 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: central West Florida Shelf; off Tortuga 

Island, Venezuela. 


Nymphopsis armatus HASWELL 1884 

1884 Nymphopsis armatus HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1025. 

1908 Nymphopsis armatus, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 49. 

1919 Nymphopsis armatus, - FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1919: 84. 

1929 Nymphopsis armatus, - FLYNN, Mem. Qd. Mus., 9 (3): 256-257, figs. 4-5. 



Nymphopsis bathursti Williams, 1940 

1963 Nymphopsis acinacispinatus bathursti, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 5. 

1992 Nymphopsis bathursti, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 82-83, fig. 1. 

Distribution: Western Australia; Oman. 


Habitat: algae; muddy tidal flats with stones and algae. 

Nymphopsis curtiscapus STOCK 1974 

1974 Nymphopsis curtiscapus STOCK, Bull. Zool. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 14-15, 

fig. 2. 

1982 Nymphopsis curtiscapus, - STOCK, Monit. zool. ital., Suppl. 17 (7): 187. 

69

70 

1990 Nymphopsis curtiscapus, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 67. 

Distribution: Madagascar; Somalia; Kenya. 


Habitat: dead corals covered with algae. 

Nymphopsis cuspidata (HODGSON 1910) 

1910 Ammothea cuspidata HODGSON, in: Schultze, Zool. und anthropol. Ergebn. einer 

Forschungsreise im westl. und zentr. Südafrika 1903-1905..., 4 (1): 221-223, 

fig. 1. 

1923 Nymphopsis cuspidata, - LOMAN, Medd. Göteborgs Mus., Zool. Avd., 22 (6): 7, 

fig. D. 

1954 Nymphopsis cuspidata, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 142-144, figs. 

25-27. 

1959 Nymphopsis cuspidata, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 551-552. 



Habitat: sand; rocks; algae; shells. 

Nymphopsis denticulata GORDON 1932 

1932 Nymphopsis denticulata GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 123-125, figs. 69-70. 

Distribution: Lively Islands, East Falkland Islands. 


Nymphopsis dromedaria McCLOSKEY 1967 

1967 Nymphopsis dromedaria McCLOSKEY, J. nat. Hist., 1: 119-123, figs. 1-6. 

Distribution: off North Carolina. 


Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa HILTON 1942 

1942 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa HILTON, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 (9): 303- 

305, pl. 45. 

1948 Nymphopsis duiodorsospinosa, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 

250-252, fig. 40. 

1971 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, - CHILD & HEDGPETH, J. nat. Hist., 5: 609 

[list]. 

1973 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, - KRAEUTER, J. nat. Hist., 7: 496. 

1975 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 978. 

1976 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Ecol. Res. Ser.: 

134, 157. 

1976 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27 

(3/4): 342. 

1979 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 21; 

Literatur.

1982 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 363. 

1986 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

1992 Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 

9 [tab. 3], 30-31, fig. 13. 

Distribution: E-Pacific. - Galápagos-archipelago, Gulf of 

California south to Panamá; W-Atlantic. - South Carolina 

(U.S.A.) to the northern coast of South America. 



Nymphopsis korotnewi SCHIMKEWITSCH 1887 

1887 Nymphopsis korotnewi SCHIMKEWITSCH, Zool. Jb., 3: 127-134, figs. 1-12. 

1908 Nymphopsis korotnewi, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 50-52, pl. XIII, 

figs. 179-181. 

1975 Nymphopsis korotnewi, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 27. 

1991 Nymphopsis korotnewi, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 219-220. 

Distribution: Sunda Islands (Indonesia), Western Australia, 

Philippines. 


Nymphopsis melidae SAWAYA 1947 

1947 Nymphopsis melidae SAWAYA, Bol. Fac. Fil., Cien. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo 

(Zool.), 12: 83-89, pl. I, figs. 1-2, pl. II, figs. 3-6. 

1992 Nymphopsis melidae, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 115, 139. 

Distribution: Brazil. 

Depth range: upper littoral-41m. 

Nymphopsis muscosa LOMAN 1908 

1908 Nymphopsis muscosus LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 52-53, pl. 13, figs. 

175-188. 

1911 Nymphopsis muscosus, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.- 


1918 Nymphopsis muscosus, - FUKUI, Rigakukai[?], 16 (2): 99. 

1936 Nymphopsis muscosus, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 864. 

1953 Nymphopsis muscosa, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 307. 

1954 Nymphopsis muscosa, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

121. 

1959 Nymphopsis muscosa, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 205. 

1971 Nymphopsis muscosa, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 335. 

1987 Nymphopsis muscosa, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 34-36, pls. 

32, 32, 40. 

1991 Nymphopsis muscosa, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 24. 

Distribution: Malaysia, Philippines and Japan. 


71

72 

Nymphopsis spinosissima (HALL 1912) 

1912 Ammothella spinosissima HALL, Ann. Rep. Laguna Mar. Lab., 1: 95-99, figs. 

51, 52B, D, H. 

1913 Ammothella spinosissima, - HALL, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11 (6): 130, 132 

[key]. 

1915 Ammothella spinosissima, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 7 (1): 68. 



1934 Ammothella spinosissima, - SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 69. 

1939 Nymphopsis spinosissimus, - HEDGPETH, Am. Midl. Nat., 22 (2): 461-463, fig. 

2m-r. 


1939 Nymphopsis spinosissimus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (4): 

72. 

1941 Nymphopsis spinosissimus, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 

(26): 256 [key], pl. 11. 

1942 Nymphopsis spinosissima, - HILTON, Re. Allan Hancock Exped., 5 (9): 278, 

300-302, pl. 44. 

1943 Nymphopsis spinosissima, - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (4): 98. 

1951 Nymphopsis spinosissima, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 110. 

1955 Nymphopsis spinosissima, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

117: 253. 

1964 Nymphopsis spinosissima, - HEDGPETH, in: R.I. Smith et al., eds, Intertidal 

Invertebrates of the Central Calif. Coast, Berkeley: Univ. Calif. Press: 

206. 

1987 Nymphopsis spinosissima, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (3): 554. 



Habitat: on weeds. 

Nymphopsis varipes STOCK 1962 

1962 Nymphopsis varipes STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 273-276, figs. 

1-2. 




Paranymphon CAULLERY 1896 

1948 Paranymphon, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 253 [diagnosis]. 

1986 Paranymphon, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 412. 

1992 Paranymphon, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 31 [diagnosis]. 

Paranymphon filarium STOCK 1986 

1986 Paranymphon filiarium STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1, 413-415, 

fig. 3.

Distribution: W- Atlantic (Santaren Channel, north of Cuba; 

Straits of Florida). 


Paranymphon magnidigitatum HONG & KIM 1987 

1987 Paranymphon magnidigitatum HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 150-152, 

figs. 10-11. 

1991 Paranymphon magnidigitatum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 

24. 



Paranymphon spinosum CAULLERY 1896 

1896 Paranymphon spinosum CAULLERY, Ann. Univ. Lyon, 26: 361, pl. 12 figs. 1-6. 

1899 Paranymphon spinosum, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf Exped., 3 (1): 46-47, pl. 4, 

figs. 20-28. 

1908 Paranymphon spinosum, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 222-224, 

pl. 30, figs. 10-14. 

1917 Paranymphon spinosum, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur son 

Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 17, pl. 3, figs. 3-6. 

1933 Paranymphon spinosum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 6. 

1948 Paranymphon spinosum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 253, 

fig. 41. 

1965 Paranymphon spinosum, - STOCK & SOYER, Vie Milieu, 16 (1B): 415-416. 

1966 Paranymphon spinosum, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 17 (1B): 408-409, fig. 1. 

1973 Paranymphon spinosum, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 151. 

1978 Paranymphon spinosum, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 204-205, fig. 5d-g. 

1982 Paranymphon spinosum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 18-19. 

1983 Paranymphon spinosum, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 69. 

1983 Paranymphon spinosum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 38. 

1986 Paranymphon spinosum, - Chimenz & Cottarelli, Oebalia, 13, N.S.: 138-139, 

figs. 2-13. 

1987 Paranymphon spinosum, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 43. 

1987 Paranymphon spinosum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 149-150, 

figs. 8-9. 

1987 Paranymphon spinosum, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 506-507. 

1991 Paranymphon spinosum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 24. 

1992 Paranymphon spinosum, CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 9 [tab. 

3], 31-33, fig. 14. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic including Caribbean; Japan and 

Korea. 


Habitat: sandy bottom with Cymodocea nodosa; mud; coarse 

bottom, with stones and sponges. 

Proboehmia STOCK 1991 

1991 Proboehmia STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat (A), 151: 155 [diagnosis, 

73

74 

remarks]. 

Proboehmia tubirostris STOCK 1991 

1991 Proboehmia tubirostris STOCK, - Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 155- 

158, figs. 22-23. 



Prototrygaeus STOCK 1975 

1975 Prototrygaeus Stock, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 979 [diagnosis, remarks]. 

1992 Prototrygaeus, - Child, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 17 [emended diagnosis]. 

Prototrygaeus ammothelloides STOCK 1975 

1975 Prototrygaeus ammothelloides STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 979-981, fig. 

9. 

1986 Prototrygaeus ammothelloides, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Guyana Shelf. 


Habitat: muddy sand; sandy mud. 

Prototrygaeus contrarius Child, 1992 

1992 Prototrygaeus contrarius CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 17-19, fig. 8. 

Distribution: Ecuador (outer Gulf of Guayaquil). 


Prototrygaeus jordanae CHILD 1990 

1990 Prototrygaeus jordanae CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (1): 157-160, fig. 

1. 



Habitat: soft sediment with hydroids on molluscs and wood. 

Scipiolus LOMAN 1908 

1908 Scipiolus LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 58 [diagnosis]. 

Scipiolus bifidus STOCK 1968 

1968 Scipiolus bifidus STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 14-15,

fig. 3. 

Distribution: South Africa (off False Bay). 



Scipiolus plumosus LOMAN 1908 

1908 Scipiolus plumosus LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 60-61, pl. I, figs. 1- 

13. 

1991 Scipiolus plumosus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 160-161, 

fig. 26. 

Distribution: Kei Islands (Indonesia), Loyalty Islands, New 

Caledonia. 


Scipiolus spinosus UTINOMI 1955 

1955 Scipiolus spinosus UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 31-33, fig. 

19. 

1971 Scipiolus spinosus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 335. 



Scipiolus thermophilus TURPAEVA 1988 

1988 Scipiolus thermophilus TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., LXVII (6): 950-952, figs. 1-2. 

Distribution: Juan de Fuca Ridge. 


Habitat: hydrothermal vents. 

Scipiolus validus STOCK 1957 

1957 Scipiolus validus STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 91-94, figs. 

8-9, 10b, d. 

1971 Scipiolus validus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 335. 



Sericosura FRY & HEDGPETH 1969 

1969 Sericosura FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 112 [diagnosis]. 

Sericosura bifurcata STOCK 1991 

75

76 

1991 Sericosura bifurcata STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 158-160, 

figs. 24-25. 



Sericosura cochleifovea CHILD 1989 

1989 Sericosura cochleifovea CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 102 (3): 732-737, 

fig. 1. 

Distribution: Marianas Back-Arc Basin. 


Habitat: hydrothermal Snail Pits Vent. 

Sericosura mitrata (GORDON 1944) 

1944 Achelia mitrata GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

ser. B., 5 (1): 54-57, figs. 19a-e, 22b. 

1969 Sericosura mitrata, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 112, 

113, 152, 153, 173. 

1982 Sericosura mitrata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 19-21, fig. 6. 

Distribution: Antarctica; of SW Africa (Walvis Ridge). 


Sericosura venticola CHILD 1987 

1987 Sericosura venticola CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 896-899, fig. 

2. 

Distribution: NE-Pacific (Endeavour Segment). 


Habitat: hydrothermal vents, associated with 

vestimentferans. 

Tanystylum MIERS 1879 

1932 Tanystylum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 117-118 [remarks, key to Antarctic 

and Subantarctic species]. 

1948 Tanystylidae, Tanystylum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 266 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to NE-American species]. 

1954 Tanystylum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 141-142 

[remarks]. 

1956 Tanystylum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. naturh. Foren., 118: 92-93 

[comparison with Austroraptus, diagnostic features]. 

1977 Tanystylum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 313-318 [remarks on and 

synopsis of species from southern Oceans; diagnosis, key to species south of 

30 S]. 

1979 Tanystylum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 21-22 [remarks on Caribbean

species, key to Middle American species]. 

1983 Tanystylum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 38 [key to 


1992 Tanystylum, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 33 [diagnosis]. 

Tanystylum acuminatum STOCK 1954 

1954 Tanystylum acuminatum STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5 

(24): 125-127, fig. 29. 

1979 Tanystylum acuminatum, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

59 (184): 11. 

1986 Tanystylum acuminatum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

1990 Tanystylum acuminatum, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr.41 (3-4): 278. 

1992 Tanystylum acuminatum, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 119, 139, figs. 19-21. 

Distribution: E-Caribbean Islands; Brazil. 


Habitat: rocky shore; dead corals and algae; Dyctiota. 

Tanystylum anthomasti HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Tanystylum anthomasti HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 297-298, 

fig. 45. 

1954 Tanystylum anthomasthi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Akkeshi Mar. Biol. Stat., 3: 23-26, 

figs. 10-11, pl. 1, fig. 2. 

1963 Tanystylum anthomasti, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1339- 

1340, figs. 7-10. 

1965 Tanystylum anthomasthi, - UTINOMI, New Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna Japan, 

2: 338. 

1971 Tanystylum anthomasti, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 317- 

347. 

Distribution: Japan; Alaska; Oregon. 


Habitat: on Metalcyonium pacificum (YAMADA) and on the 

nephteid octocorall Gersemia rubiformis (EHRENBERG). 

Tanystylum antipodum CLARK 1977 

1972 Tanystylum cavidorsum, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (2): 334-335. 

1972 Tanystylum cavidorsum, - CLARK, N.Z. J. mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3-4) (1971): 

440-441, fig. 5G-J. 

1977 Tanystylum antipodum CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 318-321, figs. 2-9, 

18, 19. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Campbell, Snares, Antipodes, 

Stewart Islands). 


Habitat: under Durvillea holdfast; intertidal rocks; on 

Xiphophora hydroids; among algae and hydroids in pool; 

associated with Margarella hinemoa and Exosphaeroma gigas. 

77

78 

Tanystylum beuroisi ARNAUD 1974 

1971 Tanystylum brevipes, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 3: 160 [part.], figs. 3-4. 

1974 Tanystylum beuroisi ARNAUD, Tethys, 5: 784-787, figs. 10-17. 

1977 Tanystylum beuroisi, - CLARK, - J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 321. 

Distribution: St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands. 


Habitat: Laminaria pallida. 

Tanystylum bigibbosum FAGE & STOCK 1966 

1966 Tanystylum bigibbosum FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 321- 

323, fig. 3. 



Habitat: "fond rocheux" (FAGE & STOCK). 

Tanystylum birkelandi CHILD 1979 

1979 Tanystylum birkelandi CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 23, fig. 7. 

1982 Tanystylum birkelandi, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 363. 

1986 Tanystylum birkelandi, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

1990 Tanystylum birkelandi, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3-4): 278-279, 

figs. 1-5. 

Distribution: Panamá Caribbean; Belize (Carrie Bow Cay); 

Martinique. 


Habitat: reef flats, rubble and calcareous algae; dead 

corals in exposed location. 

Tanystylum bredini CHILD 1970 

1970 Tanystylum bredini CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 83 (27): 296-299, fig. 3. 

1977 Tanystylum bredini, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (2): 441. 

1988 Tanystylum bredini, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 52. 

1989 Tanystylum bredini, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 125, figs. 11-21. 

1990 Tanystylum bredini, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 67, figs. 7-15. 

1992 Tanystylum bredini, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 156-159, figs. 6- 

11. 

1992 Tanystylum bredini, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 92-93. 

Distribution: French Polynesia, Seychelles, Kenya, Sri 

Lanka, Malaysia; Oman. 


Habitat: coral reefs and sandstone reefs; dead corals; 

stones in tidal pools; under stones.

Tanystylum brevicaudatum FAGE & STOCK 1966 

1966 Tanystylum brevicaudatum FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 319- 

321, figs. 2a-e. 

1971 Tanystylum brevicaudatum, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 3 (1): 162-163, figs. 5-9. 

1977 Tanystylum brevicaudatum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 321. 

1990 Tanystylum brevicaudatum, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 219. 

Distribution: St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands; Cape Verde 



Habitat: sandy bottom, rock ledges; among bryozoans. 

Tanystylum brevipes (HOEK 1881) 

1881 Discoarachne brevipes HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 74-76, 105, pl. 7, figs. 8-12. 

1901 Discoarachne brevipes, - COLE, Zool. Jb. (Syst., Geogr. Biol.), 15 (2): 243- 

248, pl. 13. 

1904 Discoarachne brevipes, - LOMAN, Zool. Jb., 20 (4): 379, pl. 14, figs. 7-11. 

1910 Discoarachne brevipes, HODGSON, in: Denkschr. Med.-Naturwiss. Ges. Jena, 16: 

227. 

1914 Tanystylum paulovense, - HODGSON, Zool. Anz., 45 (4): 164. 

1923 Discoarachne brevipes, - LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (9): 6-7, fig. C1-2. 

1927 Tanystylum paulovense, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 352- 

353. 

1928 Discoarachne brevipes, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 

6 (Special Rep., 1): 35. 

1929 Tanystylum paulovensis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdatljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 1: 64. 

1951 Discoarachne brevipes, - STOCK, Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., ser. 2 

(43): 3. 

1954 Discoarachne brevipes, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 149-151, fig. 

31a-b. 

1956 Discoarachne brevipes, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 

93. 

1959 Discoarachne brevipes, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 555-556. 

1962 Tanystylum brevipes, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 276. 

1971 Tanystylum brevipes, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 3 (1): 160. 

1974 Tanystylum brevipes, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (4): 787, figs. 18-19. 

1977 Tanystylum brevipes, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 322. 

1988 Tanystylum brevipes, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 189-192, figs. 8-9 

[juvenile stages]. 

Distribution: South Africa; St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands. 


Habitat: Sand; rocks; algae; mussels; kelp; in pools under 

granite boulders. 

Tanystylum calcirostrum SCHIMKEWITSCH 1889 

1889 Tanystylum calcirostre SCHIMKEWITSCH, Atti Accad. Lincei 1889, Mem. Cl. 

Sci., Fisiche, Matematiche e Naturel, ser. 4 (6): 331-333, figs. 5-7. 

79

80 

1940 Tanystylum calcirostre, - MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr., Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool.), 4: 97. 

1948 Tanystylum calcirostre, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 268, 

fig. 49b-d. 

1979 Tanystylum calcirostrum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 23-26, fig. 8. 

1986 Tanystylum calcirostrum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 401 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Bermuda. 

Tanystylum californicum HILTON 1939 

1939 Tanystylum californicum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 32-33. 

1939 Tanystylum californicum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (4): 72-73, 

pl. I, fig. 6. 

1951 Tanystylum californicum, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 115. 


Habitat: on hydroid Aglaophenia; bryozoans. 

Tanystylum cavidorsum STOCK 1957 

1954 Tanystylum neorhetum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

149-151, figs. 73-74. 

1957 Tanystylum cavidorsum STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 98-100, 

fig. 15. 

1961 Tanystylum cavidorsum steatopygidium HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2) 

57 (3): 12-14, fig. 9. 

1970 Tanystylum cavidorsum,- ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. Natn. Hist. Nat., Paris, (2) 41 

(6): 1424-1426, figs. 1-2, 6. 

1977 Tanystylum cavidorsum, - CLARK, N.Z. J. mar. Freshw. Res., 11 (1): 176. 

1977 Tanystylum cavidorsum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 323. 

Distribution: New Zealand; Chile; South Georgia; Possession 

Is., Crozet Is. 


Habitat: holdfast fauna; hydroids and algae in pool. 

Tanystylum cinctum CHILD 1992 

1992 Tanystylum cinctum CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 21-23, fig. 9. 



Tanystylum conirostre (DOHRN 1881) 

1881 Clotenia conirostris DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf Neapel, 3: 161. 

1953 Tanystylum conirostre, - BACESCU, Bul. Stiint. Acad. Rep. Pop. Rom., Sect. 

Stiint. Biol., Agr., Geol. si Geogr., 5 (2): 266. 

1973 Tanystylum conirostrum, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 60-61, fig. 3. 

1975 Tanystylum conirostre, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, - Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1):

14 figs. 4, 17, 18-20 (tab. II), 21-23 (ecology). 

1976 Tanystylum conirostre, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 69-70. 

1978 Tanystylum conirostre, - CHIMENZ-GUSSO, FRESI, CINELLI, MAZZELLA, PANSINI & 

PRONZATO, Mem. Biol. Mar. Ocean., 8 (4): 98-100, fig. 4. 

1979 Tanystylum conirostre, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

41 (3): 141. 

1986 Tanystylum conirostrum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

1987 Tanystylum conirostre, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 43. 

1989 Tanystylum conirostre, - SCHÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (3/4): 293. 

1992 Tanystylum conirostre, - PÉREZ-RUZAFA, A. & T. MUNILLA, Sci. Mar., 56 (1): 

25, 27-28, fig. 3 [biology and ecology]. 

Distribution: Mediterranean Sea, probably Amphi-Atlantic. 


Habitat: in avariety of substrata, more often found on 

algae. 

Tanystylum distinctum CHILD & HEDGPETH 1971 

1971 Tanystylum distinctum CHILD & HEDGPETH, J. nat. Hist., 5: 623-625, fig. 6. 

1992 Tanystylum distinctum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 21. 

Distribution: Ecuador; Galápagos Archipelago; Chile. 


Habitat: algae in wave-exposed locations; Sargassum; rubble 

in intertidal zone. 

Tanystylum dowi CHILD 1979 

1979 Tanystylum dowi CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 2626-28, fig. 9a-g. 

Distribution: Panamá Pacific. 


Habitat: Abietinaria. 

Tanystylum duospinum HILTON 1939 

1939 Tanystylum duospinum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 33. 

1990 Tanystylum duospinum, - RUSSEL & HEDGPETH, Bijdr. Dierk., 60 (3/4): 215-224, 

figs. 1-2 (biology). 


Habitat: on hydroids; ectoparasitic larvae. 

Tanystylum evelinae MARCUS 1940 

1940 Tanystylum evelinae MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil. Cienc. Letr., Univ. S. Paulo, 4: 

99-102, fig. 13. 

1992 Tanystylum evelinae, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 119, 139. 


81

82 

Depth range: infralittoral. 

Habitat: seaweeds on rocky shore. 

Tanystylum excuratum STOCK 1954 

1954 Tanystylum excuratum STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

146-149, figs. 71-72. 

1977 Tanystylum excuratum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 323-327, figs. 14- 

17. 


Depth range: 1 fathom-47m. 

Habitat: in mud. 

Tanystylum geminum STOCK 1954 

1954 Tanystylum geminum STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5 

(24): 120-122, fig. 26. 

1955 Tanystylum geminum, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 (4): 

600-601, pl. 3, figs. 5-7. 

1975 Tanystylum geminum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 983-984, fig. 10. 

1979 Tanystylum geminum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 28. 

1979 Tanystylum geminum, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 

(184): 13, fig. 9h-i. 

1982 Tanystylum geminum, - STOCK, Monit. zool. Ital., Suppl. 17 (7): 187-188. 

1986 Tanystylum geminum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci. 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

1990 Tanystylum geminum, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr. 41 (3-4): 279-280. 

1992 Tanystylum geminum, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 45. 

Distribution: tropical W-Atlantic, Caribbean Sea and Gulf 

of Mexico. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often in algae and 

seagrass (Thalassia). 

Tanystylum haswelli CHILD 1990 

1990 Tanystylum haswelli CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 317-319, fig. 2. 

Distribution: Australia (Lizard Island). 


Habitat: coral reefs; rubble bank on barrier reef. 

Tanystylum hooperi CLARK 1977 

1977 Tanystylum hooperi CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 326-327, figs. 20-30. 

1980 Tanystylum hooperi, - HOOPER, Aust. Zool., 20 (3): 474. 



Habitat: Sargassum.

Tanystylum hummelincki STOCK 1954 

1954 Tanystylum hummelincki STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5 

(24): 122-125, figs. 27-28. 

1986 Tanystylum hummelincki, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Venezuela; Caribbean Sea of Colombia. 


Habitat: sandy debris. 

Tanystylum intermedium COLE 1904 

1904 Tanystylum intermedium COLE, -Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 278-280, pl. 21, 

figs. 7-9, pl. 22, figs. 1-7, pl. 23, figs. 1-3. 

1913 Tanystylum intermedium, - HALL, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11 (6): 132. 

1934 Tanystylum intermedium, - SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 69. 

1941 Tanystylum intermedium, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 

(26): 255. 

1942 Tanystylum panamum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 69-70. 

1955 Tanystylum intermedium, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

117: 249. 

1961 Tanystylum intermedioides HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F., 2 (57): 14- 

16, fig. 10. 

1975 Tanystylum intermedium, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 35: 71-74, figs. 10-15. 

1976 Tanystylum intermedium, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Rep. Mar. Fauna and 

Benthic Shelf-slope communities of the Isthmian Region (Univ. Miami): 157. 

1992 Tanystylum intermedium, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 21. 

Distribution: California; Mexico Pacific; Panamá Pacific; 

Ecuador; Galapagos Archipelago; Peru; Chile. 


Habitat: on weeds from rocky coast; Abietinaria; from piers 

in harbours and bays; on rocks and among coral rubble in 

intertidal zone. 

Tanystylum isabellae MARCUS 1940 

1940 Tanystylum isabellae MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil. Cién. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 10 

(Zool.) 4: 102. 

1943 Tanystylum isabellae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 55. 

1949 Tanystylum isabellae, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., 86 (Notes & Rev.), 2: 

29. 

1950 Tanystylum isabellae, - SAWAYA, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 47 (1-2): 73. 

1955 Tanystylum tubirostre, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 (4): 

600. 

1955 Tanystylum isabellae, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

247. 

1986 Tanystylum isabellae, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

1992 Tanystylum isabellae, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 119-120, 139, figs. 22- 

26. 

83

84 

Distribution: amphi-atlantic; Eastern Caribbean Islands 

south to Brazil; in the E-Atlantic known from Kongo. 

Depth range: 0-37m 

Habitat: on seaweeds on rocky shore. 

Tanystylum isthmiacum STOCK 1955 

1955 Tanystylum isthmiacum STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

247-249, fig. 17. 

1966 Tanystylum isthmiacum difficile, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. 

Monaco 44: 318. 

1966 Tanystylum isthmiacum difficile, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco., 44: 

389-391, figs. 2a-h. 

1975 Tanystylum isthmiacum isthmiacum, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 35 (5): 74, figs. 16- 

21. 

1979 Tanystylum isthmiacum difficile, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 29. 

1979 Tanystylum isthmiacum isthmiacum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 29. 

1979 Tanystylum isthmiacum difficile, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other 

Caribb. Isl., 59 (184): 11-13, fig. 3b-f. 

1986 Tanystylum isthmiacum difficile, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 

1. 

1990 Tanystylum isthmiacum, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3-4): 280. 

Distribution: In the E-Pacific recorded from Mexico, Costa 

Rica, Panamá and Ecuador; in the W-Atlantic known from Panamá, 

Curaçao, Martinique and Brazil; one E-Atlantic record from the 

Cape Verde Islands. 



Tanystylum malpelensis CHILD 1979 

1979 Tanystylum malpelensis CHILD, Smith. Contr. Zool., 293: 30-32, fig. 10. 

1992 Tanystylum malpelensis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 21. 

Distribution: Colombia Pacific (Isla Malpelo); Galapagos 

Archipelago. 


Habitat: rocks in intertidal zone. 

Tanystylum mexicanum CHILD 1979 

1979 Tanystylum mexicanum CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 32-34, fig. 11a-h. 

Distribution: Mexico Pacific (Gulf of California). 


Tanystylum neorhetum MARCUS 1940 

1889 Clotenia dohrnii PFEFFER, Jb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., 6 (2): 48. 

1913 Tanystylum pfefferi BOUVIER, Deuxième Exped. Antarct. Française (1908-1910),

6: 5, 45, 122. 

1932 Tanystylum pfefferi, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 

(2): 26-28, figs. D1-4. 

1932 Tanystylum pfefferi, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10) 10: 90-93, figs. 

3-4. 

1932 Tanystylum pfefferi, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 119-122, figs. 65a, 66-68. 

1938 Tanystylum pfefferi, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exp. (C) (Zool. 

& Bot.), 2 (8): 27. 

1940 Tanystylum neorhetum MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil, Ciên. Letr., Univ. S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 95-96, 129. 

1944 Tanystylum neorhetum, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 67. 

1955 Tanystylum neorhetum, - STOCK, Res. Norw. Sci. Exped. Tristan da Cunha, 

1937-1938, 33: 3. 

1957 Tanystylum neorhetum, - STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg., 55: 98. 

1961 Tanystylum neorhetum, - HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2) 57 (3): 12. 

1962 Tanystylum neorhetum, - KENNY & HAYSOM, Pac. Sci., 16 (3): 260. 

1969 Tanystylum neorhetum, - ARNAUD, Les Terres Austr. Françaises, 47: 37. 

1971 Tanystylum neorhetum, - STOCK, Com. natn. français rech. Antarct., 30: 129. 

1972 Tanystylum neorhetum, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (3) 51 

(65): 809-811. 

1977 Tanystylum neorhetum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 327-330, figs. 31- 

39. 

Distribution:New Zealand; South Georgia; E-Patagonian Bank; 

Kerguelen Islands, Macquarie Island. Tristan da Cunha. 


Habitat: under stones; on Melobesia. 

Tanystylum nesiotes CHILD 1970 

1970 Tanystylum nesiotes CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 83 (27): 299-302, fig. 4. 

1989 Tanystylum nesiotes, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 126. 

Distribution: Society Islands (Tahiti, Moorea, Bora Bora). 


Habitat: coral reefs; algae and dead corals. 

Tanystylum occidentalis (COLE 1904) 

1904 Clotenia occidentalis COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 281-282, pl. XIII, 

fig. 9, pl. XXIII, figs. 4-8. 

Distribution: Pacific Grove, California. 

Tanystylum oculospinosum HILTON 1942 

1942 Tanystylum oculospinosum HILTON, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 (9): 70. 

1955 Tanystylum oculospinosum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

117: 248-249. 

1966 Tanystylum oculospinosum, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr., Monaco, 44: 390. 

1979 Tanystylum oculospinosum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 34. 

85

86 

1992 Tanystylum oculospinosum, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 9 

[tab. 3], 35-37, fig. 16. 

1992 Tanystylum oculospinosum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 23-24. 

Distribution: In the West-Atlantic from Bermuda to the 

Caribbean. In the E-Pacific known from Panamá, Peru, Ecuador, 

Baja California and the Galapagos Archipelago. 

Depth range: intertidal-10 m. 

Habitat: shallow shore localities and Sargassum. 

Tanystylum oedinotum LOMAN 1923 

1923 Tanystylum oedinotum LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped. (1901- 

1903), 1 (2): 29-30, fig. F1-5. 

1932 Tanystylum oedinotum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 119-122, figs. 65a, 66- 

68. 

1938 Tanystylum pfefferi, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (c), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 27 [part.]. 

1972 Tanystylum oedinotum, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (3) 51 (65): 

811-812, figs. 2-6. 

1977 Tanystylum oedinotum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 330-332, figs. 44- 

50. 

Distribution: Macquarie Island. 


Habitat: sand; hydroids and Mytilus clumps; debris on 

stones. 

Tanystylum orbiculare WILSON 1878 

1844 ?Pasithoe umbonata GOULD, Proc. Soc. Nat. Hist., Boston[?], 1: 92-93. 

1878 Tanystylum orbiculare WILSON, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., 5: 5-7, 

fig. 2a-f. 

1880 Tanystylum orbiculare, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Commissioner Fish., 1878 (6): 

471-473, pl. 3, fig. 11. 

1891 Tanystylum orbiculare, - MORGAN, Stud. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., 

Baltimore, 5 (1): 37-49 [embryology]. 

1913 Tanystylum orbiculare, - SUMNER, OSBURN & COLE, Bull. Bureau Fish., 

Washington, 31 (1, 2): 141-142. 

1925 Tanystylum orbiculare, - FISH, Bull. Bureau Fish., Washington, 41: 161. 

1929 Clotenia orbiculare, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Soc. Roy. Ent. Belg., 69: 175. 

1940 Tanystylum orbiculare, - MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr., Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 105-108, pl. XV, fig. 15a-h. 

1943 Tanystylum orbiculare, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 54-55. 

1948 Tanystylum orbiculare, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 266- 

268, figs. 8, 49a. 

1949 Tanystylum orbiculare, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., 86 (Notes & Rev.), 2: 

29-30, fig. 6. 

1950 Tanystylum orbiculare, - SAWAYA, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 47 (1-2): 73. 

1951 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 2 (43): 18- 

20. 

1952 Tanystylum orbiculare, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 2e sér., 24 (6): 

530.

1954 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

5 (24): 117. 

1954 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

145. 

1955 Tanystylum orbiculare, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 (4): 

599. 

1958 Tanystylum orbiculare, - Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16: 4. 

1958 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Bull. Res. Council Israel, (B. Zool.), 7B 

(3-4): 138. 

1962 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 22 (11): 219. 

1963 Tanystylum orbiculare, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 

1966 Tanystylum orbiculare, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 319. 

1966 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 46. 

1973 Tanystylum orbiculare, - KRAEUTER, J. nat. Hist., 7 (5): 496. 

1973 Tanystylum orbiculare, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 60, 64, fig. 4. 

1975 Tanystylum orbiculare, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1): 17, 

18-20 (tab. II) (ecology). 

1975 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 985. 

1976 Tanystylum orbiculare, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 69. 

1976 Tanystylum orbiculare, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27 (3/4): 

343. 

1977 Tanystylum orbiculare, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 332. 

1981 Tanystylum orbiculare, - MUNILLA & de HARO, Bijdr. Dierk., 51 (2): 191-197, 

figs. 5, 11, tab. I (electrophoretical and immunological study). 

1983 Tanystylum orbiculare, - KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 34 (1-3): 409, 412. 

1984 Tanystylum orbiculare, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes naturals de les 

illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 531, 533-535, tab. III- 

IV. 

1986 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

1987 Tanystylum orbiculare, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 43-44. 

1992 Tanystylum orbiculare, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 8 [key], 9 

[tab. 3], 33-35, fig. 15. 

1992 Tanystylum orbiculare, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 121, 139. 

Distribution: Massachusetts to Brazil, Indo-Pacific; 

?Mediterranean. 

Depth range: intertidal-?7m. 

Habitat: rocky shore; Peyssonelia squamaria, Sargassum. 

Tanystylum ornatum FLYNN 1928 

1928 Tanystylum ornatum FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Rep., I): 33-34, figs. 20-21. 

1954 Tanystylum ornatum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 148-149. 

1977 Tanystylum ornatum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 332. 



Tanystylum philippinensis CHILD 1988 

1988 Tanystylum philippinensis CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 10-12, fig. 4. 

87

88 



Tanystylum rehderi CHILD 1970 

1970 Tanystylum rehderi CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 83 (27): 302-306, fig. 5. 

1983 Tanystylum rehderi, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 96 (4): 705. 

1988 Tanystylum rehderi, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 53-54. 

1989 Tanystylum rehderi, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 126, figs. 22-39. 

1991 Tanystylum rehderi, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 142. 

Distribution: Society Islands (Bora Bora, Moorea); 

Seychelles (Aldabra Atoll); Koror; Guam. 


Habitat: coral reefs; dead corals. 

Tanystylum scrutator STOCK 1954 

1954 Tanystylum scrutator STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

142-145, fig. 70. 

1971 Tanystylum scrutator, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 337. 

1983 Tanystylum scrutator, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 41. 

1986 Tanystylum scrutator, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 50. 

1991 Tanystylum scrutator, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 24-25. 


Depth range: ?O-40 m. 

Habitat: Corallina. 

Tanystylum styligerum (MIERS 1875) 

1875 Nymphon styligerum MIERS, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 16 (4): 76. 

1879 Tanystylum styligerum, - MIERS, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 168: 213, pl. 

XI, figs. 9-9d. 

1907 Tanystylum longicaudatum HODGSON, Ergebn. Hamburg. Magalhaens. Sammelreise 

1892-93, 2: 13. 

1915 Tanystylum styligerum, - HODGSON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 15 (85): 148. 

1923 Tanystylum kentrodes LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

26-28, fig. E1-4. 

1927 Tanystylum styligerum, - Dt. Südpolar Exped., 19 (Zool. II): 117. 

1932 Tanystylum styligerum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (10): 88-90, figs. 

1-2 

1932 Tanystylum styligerum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 118-119, fig. 65b. 

1938 Tanystylum styligerum, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 26-27. 

1940 Tanystylum styligerum, - MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr., Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 96. 

1944 Tanystylum styligerum, - GORDON, Re. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 67. 

1961 Tanystylum styligerum, - HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2) 57 (3): 12. 

1962 Tanystylum styligerum, - KENNY & HAYSOM, Pac. Sci., 16 (3): 260. 

1972 Tanystylum styligerum, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (3) 51

(65): 809. 

1977 Tanystylum styligerum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 333-336, figs. 51- 

61, figs. 51-61. 

Distribution: Straits of Magellan; Kerguelen Islands; 

Macquarie Island; Falkland Islands. 


Habitat: Macrocystis pyrifera. 

Tanystylum thermophilum (BARNARD 1946) 

1946 Austroraptus thermophilus BARNARD, Ann. Magh. Nat. Hist., 13 (11): 62. 

1954 Austroraptus thermophilus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 146-148, 

figs. 29-30. 

1956 Tanystylum thermophilum STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 

92-93. 

1957 Tanystylum thermophilum, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 94- 

95, fig. 12a-c. 

1962 Tanystylum thermophilum, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 277-278. 

1977 Tanystylum thermophilum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 7 (3): 336. 

1988 Tanystylum thermophilum, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 130. 

Distribution: South Africa; Macquarie Island. 

Depth range: 62-71m-?>100m. 

Habitat: rocks. 

Tanystylum tubirostrum STOCK 1954 

1954 Tanystylum tubirostre STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5: 

117-120, figs. 24-25. 

1955 non Tanystylum tubirostre (= isabellae), - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. 

Pêches Marit., 19 (4): 600, pl. 3, figs. 2-4. 

1975 Tanystylum tubirostrum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 984. 

1979 Tanystylum tubirostrum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 34-35. 

1982 Tanystylum tubirostrum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 363. 

1986 Tanystylum tubirostrum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

1990 Tanystylum tubirostrum, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 67-68, figs. 

16-20. 

Distribution: tropical W-Atlantic and Kenya. 



Tanystylum ulreungum KIM 1983 

1983 Tanystylum ulreungum KIM, J. Kangreung Natn. Univ., 5 (2): 467, figs. 1-2. 

1983 Tanystylum nabetensis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 39-41, 

fig. 13. 

1986 Tanystylum ulreungum, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 50. 

1987 Tanystylum ulreungum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 152. 

Distribution: Japan; Korea. 

89

90 


Trygaeus DOHRN 1881 

1881 Trygaeus DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf Neapel, 3: 164 [diagnosis]. 

Trygaeus communis DOHRN 1881 

1881 Trygaeus communis DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf Neapel, 3: 164-168, pl. 

IX, figs. 6-14, pl. X, figs. 1-5. 

1909 Trygaeus communis, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, The Cambridge Nat. Hist.: 535. 

1923 Trygaeus communis, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris (Zool.), (10) 6 (3, 4): 

122. 

1923 Trygaeus communis, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 58. 

1929 Trygaeus communis, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 69: 176. 

1940 Trygaeus communis, - FARAGGIANA, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Reale Univ. 

Torino, (3) 48 (112): 12. 

1954 Trygaeus communis, - BOURDILLON, Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 12 (7): 

155. 

1968 Trygaeus communis, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, Suppl. 19 (1A): 19-20, fig. 13. 

1973 Trygaeus communis, - KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 21 (277): 64. 

1975 Trygaeus communis, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1): 14 fig. 

4, 17, 18-20 (tab. II), 21-23 (ecology). 

1979 Trygaeus communis, - CHIMENEZ, BRIGNOLI & BASCIANO, Cah. Biol. Mar., 20 (4): 

489. 

1984 Trygaeus communis, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes naturals de les 

illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 534-535, tabs. III-IV. 

1987 Trygaeus communis, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 44. 

1989 Trygaeus communis, - SCHÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (3/4): 287 [tab. 1], 

288 (phenology). 

Distribution: Mediterranean. 


Habitat: algae. - (Cutleria; Cystoseira; Halopteris 

scoparia; Padina pavonia; Peyssonelia squammaria; Sargassum) 

and on hydroids (Aglaophenia). 

AUSTRODECIDAE 

1954 Austrodecidae STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 151 


1957 Austrodecidae, - Stock, Beaufortia, 68 (6): 1-81 [revision of family]. 

Austrodecus HODGSON 1907 

1954 Austrodecus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 151 

[remarks, key to species]. 

1991 Austrodecus, - Stock, Mem. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (A), 151: 170 [diagnosis 

of subgenus Tubidecus].

Austrodecus aconae (HEDGPETH & McCAIN 1971) 

1971 Pantopipetta aconae HEDGPETH & McCAIN, in: LLANO & WALLEN (eds): Biology of 

the Antarctic Seas, Antarct. Res. Ser., 17: 227-228, figs 1, 6, tab. 4. 

Distribution: NE-Pacific. 


Austrodecus bathyale STOCK 1991 

1991 Austrodecus (Tubidecus) bathyale STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 

174-175, fig. 34. 

Distribution: Between New Caledonia and Loyality Islands. 


Austrodecus breviceps GORDON 1938 

1938 Austrodecus breviceps GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 25-26, figs. 7-8. 

1950 Austrodecus breviceps, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 154. 

1957 Austrodecus breviceps, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 59-61, figs. 30, 31b, 

32c-d. 

1971 Austrodecus breviceps, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3-4): 449-450, 

fig. 11A-E. 

1972 Austrodecus breviceps, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (3) 51 (65): 

806. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Antipodes Islands); Kerguelen 



Habitat: pools. 

Austrodecus calcaricauda STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus calcaricauda STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 34-35, fig. 13. 

Distribution: South Georgia (Cumberland Bay). 


Austrodecus calvum STOCK 1991 

1991 Austrodecus calvum STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 168-170, fig. 

31. 



Austrodecus confusum STOCK 1957 

91

92 

1957 Austrodecus confusum STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 69-71, fig. 38. 

Distribution: Three Kings, north of New Zealand. 

Depth range: 119m.. 


Austrodecus conifer STOCK 1991 

1991 Austrodecus conifer STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 4e sér., 13, sec. A, 

nos. 1-2: 139-141, figs. 1-7. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic (banc Galice). 


Austrodecus curtipes STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus curtipes STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 36-39, fig. 14. 

1961 Austrodecus curtipes, - HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2) 57 (3): 16. 

1969 Austrodecus curtipes, - HEDGPETH, Antarct. Map Folio Ser., 11: pl. 14. 

1972 Austrodecus curtipes, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (3) 51 (65): 

806-807. 

Distribution: Tierra del Fuego; Falkland Islands; Kerguelen 



Habitat: Macrocystis pyrifera. 

Austrodecus elegans STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus elegans STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 68-69, figs. 36, 37a, c. 

Distribution: just north of Marion Island (Prince Edward 

group). 


Austrodecus enzoi CLARK 1971 

1971 Austrodecus enzoi CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Fresw. Res., 5 (2): 338-340, fig. 3H- 

M. 

1991 Austrodecus enzoi, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 170. 



Habitat: coarse shelly sand. 

Austrodecus excelsum STOCK 1991 

1991 Austrodecus (Tubidecus) excelsum STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 

170-172, fig. 32.



Austrodecus fagei STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus fagei STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 3942, figs. 15-16. 

Distribution: Eastern part of Antarctic continent. 


Austrodecus frigorifugum STOCK 1954 

1954 Austrodecus frigorifugum STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

156-159, fig. 77. 

1957 Austrodecus frigorifugum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 72-73, fig. 40. 

1968 Austrodecus frigorifugum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 28-29, fig. 10a. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Three Kings Island); Raoul 

Island; Kermadec Islands. 


Habitat: hard bottom; stones. 

Austrodecus glabrum STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus glabrum STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 42-45, figs. 17-18. 

Distribution: Shelf around South Georgia. 


Austrodecus glaciale HODGSON 1907 

1907 Austrodecus glaciale HODGSON, Rep. natn. Antarct. Exp., 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 53, pl. VIII, fig. 1. 

1927 Austrodecus glaciale, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 347-349. 

1932 Austrodecus glaciale, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 115-117, figs. 63-64. 

1944 Austrodecus glaciale, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B) 5 (1): 62-68, figs. 24-25. 

1950 Austrodecus glaciale, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 154. 

1952 Austrodecus glaciale, - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (2): 185. 

1952 Austrodecus glaciale, - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (3): 272. 

1954 Austrodecus glaciale, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 116: 

14, 159. 

1957 Austrodecus glaciale, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 45-50, figs. 19-21. 

Distribution: Antarctic continent, propably circumpolar. 


Habitat: mud. 

Austrodecus gordonae STOCK 1954 

93

94 

1954 Austrodecus gordonae STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

153-156, figs. 75-76. 

1957 Austrodecus gordonae STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 73-75, figs. 41-42. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Three Kings Island). 



Austrodecus goughense STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus goughense STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 63-65, fig. 34. 

1974 Austrodecus goughense, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (4): 781. 

Distribution: St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands; Gough Island. 


Habitat: coralline algae; bryozoans. 

Austrodecus kelpi PUSHKIN 1977 

1977 Austrodecus kelpi PUSHKIN, Expl. Fauna Seas, 21 (24): 56-58, fig. 3. 

1991 Austrodecus kelpi, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 170 [text]. 

Distribution: Antarctica (off South Georgia). 


Habitat: among algae (kelps). 

Austrodecus latum STOCK 1991 

1991 Austrodecus (Tubidecus) latum STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 

174-177, fig. 35. 

Distribution: Between New Caledonia and Loyality Islands. 


Austrodecus longispinum STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus longispinum STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 50-52, figs. 22-23. 

Distribution: Shelf of Kerguelen Island. 


Austrodecus minutum CLARK 1971 

1971 Austrodecus minutum CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (2): 336-338, fig. 

3A-G. 



Habitat: sand with shells.

Austrodecus oblongus PUSHKIN 1977 

1977 Austrodecus oblongus PUSHKIN, Expl. Fauna Seas, 21 (24): 59, fig. 4. 

1991 Austrodecus oblongus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 170 

[text]. 



Austrodecus palauense CHILD 1983 

1983 Austrodecus palauense CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 96 (4): 711-713, fig. 

5. 

Distribution: Palau, SE Koror Island. 


Habitat: sea reef inside cove next to cave, from sponges. 

Austrodecus pentamerum STOCK 1968 

1968 Austrodecus pentamerum STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

26-28, fig. 9. 

Distribution: Raoul Islan;, Kermadec Islands. 


Habitat: stones. 

Austrodecus profundum STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus profundum STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 52-54, fig. 24. 

Distribution: Graham Region of the Antarctic zone. 


Habitat: mud and stones. 

Austrodecus simulans STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus simulans STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 54-56, figs. 25, 26, 37b, d. 

Distribution: Shelf around Kerguelen. 


Austrodecus sinuatum STOCK 1957 

1957 Austrodecus sinuatum STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 56-57, fig. 27. 

Distribution: Auckland Islands (Masked Island, Carnley 

Harbour). 

95

96 

Habitat: rocky coast, from Melobesia. 

Austrodecus staplesi STOCK 1990 

1990 Austrodecus staplesi STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 133: 269-272, figs. 1-9. 

Distribution: Australia (New South Wales, Split Solitary 

Island). 


Habitat: "rocky area with small caves, some corals, algae 

and some sand" (STOCK). 

Austrodecus stocki CHILD 1988 

1988 Austrodecus stocki CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 54-55, fig. 1. 

Distribution: Seychelles (Aldabra Atoll). 


Habitat: "reef slope, coral rubble in hollows between coral 

heads" (CHILD). 

Austrodecus tristanense STOCK 1955 

1955 Austrodecus tristanense STOCK, Res. Norw. Sci. Exped. Tristan da Cunha 1937- 

1938, 33: 5-7, fig. 2. 

1957 Austrodecus tristanense STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 66-67, fig. 35. 

Distribution: Tristan da Cunha. 


Habitat: from Lithothamnion in surf zone; algae and sand; 

intertidal, under stones; from rocks covered with Lithothamnion 

and Balanus; hard bottom with algae. 

Austrodecus tuberculatum STOCK 1991 

1991 Austrodecus (Tubidecus) tuberculatum STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 

151: 172-174, fig. 33. 



Austrodecus tubiferum STOCK 1957 

1954 Austrodecus gordonae (part), - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 

116: 153. 

1957 Austrodecus tubiferum STOCK, Beaufortia, 6 (68): 75-77, fig. 43. 

1971 Austrodecus tubiferum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 337. 

1988 Austrodecus tubiferum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 

668. 

1991 Austrodecus tubiferum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 35.

Distribution: Japan (Okinose, Sagami Bay). 



Austrodecus valdiviensis TURPAEVA 1990 

1990 Austrodecus valdiviensis TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

126: 116-118, fig. 5 

Distribution: southern Atlantic. 


Pantopipetta STOCK 1963 

1963 Pantopipetta STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 184 [diagnosis, remarks], 

185 [key to species]. 

1971 Pantopipetta, - HEDGPETH & McCAIN, in: G. Llano & Wallen: Biology of the 

Anarct. Seas, 4. Antarct. Res. Ser., 17: 217-222 [diagnosis, remarks], 222- 

223 [key to species]. 

1981 Pantopipetta, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 465-466 [remarks on 

longituberculata-complex]. 

1988 Pantopipetta, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 131-132 [key to 

species]. 

Pantopipetta angusta STOCK 1981 

1981 Pantopipetta angusta STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 468-470, fig. 8. 

1990 Pantopipetta angusta TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 126: 

119-123. 

Distribution: southern Atlantic; Walvis Basin. 


Pantopipetta armata ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Pantopipetta armata ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 132-134, fig. 

2. 



Pantopipetta armoricana STOCK 1978 

1978 Pantopipetta armoricana STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 206-208, fig. 7. 

1991 Pantopipetta armoricana, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 4e sér., 13, 

sec. A, nos. 1-2: 138. 

Distribution: NE Atlantic. 


97

98 

Pantopipetta australis (HODGSON 1914) 

1914 Pipetta australis HODGSON, Zool. Anz., 45 (4): 159. 

1915 Pipetta australis, - HODGSON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 15 (85): 141-142. 

1927 Pipetta australis, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. 2): 314-315, 

fig. 2. 

1955 Pipetta australis, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. 


1971 Pantopipetta australis, - HEDGPETH & McCAIN, in: Biol. Antarct. Seas, 4. 

Antarct. Res. Ser., 17: 223, figs. 1-2. 



Pantopipetta auxiliata STOCK 1968 

1968 Pantopipetta auxiliata STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

24-26, fig. 8. 

1971 Pantopipetta auxiliata, - HEDGPETH & McCAIN, in: Biol. Antarct. Seas, 4. 

Antarct. Res. Ser., 17: 219-221, 223 [key]. 

1988 Pantopipetta auxiliata, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 55-56. 

Distribution: Seychelles (Aldabra Atoll); South Africa (off 

Natal). 


Habitat: coral reef slope. - among coral rubble in hollows 

between coral heads. 

Pantopipetta bilobata ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Pantopipetta bilobata ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 135-137, 

fig. 3A-G. 



Pantopipetta brevicauda STOCK 1963 

1963 Pantopipetta brevicauda STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 336-388, figs. 9, 

10a. 

1971 Pantopipetta brevicauda, - HEDGPETH & McCAIN, in: Biol. Antarct. Seas, 4. 

Antarct. Res. Ser., 17: 223-226, figs. 1, 3-4. 

1978 Pantopipetta brevicauda, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 205. 

1990 Pantopipetta brevicauda, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

126: 119. 

Distribution: NE Atlantic Basin and southern Atlantic, 

including Antarctica; SW-Africa; Chile. 


Pantopipetta brevipilata TURPAEVA 1990 

1990 Pantopipetta brevipilata TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

126: 123-125, figs. 8-9. 

Distribution: southern Atlantic. 


Pantopipetta capensis (BARNARD 1946) 

1946 Pipetta capensis BARNARD, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (11): 60. 

1954 Pipetta capensis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 86-88, fig. 1. 

1963 Pantopipetta capensis, - STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 336, fig. 8a-e. 

1971 Pantopipetta capensis, - HEDGPETH & McCAIN, in: Biol. Antarct. Seas, 4. 

Antarct. Res. Ser., 17: 226-227, figs. 1, 5. 



Pantopipetta lata STOCK 1981 

1981 Pantopipetta lata STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 466-468, fig. 7. 

Distribution: Walvis Basin. 


Pantopipetta longituberculata (TURPAEVA 1955) 

1955 Pipetta longituberculata TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 12: 324-326, fig. 2. 

1963 Pantopipetta brevicauda STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 336. 

1963 Pantopipetta longituberculata, - STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 336. 

1971 Pantopipetta longituberculata, - HEDGPETH & McCAIN, in: Biol. Antarct. Seas, 

4. Antarct. Res. Ser., 17: 219, 221, 223. 

1971 Pantopipetta brevicauda, - HEDGPETH & McCAIN, in: Biol. Antarct. Seas, 4. 

Antarct. Res. Ser., 17: 219, 220, 222, 223. 

1971 Pantopipetta longituberculata, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. 

Shirshov, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 92: 290. 

1974 Pantopipetta longituberculata, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. 


1975 Pantopipetta brevicauda, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 993. 

1975 Pantopipetta longituberculata, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol P.P. 


1978 Pantopipetta brevicaudata, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 205-206. 

1982 Pantopipetta longituberculata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 49. 

1986 Pantopipetta brevicauda, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 405 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Guiana Basin; Brazil Slope and Basin, off 

Reçife; Argentine Basin, off Rio de la Plata; North American 

Basin; Scotia Sea; Walvis Ridge; Pacific trenches. 

99

100 


Pantopipetta oculata STOCK 1968 

1968 Pantopipetta oculata STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 22- 

24, fig. 7. 

Distribution: Andaman Islands. 


CALLIPALLENIDAE 

1948 Pallenidae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 199-202 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to genera from American waters]. 

1949 Pallenidae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 275 [remarks]. 

1954 Pallenidae, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 105 [diagnosis, key to 


1974 Pallenidae, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of the 

British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 59. 

1978 Callipallenidae, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 41 [key to Middle 

American species]. 

1982 Callipallenidae, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 24-25 [remarks, key to 

genera]. 

1983 Callipallenidae, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 57 [key to 

Japanese genera]. 

1986 Callipallenidae, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 421 [remarks]. 

1992 Callipallenidae, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 58, tab. 9. 

Anoropallene STOCK 1956 

1956 Anoropallene STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 54: 46 [diagnosis]. 

Anoropallene laysani CHILD 1972 

1972 Anoropallene laysani CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 85 (11): 147-150, fig. 

1. 

1983 Anoropallene laysani, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 57. 

1987 Anoropallene laysani, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 8-9, pl. 

6, figs. 4-10. 



Anoropallene palpida (HILTON 1939) 

1939 Palene palpida HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 30. 

1942 Oropallene palpida, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (2): 38. 

1942 Oropallene heterodenta HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (2): 38. 

1954 Oropallene (?) spec., - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

29.

1956 Anoropallene palpida, - STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 1: 46. 

1956 Anoropallene heterodenta, - STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 1: 46. 

1956 Anoropallene crenispina STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 1: 46-48, fig. 7. 

1979 Anoropallene palpida, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 40-41, fig. 3d-e. 

1992 Anoropallene palpida, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 24-25. 

101 

Distribution: California; Mexico and Panamá Pacific; 

Ecuador; Peru. 


Habitat: often on muddy bottoms. 

Anoropallene valida (HASWELL 1884) 

1884 Nymphon validum HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1024-1025, pl. 54, 

figs. 6-9. 

1908 Parapallene valida, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 48-49. 

1920 Pallene (?) valida, - FLYNN, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1919: 75-77, pl. 

XIX, figs. 7-8. 

1940 Oropallene valida, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 33. 

1954 Oropallene valida, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 116: 29. 

1954 Pallene valida, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 31. 

1956 Anoropallene (?) valida, - STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 54: 46. 

1963 Anoropallene valida, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 16-18, fig. 9A-J. 


Austropallene HODGSON 1907 

1927 Austropallene, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 329 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1944 Austropallene, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 36-37 [remarks, key to antarctic and sub-antarctic species]. 

Austropallene brachyura (BOUVIER 1913) 

1915 Austropallene brachyura, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 39. 

1927 Austropallene brachyura, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 332- 

334, fig. 8. 

1932 Austropallene brachyura, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 86. 

1944 Austropallene brachyura GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 38-39, fig. 10b-d, 14b. 

1972 Austropallene brachyura, - ARNAUD, Tethys, Suppl. 4: 146-147. 

Distribution: Antarctica, probably circumpolar. 


Austropallene calmani GORDON 1944 

1944 Austropallene calmani GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res.

102 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 42-45, fig. 12a, figs. 13a-c, 14a. 

Distribution: off Antarctic continent, in Gauss and 

Victoria Quadrants. 


Austropallene cornigera (MÖBIUS 1902) 

1902 Pseudopallene cornigera MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. Valdivia, 

1898-1899, 3: 186, pl. XXVII, figs. 14-20. 

1915 Austropallene cornigera, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 38. 

1923 Austropallene cornigera, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 

1 (2): 22. 

1927 Austropallene cornigera, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. 11): 329- 

330, fig. 7. 

1932 Austropallene cornigera, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 85-86, figs. 42-43. 

1938 Austropallene cornigera, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., 

(C), (Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 15. 

1944 Austropallene cornigera, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 36 [key], 37. 

1950 Austropallene cornigera, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 151. 

1965 Austropallene cornigera, - STOCK, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 41 (31): 

2. 

1972 Austropallene cornigera, - ARNAUD, Téthys, suppl. 4: 147. 

1980 Austropallene cornigera, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 

4. 



Austropallene cristata (BOUVIER 1911) 

1913 Pseudopallene cristata, - BOUVIER, 2ème Expéd. Antarct. Française 1908-1910: 

102-105, figs. 55-58. 

1927 Austropallene cristata, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 331- 

332. 

1932 Austropallene cristata, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 86. 

1938 Austropallene cristata, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 15. 

1944 Austropallene cristata, - GORDON: Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 37. 

1980 Austropallene cristata, - KRAPP, Bull. Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 

(18): 6. 



Austropallene gracilipes GORDON 1944 

1944 Austropallene gracilipes GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 39-41, fig. 10a, 11a, c, 14c, d.

103 

Distribution: off the Antartctic Continent, in Gauss and 

Victoria Quadrants. 


Austropallene tibicina CALMAN 1915 

1915 Austropallene tibicina, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 39-41, figs. 7-8. 

1944 Austropallene tibicina, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 41-42, fig. 12b-d, 14e. 

1950 Austropallene tibicina, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 151. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Ross Sea to South Georgia). 


Bradypallene KIM & HONG 1987 

1987 Bradypallene KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Zool., 30 (3): 272 [diagnosis] 

Bradypallene espina KIM & HONG 1987 

1987 Bradypallene espina KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Zool., 30 (3): 2772-273, figs. 1-2. 



Habitat: rocky bottom. 

Callipallene FLYNN 1929 

1948 Callipallene, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 202 [diagnosis, 

remarks, key to NE-American species]. 

1954 Callipallene, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 105-106 [diagnosis]. 

1954 Callipallene, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 37 

[diagnosis]. 

1979 Callipallene, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 41 [key to Middle American 

species]. 

1983 Callipallene, - NNAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 57-58 [key to 


1992 Callipallene, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 60 [diagnosis], 59 

[tab. 9]. 

Callipallene acribica KRAPP 1975 

1975 Callipallene acribica KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 26 (1-3): 284-288, fig. 1af. 

1987 Callipallene acribica, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 48. 



104 

Habitat:"sur les fonds détriques côtiers" (ARNAUD). 

Callipallene acus (MEINERT 1898) 

1898 Pallene acus MEINERT, Dansk. Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 45-46, pl. IV, figs. 8- 

13. 

1898 Pallene hasata MEINERT, Dansk. Ingolf Exped., 3 (1): 46-47, pl. IV, figs. 

14-19. 

1899 Pallene acus, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 48-49, pl. IV, figs. 

8-13. 

1899 Pallene hasata, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 49, pl. 4, figs. 14- 

19. 

1901 Pallene acus, - MÖBIUS, Fauna Arctica, 2 (1): 50. 

1901 Pallene hasata, - MÖBIUS, Fauna Arctica, 2 (1): 50. 

1926 Pallene acus, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. acc. Yacht Albert Ier Prince 

Souverain de Monaco, 51: 26. 

1933 Pallene acus, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. om Grönland, 79 (6): 20. 

1948 Callipallene acus, - CORRÉA, Avuls. Dept. Zool., S. Paulo, 9 (1): 5 [key]. 

1948 Callipallene acus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 204-205, 

fig. 18c-e. 

1964 Callipallene acus, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 135 (11): 46, fig. 1 

Distribution: N-Atlantic Basin; between Iceland and 

Greenland. 


Habitat: mud. 

Callipallene africana ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Callipallene africana ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 138-140, 

fig. 4. 

Distribution: South Africa (Transkei area). 


Callipallene amaxana (OHSHIMA 1938) 

1933 ?Pallene producta, - OHSHIMA, Annot. Zool. Jap., 14 (2): 96. 

1938 Pallene amaxana OHSHIMA, Annot. Zool. Jap., 14 (2): 216. 

1936 Pallene amaxana, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 863. 

1942 Callipallene brevirostris, - OHSHIMA, Proc. Imp. Acad., Tokyo, 18 (5): 257. 

1943 Callipallene brevirostris, - OHSHIMA, Bul. Sci. Fac. Terkult., Kyûsyû Imp. 

Univ., Tokyo, 10 (4): 371. 

1948 Callipallene brevirostris, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 

202-203, fig. 18a. 

1954 Callipallene amaxana, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

37. 

1962 Callipallene phantoma, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 95. 

1968 Callipallene phantoma amaxana, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. 

Foren., 131: 37-38, fig. 14a-d. 

1971 Callipallene phantoma amaxana, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 

(5): 322.

105 

1983 Callipallene amaxana, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 58. 

1986 Callipallene amaxana, - KIM, Proc. Nat. Sci. Res. Inst. KANU, 2 (1): 1-3, 

fig. 1a-g. 

1986 Callipallene amaxana, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 38. 

1987 Callipallene amaxana, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 153. 

1991 Callipallene amaxana, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 35-36. 

Distribution:Japan; Korea; south to Straits of Malacca. 


Callipallene brevirostris (JOHNSTON 1837) 

1837 Pallene brevirostris JOHNSTON, Mag. Zool. Bot., 1: 380, pl. 12, figs. 7-8. 

1840 Pallene brevirostris, - MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist. Nat. des Crustacés..., 3. Ordre 

des Araneiformes ou Pycnogonides: 534-535. 

1845 ?Phoxichilus spinosus QUATREFAGES, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, 3 (4): 41, pl. I, 

fig. 2a, pl. 2, fig. 1. 

1859 Pallene brevirostris, - FORBES, in: Nat. Hist. of European Seas: page? 

1869 Pallene brevirostris, - GRUBE, Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterländische Cultur, 

Breslau, 1868/1869: 118-119, 125, pl. I, fig. 5a-c. 

1873 Pallene sp., - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1: 415. 

1877 Pallene brevirostris, - HOEK, Niederl. Arch. Zool., 3: 237-240, pl. XV, 

figs. 4-7, pl. XVI, figs. 14, 21-22. 

1878 Pallene empusa WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 9, pl. 3, fig. 2ag. 

1880 Pallene empusa, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 476-477, pl. 2, figs. 5- 

7. 

1881 Pallene brevirostris, - HOEK, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 9: 511-512, pl. XXVI, 

fig. 17, pl. XXIX, fig. 36. 

1881 Pallene empusa, - RATHBUN, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 3: 118. 

1884 Pallene brevirostris, - HANSEN, in: Zoologia Danica Afbildn. danske Dyr med 

populaer Text, 4: pl. VII, fig. 20. 

1884 Pallene brevirostris, - HANSEN, Naturhist. Tidsskr., Kobenhavn, 14 (3): 649. 

1885 Pallene brevirostris, - GOSSE, in: Manual of Mar. Zool. Brit. Isles: 120, 

fig. 192. 

1886 Pallene brevirostris, - HALHED, Ann. Rep. Fauna Liverpool Bay and the 

Neighbouring Seas, 1 (1): 230. 

1888 Pallene brevirostris, - SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Oslo, 12: ?page. 

1890 Pallene brevirostris, - TOPSENT, Bull. Soc. Linéenne Normandie, Caen, 2 (4): 

62. 

1891 Pallene empusa, - MORGAN, Stud. Biol. Lab. John Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, 5 

(1): 8-22. 

1891 Pallene brevirostris, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 

20): 32. 

1893 Pallene brevirostris, - MÖBIUS, Sitz.-Ber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1893: 

86. 

1896 Pallene brevirostris, - HERDMAN, Rep. 66th Meeting Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci.: 

442. 

1901 Pallene brevirostris, - COLE, Biol. Bull. Woods Hole Mar. Biol. Lab., 2 (5): 

195-207. 

1901 Pallene brevirostris, - MÖBIUS, Fauna Arctica, 2 (1): 50. 

1901 Pallene brevirostris, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, in: The Cambr. Nat. Hist.: 54. 

1904 Pallene brevirostris, - HALLEZ, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 3 (4) (Notes & Rev., 

3): p. L. 

1908 Pallene brevirostris, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. Zool., London (Zool.), 30:

106 

204-205 [part]. 

1908 Pallene brevirostris, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.- 

Pétersbourg, 13 (1908): 430. 

1909 Pallene brevirostris, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, in: The Cambr. Nat. Hist.: 541, 

542, fig. 275A, 285 8part.]. 

1910 Pallene brevirostris, - TESCH, Jaarbork Rijksinst. Onderzoek der Zee, 1909 

(4): 51, 55. 

1912 Pallene brevirostris, - LOMAN, Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 238: 8 [part]. 

1913 Pallene brevirostris, - SUMMER, OSBURNE & COLE, Bull. Bureau Fish., 

Washington, 31 (1): 677. 

1918 Pallene brevirostris, - WIRÉN, Zoologisk Bidrag Uppsala, 6: 42. 

1923 Pallene brevirostris, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris (Zool.), (10) 6 

(3,4): 119 [part]. 

1923 Pallene brevirostris, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 34-36, fig. 28. 

1925 Pallene brevirostris, - FISH, Bull. Bureau Fish., Washington, 41: 161. 

1925 Pallene brevirostris, - MEISENHEIMER, Die Tierwelt der Nord- und Ostsee, 11: 

2, 5. 

1927 Pallene brevirostris, - MEISENHEIMER, Die Tierwelt der Nord- und Ostsee 

(Nachtrag), 11a: 14. 

1928 Pallene brevirostris, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Soc. Roy. Ent. Belg., 68 (9- 

10): 211-213, fig. 8. 

1928 Pallene brevirostris, - LOMAN, Die Tierwelt Deutschlands, 8 (3): 79-80, fig. 

7. 

1930 Pallene brevirostris, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 245-253, figs. 58-59 [part]. 

1932 Pallene brevirostris, - SCHLOTTKE, Wiss. Meeresunters. Kommiss. Wiss. 

Unters. der Deutschen Meere, Abt. Helgoland, (N.F.), 18 (9): 1-10. 

1933 Pallene brevirostris, - STEPHENSEN, Danmarks Fauna, 38: 33-35, fig. 10. 

1935 Pallene brevirostris, - HELFER, Der Naturforscher: 268, fig. 130B, 178. 

1936 Pallene brevirostris, - HELFER, Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Egypt, 

Notes & Mem., 16: 2 [map]. 

1936 Pallene brevirostris, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok, 1935, Naturvidensk. 

Rekke, 7: 24. 

1936 Pallene brevirostris, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Göteborgs Mus. Zool. Avd., 69: 34- 

36, fig. 7. 

1940 Pallene brevirostris, - FARAGGIANA, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Real. Univ. 

Torino, (3) 48 (112): 2-4 [part]. 

1945 Pallene brevirostris, - LEBOUR, J. bar. biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 144. 

1948 Callipallene brevirostris, - CORREA, Pap. Avuls. Dept. Zool., S. Paulo, 9 

(1): 6. 

1948 Callipallene brevirostris, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 

202-203, fig. 18a. 

1949 Callipallene brevirostris, - STOCK, Strand-Werk-Gemeenschap Tabellenser., 7: 

3, fig. 4. 

1954 Callipallene brevirostris brevirostris, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and 

other Caribb. Isl., 5 (24): 115. 

1954 Callipallene brevirostris, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 43-44, fig. 18. 

1955 Callipallene brevirostris, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 

(4): 589. 

1959 Callipallene brevirostris, - BACESCU, Rev. Biol. Acad. Rep. Pop. Roumanie, 4 

(1): 127. 

1970 Callipallene brevirostris brevirostris, - STOCK, "Meteor" Forschungs- 

Ergebnisse, Reihe D, No. 5: 9. 

1972 Callipallene brevirostris, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 621-622. 

1974 Callipallene brevirostris, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders.

107 

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 59 [key], 60-61, fig. 27. 

1975 Callipallene brevirostrum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1010. 

1976 Callipallene brevirostris, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 70. 

1976 Callipallene brevirostris, - WOLFF, Netherlands J. Sea Res., 10 (4): 476- 

477, Fig. 4b (distribution in estuary). 

1978 Callipallene brevirostris, - CHIMENZ-GUSSO, FRESI, CINELLI, MAZZELLA, 

PANSINI & PRONZATO, Mem. Biol. Mar. Ocean., 8 (4): 94-95, fig. 2. 

1979 Callipallene brevirostris, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Ils., 59 (184): 14. 

1982 Callipallene brevirostris, - CHILD, -Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 26. 

1986 Callipallene brevirostris, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403 tab. 1, 

424. 

1987 Callipallene brevirostris, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 48-49 

1987 Callipallene brevirostris, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 512. 

1992 Callipallene brevirostris, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 59 [key], 

60-61, fig. 27. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic inclusive of Caribbean, 

Mediterranean; Black Sea; West Africa. 



Callipallene bullata NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Callipallene bullata NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 36, fig. 

13. 



Callipallene californiensis (HALL 1913) 

1913 Pallene californiensis HALL, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11 (6): 131, 133-135, 

pl. 4, figs. 9-13. 

1915 Pallene californiensis, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 7 (1): 67. 

1915 Palene californiensis, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 7 (3): 204. 

1916 Pallene californiensis, - HILTON, J. Comp. Neur., 26 (5): 465. 

1920 Pallene californiensis, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 12 (4): 93. 

1939 Palene californiensis, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 29. 

1941 Callipallene californiensis, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 

(26): 257 [key], pl. 11. 

1942 Callipallene californiensis, - HILTON, Rep. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 

(9): 277, 281. 

1942 Callipallene californiensis, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (2): 

38. 

1948 Callipallene californiensis, - CORRÉA, Pap. Avuls. Dept. Zool., S. Paulo, 9 

(1): 6 [key]. 

1979 Callipallene solicitatus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 44-46, fig. 15. 

1987 Callipallene californiensis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (3): 555. 

1992 Callipallene californiensis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 25. 

Distribution: California; Pacific Coast of Mexico and 

Panamá; Galapagos Archipelago; Chile (Islas Juan Fernandez).

108 

Depth range: shallow subtidal to 10m. 

Habitat: under stones in channel. 

Callipallene conirostris STOCK 1954 

1954 Callipallene conirostris STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

39-41, figs. 16, 20f-g. 

1971 Callipallene conirostris, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

323. 



Callipallene cuspidata STOCK 1954 

1954 Callipallene cuspidata STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

37-39, fig. 15. 

1991 Callipallene cuspidata, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 36- 

38. 

Distribution: Philippines; Japan. 


Callipallene dubiosa HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Callipallene dubiosa HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 275-277, 

fig. 35. 

1954 Callipallene dubiosa, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

41. 

1957 Callipallene dubiosa, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 88. 

1965 Callipallene dubiosa, - UTINOMI, New Illustr. Fauna Japan, 2: 335. 

1971 Callipallene dubiosa, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 322. 

1983 Callipallene dubiosa, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 58. 

1984 Callipallene dubiosa, - KIM, J. Kangreung Natn. Univ., 7: 535. 

1986 Callipallene dubiosa, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 38. 

1987 Callipallene dubiosa, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 153. 

1990 Callipallene dubiosa, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 71. 

1991 Callipallene dubiosa, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 38. 

1992 Callipallene dubiosa, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159. 

Distribution: recorded from East Africa (Kenya, Zanzibar) 

to Japan and Korea. 


Habitat: dead corals; rocky bottom. 

Callipallene emacinata (DOHRN 1881) 

1881 Pallene emacinata DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 193-196, pl. 

14, figs. 10-21. 

1885 Pallene emacinata, - CARUS, Prodromus faunae mediterraneae sive descriptio 

animalium maris Mediterranei incolarum, 2: 287.

109 

1908 Pallene brevirostris, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 204-205 

[part]. 

1909 Pallene brevirostris, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, The Cambridge Nat. Hist.: 541 

[part.]. 

1912 Pallene brevirostris, - LOMAN, Bull. Inst. Océanogr., 238: 8 [part.]. 

1923 Pallene emacinata, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris (Zool.), (10), 6, (3,4): 

119 [part.]. 

1923 Pallene emacinata, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 34, 36. 

1929 Pallene emacinata, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Soc. Roy. Ent. Belg., 69: 172-173, 

fig. 1 [part.]. 

1930 Pallene brevirostris, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 245-253 [part.]. 

1940 Pallene brevirostris, - FARAGGIANA, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Real. Univ. 

Torino, (3) 48 (112): 2-4 [part.]. 

1948 Callipallene emacinata, - CORRÉA, Pap. Avuls. Dept. Zool., S. Paulo, 9 (1): 

5, 7, 8. 

1948 Callipallene emacinata, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 204, 

fig. 18f-g. 

1952 Callipallene emacinata, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 1 (13): 8-11, figs. 1-4, 7-8, 

15-19. 

1954 Callipallene emacinata ssp. micracantha STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk 

naturhist. Foren., 116: 44-46, figs. 19a-g, 20a-b. 

1954 Callipallene emacinata subsp., - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. 

Foren., 116: 46-48, figs. 19h-i, 20c-e. 

1958 Callipallene emacinata emacinata, - STOCK, Bull. Res. Counc. Israel., 7B: 

137. 

1963 Callipallene emacinata micracanta, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 21-23, 

fig. 11A-I. 

1974 Callipallene emacinata, - ARNAUD, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (21): 

175. 

1974 Callipallene emacinata, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 59 [key], 64. 

1975 Callipallene emacinata micracantha, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 10. 

1975 Callipallene emacinata, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1): 

16-17, 18-20 (tab. II), 23 (ecology). 

1975 Callipallene emacinata, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1011. 

1976 Callipallene emacinata, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 70. 

1979 Callipallene emacinata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 41-42. 

1981 Callipallene emacinata emacinata, - MUNILLA & de HARO, Bijdr. Dierk., 51 

(2): 191-197, figs. 8, 11, tab. I (electrophoretical and immunological 

study). 

1982 Callipallene emacinata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 365-366. 

1984 Callipallene emacinata emacinata, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes 

naturals de les illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 534-535, 

tab. III-IV. 

1986 Callipallene emacinata, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403 tab. 1. 

1987 Callipallene emacinata, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 49. 

1987 Callipallene emacinata, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 513. 

1990 Callipallene emacinata, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3-4): 280. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic. - Mediterranean Sea; Caribbean 

Sea. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often on algae.

110 

Callipallene evelinae MARCUS 1940 

1940 Callipallene evelinae MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil., Cienc. Letr., Univ. S. Paulo, 

4: 31-33, figs. 2 A-D. 

1992 Callipallene evelinae, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 128, 139. 



Habitat: rocky shore, on Dyctiota. 

Callipallene gabriellae CORRÉA 1948 

1948 Callipallene gabriellae CORRÉA, Pap. Avuls., Dept. Zool., S. Paulo, 9 (1): 

1-4, figs. 1-6. 

1992 Callipallene gabriellae, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 128, 139. 



Habitat: seaweeds growing on rocks. 

Callipallene hastata MEINERT 1899 

1899 Pallene hastata MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 49, pl. IV, figs. 14- 

19. 

Distribution: southern part of Davis Strait. 


Callipallene kenyensis MÜLLER 1990 

1990 Callipallene kenyensis MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 71-74, figs. 21- 

26. 

1992 Callipallene gabriellae, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 94. 

Distribution: Kenya (Watamu area); Oman. 


Habitat: dead corals covered with algae; also "under rocks 

and stones"; "on algae"; "tidal pools, on stones"; "from stones 

in tidal polls"; "muddy tidal flat with stones and algae" 

(STOCK). 

Remarks: Species was erronously considered conspecific with 

C. gabriellae from Brazil by STOCK (1992). 

Callipallene longicoxa STOCK 1955 

1955 Callipallene brevirostris longicoxa STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. 

Foren., 117: 223-226, figs. 4-5. 

1982 Callipallene belizae CHILD, - Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 363-365, fig. 

164. 

1986 Callipallene longicoxa, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403 tab. 1, 424.

Distribution: Lesser Antilles, Belize and Florida. 


Habitat: Halimeda and rubble, algae. 

Callipallene margarita (GORDON 1932) 

111 

1932 Pallene margarita GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 82-85, figs. 40-41. 

1948 Callipallene margarita, - CORRÉA, Pap. Avuls. Dept. Zool., S. Paulo, 9 (1): 

6. 

1961 ?Callipallene margarita, - HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F., 2 (57): 3, 

4, fig. 1. 

1982 Callipallene margarita, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 26. 

1992 Callipallene margarita, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 128, 139. 

Distribution: along Argentine Shelf and Slope, Burdwood 

Bank, and South Georgia area; Golfo San Jorge, Argentina; 

Brazil. 

Depth range: ?

112 

Callipallene pacifica (HEDGPETH 1939) 

1939 Pallene pacifica HEDGPETH, Am. Midland Nat., 22 (2): 460-461, pl. 1, figs. 

f-i, pl. 2, figs. j-l. 

Distribution: off S-California. 


Habitat: "rock (?)" (HEDGPETH). 

Callipallene panamensis CHILD 1979 

1979 Callipallene panamensis CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 42-44, fig. 14. 

1983 Callipallene panamensis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 59. 

1991 Callipallene panamensis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 38. 

Distribution: Panamá Pacific and Japan. 


Callipallene pectinata (CALMAN 1923) 

1923 Pallene pectinata CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 275-276, fig. 5. 

1938 Pallene pectinata, - CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 154. 

1948 Callipallene pectinata, - CORRÉA, Pap. Avuls. Dept. Zool., S. Paulo, 9 (1): 

5 [key]. 

1964 Callipallene pectinata, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 35: 28- 

31, figs. 2-4. 

1972 Callipallene pectinata, - ARNAUD, Tethys, Suppl. 3: 161. 

1968 Callipallene pectinata, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 38-39. 

Distribution: Red Sea; Arabian Coast; Andaman Islands; 

Madagascar. 


Habitat: from brown algae on dead Acropora corals. 

Callipallene phantoma (DOHRN 1881) 

1881 Pallene phantoma DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 196, pl. 14, 

figs. 1-9. 

1885 Pallene phantoma, - CARUS, Prodromus faunae mediterraneae sive descriptio 

animalium maris Mediterranei incolarum, 2: 287. 

1908 Pallene phantopa, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London, (Zool.), 30: 205. 

1912 Pallene phantoma, - LOMAN, Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 238: 9. 

1923 Pallene phantoma, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 34, 37. 

1934 Pallene phantoma, - GILTAY, Bull. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belg., 10 (35): 1- 

5. 

1942 Callipallene brevirostris, - OHSHIMA, Proc. Imp. Acad., Tokyo, 18 (5): 257. 

1948 Callipallene phantoma, - CORRÉA, Pap. Avuls. Dept. Zool., S. Paulo, 9 (1): 

6, 8. 

1948 Callipallene phantoma, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 204, 

fig. 18b. 

1952 Callipallene phantoma,- STOCK, Beaufortia, 1 (13): 3-4, figs. 12-14, 20-27

113 

[ssp. phantoma, crinita]. 

1953 Callipallene phantoma, - BACESCU, Bul. Stiint., Acad. Rep. Pop. Rom., Sect. 

de Stiint. Biol., Agr. Geol. si Geogr., 5 (2): 264. 

1954 Callipallene phantoma phantoma, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other 

Caribb. Isl., 24: 116. 

1962 Callipallene phantoma, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 95. 

1968 Callipallene phantoma phantoma, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 19 (1A): 23, fig. 16. 

1973 Callipallene phantoma phantoma, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 73. 

1974 Callipallene phantoma, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 


1975 Callipallene phantoma, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1): 17, 

18-20 (tab. II), 22 (ecology). 

1976 Callipallene phantoma, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 70. 

1982 Callipallene phantoma, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 26. 

1984 Callipallene phantoma phantoma, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes de les 

illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 532, tab. I, 535, tab. 

IV. 

1986 Callipallene phantoma, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403 tab. 1. 

1987 Callipallene phantoma, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 49. 

1987 Callipallene phantoma, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 513. 

1988 Callipallene phantoma, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 137-138. 

1989 Callipallene phantoma phantoma, - SCHÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (3/4): 

287 [tab. 1], 289 [tab. 3], 292, fig. 4. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic; Black Sea; Mediterranean to New 

England; Florida; Bahamas; Japan; North American Slope, S of 

Cape Cod; South Africa. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often on algae. 

Callipallene producta (SARS 1888) 

1952 Callipallene brevirostris producta, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13: 6-7, figs. 9- 

11. 

1978 Callipallene producta, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 215. 

1984 Callipallene brevirostris producta, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes de 

les illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 533, 535, tab. II, 

IV. 

1987 Callipallene producta, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 513. 

1990 Callipallene producta, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 227. 

1992 Callipallene producta, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 128, 139. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic, from Norway to Cape Verde 

Islands; Brazil. 


Callipallene sagamiensis NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Callipallene sagamiensis NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 59-61, 

fig. 20. 

1986 Callipallene sagamiensis, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 38, fig. 

3a-h. 

1987 Callipallene sagamiensis, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 153.

114 

1987 Callipallene sagamiensis, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 9-10, 

pl. 7. 

1991 Callipallene sagamiensis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 38- 

39. 



Callipallene seychellensis CHILD 1988 

1988 Callipallene seychellensis CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 61-65, fig. 4. 

Distribution: Seychelles (Aldabra Atoll, Mahé Island). 


Habitat: "dense Halimeda on dead coral"; "offshore, 

corallines"; "dead coral rubble" (CHILD). 

Callipallene spectrum (DOHRN 1881) 

1975 Callipallene spectrum, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1): 16- 

17, 18-20 (tab. II) (ecology). 

1984 Callipallene emacinata spectrum, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes de 

les illes Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 532-533, tab. II, 

535, tab. IV. 

1987 Callipallene spectrum, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 49-50 

1989 Callipallene emacinata spectrum, - SCHÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (3/4): 

287 [tab. 1], 289 [tab. 4], 291-294, fig. 3 (phenology). 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic; Mediterranean Sea; ? Black Sea. 


Habitat: often found on algae. 

Callipallene tiberi (DOHRN 1881) 

1952 Callipallene emacinata tiberi, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 1 (13): 8-11, figs. 3, 

4, 17, 18. 

1972 Callipallene emacinata tiberi, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 622. 

1975 Callipallene tiberi, - KRAPP-SCHICKEL & KRAPP, Vie Milieu, (B) 25 (1): 17, 

18-20 (tab. II), 21-22 (ecology). 

1987 Callipallene tiberi, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 50. 

1987 Callipallene tiberi, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 513-514. 

1989 Callipallene emacinata tiberi, - SCHÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (3/4): 287 

[tab. 1], 289 [tab. 5] (phenology). 

1990 Callipallene tiberi, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 227-228. 

Distribution: Scilly Islands; Mediterranean; Canary 

Islands; Portugal; Atlantic coasts of Europe. 


Habitat: In a variety of substrata, often in algal 

vegetation; amongst Alcyonidium and tunicates on horizontal 

rock surface over sandy bottom; shell gravel; red seaweeds; 

amongst Leparalia and Nemertesia on boulders; above sandy

substrate and shelly sand; amongst sponges and tunicates. 

Callipallene tridens NAKAMURA & CHILD 1988 

115 

1988 Callipallene tridens NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 664- 

667, fig. 1. 

Distribution: Japan (Ryukyu Islands). 


Callipallene vexator STOCK 1956 

1956 Callipallene vexator STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk. naturhist. Foren., 118: 

79-81, fig. 4. 



Habitat: sandy mud. 

Cheilopallene STOCK 1955 

1955 Cheilopallene STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 117: 230 


1992 Cheilopallene, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159 [diagnosis, 

remarks, key to species]. 

Cheilopallene brevichela CLARK 1961 

1961 Cheilopallene brevichela CLARK, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (3): 293-296, figs. 

8-14. 

1992 Cheilopallene brevichela, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159 [key], 

163 [text]. 

Distribution: Maldives. 


Habitat: "from Vermetes colony in outer reef" (CLARK). 

Cheilopallene clavigera STOCK 1955 

1955 Cheilopallene clavigera STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

231-233, figs. 8-9. 

1986 Cheilopallene clavigera, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403 tab. 1. 

1992 Cheilopallene clavigera, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159 [key]. 

Distribution: Caribbean (Virgin Islands). 


Cheilopallene coralliophila MÜLLER 1992

116 

1992 Cheilopallene coralliophila MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159-163, 

figs. 12-17. 

Distribution: Malaysia (Pulau Tioman). 



Cheilopallene gigantea CHILD 1987 

1987 Cheilopallene gigantea CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 912-914, fig. 

5. 

1992 Cheilopallene gigantea, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159 [key]. 

Distribution: Antarctic (Palmer Peninsula, Weddell Sea; off 

Larsen Ice Shelf). 


Cheilopallene hirta CHILD 1988 

1988 Cheilopallene hirta CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 65-66, fig. 5. 

1988 Cheilopallene hirta, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 667. 

1992 Cheilopallene hirta, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159 [key]. 

Distribution: Japan (Ryukyu Islands), Seychelles (Aldabra 

Atoll). 


Habitat: "channel edge, root mass and dead algae"; "rubble 

in hollows between coral heads"; "Reef crest"; "Seaward of reef 

crest, seagrass bed"; "coralline algae on beach rock"; 

"Lagoon..., algae on limestone pavement" (CHILD, 1988). 

Cheilopallene nodulosa HONG & KIM 1987 

1987 Cheilopallene nodulosa HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 153-155, fig. 

12. 

1990 Cheilopallene nodulosa, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 321. 

1991 Cheilopallene nodulosa, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 38. 

1992 Cheilopallene nodulosa, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159 [key]. 

Distribution: Japan, Korea, Australian barrier reef (Lizard 



Habitat: rubble on the bottom of a cliff. 

Cheilopallene trappa CLARK 1971 

1972 Cheilopallene trappa CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (2): 331-332, fig. 

1A-J. 

1977 Cheilopallene trappa, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Fresw. Res., 11 (1): 174. 

1992 Cheilopallene trappa, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 159 [key].



Habitat: coarse shally sand; on Caulerpa brownii. 

Decachela HILTON 1939 

1939 Decachela HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 34 [diagnosis]. 

Decachela discata HILTON 1939 

1939 Decachela discata HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 34. 

1942 Decachela discata, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 70. 

1949 Decachela discata, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 280. 

1971 Decachela discata, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mart. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 325. 

1991 Decachela discata, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 39. 

Distribution: California; Japan; Korea Strait. 

Depth range: shallow water-180m. 

Decachela dogieli LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

117 

1961 Decachela dogieli LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1987 Decachela dogieli, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 155. 

Distribution: Korea 

Habitat: on starfish Pteraster; "from the ambulacral 

grooves of starfishes" (HONG & KIM). 

Hannonia HOEK 1881 

1954 Hannonia, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 123-124 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1993 Hannonia, - MUNILLA, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 73: 549 [key to species]. 

Hannonia echinata STOCK 1990 

1990 Hannonia echinata STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 31: 513-516, figs. 1-7. 



Habitat: "fond dur, riche en éponges, hydraires et 

tuniciers" (STOCK). 

Hannonia spinipes STOCK 1956 

1956 Hannonia spinipes STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk. naturhist. Foren., 118: 89- 

92, fig. 12.

118 



Habitat: bottom with sponges and corals. 

Hannonia stocki MUNILLA 1993 

1993 Hannonia stocki MUNILLA, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 73: 544-548, fig. 2. 

Distribution: Gibraltar area. 


Habitat: gravel and rocks. 

Hannonia typica HOEK 1881 

1881 Hannonia typica HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 

92, pl. 14, figs. 8-11. 

1904 Hannonia typica, - LOMAN, Zool. Jb., 20 (4): 383, pl. 14, figs. 12-15. 

1910 Hannonia typica, - HODGSON, Denkschr. Med.-Nat. Ges. Jena, 16: 227. 

1923 Hannonia typica, - LOMAN, Medd. Göteborgs Mus., Zool. Avd., 22 (6): 7. 

1927 Hannonia typica, - CALMAN, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 22 (3): 410. 

1954 Hannonia typica, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 124-125, fig. 18. 

1959 Hannonia typica, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 561. 

1962 Hannonia typica, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 285. 

1970 Hannonia typica, - PENRITH & KENSLEY, Cimbebasia, (A), 1 (9): 232. 

Distribution: Somalia; South Africa. 


Habitat: on Pocillopora corals; sand banks at low tide; 

Zostera flats; sand and shells; Khaki mud; on rocky shores. 

Metapallene SCHIMKEWITSCH 1909 

1954 Metapallene, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 113-114 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

Metapallene dubitans (HODGSON 1910) 

1910 Heteropallene dubitans HODGSON, Denkschr. Med.-Nat. Ges. Jena, 16: 226. 

1938 Procidella gibber HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 1937 

(2): 172-174, fig. 5. 

1953 Procidella gibber, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 4 (35): 38-39, fig. 3a-e. 

1954 Metapallene dubitans, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 114-115, fig. 

14a. 


Mimipallene CHILD 1982 

1982 Mimipallene Child, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 27 [diagnosis, remarks].

Mimipallene atlantis CHILD 1982 

1982 Mimipallene atlantis CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 27-29, fig. 8. 

119 

Distribution: Argentine Basin and Slope, off Rio de la 

Plata. 


Neopallene DOHRN 1881 

1954 Neopallene, - Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 34 

[diagnosis]. 

Neopallene antipoda STOCK 1954 

1954 Neopallene antipoda STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk. naturhist. Foren., 116: 34- 

36, figs. 13-14. 

Distribution: New Zealand (N.W. of Cape Maria van Diemen). 



Neopallene azorensis ARNAUD 1974 

1974 Neopallene azorensis ARNAUD, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (21): 173- 

174, figs. 8-14. 

Distribution: Azores. 


Habitat: "fond de vase sableuse" (ARNAUD). 

Neopallene campanellae DOHRN 1881 

1881 Neopallene campanellae DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 200-202, 

pl. XV, figs. 11-15. 

1923 Neopallene campanellae, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 32. 

1987 Neopallene campanellae, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 50. 



Habitat: "dans des algues Mélobésiées mortes et roulées 

("Melobesien-Geröll")" (ARNAUD). 

Oropallene SCHIMKEWITSCH 1930 

1954 Oropallene, - Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 28-29 

[diagnosis].

120 

Oropallene dimorpha (HOEK 1898) 

1898 Pallene dimorpha HOEK, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (2) 5 (2-4): 290-293, 

pl. II, figs. 1-6. 

1930 Oropallene dimorpha, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 245, 291-292. 

1944 Oropallene dimorpha, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 36. 

1954 Oropallene dimorpha, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk. naturhist. Foren., 116: 

29. 

1987 Oropallene dimorpha, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 915. 

Distribution: SW-Pacific, NE of Macquarie Island. 


Oropallene minor CLARK 1963 

1963 Oropallene minor CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 18-21, fig. 10A-L. 



Habitat: on mud and from conglomerate boulder. 

Oropallene ovigerosetosus HILTON 1942 

1942 Oropallene ovigerosetosus HILTON, Occ. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 17 (3): 

43-44, fig. 1. 

Distribution: Hawaii. 

Oropallene polaris HEDGPETH 1963 

1963 Oropallene polaris HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1334-2336, 

fig. 8. 

Distribution: Arctica (Pt. Barrow). 


Habitat: rocks, stones. 

Pallenoides STOCK 1951 

1954 Pallenoides, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 115 [diagnosis]. 

1955 Pallenoides, - Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 117: 226-227 

[remarks]. 

1975 Pallenoides, - Stock, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1015 [key to species]. 

Pallenoides amazonica STOCK 1975 

1975 Pallenoides amazonica STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1012-1015, figs. 23- 

24.

1992 Pallenoides amazonica, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 129, 139. 

121 

Distribution: Brazil (near mouth of Amazonas Rivier; other 

records along the north coast of Brazil, between Amazonas and 

Fortaleza). 


Pallenoides magnicollis STOCK 1951 

1951 Pallenoides magnicollis STOCK, Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 2 (43): 11- 

12, figs. 7-13. 

1954 Pallenoides magnicollis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 115-116, fig. 

14b-c. 



Habitat: among algae. 

Pallenoides opuntia STOCK 1965 

1965 Pallenoides opuntia STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 24-26, figs. 28-37. 

Distribution: Madagascar (region of Fort Dauphin). 


Habitat: shelly sand. 

Pallenoides proboscideum BARNARD 1955 

1955 Pallenoides proboscideum BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 43 (1): 105-106, fig. 

53d-e. 

Distribution: South Africa (Algoa Bay). 


Pallenoides spinulosa STOCK 1955 

1955 Pallenoides (?) spinulosa STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 

117: 227-230, figs. 6-7. 

1970 Pallenoides spinulosa, - CAPRILES, Caribb. J. Sci., 10 (1-2): 105. 

1975 Pallenoides spinulosa, STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1012. 

1986 Pallenoides spinulosa, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Caribbean. 


Habitat: Sargassum on pilings. 

Pallenoides stylirostrum STOCK 1973 

1973 Pallenoides stylirostrum STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 113-115, fig. 6.

122 

Distribution: SE-Australia (West Island, Toad Head). 


Habitat: on Acrocarpia paniculata (Phaeophyta). 

Parapallene CARPENTER 1892 

1954 Parapallene, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 108 [diagnosis, key to South 

African species]. 

1954 Parapallene, - Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 50 


1963 Parapallene, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 31 [key to Australian 

species]. 

1986 Parapallene, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 421 [remarks]. 

1991 Parapallene, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (A) 151: 191-194 [key to 

species]. 

1992 Parapallene, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 61 [diagnosis]. 

Parapallene algoae BARNARD 1946 

1946 Parapallene algoae BARNARD, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (11): 61. 

1954 Parapallene algoae BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 112-113, fig. 12. 

1956 Parapallene algoae, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 

81-82, fig. 5. 

1962 Parapallene algoae, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 284. 

1988 Parapallene algoae, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 143. 

1991 Parapallene algoae, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194 [key]. 

Distribution: Southern Africa. 


Habitat: 

Parapallene arnaudae STOCK 1991 

1991 Parapallene arnaudae STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 191, figs. 

45-46, 193 [key]. 



Parapallene australiensis (HOEK 1881) 

1881 Pallene australiensis HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 76-78, pl. 11, figs. 1-7 [part.]. 

1884 Pallene australiensis, - HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1022. 

1892 Parapallene australiensis, - CARPENTER, Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., 7 (5): 

553. 

1908 Parapallene australiensis, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 48. 

1937 Parapallene australiensis, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (20): 531-532. 

1954 Parapallene australiensis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 50, fig. 24d-e. 

1963 Parapallene australiensis, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 25-26.

123 

1973 Parapallene australiensis, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 119. 

1975 Parapallene australiensis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 12. 

1982 Parapallene australiensis, - STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 455. 

1991 Parapallene australiensis, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 

190, 194 [key]. 

Distribution: Australia, New Caledonia. 


Habitat: sand, sponges and bryozoa; also found on the 

hydroid Halopteris buski. 

Parapallene avida STOCK 1973 

1973 Parapallene avida STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 119-121, fig. 9. 

1973 Parapallene avida, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279): 92, 95-96, fig. 3a-c. 

1980 Parapallene avida, - HOOPER, Aust. Zool. 20 (3): 473-483 (reproductive 

biology). 

1991 Parapallene avida, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 193 [key]. 



Habitat: red algae, from Sargassum, and in association with 

hydroids (Aglaophenia plumosa). 

Parapallene bermudensis LEBOUR 1949 

1949 Parapallene bermudensis LEBOUR, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 118 (4): 930. 

1982 Parapallene bermudensis, - STOCK, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 366-367, 

fig. 165. 

1991 Parapallene bermudensis, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 193 

[key]. 

1992 Parapallene bermudensis?, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 59 [key], 

61-62, fig. 28. 

Distribution: Bermuda to Belize. 


Habitat: coral, sand and rubble substrate from behind outer 

coral reef ridge. 

Parapallene calmani FLYNN 1928 

1928 Parapallene calmani fLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Rep., 1): 16, figs. 7-8. 

1954 Parapallene calmani, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 110-111, fig. 11. 

1962 Parapallene calmani, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 284. 

1991 Parapallene calmani, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 193 

[key]. 



Habitat: sand and rocks; sand and shells.

124 

Parapallene capillata STOCK 1954 

1954 Parapallene capillata STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

52-57, figs. 22-23, 24a-c. 

1991 Parapallene capillata, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194 

[key]. 

Distribution: Singapore. 

Depth range: low tide. 

Parapallene challengeri CALMAN 1937 

1937 Parapallene challengeri CALMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (20): 532-534, 

figs. 1-6. 

1991 Parapallene challengeri, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 193 

[key]. 

Distribution: SE-Australia. 

Depth range: 73 or 220m. 

Parapallene exigua STOCK 1954 

1954 Parapallene exigua STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 57- 

59, fig. 25. 

1991 Parapallene exigua, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194 [key]. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Three Kings). 



Parapallene famelica FLYNN 1929 

1929 Parapallene famelica FLYNN, Mem. Qd. Mus., 9 (3): 258-260, figs. 6-9. 

1963 Parapallene famelica CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 28, fig. 14A-G. 

1991 Parapallene famelica, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194 

[key]. 

Distribution: E-Australia (off Port Philip; near Lindeman 

Island, Whitsunday Passage). 


Parapallene haddoni CARPENTER 1892 

1892 Parapallene haddoni CARPENTER, Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., 7 (5) (40): 553- 

555, pl. 22, figs. 1-6. 

1908 Parapallene haddoni, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 44. 

1963 Parapallene haddoni, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 26-18, fig. 13A-J. 

1975 Parapallene haddoni, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 12. 

1991 Parapallene haddoni, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194 

[key].

125 

Distribution: Australia (Torres Straits; Holothuria Bank; 

Bluff Point; Rottnest Island). 


Parapallene hodgsoni BARNARD 1946 

1946 Parapallene hodgsoni BARNARD, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (11): 61. 

1954 Parapallene hodgsoni, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 112-113, fig. 

13. 

1965 Parapallene hodgsoni, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 26-28, figs. 38-44. 

1968 Parapallene hodgsoni, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

39. 

1991 Parapallene hodgsoni, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194 

[key]. 

Distribution: Southern Africa; Madagascar (Fort Dauphin 

region); off Lorenzo Marquez. 


Habitat: shelly sand; rocks. 

Parapallene hospitalis LOMAN 1908 

1908 Parapallene hospitalis LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 45-46, pl. VIII, 

figs. 102-111. 

1923 Parapallene hospitalis, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 278-279. 

Distribution: SE-Asia. 


Parapallene invertichelata ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Parapallene invertichelata ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 143- 

146, fig. 5. 

1991 Parapallene invertichelata, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 

194 [key]. 

Distribution: South Africa (Zululand area). 


Parapallene longipes CALMAN 1938 

1938 Parapallene longipes CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 156-159, 

figs. 5-6. 

1990 Parapallene longipes, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45 

(10): 106. 

1991 Parapallene longipes, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194 

[key]. 

1991 Parapallene longipes, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 39-41, fig. 3. 

Distribution: self and slope of south-eastern Africa,

126 

Zanzibar. 


Parapallene nierstraszi LOMAN 1908 

1908 Parapallene nierstraszi LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 44-45, pl. IX, 

figs. 122-127. 

1928 Parapallene nierstaszi, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. 

Afr., 6 (Special Rep. 1): 18. 

1938 Parapallene nierstraszi, - CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 158- 

159, fig. 7. 

1954 Parapallene nierstraszi, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 113. 

1954 Parapallene nierstraszi, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 52, fig. 24f. 

1955 Parapallene nierstraszi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 18- 

19, fig. 10. 

1971 Parapallene nierstraszi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 323. 

1991 Parapallene nierstraszi, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 41. 

1991 Parapallene nierstraszi, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 223. 

Distribution: Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Western 

Australia, South Africa. 


Habitat: Lithothamnion bottom. 

Parapallene obtusirostris CLARK 1963 

1963 Parapallene obtusirostris CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 29-31, fig. 15A- 

I. 

1991 Parapallene obtusirostris, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194 

[key]. 

Distribution: Australia (Port Philip, Victoria). 

Parapallene parviunguicularis STOCK 1986 

1986 Parapallene parviunguicularis STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403 tab. 1, 

421-424, fig. 7. 

1991 Parapallene parviunguicularis, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 

193 [key]. 



Parapallene spinosa (MÖBIUS 1902) 

1902 Anoplodactylus spinosus MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. Valdivia, 

1898-1899, 3: 188-189, pl. 28, figs. 8-12. 

1954 Parapallene spinosa, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 108-110, fig. 

10a-e. 

1956 Parapallene spinosa, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 118:

127 

82, fig. 6. 

1962 Parapallene spinosa, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 284. 

1991 Parapallene spinosa, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 193 

[key]. 




Pigrogromitus CALMAN 1927 

1992 Pigrogromitus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 62-64 [diagnosis]. 

Pigrogromitus timsanus CALMAN 1927 

1927 Pigrogromitus timsanus CALMAN, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 22 (3): 408-410, 

fig. 104a-f. 

1942 Clotenopsa prima HILTON, Occ. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 17 (3): 52-53, 

fig. 8. 

1948 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 214- 

216, fig. 23. 

1968 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 46. 

1971 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - LIPKIN & SAFRIEL, - J. Ecol., 59 (1): 9. 

1972 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - ARNAUD, Tethys, Suppl., 3: 159-160. 

1975 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1015-1016. 

1976 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Ecol. Res. Ser.: 134, 

158. 

1976 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - REIMER, Mar. Biol., 35: 229. 

1979 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - CHILD, - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 46. 

1982 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 367-368. 

1982 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 457. 

1986 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci. 38 (3): 403 tab. 1. 

1987 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - ARNAUD, Mesogeee, 47: 80. 

1988 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 21. 

1988 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 

667. 

1989 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 59 (2): 95. 

1990 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dres- den, 

45 (9): 97-98. 

1990 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr. 41 (1): 74. 

1990 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 

304-310. 

1991 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 194- 

195. 

1992 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 59 [key], 

64-65, fig. 29. 

1992 Pigrogromitus timsanus, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 93. 

Distribution: primarily circumtropical, some records from 

subtropical areas. 

Depth range: 0-108 (2050)m. 

Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often among algae in

128 

exposed locations; feeds on small anthozoans. 

Propallene SCHIMKEWITSCH 1909 

1954 Propallene, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 31 

[diagnosis]. 

1975 Propallene, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (11): 89-90 

[remarks], 93 [diagnosis], 94 [key to species]. 

1983 Propallene, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 61 [key to 


Propallene ardua STOCK 1975 

1975 Propallene ardua STOCK, Trav. Mus. Hist. Nat. "Gr. Antipa", 16: 131-132. 

1975 Propallene ardua, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (11): 92-93, 

figs. 27-41. 

Distribution: Tanzania. 


Habitat: in Syringodium grass; sandy bottom, and washings 

of brown algae. 

Propallene crassimanus STOCK 1959 

1959 Propallene crassimanus STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 559-561, 

fig. 5. 

1968 Propallene crassimanus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 37. 

1992 Propallene crassimanus, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 93-94, fig. 10. 

Distribution: South Africa; off Lorenzo Marquez; Oman. 


Habitat: sand, rocks, and algae. 

Propallene crinipes STOCK 1968 

1968 Propallene crinipes STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 35- 

37, fig. 13. 

Distribution: Strait of Malacca. 

Propallene curtipalpus CHILD 1988 

1988 Propallene curtipalpus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 21-23, fig. 9. 

1988 Propallene curtipalpus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 667-668. 

Distribution: Japan (Ryukyu Islands); Philippines (Siquijor 


Depth range: 0-20m.

Habitat: coral rubble, sand, on mud flats. 

Propallene cyathus STAPLES 1979 

129 

1979 Propallene cyathus STAPLES, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 103 (3-4): 85-90, 

figs. 1A-P, 2A-B. 

Distribution: Australia (Bass Strait). 


Propallene kempi (CALMAN 1923) 

1923 Parapallene kempi CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 25 (3): 277-278, fig. 6. 

1937 Propallene kempi, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 20 (10): 534. 

1950 Propallene kempi, - GNANAMUTHU, Proc. Zool. Soc. Bengal, 3 (1): 39-47, figs. 

1-4. 

1954 Propallene kempi, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 33- 

34, fig. 12c-f. 

1972 Propallene kempi, - ARNAUD, Tethys, Suppl. 3: 161-162, figs. 3-6. 

1975 Propallene kempi, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (11): 3. 

Distribution: Gulf of Manaar, Waltair (Madras); Madagascar; 

Singapore. 


Habitat: among weeds (Diplanthera uninervis; Syringodium 

isoetifolium; Cymodocea serrulata; Halophila cf. minor. 

Propallene longiceps (BÖHM 1879) 

1879 Pallene longiceps BÖHM, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 1879 

(4): 59-60. 

1881 Pallene longiceps, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 30. 

1890 Pallene longiceps, - ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 5 (1): 165-166, pl. 24, 

fig. 7. 

1899 Pallene longiceps, - SHISHIDO, Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 199. 

1919 Pallene longiceps, - FUKUI, Rigakukai[?], 16 (2): 99. 

1930 Pallene longiceps, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 42 (495): 34-35. 

1930 Propallene longiceps, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 282-287. 

1933 Pallene longiceps, - OHSHIMA, Annot. Zool. Jap., 14 (2): 212-216, figs. 1-7. 

1933 Pallene longiceps, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 45 (532-533): 96. 

1936 Propallene longiceps, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 863. 

1954 Propallene longiceps, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

31. 

1959 Propallene longiceps, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 199. 


1965 Propallene longiceps, - UTINOMI, New Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna Japan, 2: 

334. 


1975 Propallene longiceps, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (11): 90- 

92, 94, figs. 1-20.

130 

1980 Propallene longiceps, - NAKAMURA & SEKIGUCHI, Mar. Ecol., Progress Ser., 2: 

163-167, fis. 1-5 [mating behavior and oviposition]. 

1981 Propallene longiceps, - NAKAMURA, J. nat. Hist., 15: 49-61, figs. 1-17 [post 

embryonic development]. 

1983 Propallene longiceps, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 61-62. 

1983 Propallene longiceps, - NAKAMURA & SEKIGUCHI, Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 38 

(6): 39. 

1986 Propallene longiceps, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 41, fig. 4al. 

1987 Propallene longiceps, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 158. 

1987 Propallene longiceps, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 14. 

1988 Propallene longiceps, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 

668. 

1991 Propallene longiceps, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 41-42. 




Propallene saengeri STAPLES 1979 

1979 Propallene saengeri STAPLES, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 103 (3-4): 90-93, 

figs. 2D, 4A-L. 

1982 Propallene saengeri, - STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 456. 

1983 Propallene saengeri, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 62. 

Distribution: Australia and Japan. 


Habitat: soft mud. 

Propallene similis BARNARD 1955 

1955 Propallene similis BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 43 (1): 105. 

1959 Propallene similis, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 558-559, fig. 

4. 



Habitat: rock; sand, broken shell, and rocky patches. 

Propallene stocki FAGE 1956 

1956 Propallene stocki FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 2 (28) (3): 291- 

295, figs. 2-6. 

Distribution: Sierra Leone. 

Propallene vagus STAPLES 1979 

1979 Propallene vagus STAPLES, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 103 (3-4): 88-90, 

figs. 2C, 3A-N.

Distribution: Australia (Port Phillip). 

Pseudopallene WILSON 1878 

131 

1943 Pseudopallene, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 88. 

1948 Pseudopallene, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 205 [diagnosis, 

remarks, key to species]. 

1948 Cordylochele, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 206-207 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to W-Atlantic species]. 

1953 Pseudopallene, - Stock, Temminckia, 9: 294-297 [remarks]. 

1954 Pseudopallene, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 107 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1954 Pseudopallene, - Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 61 

[diagnosis]. 

Pseudopallene ambigua STOCK 1956 

1956 Pseudopallene ambigua STOCK, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 54: 40-42, fig. 5. 

1963 Pseudopallene ambigua, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 31-33, fig. 16A-F. 

1973 Pseudopallene ambigua, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 115-117, fig. 7. 

1973 Pseudopallene ambigua, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279): 92, 95. 



Habitat: red algae, coralline algae, bryozoa. 

Pseudopallene brevicollis (SARS 1891) 

1891 Cordylochele brevicollis, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 

(Zool. 20): 51-54, pl. IV, fig. 3a-g. 

1933 Cordylochele brevicollis, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 25. 

Distribution: Arctica. - Greenland; Iceland; Kara Sea; 

Barents Sea; Spitsbergen; Siberian Polar Sea. 


Pseudopallene centrotus Pushkin, 1990 

1990 Pseudopallene centrotus Pushkin, Zool., Zh., 69 (2): 155-157, pl. 1, figs. 

1-7. 



Pseudopallene circularis (GOODSIR 1842) 

1842 Pallene circularis GOODSIR, Edinburgh New Phil. J., 33: 136, pl. 3. 

1853 Pallene hispida, STIMPSON, Smiths. Contr. Knowl., 6 (5): 37. 

1878 Pseudopallene hispida, - WILSON, Am. J. Sci., 15: 200.

132 

1878 Pseudopallene hispida, - WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 10, pl. 

3, fig. 1a-e. 

1878 Pseudopallene discoidea, WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. & Sci., 5: 12, pl. 3, 

fig. 3a-c. 

1880 Pseudopallene hispida, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 479-480, pl. 2, 

fig. 10. 

1880 Pseudopallene discoidea, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 479. 

1891 Pseudopallene circularis, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 

(Zool. 20): 38-42, pl. III, fig. 3a-h. 

1899 Pseudopallene circularis, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 50-51. 

1901 Pseudopallene hispida, - WHITEAVES, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4 (10): 263. 

1908 Phoxichilus circularis, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), 30: 207. 

1933 Pseudopallene circularis, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. om Grönland, 79 (6): 20-21. 

1938 Spicularia discoidea, - HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 

1937 (2): 177-179, fig. 8. 

1940 Halosoma discoideum, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 46. 

1943 Pseudopallene circularis, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 88. 

1943 Pseudopalene circularis, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 12, fig. 15a-d. 

1948 Pseudopallene circularis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 206, 

fig. 19. 

1963 Pseudopallene circularis, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 

1333-1334. 

Distribution: Boreal-Arctic, from Okhotsk Sea to NE- 

America, perhaps circumpolar. 


Habitat: shells, hydroids. 

Pseudopallene dubia CLARK 1963 

1963 Pseudopallene dubia CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 33-35, figs. 17A-H, 

18A-B. 

Distribution: Tasmania. 


Habitat: "in kelp weed" (CLARK). 

Pseudopallene gilchristi FLYNN 1928 

1928 Pseudopallene gilchristi FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 

6 (Special Rep., 1): 23, fig. 13. 

1954 Pseudopallene gilchristi, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 107. 

1968 Pseudopallene gilchristi, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 39, fig. 14e-g. 

1988 Pseudopallene gilchristi, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 146. 

Distribution: apparently restricted to the Indian Ocean 

from Transkei and Port Natal to Lourenço Marques. 


Pseudopallene glutus PUSHKIN 1975

1975 Pseudopallene glutus PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 54 (9): 1402-1404, fig. 1. 

Distribution: subantarctic. 


Pseudopallene longicollis (SARS 1888) 

133 

1888 Cordylochele longicollis SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Oslo, 12: 344. 

1891 Cordyloche longicollis, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 

20): 49-51, pl. IV, fig. 2a-g. 

1933 Cordylochele longicollis, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grønland, 79 (6): 25-26. 

1948 Cordylochele longicollis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 207- 

209, fig. 20b. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic, south of the Wyville Thomson 

Ridge and in Davis Strait. 


Pseudopallene malleolata (SARS 1879) 

1879 Pallene malleolata SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Kristiana, 4: 48. 

1883 Pallene malleolata, - HOEK, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 32: 6-7, pl. I, fig. 

7. 

1891 Cordylochele malleolata, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 

(Zool. 20): 45-49, pl. IV, fig. 1a-k. 

1933 Cordylochele malleolata, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 25. 

1936 Cordylochele malleolata, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok Naturv. Rek., 2: 

26-27. 

1948 Cordylochele malleolata, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 207. 

Distribution: around Iceland, Spitsbergen, Faroes, Kara 

Sea; westward occuring in Denmark and Davis Straits to latitude 

66 35'N. 


Pseudopallene pachycheira HASWELL 1884 

1884 Pallene pachycheira HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1030-1031, pl. 

LVII, figs. 6-9. 

1908 Parapallene pachycheira, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 47-48. 

1918 Pseudopallene pachycheira, - FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1919: 77-79, 

pl. XIX, fig. 9, pl. XX, figs. 10-11. 



Pseudopallene pacifica LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Pseudopallene pacifica LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 77-78, fig. 10.

134 



Pseudopallene spinipes (FABRICIUS 1780) 

1891 Pseudopallene spinipes SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 

20): 42-44, pl. III, fig. 4a-g. 

1933 Pseudopallene spinipes, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grønland, 79 (6): 21. 

1936 Pseudopallene spinipes, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens. Mus. Arbok Naturv. Rek., 2: 

25. 

1943 Pseudopallene spinipes, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 88. 

1963 Pseudopallene spinipes, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1334. 

Distribution: Arctica, known from western Norway, Kara Sea, 

Franz Josef Land and West Greenland. 

Depth range: sublittoral-380m. 

Habitat: gravel; seaweed. 

Pseudopallene zamboangae STOCK 1953 

1953 Pseudopallene zamboangae STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 297-300, figs. 12-13. 

1954 Pseudopallene zamboangae, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 

116: 61-63, fig. 27d-f. 

1971 Pseudopallene zamboangae, - STOCK, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 323. 

1991 Pseudopallene zamboangae, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 223. 

Distribution: Kei Islands (Indonesia), Philippines. 


Habitat: sand, corals. 

Pycnothea LOMAN 1921 

1921 Pycnothea LOMAN, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez, 3: 137-138 [diagnosis]. 

Pycnothea flynni WILLIAMS 1940 

1940 Pycnothea flynni WILLIAMS, J. Roy. Soc. W.-Australia, 25: 202-204, figs. 6- 

9. 

1963 Pycnothea flynni, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 46-48, fig. 23. 

1972 Pycnothea flynni, - ARNAUD, Tethys, Suppl. 3: 160-161, fig. 2. 

1973 Pycnothea flynni, - CLARK, Pac. Sci., 27 (1): 30. 

1973 Pycnothea flynni, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 266 (20): 121. 

1975 Pycnothea flynni, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 16. 

1980 Pycnothea flynni, - HOOPER, Aust. Zool., 20 (3): 475. 

Distribution: Australia; New Britain; Madagascar. 


Habitat: among algae (Sargassum; Gelidium); under rocks and 

stones; boulders with detritus.

Pycnothea selkirki LOMAN 1921 

1921 Pycnothea selkirkii LOMAN, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez, 3: 138-142, fig. 1A-F. 

1992 Pycnothea selkirki, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 30-31, fig. 12. 

Distribution: Chile (Islas Juan Fernandez; Isla San Felix). 


Habitat: on coralline algae. 

Queubus BARNARD 1946 

1954 Queubus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 156 [diagnosis, remarks]. 

Queubus jamesanus BARNARD 1946 

1946 Queubus jamesanus BARNARD, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (11): 63. 

1954 Queubus jamesanus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 157-158, fig. 34. 

1955 Queubus jamesanus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 43 (1): 107. 

1959 Queubus jamesanus, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 562-563. 


Depth range: shallow water, low tide. 

Habitat: in pools under granite boulders. 

Safropallene ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

135 

1988 Safropallene ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 147 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

Safropallene longimana ARNAUD & CHILD 

1988 Safropallene longimana ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 147-150, 

fig. 6. 

Distribution: South Africa (Transkei and Durban areas) 


Seguapallene PUSHKIN 1975 

1975 Seguapallene PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 54 (9): 1404 [diagnosis]. 

1983 Seguapallene, - Child, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 96 (4): 709 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

Seguapallene aculeata (STOCK 1954) 

1954 Parapallene(?) aculeata STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

59-61, figs. 26, 27a-c.

136 

Distribution: W-Atlantic. 

Seguapallene crassa CHILD 1990 

1990 Seguapallene crassa CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 321-324, fig. 4. 

Distribution: Australia (Great Barrier Reef, Lizard 



Habitat: rubble bank; small rubble in sand; coral with 

Halimeda clumps and red algae. 

Seguapallene echinata (CALMAN 1938) 

1938 Parapallene echinata CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 154-156, 

fig. 4A-E. 

Distribution: Indian Ocean. - Arabian Coast. 


Seguapallene insignata PUSHKIN 1975 

1975 Seguapallene insignatus PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 54 (9): 1404-1405, fig. 2. 

1991 Seguapallene insignata, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 190 

[text]. 

Distribution: Kerguelen Islands. 


Seguapallene micronesica CHILD 1983 

1983 Seguapallene micronesica CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 96 (4): 709-711, 

fig. 4. 

1991 Seguapallene micronesica, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 145. 

Distribution: Palau, SE Koror Island; Guam. 

Depth range: 0.1-11 m. 

Habitat: sea reef inside cove next to cave, from sponges; 

on dead branching coral. 

Seguapallene tricuspidata STOCK 1991 

1991 Seguapallene tricuspidata STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 188- 

190, fig. 44. 



Spasmopallene STOCK 1968

137 

1968 Spasmopallene Stock, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 131: 39-40 


Spasmopallene clarki STOCK 1968 

1968 Spasmopallene clarki STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 42- 

44, fig. 16. 

Distribution: Great Australian Bight. 


Habitat: corals. 

Spasmopallene reflexa STOCK 1968 

1968 Spasmopallene reflexa STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

40-42, fig. 15. 

Distribution: Great Australian Bight. 


Habitat: corals. 

Stylopallene CLARK 1963 

1963 Stylopallene CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 35-36 [diagnosis], 42 [key to 

species]. 

Stylopallene cheilorhynchus CLARK 1963 

1963 Stylopallene cheilorhynchus CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 36-38, fig. 

19A-I. 

1973 Stylopallene cheilorhynchus, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 117. 

1973 Stylopallene cheilorhynchus, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279). 

Distribution: Australia (Pearson Island; West Island; 

Tasmania). 


Habitat: on bryozoans; in caves; on hydroids; among kelp. 

Stylopallene dorsospinum CLARK 1963 

1963 Stylopallene dorsospinum CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 38-40, fig. 20A-I. 

Distribution: Australia (Twofold Bay; near Botany Bay). 


Stylopallene longicauda STOCK 1973 

1973 Stylopallene longicauda STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 117-118, fig. 8.

138 

Distribution: SE-Australia (Western Port). 


Habitat: associated with Amathea sp. (Bryozoa). 

Stylopallene tubirostrum CLARK 1963 

1963 Siphopallene tubirostris CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 40-42, fig. 21. 

1968 Siphopallene tubirostris, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 45-46, fig. 17a-b. 

1973 Siphopallene tubirostrum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279): 92, 96 fig. 3d. 

1975 Stylopallene tubirostris, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 15. 



Habitat: on bryozoa; sand. 

COLOSSENDEIDAE 

1948 Colossendeidae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 268 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to NW-Atlantic genera]. 

1954 Colossendeidae, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 84 [diagnosis, key to 


1969 Colossendeidae, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 23-24 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to genera]. 

1986 Colossendeidae, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 416. 

Colossendeis JARZYNSKY 1870 

1927 Colossendeis, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 310-312 

[remarks, key to Antarctic species]. 

1932 Colossendeis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 11-12 [remarks, key to species of 

longitarsus-group]. 

1948 Colossendeis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 268-269 

[diagnosis, key to W-Atlantic species]. 

1954 Colossendeis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 84 [diagnosis, key to 


1969 Colossendeis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 24-29 

[diagnosis, general remarks, distribution], 28-29 [key to species occuring 

south of 40 S remarks on megalonyx-group]. 

1986 Colossendeis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 416-417 [remarks]. 

Colossendeis angusta SARS 1877 

1877 Colossendeis angusta SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Kristiana, 2: 268- 

269. 

1881 Colossendeis angusta, - WILSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 8 (12): 

243-244, pl. 3, figs. 8, 13. 

1885 Colossendeis angusta, - SMITH (in VERRILL), Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1883: 

560. 

1891 Colossendeis angusta, - SARS; Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool.

139 

20): 140-143, pl. 15, fig. 2a-f. 

1891 Colossendeis angusta, - TOPSENT, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 16: 178. 

1899 Colossendeis angusta, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 59. 

1902 Colossendeis angusta, - MÖBIUS,. Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. 

"Valdivia", 1898-1899, 3: 191. 

1908 Colossendeis angusta, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 22. 

1908 Colossendeis angusta, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 228. 

1913 Colossendeis angusta, - OLSEN, Rep. Sci. Res. M. Sars North Atl. Deep Sea 

Exped., 1910, 3 (1) (Zool.): 3. 

1917 Colossendeis angusta, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur son 

Yacht par Alber Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 8-9. 

1930 Colossendeis angusta, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 39. 

1932 Colossendeis angusta, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 12 [key]. 

1933 Colossendeis angusta, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 28-30, figs. 6- 

7. 

1935 Colossendeis angusta, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 293. 

1935 Colossendeis angusta, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok, 1935, Naturvidensk. 

Rekke, 7: 33. 

1937 Colossendeis angusta, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (Zool.), (10) 20 

(1): 25-26. 

1938 Colossendeis angusta, - CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 1933-34, 5 

(6): 148-149. 

1938 Colossendeis angusta, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 8 [key]. 

1940 Colossendeis angusta, - MARCUS, Bol Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 110. 

1943 Colossendeis angusta, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 35 (1): 3. 

1943 Colossendeis angusta, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 5, fig. 2a-d. 

1943 Colossendeis angusta, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 121 (8): 1. 

1948 Colossendeis angusta, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 269-271, 

fig. 50a. 

1949 Colossendeis angusta, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 298-299. 

1956 Colossendeis angusta, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 175-176, fig. 15. 

1963 Colossendeis angusta, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1340- 

1341. 

1964 Colossendeis angusta, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Trudy Arktichest. i Antarktichest. 

Nauchno-Issledov. Inst., Leningrad, 259: 336. 

1969 Colossendeis angusta, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 52- 

53, figs. 7-8. 

1980 Colossendeis angusta, - DANIEL & SEN, J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 17 (2) 

("1975"): 165. 

1982 Colossendeis angusta, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 50. 

1983 Colossendeis angusta, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 70. 

1987 Colossendeis angusta, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 507. 

1991 Colossendeis angusta, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 62. 


Distribution: apparently cosmopolitan in deep cold waters. 


Habitat: foraminifera and pteropod mud. 

Colossendeis arcuata MILNE-EDWARDS 1885

140 

1885 Colossendeis arcuata MILNE-EDWARDS, in FILHOL, La vie au fond des mers. Les 

explor. sous-marines et les voyages du Travailleur et du Talisman: 151. 

1886 Colossendeis Titan PERRIER, in: Les Expl. Sous-Marines, 17: 302. 

1913 Colossendeis michaelsarsi OHLSEN, Rep. Sci. Res. M. Sars North Atl. Deep Sea 

Exped., 1910, 3 (1) (Zool.): 4-5, figs. 1-4, pl. 1, fig. A. 

1937 Colossendeis arcuata BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (Zool.), (10) 20 (1): 

26-30, figs. 2-8. 

1948 Colossendeis michaelsarsi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 

274-275, fig. 50f. 

1956 Colossendeis michaelsarsi, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 177. 

1978 Colossendeis arcuata, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 403-405, fig. 1g-j. 

1983 Colossendeis arcuata, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 71. 

1984 Colossendeis arcuata, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 64: 745. 

1986 Colossendeis arcuata, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 417-418. 

1987 Colossendeis arcuata, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 508. 


Distribution: N- and W-Atlantic deep Basin waters; Chile. 


Habitat: shells, foraminifera, pteropods; foraminifera and 

pteropod mud. 

Colossendeis australis HODGSON 1907 

1907 Colossendeis australis HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 59, pl. IX, fig. 1, pl. X, figs. 1-2. 

1913 Colossendeis australis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 63-65, figs. 20-21. 

1915 Colossendeis australis, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 10 [key], 14-15. 

1932 Colossendeis australis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 12, 15-16, figs. 2a, 

3a, c, 4b. 

1935 Colossendeis australis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

3: 293. 

1938 Colossendeis australis, - GORDON. Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 8 [key]. 

1944 Colossendeis australis, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 10. 

1969 Colossendeis australis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 49- 

50, figs. 7, 8, 10, 65-71. 

Distribution: Arctic and subantarctic area. 


Colossendeis avidus PUSHKIN 1970 

1970 Colossendeis avidus PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 49 (10): 1488-1490, fig. 1. 



Colossendeis bicincta SCHIMKEWITSCH 1893

141 

1893 Colossendeis bicincta SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 25 

(2): 27-29, pl. I, figs. 1-3. 

1978 Colossendeis bicincta, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 409-411, figs. 1a-f, 3. 

1984 Colossendeis bicincta, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K.: 745-746. 

1991 Colossendeis bicincta, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 163. 

Distribution: New Caledonia (Valufa Ridge, Lau Basin), Wcoast 

of Panamá, NE-Atlantic. 


Colossendeis brevitarsis LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1958 

1961 Colossendeis brevitarsis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei 

SSSR, Leningrad, 7: 109. 


Colossendeis bruuni FAGE 1956 

1956 Colossendeis bruuni FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 176-177, figs. 16-17. 

Distribution: Kermadec Trench. 


Colossendeis californica HEDGPETH 1939 

1939 Colossendeis californica HEDGPETH, Am. Midl. Nat., 22 (2): 459-460, pl. 1, 

figs. a-e. 

Distribution: off California. 


Habitat: green mud. 

Colossendeis clavata MEINERT 1899 

1899 Colossendeis clavata MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 57-58, pl. 5, 

figs. 19-20. 

1917 Colossendeis clavata, - BOUVIER, Res. Camp. Sci. accomplies sur son Yacht 

par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 9-10. 

1937 Colossendeis clavata, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (Zool.), 20 (10) 

(1): 26, fig. 1. 

1948 Colossendeis clavata, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 273-274, 

fig. 50e. 

1978 Colossendeis clavata, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K.: 746. 

1978 Colossendeis clavata, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 399. 

1990 Colossendeis clavata, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 219. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic between Iceland and Cape Ortegal 

(Spain); Canary Islands; NW-Atlantic (U.S.A.). 


142 

Habitat: deep-sea clay. 

Colossendeis colossea WILSON 1881 

1881 Colossendeis colossea WILSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., 8 (12): 244-246, 

pl. 1, fig. 1, pl. 3, figs. 5-7. 

1881 Colossendeis colossea, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 61-64, 147, pl. VIII, figs. 1-2, pl. X, figs. 1-5. 

1881 Colossendeis gigas HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 

61-64, pl. VIII, figs. 1-2, pl. X, figs. 1-5, 147. 

1885 Colossendeis colossea, - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1883: 560, fig. 

169. 

1891 Colossendeis colossea, - TOPSENT, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 16: 177. 

1893 Colossendeis colossea, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 25 

(2): 29. 

1899 Colossendeis colossea, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 58. 

1908 Colossendeis colossea, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 21. 

1908 Colossendeis colossea, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 229. 

1909 Colossendeis colossea, - COLE, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 52 (11): 

187. 

1911 Colossendeis colossea, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.- 


1913 Colossendeis colossea, - OLSEN, Rep. Sci. Res. M. Sars North Atl. Deep Sea 

Exped., 1910, 3 (1) (Zool.): 4. 

1913 Colossendeis colossea, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 52: 409. 

1917 Colossendeis colossea, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur son 

Yacht par Albert Ier Price Souverain de Monaco, 51: 13-16, pl. I, fig. 2, 

pl. II, fig. 1. 

1923 Colossendeis colossea, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 25. 

1923 Colossendeis colossea, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 266. 

1928 Colossendeis colossea, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 

6 (Special Rep., 1): 7. 

1935 Colossendeis colossea, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 293. 

1936 Colossendeis colossea, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 866-867. 

1937 Colossendeis colossea, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (Zool.), (10) 20 

(1): 31-32. 

1938 Colossendeis colossea, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 12. 

1940 Colossendeis colossea, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 109, 112 [key]. 

1943 Colossendeis colossea, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club., 22: 55-56. 

1943 Colossendeis colossea, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 4, fig. 1a-c. 

1944 Colossendeis colossea, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 11. 

1947 Colossendeis gigas, - OHSHIMA & KISHIDA, in: Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna 

Japan: 1009, fig. 2863. 

1948 Colossendeis colossea, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 271- 

272, fig. 50b. 

1949 Colossendeis colossea, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 299. 

1953 Colossendeis colossea, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 311. 

1954 Colossendeis colossea, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 85. 

1956 Colossendeis colossea, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 178, fig. 21A. 

1969 Colossendeis colossea, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 53- 

54, fig. 8

143 

1975 Colossendeis colossea, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 987. 

1983 Colossendeis colossea, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (4) 5 

(sec. A) (1): 300. 

1986 Colossendeis colossea, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 418. 

1987 Colossendeis colossea, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 508. 

1990 Colossendeis colossea, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 219. 

1991 Colossendeis colossea, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 62. 

1991 Colossendeis colossea, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 163. 

1991 Colossendeis colossea, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 41. 

1991 Colossendeis colossea, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 4e sér., 13, 

sec. A, nos. 1-2: 137-138. 

1992 Colossendeis colossea, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 41-42. 

Distribution: almost world-wide in the oceanic deep-sea 

basins. 


Habitat: shells, foraminifera, pteropods. 

Colossendeis cucurbita COLE 1909 

1881 Colossendeis gigas-leptorhynchus HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS 

Challenger, 3 (10): 65-66. 

1909 Colossendeis cucurbita COLE, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College, 52 

(11): 188-191, pl. 2, figs. 3-4, pl. 3, figs. 8-12. 

1937 Collosendeis gigas-leptorhynchus, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (Zool.), 

(10) 20 (1): 32. 

1956 Colossendeis cucurbita, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 178-179, fig. 21B. 

1971 Colossendeis macerrima, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, 


1975 Colossendeis macerrima leptorhynchus, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol P.P. 


1978 Colossendeis cucurbita, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 406. 

1985 Colossendeis cucurbita, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 83: 305. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic and -Pacific. 


Colossendeis curtirostris STOCK 1963 

1963 Colossendeis curtirostris STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 330-332, fig. 

6b-h. 



Colossendeis drakei CALMAN 1915 

1915 Colossendeis drakei CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 11, 22-23, fig. 3. 

1932 Colossendeis drakei, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 22-24, figs. 4c, 7e-f, 8b. 

1935 Colossendeis drakei, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 294.

144 

1938 Colossendeis drakei, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 8 [key]. 

1944 Colossendeis drakei, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 10. 

1969 Colossendeis drakei, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 39-40, 

figs. 7, 8, 10, 34-39. 



Colossendeis enigmatica TURPAEVA 1974 

1974 Colossendeis enigmatica TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 

301, fig. 12 (1-8). 



Colossendeis gardineri CARPENTER 1908 

1908 Colossendeis gardineri CARPENTER, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 12 (2): 98-99, 

pl. 13, figs. 20-24. 

1923 Colossendeis gardineri, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 25 (3): 267-268. 

1984 Colossendeis gardineri, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (4) 6 

(sec. A) (3): 705, figs. 7-9. 

1986 Colossendeis gardineri, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 417, 

fig. 5a-c. 

1991 Colossendeis gardineri, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 164. 

Distribution: Indian Ocean (Saya de Malha Bank); Caribbean 

(off St. Vincent). 


Colossendeis geoffroyi MANE-GARZON 1944 

1944 Colossendeis geoffroyi MANE-GARZON, Comun. Zool. Mus. Hist. Nat. Montevideo, 

1 (15): 1-6, figs. 1-5. 

1966 Colossendeis geoffroyi, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, 44: 396. 

1992 Colossendeis geoffroyi, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 134-135, 139. 

Distribution: SW-Atlantic. 


Colossendeis gibbosa MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Colossendeis gibbosa MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 192-193, pl. XXX, figs. 1-5. 

Distribution: Bouvet-Island. 


Colossendeis gracilis HOEK 1881 

145 

1881 Colossendeis gracilis HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 69-70, pl. IX, figs. 6-8, pl. X, figs. 6-7. 

1963 Colossendeis gracilis, - STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 330. 

1968 Colossendeis gracilis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

17. 

1975 Colossendeis gracilis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 990. 

1990 Colossendeis gracilis, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 220. 

1990 Colossendeis gracilis, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

126: 114-115, fig. 4. 

Distribution: worldwide in tropical areas and in the 

southern hemisphere. 


Colossendeis hoeki GORDON 1944 

1944 Colossendeis hoeki GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 8 [key], 11-13, fig. 2a-b. 

1969 Colossendeis hoeki, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 51, 

figs. 7-8. 



Colossendeis korotkevitschi PUSHKIN 1984 

1984 Colossendeis korotkevitschi PUSKIN, Zool. Zh., 63 (8): 1259-1261, figs. 1- 

11. 

Distribution: off Kerguelen Islands and Crozet Islands, in 

Weddell Sea and near D'Urville Island. 


Colossendeis leptorhynchus HOEK 1881 

1881 Colossendeis leptorhynchus HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 

3 (10): 64-65, pl. VIII, figs. 3-7. 

1970 Colossendeis pennata PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 49 (10): 1490-1492, fig. 2. 

1978 Colossendeis leptorhynchus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 402. 

1981 Colossendeis leptorhynchus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 454-455 

1983 Colossendeis leptorhynchus, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (4) 

5 (sec. A) (1): 299-300. 

1986 Colossendeis leptorhynchus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 

417. 

1990 Colossendeis leptorhynchus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 

(2): 308. 

1992 Colossendeis leptorhynchus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 42. 

Distribution: predominantly in the Southern Hemisphere;

146 

probably cosmopolitan. 


Colossendeis lilliei CALMAN 1915 

1915 Colossendeis lilliei CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 25-27, fig. 4. 

1935 Colossendeis lilliei, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn'`s Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 294. 

1838 Colossendeis lilliei, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 11 [key]. 

1944 Colossendeis lilliei, - Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Exped., (B), 5 

(1): 11. 

1969 Colossendeis lilliei, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 43- 

45, figs. 7, 8, 10, 47-52. 



Colossendeis longirostris GORDON 1938 

1938 Colossendeis longirostris GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 8 [key], 9-10, fig. 1. 

1959 Colossendeis longirostris, - UTINOMI, Special Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. (= 

Contr. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 341): 10-12, fig. 6. 

1969 Colossendeis longirostris, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 

42-43, figs. 7, 8, 45, 46. 



Colossendeis macerrima WILSON 1881 

1881 Colossendeis macerrima WILSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 8 (12): 246- 

247, pl. 1, fig. 2, pl. 4, figs. 9-12, pl. 5, fig. 32. 

1881 Colossendeis macerrima, - MILNE-EDWARDS, C.R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., 

Paris, 93: 933. 

1885 Colossendeis macerrima, - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1883: 560, fig. 

170. 

1893 Colossendeis macerrima, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 25 

(2): 30. 

1896 Colossendeis leptorhynchus var. septentrionalis, - CAULLERY, Ann. Univ. 

Lyon, 26: 362. 

1898 Colossendeis japonica HOEK, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., ser. 2, vol. 1: 

295-296, pl. III, figs. 11-13. 

1908 Colossendeis macerrima, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 229. 

1915 Colossendeis macerrima, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 11. 

1917 Colossendeis macerrima, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur son 

Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 10-13, pl. I, fig. 1, 

pl. III, figs. 1-2. 

1923 Colossendeis macerrima, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 25.

147 

1923 Colossendeis macerrima, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 25 (3): 267-268. 

1928 Colossendeis macerrima, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. 

Afr., 6 (Special Rep., 1): 7. 

1935 Colossendeis macerrima, - Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 (4) (2): 293. 

1937 Colossendeis gigas-leptorhynchus, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (Zool.), 

(10) 20 (1): 32. 

1938 Colossendeis macerrima, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 12. 

1942 Colossendeis macerrima, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Gen., 82 (Notes & Rev., 2): 75- 

76. 

1948 Colossendeis macerrima, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 273, 

fig. 50d. 

1949 Colossendeis japonica, - HEDGEPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 299- 

300, fig. 46a-d. 

1949 Colossendeis macerrima, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 299. 

1953 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Temmickia, 9: 307, fig. 17e-h. 

1954 Colossendeis macerrima, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 85. 

1956 Colossendeis japonica, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 176. 

1956 Colossendeis macerrima, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 180. 

1963 Colossendeis macerrima, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 75-76. 

1963 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 326. 

1969 Colossendeis macerrima, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 53, 

figs. 7-8. 

1975 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 985-987, fig. 11ab. 

1978 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 400-402, fig. 2m. 

1980 Colossendeis macerrima, - DANIEL & SEN, J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 17 (2) 

("1975"): 165. 

1981 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 455. 

1982 Colossendeis macerrima, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 51. 

1983 Colossendeis macerrima, - BAMBER, - Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 71. 

1984 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 64: 746. 

1986 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 417, 

fig. 5e. 

1987 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 508. 

1988 Colossendeis macerrima, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 185. 

1990 Colossendeis macerrima, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 

309. 

1990 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 220. 

1991 Colossendeis macerrima, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 62. 

1991 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 163, 

164. 

1991 Colossendeis macerrima, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 41-42. 

1991 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 4e sér., 13, 

sec. A, nos. 1-2: 138. 

1992 Colossendeis macerrima, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 42. 

Distribution: cosmopolitan. 


Habitat: mud, clay, shells, foraminifera, pteropods; 

foraminifera and pteropod mud. 

Additional synonymy: Colossendeis spei. 

Colossendeis media HOEK 1881

148 

1881 Colossendeis media HOEK, Challenger Rep. (Zool., 3): 71, pl. X, figs. 10-11. 

1881 Colossendeis media HOEK, Challenger Rep. (Zool., 3): 72-73, pl. X, figs. 8-9 

1974 Colossendeis media, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 

297, fig. 11. 



Habitat: mud. 

Colossendeis megalonyx HOEK 1881 

1881 Colossendeis megalonyx HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 67-69, pl. IX, figs. 1-3. 

1902 Colossendeis frigida HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 63. 

1907 Colossendeis rugosa HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 


1908 Colossendeis orcadense, - HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1) (6): 

184. 

1915 Colossendeis megalonyx, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 15-16. 

1915 Colossendeis rugosa, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 16-17. 

1915 Colossendeis frigida, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool. 3 (1): 17-18. 

1923 Colossendeis frigida, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 

(2): 7. 

1932 Colossendeis rugosa, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 12, 17. 

1932 Colossendeis frigida, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 16-18, figs. 5a-b, 6a, d, 

7c-d. 

1932 Colossendeis scoresbii GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 18-21, figs. 5c, 6b-c, 7ab. 

1935 Colossendeis frigida, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 293. 

1935 Colossendeis megalonyx, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 293. 

1935 Colossendeis rugosa, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 293. 

1935 Colossendeis orcadense, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 294. 

1944 Colossendeis frigida, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 10. 

1956 Colossendeis megalonyx, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 177-178, figs. 18-20. 

1963 Colossendeis orcadensis, - STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 334. 

1969 Colossendeis megalonyx, - ARNAUD, Les Terres Antarct. Françaises, 47: 36. 

1969 Colossendeis megalonyx, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 30- 

32, figs. 7-8, 11-16, 23. 

1969 Colossendeis megalonyx megalonyx, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 49: 30. 

1969 Colossendeis megalonyx scoresbii, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 49: 32. 

1969 Colossendeis megalonyx arundorostris, - FRY & HEDGPETH, - N.Z. Oceanogr. 

Inst. Mem., 49: 33. 

1969 Colossendeis megalonyx orcadense, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 

Mem., 49: 34.

149 

1969 Colossendeis megalonyx megalonyx, - HEDGPETH, Antarct. Map Folio Ser. Am. 

Geogr. Soc., Folio 11: 27. 

1972 Colossendeis megalonyx megalonyx, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (3) 

51 (65): 805-806. 

1972 Colossendeis megalonyx, - ARNAUD, Téthys, suppl. 4: 145. 

1980 Colossendeis m. megalonyx, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 

(18): 7. 

1991 Colossendeis megalonyx orcadense, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 42. 

Distribution: Antarctic, subantarctic area; extending to 

the southern coast of South Africa and America. 


Colossendeis melancholicus STOCK 1975 

1975 Colossendeis melancholicus STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 988-990, figs. 

11c-f, 12. 

1986 Colossendeis melancholicus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Grand Bahama. 


Colossendeis mica PUSHKIN 1970 

1970 Colossendeis mica PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 49 (10): 1492-1494, fig. 3. 

1991 Colossendeis mica, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 164. 



Colossendeis minor SCHIMKEWITSCH 1893 

1893 Colossendeis macerrima minor SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 

25 (2): 30-32, pl. I, figs. 7-10, pl. II, figs. 14-15 

1917 Colossendeis macerrima, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur son 

Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 10-13 

1971 Colossendeis macerrima minor, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. 

Shirshov, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 92: 289-290, pl. 7, 6-7. 

1975 Colossendeis macerrima, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 985-987 (Pillsbury 

stat. 526 only). 

1984 Colossendeis minor, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (4) 6 (sec. 

A) (3): 702-704, figs. 1-6. 

1991 Colossendeis minor, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 163-164. 

1991 Colossendeis minor, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 42. 

Distribution: eastern tropical Pacific off Central and 

South America; Mid Indian Basin; south-eastern Madagascar. 


Colossendeis minuta HOEK 1881

150 

1881 Colossendeis minuta HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 73-74, pl. X, figs. 12-14. 

1893 Colossendeis minuta, - SCHIMKEWITSCH. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 25 

(2): 34. 

1898 Colossendeis japonica HOEK, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (2) 5 (2-4): 295. 

1944 Colossendeis minuta, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 13. 

1948 Colossendeis minuta, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 272, fig. 

50c. 

1963 Colossendeis minuta, - STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 326-328, fig. 4. 

1975 Colossendeis minuta, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 987. 

1975 Colossendeis minuta, - TUIRPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 103: 241. 

1990 Colossendeis minuta, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 221. 

Distribution: Atlantic. 


Colossendeis nasuta HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Colossendeis nasuta HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 302-303, 

fig. 46e-h. 

1955 Colossendeis nasuta, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 35-36, 

fig. 21. 



Colossendeis oculifera STOCK 1963 

1963 Colossendeis oculifera STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 328-330, fig. 5. 


Colossendeis pipetta STOCK 1991 

1991 Colossendeis pipetta STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 164-166, 

fig. 28. 

Distribution: New Caledonia, Chesterfield Islands, 

Loyality Islands. 


Colossendeis proboscidea (SABINE 1824) 

1824 Phoxichilus proboscideus SABINE, Suppl. to Append. of Capt. Parry's Voyage 

in the years 1819-20: p. CCXXVI. 

1881 Anomorhynchus Smithii MIERS, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5 (7): 50-51, pl. VII, 

figs. 6-8. 

1899 Colossendeis proboscidea, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 57. 

1933 Colossendeis proboscidea, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Gronl., 79 (6): 28, fig. 6.

151 

1936 Colossendeis proboscidea, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok Naturv. Rek., 2: 

32-33. 

1943 Colossendeis proboscidea, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 88-89. 

1963 Colossendeis proboscidea, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 

1340. 

Distribution: high Arctic area, possibly circumpolar. 

Depth range: shallow water to about 915m. 

Colossendeis robusta HOEK 1881 

1881 Colossendeis robusta HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 66-67, pl. IX, figs. 4-5. 

1902 Colossendeis robusta, - MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 190, pl. XXIX, figs. 1-5. 

1907 Colossendeis glacialis HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped., 1901-1904, Nat. 


1911 Colossendeis gracilipes BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

1137. 

1913 Colossendeis gracilipes, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française 

(1908-1910), 6: 58-63, figs. 12-19. 

1913 Colossendeis robusta, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 54-58, figs. 8-11. 

1915 Colossendeis glacialis, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 20-22. 

1915 Colossendeis robusta, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 24. 

1932 Colossendeis glacialis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 21-22, figs. 4d, 7g, 

8a. 

1932 Colossendeis robusta, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 12 [key]. 

1935 Colossendeis glacialis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 293. 

1935 Colossendeis gracilipes, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 293. 

1935 Colossendeis robusta, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 293. 

1938 Colossendeis glacialis, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 8 [key]. 

1938 Colossendeis robusta, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 8 [key]. 

1944 Colossendeis glacialis, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 10. 

1969 Colossendeis robusta, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 35- 

38, figs. 7, 8, 10, 24-31. 



Colossendeis scotti CALMAN 1915 

1915 Colossendeis scotti CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 10 [key], 11-13, fig. 1. 

1932 Colossendeis scotti, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 11 [key], 12. 

1935 Colossendeis scotti, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5

152 

(4) (2): 294. 

1938 Colossendeis scotti, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 8 [key], 12. 

1969 Colossendeis scotti, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 45-47, 

figs. 7, 8, 10, 53-58. 

1974 Colossendeis scotti, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 

299, fig. 12 (9-11). 



Colossendeis smirnovi PUSHKIN 1988 

1988 Colossendeis smirnovi PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 67 (6): 953-955, figs. 1-8. 

Distribution: southern Oceans. 


Colossendeis stramenti FRY & HEDGPETH 1969 

1969 Colossendeis stramenti FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 38-40, 

figs. 32-33. 

Distribution: Magellanic region. 


Colossendeis subminuta SCHIMKEWITSCH 1893 

1893 Colossendeis subminuta SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 25 (2): 33-36, 

pl. II, figs. 26-27. 

Distribution: W-coast of America, south of Cocos-Island. 


Colossendeis tethya TURPAEVA 1974 

1974 Colossendeis tethya TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 

302-303, fig. 13. 


Colossendeis tortipalpis GORDON 1932 

1932 Colossendeis tortipalpis GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 12-15, figs. 2b-e, 3b, 

d, 4a. 

1935 Colossendeis tortipalpis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. 

Tierreichs, 5 (4) (2): 294. 

1944 Colossendeis tortipalpis, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. 

Res. Exped., (B), 5 (1): 9-10. 

1969 Colossendeis tortipalpis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49:

41-43, figs. 7, 8, 10, 40-45. 



Colossendeis wilsoni CALMAN 1915 

153 

1915 Colossendeis wilsoni CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 11 [key], 18-20, fig. 2. 

1932 Colossendeis wilsoni, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 12 [key]. 

1935 Colossendeis wilsoni, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 294. 

1938 Colossendeis wilsoni, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 8 [key], 12. 

1969 Colossendeis wilsoni, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 47- 

49, figs. 7, 8, 10, 59-64. 



Decolopoda EIGHTS 1835 

1969 Decolopoda , - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 54 

[diagnosis]. 

Decolopoda australis EIGHTS 1835 

1835 Decolopoda australis EIGHTS, Boston J. Nat. Hist., 1 (2): 203-206, pl. VII. 

1902 Decolopoda australis, - STEEBING, Knowledge, 25: 185-189. 

1905 Decolopoda antarctica BOUVIER, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 11: 295. 

1905 Decolopoda australis, - COLE, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 15 (7): 405. 

1905 Decolopoda australis, - BOUVIER, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 16 (1): 

36-42, pl. III. 

1905 Decolopoda australis, - HODGSON, Zool. Anz., 29 (8): 254-256. 

1905 Decolopoda australis, - LOMAN, Zool. Anz., 28: 722-723. 

1906 Decolopoda australis, - BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., 142: 16-18. 

1906 Decolopoda australis, - BOUVIER, L'Expéd. Antarct. Française, 1903-1905: 21- 

29, pl. II, figs. 6-9. 

1908 Decolopoda australis, - HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1): 181- 

184, pl. III. 

1909 Decolopoda australis, - CALMAN, Sci. Progr., London, 1909: 687-693. 

1909 Decolopoda australis, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, The Cambr. Nat. Hist., 4: 531. 

1910 Decolopoda australis, - BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 151: 

27. 


491. 


1136. 

1913 Decolopoda antarctica, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910): 48. 

1913 Decolopoda australis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910): 48-52, figs. 1-7.

154 

1920 Decolopoda antarctica, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6 (9): 244. 

1932 Decolopoda antarctica, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 9-11, figs. I, 73B, 74B. 

1932 Decolopoda australis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 8-9, fig. 73A. 

1935 Decolopoda antarctica, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 280. 

1935 Decolopoda australis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 280. 

1944 Decolopoda sp.?, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 8. 

1969 Decolopoda australis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 54- 

56, figs. 7, 8, 10, 75, 76, 78-82. 

1969 Decolopoda australis, - ARNAUD, Les Terres Austr. Antarct. Françaises, 47: 

36. 

1969 Decolopoda australis, - HEDGPETH, Antarct. Map Folio Ser. Am. Georgr. Soc., 

Folio 11: 27. 

1972 Decolopoda australis, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (3) 51 (65): 

804-805. 

1982 Decolopoda australis, - PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 61 (11): 1657-1659, figs. A-D. 

1982 Decolopoda antarctica, - PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 61 (11): 1659-1661, figs. E-J. 



Dodecolopoda CALMAN & GORDON 1933 

1969 Dodecolopoda , - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 56 

[diagnosis]. 

Dodecolopoda mawsoni CALMAN & GORDON 1933 

1933 Dodecolopoda mawsoni CALMAN & GORDON, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, (B) 113: 107- 

115, fig. 1. 

1935 Dodecolopoda mawsoni, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 280. 

1944 Dodecolopoda mawsoni, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 7-9, fig. 1a-c. 

1947 Dodecolopoda mawsoni, - HEDGPETH, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 106 (18): 17, figs. 

8-10. 

1969 Dodecolopoda mawsoni, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 56- 

57, figs. 7-10, 77-82. 

1974 Dodecolopoda mawsoni, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 

294-295, fig. 10. 



Hedgpethia TURPAEVA 1973 

1973 Hedgpethia TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 91: 183 

[diagnosis, remarks], 184 [key to species].

Hedgpethia articulata (LOMAN 1908) 

155 

1908 Colossendeis articulata LOMAN, Siboga Exped., XL: 22-23, pl. VI, figs. 66- 

73. 

1973 Hedgpethia articulata TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 91: 

185-189, fig. 2. 

1991 Hedgpethia articulata, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 166 

[text]. 

Distribution: Indo-West Pacific (type locality: Gulf of 

Boni). 


Habitat: mud. 

Hedgpethia atlantica (STOCK 1970) 

1970 Rhopalorhynchus atlanticum STOCK, Meteor-Forsch.-Ergebn., (D), 5: 7-9, figs. 

8-13. 

1979 Rhopalorhynchus atlanticum, - RACK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 67: 

113. 

1987 Rhopalorhynchus atlanticum, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 508-509, fig. 12. 

1991 Hedgpethia atlantica, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 166 

[text]. 

1991 Hedgpethia atlantica, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 4e sér., 13, 

sec. A, nos. 1-2: 138. 



Habitat: shelly sand 

Hedgpethia bicornis (TURPAEVA 1953) 

1958 Colossendeis bicornis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Biull. Mosov. Obsh. Ispyt. 

Prirod., 63 (1): 27-29, pl. 3, figs. 1-7. 

1961 Colossendeis bicornis, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 109-110. 

1991 Hedgpethia bicornis, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 166 

[text]. 



Hedgpethia brevitarsis (LOSINA-LOSINSKY & TURPAEVA 1958) 

1958 Colossendeis brevitarsis LOSINA-LOSINSKY & TURPAEVA, Bull. Moskovskovo 

Obschest. Ispytatelei Prirody, 63 (1): 26-27, fig. 2. 

1970 Rhopalorhynchus brevitarsis, - STOCK, Meteor Forsch.-Ergebn., (D), 5: 9 

[key]. 

1983 Hedgpethia brevitarsis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 63. 

1991 Hedgpethia brevitarsis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 62. 

Distribution: Japan (Sagami Bay) to Gulf of Alaska.

156 


Hedgpethia californica (HEDGPETH 1939) 

1939 Colossendeis californica HEDGPETH, Am. Midl. Nat., 22 (2): 459-460, pl. 1, 

figs. a-e 

1973 Hedgpethia californica TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 91: 

186-189. 

1991 Hedgpethia californica, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 166 

[text]. 



Habitat: green mud. 

Hedgpethia chitinosa (HILTON 1943) 

1943 Colossendeis chitinosa HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 35 (1): 4. 

1949 Colossendeis chitinosa, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 301, 

fig. 47e-h. 

1954 Colossendeis chitinosa, - STOCK, Viensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

161. 

1955 Colossendeis chitinosa, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 34-35, 

fig. 20. 

1958 Colossendeis chitinosa, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Biull. Moskov. Obsh. Ispyt. 

Prirod., 63 (1): 23-26, pl. 1, figs. 1-6. 

1961 Colossendeis chitinosa, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1962 Colossendeis chitinosa, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 103. 

1970 Rhopalorhynchus chitinosum, - STOCK, Meteor Forsch-Ergebn., (D), 5: 9 [key]. 

1971 Colossendeis chitinosa, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 337. 

1973 Hedgpethia californica chitinosa, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. 

Shirshov, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 91: 186, tab. 3. 

1983 Hedgpethia chitinosa, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 63. 

1987 Hedgpethia chitinosa, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 36. 

1991 Hedgpethia chitinosa, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 63. 

Distribution: Common in the NW-Pacific (Aleutian Islands 

to west of Kyushu); Korea Straits. 


Habitat: sand, shells. 

Hedgpethia dampieri (CHILD 1975) 

1975 Rhopalorhynchus dampieri CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 8-10, fig. 4. 



Habitat: "beam trawl with bryozoans" (CHILD).

Hedgpethia dofleini (LOMAN 1911) 

157 

1911 Colossendeis dofleini LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.- 

Naturwiss. Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 4-5, pl. I, figs. 6-13. 

1919 Colossendeis dofleini, - FUKUI, Rigakukai[?], 16 (2): 98. 

1936 Colossendeis dofleini, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 867. 

1949 Colossendeis dofleini, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 300, 

fig. 47a-d. 

1951 Colossendeis dofleini, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 167. 


1958 Rhopalorhynchus dofleini, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 114. 


1991 Hedgpethia dofleini, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 63. 

Distribution: from the Bering Sea to south of Japan 

(Kyushu). 


Hedgpethia magnirostris ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Hedgpethia magnirostris ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 153-155, 

fig. 7. 

1991 Hedgpethia magnirostris, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 166. 



Hedgpethia tibialis STOCK 1991 

1991 Hedgpethia tibialis STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 166-168, 

figs. 29-30. 



Pentacolossendeis HEDGPETH 1943 

1948 Pentacolossendeis, - HEDPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 275 


Pentacolossendeis reticulata HEDGPETH 1943 

1943 Pentacolossendeis reticulata HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 56- 

57. 

1948 Pentacolossendeis reticulata, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 

275-278, fig. 51a-e. 

1986 Pentacolossendeis reticulata, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 

416. 

Distribution: Bahamas and Florida, south to Guyana. 


158 

Rhopalorhynchus WOOD-MASON 1873 

1873 Rhopalorhynchus WOOD-MASON, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 42 (2): 172 [diagnosis]. 

1954 Rhopalorhynchus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 88 [diagnosis]. 

1970 Rhopalorhynchus, - STOCK, Meteor-Forsch.-Ergebn., (D), 5: 9 [key to species 

of articulatum-group]. 

Rhopalorhynchus claudus STOCK 1975 

1975 Rhopalorhynchus claudus STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 991-993, fig. 13. 

1986 Rhopalorhynchus claudus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

Distribution: Barbados. 


Habitat: muddy sand, shell debris; sponge bottom. 

Rhopalorhynchus clavipes CARPENTER 1893 

1893 Rhopalorhynchus clavipes CARPENTER, Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., 8 (1) (4): 

24-26, pl. II, figs. 1-10. 

1923 Rhopalorhynchus kroeyeri CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 25 (3): 268 [part]. 

1958 Rhopalorhynchus clavipes, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 127. 

1968 Rhopalorhynchus clavipes, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 

131: 17. 

1970 Rhopalorhynchus clavipes, - CLARK, Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 12 (3): 17. 

Distribution: NE-Australia. 


Habitat: found among corals. 

Rhopalorhynchus filipes STOCK 1991 

1991 Rhopalorhynchus filipes STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 161-163, 

fig. 27. 

Distribution: Chesterfield Islands; between Loyality 

Islands and New Caledonia. 


Rhopalorhynchus gracillimus CARPENTER 1908 

1908 Rhopalorhynchus gracillimus CARPENTER, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 12 (2): 99- 

100, pl. 13, figs. 25-32 [except Saya de Malha record]. 

1908 Rhopalorhynchus kröyeri, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 26-27 [only 

Siboga sta. 310 specimen]. 

1923 Rhopalorhynchus kröyeri, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 25 (3): 268-270 [part]. 

1954 Rhopalorhynchus kröyeri, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 88-89, fig. 

2. 

1958 Rhopalorhynchus gracillimum, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 128-132,

159 

figs. 39-56. 

1988 Rhopalorhynchus gracillimus, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 

156. 

Distribution: East Indies and Maldive Islands to the eastcoast 

of South Africa. 


Rhopalorhynchus kroeyeri WOOD-MASON 1873 

1873 Rhopalorhynchus kröyeri WOOD-MASON, J. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 42 (2): 172-175, 

pl. XIII, figs. 1-5. 

1954 Rhopalorhynchus kröyeri, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 88-89, fig. 

2. 

1954 Rhopalorhynchus kröyeri, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 161 [only Kei-Island record]. 

1957 Rhopalorhynchus kroeyeri, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 97. 

1958 Rhopalorhynchus kroeyeri, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 118. 

Distribution: East Indian Archipelago (Andaman Islands; 

Philippines, Kei Islands). 


Rhopalorhynchus lomani STOCK 1958 

1958 Rhopalrhynchus lomani STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 119-124, figs. 7-21. 

1965 Rhopalorhynchus lomani, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 16. 

1973 Rhopalorhynchus lomani, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 4 (4): 954. 

Distribution: Tropical W-Indian Ocean. 


Habitat: Halophila; hydroids and Zoantharia. 

Rhopalorhynchus mortenseni STOCK 1958 

1954 Rhopalorhynchus kröyeri, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 161-162 [only Jolo record]. 

1958 Rhopalorhynchus mortenseni STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 132-133, figs. 

57-61. 

1968 Rhopalorhynchus mortenseni, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 18. 

Distribution: Philippines and Australia (Coral Sea). 


Habitat: gravel; sand and corals. 

Rhopalorhynchus pedunculatum STOCK 1957 

1957 Rhopalorhynchus pedunculatum STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 13: 

13-14, fig. 1. 

1958 Rhopalorhynchus pedunculatum, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16:

160 

3. 

1958 Rhopalorhynchus pedunculatum, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 125. 

1970 Rhopalorhynchus pedunculatum, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 2 

(1): 1. 

Distribution: probbly endemic in the Red Sea area. 


Rhopalorhynchus sibogae STOCK 1958 

1908 Rhopalorhynchus kröyeri, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 217 [part], pl. 

XV, fig. 217. 

1958 Rhopalorhynchus sibogae STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 124-125, figs. 22- 

27. 

1975 Rhopalorhynchus sibogae, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 7-8. 

Distribution: Indonesia (Flores) to Australia (near 

Perth). 


Habitat: in beam trawls with bryozoans, corals and 

sponges; mud and sand. 

Rhopalorhynchus tenuissimum (HASWELL 1884) 

1884 Colossendeis tenuissima HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1029-1030, pl. 

LVI, figs. 5-8. 

1919 Rhopalorhynchus tenuissimum, - FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1918: 71. 

1958 Rhopalorhynchus tenuissimum, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 125. 

1982 Rhopalorhynchus tenuissimum, - STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 465. 

Distribution: Australia (Queensland area). 


NYMPHONIDAE 

1891 Nymphonidae, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 54 


1948 Nymphonidae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 179-180 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to genera]. 

1954 Nymphonidae, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 89 [diagnosis]. 

1955 Nymphonidae, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Naturhist. Foren., 117: 219 [key 

to genera]. 

1974 Nymphonidae, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of the 


1979 Nymphonidae, - Child, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 35 [key to Middle American 

species]. 

1986 Nymphonidae, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 418 [remarks]. 

01992 Nymphonidae, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 69-70, tab. 11. 

Boreonymphon SARS 1888

1972 Boreonymphon, - JUST, Sarsia, 49: 3-4 [diagnosis, key to species]. 

Boreonymphon abyssorum (NORMAN 1873) 

1972 Boreonymphon abyssorum, - JUST, Sarsia, 49: 6-8, figs. 3, 7D. 

1983 Boreonymphon abyssorum, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 68. 

161 



Habitat: clay with stones, red clay, clay with stones and 

gravel, mud, hard clay, hard brown clay, clay with gravel and 

large stones, clay and Fucus. 

Boreonymphon compactum JUST 1972 

1972 Boreonymphon compactum JUST, Sarsia, 49: 11-14, figs. 6, 7B. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic (Bylot Sund). 


Habitat: clay and large stones. 

Boreonymphon ossiansarsi KNABEN 1972 

1972 Boreonymphon ossiansarsi KNABEN, in JUST, Sarsia, 49: 8-11, figs. 4, 5, 7A. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic. 


Habitat: reddish brown clay, dark sand and clay, white 

viscuous clay with stones. 

Boreonymphon robustum (BELL 1855) 

1891 Boreonymphon robustum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 

(3): 115-119, pl. XII, fig. 3a-d. 

1933 Boreonymphon robustum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 4-5, fig. 1 

(map). 

1972 Boreonymphon robustum, - JUST, Sarsia, 49: 4-6, figs. 2, 7C. 

Distribution: Arctica. 


Habitat: mud, clay, gravel, and stones. 

Heteronymphon GORDON 1932 

1932 Heteronymphon GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 79-80 [diagnosis, remarks]. 

1985 Heteronymphon, - NAKAMURA, Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 40 (4): 33 [key to 

species]. 

Heteronymphon abyssale (STOCK 1968)

162 

1968 Nymphon abyssale STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 33-35, 

fig. 12. 

1970 Heteronymphon abyssale, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 49 (11): 1723-1724, fig. 1 

(5), 2 (5). 

Distribution: Pacific Ocean off Costa Rica. 


Habitat: dark muddy clay. 

Heteronymphon bioculatum TURPAEVA 1956 

1956 Heteronymphon bioculatum TURPAEVA, Byull. Moskov. Obsh. Ispyt. Prir., Otd. 

Biol., 61 (2): 69-71, fig. 2. 

1970 Heteronymphon bioculatum, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 49 (11): 1723-1724, fig. 1 

(3), 2 (4). 

1971 Heteronymphon bioculatum, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

92: 280. 



Heteronymphon birsteini TURPAEVA 1954 

1956 Heteronymphon birsteini, - TURPAEVA, Byull. Moskov. Obsh. Ispyt. Prir., Otd. 

Biol., 61 (2): 71-72, fig. 3. 

1970 Heteronymphon birsteini, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 49 (11): 1723-1724, fig. 1 

(2), 2 (2). 



Heteronymphon exiguum (HODGSON 1927) 

1932 Heteronymphon kempi GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 80-82, figs. 38-39. 

1938 Heteronymphon kempi var. dimorpha HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. 

Freunde Berlin, 1937 (2): 171-172, fig. 4a-c. 

1944 Heteronymphon exiguum, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 35. 

1953 Heteronymphon exiguum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 35 (4): 37-38, fig. 2a-e. 

1970 Heteronymphon exiguum, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 49 (11): 1723-1724, fig. 1 

(1), fig. 2 (1). 

1972 Heteronymphon exiguum, - ARNAUD, Tethys, Suppl., 4: 149-150. 



Heteronymphon horikoshii NAKAMURA 1985 

1985 Heteronymphon horikoshii NAKAMURA, Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 40 (4): 31- 

33, fig. 2.

1991 Heteronymphon horikoshii, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 42. 

Distribution: Japan 


Heteronymphon ponsitor CHILD 1982 

1982 Heteronymphon ponsitor CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 31-33, fig. 9. 

Distribution: North American Basin; West European Basin. 


Heteronymphon profundum TURPAEVA 1956 

163 

1956 Heteronymphon profundum TURPAEVA, Byull. Moskov. Obsh. Ispyt. Prir., Otd. 

Biol., 61 (2): 67-69, fig. 1. 

1970 Heteronymphon profundum, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 49 (11): 1723-1724, fig. 1 

(4), 2 (3). 

1971 Heteronymphon profundum, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

92: 280. 



Neonymphon STOCK 1955 

1955 Neonymphon STOCK 1955, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 219 

[diagnosis]. 

1986 Neonymphon, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 420-421 [remarks]. 

Neonymphon caecum STOCK 1955 

1955 Neonymphon caecum STOCK 1955, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

219-223, figs. 2-3. 

1986 Neonymphon caecum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 421, fig. 

6a. 

Distribution: tropical W-Atlantic (west of St. Croix, U.S. 

Virgin Islands; off Surinam). 


Nymphon FABRICIUS 1794 

1932 Nymphon, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 26-31 [remarks], 31-36 [key to adult 

males of Antarctic and subantarctic waters]. 

1944 Nymphon, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., (B), 5 

(1): 17-22 [remarks, key to antarctic and subantarctic species]. 

1948 Nymphon, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 180-182 [diagnosis, 

remarks, key to W-Atlantic species south of Newfoundland]. 

1949 Nymphon, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 243-247 [remarks, key

164 

to species from N-Pacific]. 

1954 Nymphon, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 89 [diagnosis], 90 [key to 


1963 Nymphon, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 15-16 [key to Australian 

species]. 

1971 Nymphon, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 47: 259. 

1975 Nymphon, STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1006-1007 [key to albatrossigroup]. 

1986 Nymphon, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 418 [remarks]. 

1988 Nymphon, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 67-68 [remarks, key to Nymphon 

aequidigitatum-group]. 

1992 Nymphon, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 70 [diagnosis]. 

Nymphon adami GILTAY 1937 

1937 Nymphon adami GILTAY, Mem. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg, 2 (9): 84-87, figs. 2- 

5. 

1956 Nymphon adami, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 3 (28) (3): 290- 

291, fig. 1. 

1959 Nymphon adami, - FAGE, Res. Sci. Campagne Calypso, 4: 236, fig. 1a. 

1967 Nymphon adami, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 47. 

1975 Nymphon adami, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1001-1004, figs. 18, 19a-d. 

1990 Nymphon adami, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 63 (16): 221. 

Distribution: W-Africa, Mauritania south to Nigeria. 


Habitat: ascidians, shells; brown and red algae; muddy 

sand with shell gravel. 

Nymphon adareanum HODGSON 1907 

1907 Nymphon adareanum HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. Hist., 

3: 23-25, pl. 3, fig. 3. 

1913 Nymphon adareanum, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 73. 

1915 Nymphon adareanum, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 33-34. 

1923 Nymphon adareanum, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

14. 

1932 Nymphon adareanum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (9): 98-101, figs. 1- 

2. 

1950 Nymphon adareanum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 149. 

1952 Nymphon adareanum, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 2e sér., 24 (2): 

181. 



Nymphon adenense MÜLLER 1989 

1989 Nymphon adenense MÜLLER, - Senckenbergiana marit., 20 (5/6): 283-284, figs. 

21-27.

Distribution: Gulf of Aden. 


Nymphon adenopus STOCK 1991 

165 

1991 Nymphon adenopus STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 177-179, figs. 

36-37, 185 [text]. 



Nymphon aemulum STOCK 1975 

1948 Nymphon floridanum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 196 (only 

short-necked form). 

1955 Nymphon floridanum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

215 (only short-necked form). 

1975 Nymphon aemulum STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 998-1001, fig. 16-17. 

1986 Nymphon aemulum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

1992 Nymphon aemulum, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 70, fig. 32. 

Distribution: tropical W-Atlantic, Florida to Surinam. 



Nymphon aequidigitatum HASWELL 1885 

1885 Nymphon aequidigitatum HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1022-1024, pl. 

54, figs. 1-5. 

1889 Nymphon aequidigitatum, - WHITELEGGE, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 23 (2): 

233. 

1908 Nymphon aequidigitatum, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 38. 

1919 Nymphon aequidigitatum, - FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1919: 72-75, 

pl. XVIII, figs. 4-5, pl. XIX, fig. 6. 

1963 Nymphon aequidigitatum, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 5-7, fig. 3A-G. 

1973 Nymphon aequidigitatum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 107-108, fig. 3a-d. 

Distribution: Australia (Western Port, Crawfish Rock). 


Habitat: on Amathea sp. (Bryozoa) and Aglaophenia 

(Hydroida). 

Nymphon affinis STOCK 1951 

1951 Nymphon affinis STOCK, Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 2 (43): 5-7, figs. 

1-6. 

1954 Nymphon affinis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 94. 


Depth range: 15m.

166 

Habitat: rocky shores. 

Nymphon akane NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Nymphon akane NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 54-56, fig. 19. 

1986 Nymphon akane, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 37-38, fig. 2a-h. 

1987 Nymphon akane, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 158. 

1991 Nymphon akane, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 42. 



Nymphon albatrossi HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Nymphon albatrossi HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 263-266, fig. 

30. 



Nymphon aldabraense CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon aldabraense CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 68-70, fig. 6. 



Habitat: "Reef slope, coral rubble in hollows between 

coral heads" (CHILD). 

Nymphon altioculatum MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Nymphon altioculatum MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. Valdivia, 

1898-1899, 3: 181-182, pl. XXVI, figs. 1-6. 

Distribution: Bouvet Island. 


Nymphon andamanense CALMAN 1923 

1923 Nymphon andamanense CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 273-275, fig. 4a-f. 

1938 Nymphon andamanense, - CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 151-152. 

Distribution: Arabian Coast; Andaman Islands. 


Nymphon angolense GORDON 1932 

1932 Nymphon angolense GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 77-80, figs. 36-37. 

1937 Nymphon angolense, - GILTAY, Mem. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., 9 (2): 88.

1951 Nymphon angolense, - STOCK, Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 2 (43): 7-8. 

1954 Nymphon angolense, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 102-103. 

Distribution: South Africa; Angola. 



Nymphon apheles CHILD 1979 

1979 Nymphon apheles CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 35-37, fig. 12. 



Habitat: in tide pool. 

Nymphon apicatum STOCK 1991 

167 

1991 Nymphon apicatum STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 180-182, figs. 

38-39. 



Nymphon arabicum CALMAN 1938 

1938 Nymphon arabicum CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 152-153, fig. 

3A-C. 

1965 Nymphon arabicum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 16-18, figs. 4-12. 

Distribution: Arabian Coast; Madagascar. 


Habitat: muddy sand. 

Nymphon aritai NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon aritai NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 42-44, fig. 14. 



Nymphon articulare HODGSON 1908 

1932 Nymphon articulare, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 65-66, fig. 23a, 28, 29a-b. 



Nymphon australe HODGSON 1902

168 

1902 Nymphon australe HODGSON, Rep. Coll. Nat. Hist. in the Antarct. Regions 

during the voyage of the "Southern Cross": 257, pl. XL. 

1902 Chaetonymphon altioculum, - MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. 

"Valdivia", 1898-1899, 3: 181, pl. XXVI, figs. 1-6. 

1913 Nymphon stylops, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 73-80, figs. 25-31. 

1915 Nymphon australe, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 36-37. 

1928 Nymphon australe, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Rep., 1): 16. 

1932 Nymphon australe, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 59-63, figs. 25d, 26b. 

1938 Nymphon australe, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), (Zool. 

& Bot.), 2 (8): 13. 

1944 Nymphon australe, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 24. 

1944 Nymphon australe var. caecum GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. 

Res. Exped., (B), 5 (1): 25-27, fig. 5a-d. 

1950 Nymphon australe, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 148. 

1954 Nymphon australe, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 90-91. 

1965 Nymphon australe, - STOCK, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 41 (31): 1. 

1972 Nymphon australe, - ARNAUD, Téthys, suppl. 4: 150. 

1974 Nymphon australe var. caecum, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 98: 280. 

1980 Nymphon australe, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 2. 



Nymphon banzare GORDON 1944 

1944 Nymphon banzare GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B) 5 (1): 29-30, fig. 6c-e. 

1965 Nymphon banzare, - STOCK, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 41 (31): 1. 

1980 Nymphon banzare KRAPP, - Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 3. 



Nymphon barnardi ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon barnardi ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 156-159, fig. 8. 



Nymphon basispinosum HILTON 1942 

1942 Nymphon basispinosum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 5. 

1949 Nymphon basispinosum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 273, 

fig. 34e. 



Nymphon benthos HEDGPETH 1949 

169 

1949 Nymphon benthos HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 256-257, fig. 

25. 

1991 Nymphon benthos, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 43-44. 



Nymphon bergi LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Nymphon bergi LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, Leningrad, 

7: 72-74, fig. 7. 



Nymphon biarticulatum (HODGSON 1907) 

1932 Nymphon biarticulatum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 71-73, figs. 27d, 31a, 

c, 32a. 

1944 Nymphon biarticulatum, - GORDON, Rep. Brit. Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B) 5 (1): 22 [key], 27. 

1965 Nymphon biarticulatum, - STOCK, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 41 (31): 

1-2. 

1969 Nymphon biarticulatum, - ARNAUD, Les Terres Austr. Antarct. Françaises, 47: 

36. 

1972 Nymphon biarticulatum, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (3) 51 (65): 

807-808. 



Nymphon bicornum ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon bicornum ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 159-161, fig. 9. 

Distribution: South Africa (Zululand and Durban area). 


Nymphon biformidens STOCK 1974 

1974 Nymphon biformidens STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 15-16, 

fig. 4. 

Distribution: Madagascar (near Nossi-Be). 


Habitat: dead corals and sand.

170 

Nymphon bigibbulare LOSINA-LOSINSKY, 1961 

1961 Nymphon bigibbulare LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Nymphon birsteini TURPAEVA 1955 

1955 Nymphon birsteini TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 12: 322- 

324, fig. 1. 



Nymphon bisseratum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, 1961 

1961 Nymphon bisseratum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Nymphon boraborae MÜLLER 1990 

1990 Nymphon boraborae MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana biol., 70 (1989) (1/3): 192-194, 

figs. 19-27. 

Distribution: Society Islands (Bora Bora). 


Habitat: fringing reef, dead corals corals covered with 

sponges and algae. 

Nymphon bouvieri GORDON 1932 

1932 Nymphon bouvieri GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 35 [key], 62 [tab.], 73-75, 

figs. 25a, 27b, 32c, 33. 

1947 Nymphon bouvieri, - SPEHENSEN, Sci. Res. Norw. Antarct. Exped., 1927-1928 et 

sqq., 27: 83. 

1974 Nymphon bouwieri, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 281. 

1980 Nymphon bouvieri, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 3. 



Nymphon brachyrhynchum HOEK 1881

171 

1881 Nymphon brachyrhynchum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 47-48, pl. IV, figs. 2-7. 

1913 Nymphon brachyrhynchum, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 73 [key]. 

1923 Nymphon brachyrhynchum, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 

(2): 14 [key]. 

1932 Nymphon brachyrhynchum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10, (9): 101-104, 

figs. 3, 4a-b. 

Distribution: Kerguelen (Christmas Harbour). 


Nymphon braschnikowi SCHIMKEWITSCH 1906 

1906 Nymphon braschnikowi SCHIMKEWITSCH, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.- 

Pétersbourg, 11 (1906): 248-251, figs. 1-7. 

1930 Nymphon braschnikowi, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 507-512, figs. 154-160, pl. 9, figs. 1-2. 

1936 Nymphon braschnikowi, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 863. 

1949 Nymphon braschnikowi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 250, 

fig. 21a-c. 

1955 Nymphon braschnikowi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 6-7, 

fig. 2. 

1961 Nymphon braschnikowi, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Islledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1971 Nymphon braschnikowi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 319. 

Distribution: NW-Pacific; Japan. 


Nymphon brevicaudatum MIERS 1875 

1875 Nymphon brevicaudatum MIERS, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) 16 (92): 117-118. 

1879 Nymphon horridum BÖHM, Monatsber. Kgl. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1879: 

175, pl. I, fig. 3-3f. 

1881 Nymphon brevicaudatum, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(1): 49-52, pl. IV, figs. 12-13, pl. V, figs. 1-5. 

1889 Nymphon brevicaudatum, - PFEFFER, Jb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., 6 (2): 41. 

1902 Chaetonymphon brevicaudatum, - MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. 

"Valdivia", 1898-1899, 3: 181, pl. XXV, fig. 9. 

1913 Nymphon brevicaudatum, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 95. 

1932 Nymphon brevicaudatum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 69-71, figs. 25b, 26c, 

31b, d. 

1944 Nymphon brevicaudatum, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 27. 

1972 Nymphon brevicaudatum, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (3) 51 (65): 

808. 

Distribution: probably circumpolar in Antarctica. - 

Kerguelen; ?South Georgia. 


172 

Nymphon brevirostre HODGE 1863 

1863 Nymphon brevirostre HODGE, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 11 (3): 464. 

1865 Nymphon rubrum HODGE, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, 1 (1): 

41, pl. 10, fig. 1. 

1877 Nymphon gracile, - HOEK, Niederl. Arch. Zool., 3: 241-243, pl. XV, figs. 11- 

13, pl. XVI, fig. 18. 

1881 Nymphon gracile, - HOEK, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 9: 498-501, pl. XXIII, figs. 

1-5. 

1888 Nymphon gracile, - SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Oslo, 12: 345. 

1891 Nymphon gracile, - SARS, Norw. Nort-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 20): 

55-58, pl. 5, fig. a-h. 

1891 Nymphon rubrum, - SARS, Norw. Atl.-Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 20): 58-61, 

pl. V, fig. 2a-k. 

1896 Nymphon rubrum, - HERDMAN, Rep. 66th Meeting Brit. Ass. Advancement Sci.: 

442. 

1897 Nymphon rubrum, - HURST, in: W.A. Herdam, 10th Ann. Rep. Liverpool Mar. 

Biol. Committee: 22, 27. 

1901 Nymphon grossipes, - MÖBIUS, Fauna Arctica, 2 (1): 41-44. 

1908 Nymphon rubrum, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 208-209, pl. 29, 

figs. 4-7. 

1909 Nymphon grossipes var. balthica HELFER, Inaugural-Diss. Kgl. Christian- 

Albrechts-Univ. Kiel: 8-10, fig. 2. 

1909 Nymphon rubrum, SCHIMKEWITSCH, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.- 

Pétersbourg, 13 (1908): 432-433. 

1909 Nymphon rubrum, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, in: The Cambr. Nat. Hist.: 541. 

1910 Nymphon rubrum, - TESCH, Jaarb. Rijksinst. Onderzoek der Zee, 1909 (4): 52, 

56-57. 

1928 Nymphon rubrum, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Soc. Roy. Ent. Belg., 68 (9-10): 201- 

205, figs. 2-4. 

1928 Nymphon rubrum, - LOMAN, Die Tierwelt Deutschlands, 8 (3): 78, fig. 4. 

1930 Nymphon rubrum, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

2: 381-389, figs. 93-97. 

1932 Nymphon rubrum, - SCHLOTTKE, Wiss. Meeresunters. Kommiss. Wiss. Unters. Dt. 

Meere, Abt. Helgoland, (N.F.), 18 (9): 5. 

1935 Nymphon brevirostre, - DERJUGIN, Arktichesti Inst. SSSR, 4: 11-57. 

1936 Nymphon rubrum, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok, 1935, Naturvidensk. Rekke, 

7: 9-10. 

1936 Nymphon brevirostre, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok, 1935, Naturvidensk. 

Rekke, 7: 10. 

1942 Nymphon microcollis HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 5. 

1942 Nymphon gracile, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 7. 

1943 Nymphon rubrum, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna: 11, fig. 13. 

1945 Nymphon brevirostre, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 144. 

1945 Nymphon rubrum, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 143-144. 

1948 Nymphon rubrum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 192, fig. 14. 

1949 Nymphon brevirostre, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 248-249. 

1949 Nymphon rubrum, - STOCK, Strand-Werk-Gemeenschap Tabellenser., 7: 4-5, figs. 

1, 8. 

1955 Nymphon rubrum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 214, 

217-218. 

1961 Nymphon brevirostre, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1972 Nymphon brevirostre, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 621. 

1974 Nymphon brevirostre, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses

173 

of the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 14 [key], fig. 7. 

1974 Nymphon rubrum, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of 

the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 14 [key], 18-19, fig. 6. 

1976 Nymphon rubrum, - WOLFF, Netherlands J. Sea Res., 10 (4): 473, 474 fig. 2a 

(distribution in estuary). 

1978 Nymphon rubrum, - STOCK, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63: 59-74 (chemical sense, 

food preference). 

1982 Nymphon brevirostre, - BAMBER, Biol. J. Linn. Soc., 17: 275-288. 

1982 Nymphon rubrum, - BAMBER, Biol. J. Linn. Soc., 17: 275-288, fig. 1. 

1993 Nymphon rubrum, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, tab. 3. 

Distribution: Norway and Sweden to south of Belgium; 

Japan; Nova Scotia, Str. of Georgia; Russian Arctic. 

Depth range: littoral to 60m. 

Habitat: usually amongst hydroids growing on algae; feeds 

on Dynamena, Tubularia and Laomedea hydroids, also on Actinia 

and Metridium anthozoans; associated with tubularians 

Halichondria panicea and Antennularia spp. 

Remarks: Breeding in spring (incl. March) and summer. 

Nymphon brevis NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon brevis NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 44-45, fig. 15. 



Nymphon brevitarse KRØYER 1838 

1891 Nymphon brevitarse, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 

(3): 61-63, pl. V, fig. 3a-g. 

1933 Nymphon brevitarse, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 10-11. 

1943 Nymphon brevitarse, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 85. 

1963 Nymphon brevitarse, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1328-1329. 

Distribution: Arctica, from Spitzbergen to NW-Greenland 

and Fox Basin. 


Habitat: rocky bottom; from floating seaweed. 

Nymphon bullatum STOCK 1992 

1992 Nymphon bullatum STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 121-123, 139, figs. 27-34, 47- 

51. 



Nymphon bunyipi CLARK 1963 

1963 Nymphon bunyipi CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 9-10, fig. 5A-K.

174 



Habitat: "found intermingled with hydrozoa and polyzoa" 

(CLARK). 

Nymphon caementarum STOCK 1975 

1975 Nymphon caementarum STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1004-1006, figs. 19e-g, 

20. 

1990 Nymphon caementarum, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 221-222, fig. 7. 

Distribution: Ivory Coast; Liberia; off Mauritania. 


Habitat: muddy sand; sandy bottom. 

Nymphon caldarium STOCK 1987 

1987 Nymphon caldarium STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 509-512, figs. 1-11. 

1992 Nymphon caldarium, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 123 [text]. 



Habitat: shelly sand; rock, corals. 

Nymphon calypso FAGE 1959 

1959 Nymphon calypso FAGE, Rés. Sci. Campagne Calypso, 4: 236-239, figs. 2-3. 

1966 Nymphon calypso, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 49, fig. 1c. 

Distribution: W-Africa (off Gambia). 


Habitat: mud and sand. 

Nymphon chaetochir UTINOMI 1971 

1971 Nymphon chaetochir UTINOMI, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 1 (3/4): 197-200, figs. 1-2. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Chatham Rise). 


Nymphon chainae CHILD 1982 

1982 Nymphon chainae CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 33-36, fig. 10. 

Distribution: West European Basin, SW of Ireland; Brazil 

Slope, off Reçife. 


Nymphon citerium NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

175 

1991 Nymphon citerium NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 45-47, fig. 

16. 



Nymphon clarencei GORDON 1932 

1932 Nymphon clarencei GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 54-56, figs. 21-22, 23b. 



Nymphon cognatum LOMAN 1928 

1928 Nymphon cognatum LOMAN. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Phys. Maroc., 8 (1-3): 65-67, 

fig. A. 

1937 Nymphon cognatum, - GILTAY, Mem. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., 9 (2): 87. 

Distribution: NW-Africa (Cap Bojador, Rio de Oro). 


Nymphon comes FLYNN 1928 

1928 Nymphon comes FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 (Special 

Rep., 1): 14-16, figs. 4-6. 

1951 Nymphon affinis STOCK, Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 43 (2); 5. 

1954 Nymphon affinis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 92-93, figs. 3, 5C. 

1954 Nymphon comes, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 92-93, figs. 3, 5c. 

1956 Nymphon comes, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 78-79, 

fig. 3. 

1962 Nymphon comes, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 282. 

1965 Nymphon affinis, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 21-23 [list, text]. 

1988 Nymphon comes, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 161. 



Habitat: sand, shells, corals. 

Nymphon compactum HOEK 1881 

1881 Nymphon compactum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 

41-43, pl. II, figs. 6-8, pl. XV, fig. 10. 

1908 Nymphon compactum, - HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1) (6): 167, 

pl. I, figs. 5, 5a. 

1913 Nymphon compactum, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 72 [key]. 

1923 Nymphon compactum, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

14 [key].

176 

1932 Nymphon compactum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (10): 115-117, fig. 

10a-c. 

1974 Nymphon compactum, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 

278-280, pl. 1, figs. 1-7. 

Distribution: New Zealand (east of Auckland), ?sub- 

Antarctic. 


Nymphon compactum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, 1961 

1961 Nymphon compactum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Remarks: homonym of N. compactum HOEK 1881. 

Nymphon conirostrum STOCK 1973 

1973 Nymphon conirostrum STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 111-113, fig. 5. 

Distribution: SE-Australia (West Island, Oedipus Point). 


Habitat: "on cave floor and side; on hydroids" (STOCK). 

Nymphon crenatiunguis BARNARD 1946 

1946 Nymphon crenatiunguis BARNARD, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (11): 60. 

1954 Nymphon crenatiunguis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 101-102, fig. 

7. 

1988 Nymphon crenatiunguis, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 162. 



Nymphon crosnieri STOCK 1965 

1965 Nymphon crosnieri STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 19-23, figs. 18-27. 



Habitat: muddy sand. 

Nymphon curvidens STOCK 1990 

1990 Nymphon curvidens STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 223-226, figs. 8-9. 

Distribution: Mauritania. 

Depth range: 32m.

Habitat: shell gravel and bivalve shells, on Pyura. 

Nymphon diabolus CHILD 1988 

177 

1988 Nymphon diabolus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 23-25, fig. 10. 

1988 Nymphon diabolus, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 75. 

1988 Nymphon diabolus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 668- 

669. 

1991 Nymphon diabolus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 145-146. 

Distribution: Japan (Ryukyu Islands); Guam; Philippines 

(Negros, Siquijor and Apo Islands); Seychelles (Aldabra Atoll). 


Habitat: coral reefs. - on reef front, found on dead 

branching coral. 

Nymphon discorsicoxae CHILD 1982 

1982 Nymphon discorsicoxae CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 36-38, fig. 11. 

1991 Nymphon discorsicoxae, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 177 

[text]. 

Distribution: Brazil slope, off Reçife. 


Nymphon dissimilis HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Nymphon dissimilis HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 262-263, fig. 

28. 



Nymphon distensum MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Nymphon distensum MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 1898- 

1899, 3: 179-180, pl. XXV, figs. 1-6. 

1923 Nymphon distensum, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

14 [key]. 

1928 Nymphon distensum, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Rep., 1): 10-11. 

1932 Nymphon distensum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 41 (3): 105-106, fig. 6ab. 

1932 Nymphon distensum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 28-29, 35 [key]. 

1944 Nymphon distensum, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 20 [key]. 

1954 Nymphon distensum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 98-100, fig. 5b. 

1988 Nymphon distensum, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 163. 

1988 Nymphon distensum, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 187-189, figs. 6-7. 

Distribution: South Africa (Cape Point to Zululand region;

178 

Namibia). 


Nymphon draconis CHILD 1990 

1990 Nymphon draconis CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 324-327, fig. 5. 

1992 Nymphon draconis, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 163. 

Distribution: Australian Barrier Reef; Malaysia (Pulau 

Tioman). 


Habitat: dead corals, rubble. 

Nymphon dubitabile STOCK 1973 

1973 Nymphon dubitabile STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 109-111, fig. 4. 

Distribution: SE-Australia (Western Port, Crawfish Rock). 


Habitat: on Amathea sp. (Bryozoa) and Aglaophenia plumosa 

(Hydroida) 

Nymphon duospinum (HILTON 1942) 

1942 Chaetonymphon duospinum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 6. 

1949 Nymphon duospinum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 274, fig. 

33l. 

Distribution: Alaska (Kiska Harbor). 


Nymphon elegans HANSEN 1886 

1891 Nymphon elegans, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 

86-89, pl. IX, fig. 1a-g. 

1933 Nymphon elegans, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 17. 

1943 Nymphon elegans, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 87. 

1963 Nymphon elegans, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1332. 

E. 

Distribution: European Arctic across Russia to about 80 

Depth range: eurybathic (100-1358m). 

Nymphon elongatum HILTON 1942 

1942 Nymphon elongatum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 5. 

1949 Nymphon elongatum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 251-252, 

fig. 22, 273, fig. 34f. 

1971 Nymphon elongatum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 320. 

1987 Nymphon elongatum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 158, fig. 15A-

H. 



Nymphon falcatum UTINOMI 1955 

1955 Nymphon falcatum UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 15-17, fig. 9. 

1956 Nymphon falcatum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 94. 

1965 Nymphon falcatum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 21. 

1971 Nymphon falcatum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 321. 

1991 Nymphon falcatum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 47. 



Nymphon femorale FAGE 1956 

179 

1956 Nymphon femorale FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 161-163, figs. 5-7. 

1966 Nymphon femorale, - BELYAEV, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 591: 77. 

1968 Nymphon femorale, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 32- 

33, fig. 10i-j. 

1969 Nymphon femorale, - TURPAEVA, In: V.G. Kort, ed., Biol. Tikhogo okeana, 2, 

Glubokavod naia donna fauna pleuston; Akad. Nauk SSR, Inst. Okeanol: tab. 

14. 

1979 Nymphon femorale, - MARSHALL, Developments in Deep Sea Biol.: 204, fig. 87. 

1984 Nymphon femorale, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (4), 6, (3): 

701-702. 

Distribution: Indian Ocean (between Seychelles and Sri 

Lanka; Carpenter Ridge). 


Nymphon flindersi CHILD 1975 

1975 Nymphon flindersi CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 3-5, fig. 2. 

Distribution: Australia (West of Garden Island). 


Nymphon floridanum HEDGPETH 1948 

1910 Nymphon sp., - COLE, Biol. Bull. Woods Hole Mar.Biol. Lab., 18 (4): 196. 

1948 Nymphon floridanum HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 196-199, fig. 

17 (only long-necked form). 

1955 Nymphon floridanum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

215, fig. 1a (only long-necked form). 

1973 Nymphon floridanum, - KRAEUTER, J. nat. Hist., 7: 494. 

1975 Nymphon floridanum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 994-998, figs. 14-15. 

1976 Nymphon floridanum, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27 (3-4): 336- 

337.

180 

1979 Nymphon floridanum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 37. 

1982 Nymphon floridanum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 374. 

1986 Nymphon floridanum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1. 

1992 Nymphon floridanum, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 70 [key], 71-72, 

fig. 33, 76 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: U.S.A. (Georgia) to north-eastern coast of 

South America (French Guiana). 



Nymphon forceps NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon forceps NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 47-49, fig. 17. 



Nymphon foresti FAGE 1953 

1953 Nymphon foresti FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2), 25 (4): 378- 

380, figs. 3-4. 

Distribution: E-Atlantic (Guibnée française). 


Habitat: in samples with shells, sponges and hydroids. 

Nymphon foxi CALMAN 1927 

1927 Nymphon foxi CALMAN, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 22 (3): 403-405, fig. 102. 

1938 Nymphon foxi, - CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 152. 

1957 Nymphon foxi, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 86-87, fig. 4. 

1968 Nymphon foxi, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 31-32. 

1989 Nymphon foxi, - MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana marit., 20 (5/6): 284-287, figs. 28- 

34. 

Distribution: Suez Canal; Arabian Coast; Gulf of Aden; SE 

Australia. 



Nymphon frigidum HODGSON 1907 

1907 Nymphon frigidum HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped., 1901-1904, Nat. Hist., 

3: 25-26, pl. III, fig. 4, pl. X, fig. 10. 

1938 Nymphon longitarse var. antarctica, - HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. 

Freunde Berlin, 1937 (2): 167-168, fig. 2a, c, e. 

1944 Nymphon frigidum, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 21 [key]. 

1953 Nymphon frigidum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 35 (4): 36.


Nymphon fuscum HOEK 1881 

181 

1881 Nymphon fuscum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 48- 

49, pl. IV, figs. 8-11. 

Distribution: off Kerguelen Island. 


Nymphon galatheae FAGE 1956 

1956 Nymphon galatheae FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 159-161, figs. 1-4. 

Distribution: Southern Oceans. 


Nymphon gerlachei GILTAY 1935 

1935 Nymphon gerlachei GILTAY, Res. Voy. Belgica, Zool.: 7-10, figs. 5-9. 



Nymphon giltayi HEDGPETH 1948 

1948 Nymphon giltayi HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 195-196, fig. 

16. 

Distribution: NW-Atlantic. 

Nymphon giraffa LOMAN 1908 

1908 Nymphon giraffa LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 39-40, pl. VI, figs. 74- 

82. 

1962 Nymphon giraffa, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 92, figs. 1- 

2. 

1971 Nymphon giraffa, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 321. 

1987 Nymphon giraffa, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 3-4, pl. 1. 

Distribution: Makassar Strait, Indonesia; Sagami Bay, 

Japan. 


Nymphon gracile LEACH 1814 

1923 Nymphon gracile, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 30. 

1932 Nymphon gracile, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 74 (14): 251-261 [occurence 

in plankton].

182 

1945 Nymphon gracile,- LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 143. 

1972 Nymphon gracile, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 621. 

1973 Nymphon gracile ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 152. 

1973 Nymphon gracile, - JARVIS & KING, Mar. Behav. Physiol., 2: 1-13 

[ultrastructure of photoreceptors]. 

1974 Nymphon gracile, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of 

the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 14 [key], 16-17, fig. 5. 

1976 Nymphon gracile, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 69. 

1978 Nymphon gracile, - STOCK, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63: 59-74 (chemical sense, 

food preference). 

1979 Nymphon gracile, - JARVIS & KING, Mar. Behav. Physiol., 6: 307-317 [response 

to light stimuli]. 

1987 Nymphon gracile, - Arnaud, Mesogee, 47: 53. 

1990 Nymphon gracile, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 226. 

1993 Nymphon gracile, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, tab. 3. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic, from Denmark to the 

Mediterranean. 


Habitat: feeds on Laomedea and Dynamena pumila hydroids; 

also on Actina equina Bowerbankia and feeding on Nucella eggs; 

further on drifting weed, on rocks among sponges, polyzoans, 

tunicates and Serturella. 

Nymphon gracilipes MIERS 1875 

1891 Nymphon gracilipes, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 

(3): 83-86, pl. VIII, fig. 3a-g. 

1902 Nymphon gracilipes, - MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 180, pl. XXV, figs. 7-8. 

1915 Nymphon gracilipes, - CALMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 15: 584-588, figs. 1-4. 

1944 Nymphon gracilipes, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr., and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 22-23. 

1972 Nymphon gracilipes, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (3) 51 (65): 808. 

Distribution: Antarctica (off Gauss and Weddell 

Quadrants); Kerguelen. 


Nymphon gracillimum CALMAN 1915 

1915 Nymphon gracillimum CALMAN, Rep. Brit. Antarct. "Terra Nova" Exped., Zool. 

3: 30-32, fig. 5. 

1932 Nymphon gracillimum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 42-43, figs. 12b, 13a. 

1992 Nymphon gracillimum, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 124, 126 [text]. 

Distribution: cold to polar waters in Southern Hemisphere; 

Antarctica. 


Nymphon granulatum ARNAUD & CHILD 1988

183 

1988 Nymphon granulatum ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 163-166, fig. 

10. 



Nymphon groenlandicum MEINERT 1899 

1899 Nymphon groenlandicum MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 41-42, pl. III, 

figs. 14-22. 

1933 Nymphon groenlandicum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 15. 

Distribution: Arctica (Greenland). 

Depth range: 339fms-740m. 

Habitat: soft, gray clay, numerous pebbles, mostly 

granite. 

Nymphon grossipes KRØYER 1845 

1780 ?Pycnogonum grossipes FABRICIUS, Fauna Groenlandica: 229. 

1945 Nymphon grossipes KRØYER, Naturhistorisk Tidskr., Kobenhav, 1 (2): 108. 

1853 Nymphon grossipes, - STIMPSON, Smiths. Contr. Knowl., 6 (5): 38. 

1874 Nymphon grossipes, - VERRILL, Am. J. Sci. & Arts, 3 (7): 411. 

1874 Nymphon grossipes, - VERRILL, Am. J. Sci. & Arts, 3 (7): 502. 

1878 Nymphon grossipes, - WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 20-22, pl. 

17, fig. 1a-q. 

1880 Nymphon grossipes, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 491-494, pl. 6, figs. 

32-37, pl. 7, fig. 42 

1881 Nymphon grossipes, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 44-45, pl. III, figs. 9-12, pl. IV, fig. 1. 

1881 Nymphon grossipes, - Wilson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 8 (12): 253. 

1885 Nymphon grossipes, - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1883: 561. 

1891 Nymphon glaciale, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 20): 

63-65, pl. VI, fig. 1a-q 

1891 Nymphon grossipes, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 20): 

65-68, pl. 6, fig. 2a-i 

1891 Nymphon mixtum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 20): 

68-71, pl. 6, fig. 3a-i 

1901 Nymphon grossipes, - WHITEAVES, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 10 (4): 264. 

1913 Nymphon grossipes, - SUMNER, OSBURN & COLE, Bull. Bur. Fish., Washington, 31 

(1, 2): 677. 

1916 Nymphon grossipes, - APPELLÖF, Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk. Handl., 54 (5): 13- 

16, figs. 5-6. 

1930 Nymphon grossipes var. mixtum SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 2: 416-421, figs. 107-109. 

1930 Nymphon grossipes var. glaciale SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo 

Akad. Nauk SSSR, 2: 421-425, figs. 110-112. 

1933 Nymphon grossipes, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 

17: 70-71. 

1933 Nymphon grossipes subsp. glaciale LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 


1933 Nymphon grossipes, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 11-12. 

1934 Nymphon grossipes mixtum, - GILTAY, Can. Field Naturalist, 48: 50.

184 

1936 Nymphon turritum EXLINE, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 83 (2991): 416-418, figs. gk. 

1936 Nymphon mixtum, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 862. 

1942 Nymphon glaciale, - GILTAY, J. Fish. Res. Board Canada, 5 (5): 459. 

1942 Nymphon mixtum, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 5. 

1942 Nymphon oculospinum HILTON, - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 4-5. 

1942 Nymphon nigrognathum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 6. 

1942 Nymphon turritum, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 6. 

1942 Nymphon grossipes, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 7. 

1943 Nymphon grossipes, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 85-86. 

1943 Nymphon glaciale, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 8, fig. 7a-e. 

1943 Nymphon grossipes, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 5-7, fig. 5a-e. 

1943 Nymphon mixtum, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 7, fig. 6a-e. 

1943 Nymphon grossipes, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 121 (8): 18-20, fig. 6. 

1948 Nymphon grossipes, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 187-189, 

fig. 13a. 

1949 Nymphon grossipes, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 247. 

1949 Nymphon nigrognathum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 274, 

fig. 34g. 

1955 Nymphon grossipes, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 4-5, fig. 

1. 

1959 Nymphon grossipes, - UTINOMI, Publ. Setio Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 198. 

1961 Nymphon grossipes, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1961 Nymphon grossipes n. var. longidactylus LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. 

Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, Leningrad, 7: 70, fig. 5. 

1963 Nymphon grossipes, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1329-1330. 

1971 Nymphon grossipes, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 92: 

275, pl. 1, figs. 1-5. 

1971 Nymphon grossipes, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 318. 

1991 Nymphon grossipes, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 49. 

Distribution: circumboreal, more often taken in N-Atlantic 

and Alaskan-Russian Arctic localities. 


Habitat: mud and stones. 

Nymphon grus STOCK 1991 

1991 Nymphon grus STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 220-223, figs. 5-6. 



Nymphon gruveli BOUVIER 1910 

1910 Nymphon gruveli BOUVIER, Act. Soc. Linn., Bordeaux, 64: 331-335, figs. 1-6. 

1928 Nymphon gruveli, - LOMAN, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Phys. Maroc, 8 (1-3): 63-64. 

1929 Nymphon gruveli, - LOMAN, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, 9 (1-6): 71. 

1937 Nymphon gruveli, - GILTAY, Mém. Mus. Roy. Hist. nat. Belg., 9 (2): 83-84, 

fig. 1. 

1942 Nymphon gruveli, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Gen., 82 (Notes & Rev., 2): 76-77. 

1951 Nymphon gruveli, - STOCK, Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 43 (2): 8.

1959 Nymphon gruveli, - FAGE, Res. Sci. Campagne Calypso, 4: 236, fig. 1b. 

1966 Nymphon gruveli, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 46-47. 

1990 Nymphon gruveli, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 226-227, fig. 10. 

185 

Distribution: NW-Africa, from Morocco to Senegal. 


Habitat: sand, shells, bryozoans, muddy sand, hard bottom, 

sponges, brown algae, worm tubes, calcareous gravel. 

Nymphon gunteri HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Nymphon gunteri HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 257-259, fig. 

26. 

1987 Nymphon gunteri, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 4-5, pl. 2. 

1991 Nymphon gunteri, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 49. 



Nymphon hadale CHILD 1982 

1982 Nymphon hadale CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 38-40, fig. 12. 

Distribution: Argentine Basin. 


Nymphon hamatum HOEK 1881 

1881 Nymphon hamatum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 

36, pl. I, figs. 1-9. 

1913 Nymphon hamatum, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 72 [key]. 

1923 Nymphon hamatum, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

14 [key]. 

1932 Nymphon hamatum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (10): 109-112, fig. 9b. 

Distribution: soutern Oceans. 


Nymphon hampsoni CHILD 1982 

1982 Nymphon hampsoni CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 40-42, fig. 13. 

Distribution: Argentine Basin, off the Rio de la Plata. 


Nymphon hedgpethi STOCK 1953 

1953 Nymphon hedgpethi STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 285-288, fig. 7.

186 

Distribution: East Indian Archipelago. 


Nymphon heterodenticulatum HEDGPETH 1941 

1941 Nymphon heterodenticulatum HEDGPETH, Am. Midl. Nat., 25 (2): 447-449, pl. 1 

(figs. a-h). 

Distribution: southern California. 


Habitat: dead and bleached corallines. 

Nymphon heterodentum TURPAEVA 1991 

1991 Nymphon heterodentum TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 34-37, fig. 1. 

Distribution: shelf and slope of south-eastern Africa. 


Nymphon heterospinum HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Nymphon heterospinum HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 259-260, 

fig. 27. 

1991 Nymphon heterospinum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 49. 



Nymphon hiemale HODGSON 1907 

1932 Nymphon hiemale, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 39-42, figs. 12a, 13c. 

1974 Nymphon hiemale, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 278. 

1992 Nymphon hiemale, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 124, 126 [text]. 

Distribution: cold to polar waters in Southern Hemisphere; 

Antarctica. 

Depth range: 110-342-?1613m. 

Nymphon hirtipes BELL 1853 

1853 Nymphon hirtipes BELL, In: The Last of the Arct. Voyages, being a Narrative 

of the Exped. of HMS Assistance, under the command of Captain Sir Edward 

Belcher, 2: 403, pl. 35, fig. 3. 

1878 Nymphon hirtipes, - WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 22-23, pl. 5, 

figs. 2-3, pl. 6, fig. 2a-k. 

1880 Nymphon hirtum WILSON, - Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 495-497, pl. 7, figs. 38- 

41. 

1891 Chaetonymphon hirtipes, SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 

20): 103-107, pl. XI, fig. 2a-k. 

1901 Nymphon hirtum, - WHITEAVES, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (4): 264.

187 

1933 Chaetonymphon hirtipes, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 8-9, figs. 2 

(map), 10. 

1943 Nymphon hirtipes, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 83, 85. 

1943 Chaetonymphon hirtipes, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 11-12, fig. 14a-e. 

1943 Chaetonymphon hirtipes, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 121 (8): 9-14, figs. 

2-3. 

1948 Nymphon hirtipes, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 183-185, 

figs. 10b, 11b. 

1963 Nymphon hirtipes, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1326-1327. 

Distribution: Arctic and boreal-Arctic, distributed in the 

N-Atlantic and from Kara Sea to NW-Greenland; also known from 

eastern U.S.A. 


Habitat: gravel; mud and pebbles; mud and stones. 

Nymphon hirtum KRØYER 1838 

1891 Chaetonymphon hirtum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 

(3): 101-103, pl. XI, fig. 1a-g. 

1898 Chaetonymphon hirtum, - HOEK, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., ser. 2, vol. 1: 

297-300, pl. III, figs. 14-19. 

1963 Nymphon hirtum, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1327. 

1974 Nymphon hirtum, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of 

the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 14 [key], 15, fig. 4. 

Distribution: Iceland to Murmansk Sea, along the coast of 

Norway, south to Belgium. 

Depth range: 79-below 200m. 

Nymphon hodgsoni SCHIMKEWITSCH 1913 

1913 Nymphon hodgsoni SCHIMKEWITSCH, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.- 

Pétersbourg, 18: 244-248, pl. 3, figs. 15-25. 

1930 Nymphon hodgsoni, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nau SSSR. 

2: 512-517, figs. 161-166, pl. 10. 

1933 Nymphon hodgsoni, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 

17: 71. 

1936 Nymphon hodgsoni, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 863. 

1949 Nymphon hodgsoni, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 250, fig. 

21d-g. 

1961 Nymphon hodgsoni, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1971 Nymphon hodgsoni, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 92: 275. 

1971 Nymphon hodgsoni, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 319. 

Distribution: Japan Sea; Tatary Straits; Okhotsk Sea; 

southern Kuriles. 


Nymphon hoekii MEINERT 1899

188 

1899 Nymphon hoekii MEINERT, Danish Ingolf Exped., 3 (1): 39-41, pl. III, fig. 7- 

13. 

Distribution: Arctica, between Greenland and Iceland 

(Denmark Strait). 


Nymphon immane STOCK 1954 

1954 Nymphon immane STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 25-28, 

figs. 9-10. 

1963 Nymphon immane, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 7, fig. 4A-B. 

Distribution: Australia (off Eden, New South Wales). 


Habitat: soft bottom. 

Nymphon improcerum NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon improcerum NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 49-51, fig. 

18. 

Distribution: Japan (Sagami Bay). 


Nymphon inaequipes STOCK 1992 

1992 Nymphon inaequipes STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 124-126, 128 [text], 139, 

figs. 35-46. 



Nymphon inerme FAGE 1956 

1956 Nymphon inerme FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 163-164, figs. 8-10. 

1969 Nymphon inerme, - TURPAEVA, in: V.G. Kort, ed., Biol. Tikhogo okeana, 2, 

Glubokavod naia donna fauna pleuston, Akad. Nauk, SSR, Inst. Okeanol: pl. 

14. 

1971 Nymphon inerme, - STOCK, Bull. Zoöl. Mus., Univ. Amsterdam, 2 (4): 25-26, 

figs. 2-9. 

1974 Nymphon inerme, - ARNAUD, Bull. Zoöl. Mus., Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (21): 170- 

171. 

1981 Nymphon inerme STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 455. 

1982 Nymphon inerme, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 42. 

Distribution: Kermadec Trench in the Pacific; between 

Greenland and Labrador Sea; Azores; Argentine Basin; Walvis 

Basin. 


Nymphon infundibulum NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

189 

1991 Nymphon infundibulum NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 51-53, 

fig. 19. 

Distribution: Japan (Kii Strait, central Honshu). 


Nymphon japonicum ORTMANN 1890 

1891 Nymphon japonicum ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. (Syst.),5 (1): 158-159, pl. 24, fig. 1. 

1899 Nymphon japonicum, - SHISHIDO, Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 198. 

1911 Nymphon japonicum, - LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.-Nat. 

Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 8. 

1919 Nymphon japonicum, - FUKUI, Rigakukai[?], 16 (2): 99. 

1936 Nymphon japonicum, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 8. 

1949 Nymphon japonicum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 249-250, 

fig. 20a-e. 

1951 Nymphon japonicum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 159-160. 

1954 Nymphon japonicum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 18- 

20, fig. 6a-c. 

1955 Nymphon japonicum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 5-6. 

1959 Nymphon japonicum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 199. 



1983 Nymphon japonicum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 56. 

1987 Nymphon japonicum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 158-160, fig. 

16A-H. 

1987 Nymphon japonicum, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 5. 




Nymphon kensleyi CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon kensleyi CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 70-72, fig. 7. 



Habitat: "rubble from outer reef ridge" (CHILD). 

Nymphon kodanii HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Nymphon kodanii HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 252-254, fig. 

23a-j. 

1954 Nymphon kodanii, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 21. 

1955 Nymphon kodanii, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 7-8, fig. 3. 

1962 Nymphon kodanii, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 92. 

1971 Nymphon kodanii, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 320. 

1971 Nymphon kodanii, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. Nauk

190 

SSSR, 92: 275-276, pl. 1, figs. 6-9. 

1991 Nymphon kodanii, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 53. 

Distribution: Sea of Japan. 



Nymphon kurilense LOSINA-LOSINSKY, 1961 

1961 Nymphon kurilense LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Nymphon kurilokamchaticum TURPAEVA 1971 

1971 Nymphon kurilokamtchaticum TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

92: 277-279, pl. 3, figs. 1-8. 

Distribution: Kurile-Kamtchatka. 


Nymphon lanare HODGSON 1907 

1907 Nymphon lanare HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. Hist., 3: 

22, pl. III fig. 2, pl. X fig. 9. 

1913 Nymphon charcoti, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 81-86, figs. 32-34. 

1915 Nymphon charcoti, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 29. 

1923 Nymphon lanare, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

16. 

1932 Nymphon charcoti, - GORDON, Discoverey Rep., 6: 28-29 [tab.], 34 [key], 51- 

54, fig. 10b. 

1944 Nymphon lanare, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 18 [tab. + key]. 

1965 Nymphon lanare, - STOCK, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 41 (31): 2. 

1974 Nymphon charcoti, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 280. 

1980 Nymphon lanare, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 3. 



Nymphon laterospinum STOCK 1963 

1963 Nymphon laterospinum STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 322-323, fig. 1. 

1978 Nymphon laterospinum, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 211-212, fig. 9a-d. 

1982 Nymphon laterospinum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr., 349: 42. 

1984 Nymphon laterospinum, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (4) 6

(sec. A) (3): 702. 

1984 Nymphon laterospinum, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 64: 746. 

1991 Nymphon laterospinum, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 180. 

191 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic; off Saldanha Bay; off Rio de la 

Plata; Newfoundland Basin; off Durban, Indian Ocean. 

Depth range: 1894-4715. 

Nymphon leptocheles SARS 1888 

1891 Nymphon leptocheles, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 

(3): 78-80, pl. VIII, fig. 1a-i. 

1933 Nymphon leptocheles, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 15-16. 

1983 Nymphon leptocheles BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 66-68. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic, inclusive Arctica. 


Nymphon lituus CHILD 1979 

1979 Nymphon lituus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 38-40, fig. 13. 

Distribution: Mexico Pacific (Gulf of California); Panamá 

Pacific. 


Habitat: associated with floating Sargassum; among 

hydroids and bryozoans on rocky shore. 

Nymphon lobatum STOCK 1962 

1962 Nymphon lobatum STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 278-281, figs. 3-4. 

1966 Nymphon lobatum, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 47-48, fig. 1a-b. 

Distribution: E-Atlantic; South Africa. 



Nymphon lomani GORDON 1944 

1944 Nymphon lomani GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 24-24, fig. 4a-c. 

Distribution: Antarctica 


Nymphon longicaudatum CARPENTER 1904 

1904 Nymphon longicaudatum CARPENTER, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish., 1904, Suppl. 

Rep., 13: 183, figs. 8-14. 

1968 Nymphon longicaudatum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131:

192 

31, fig. 10b-d. 

Distribution: India (Pamban Pass, Gulf of Manaar). 


Nymphon longicollum HOEK 1881 

1881 Nymphon longicollum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 40-41, pl. II, figs. 1-5, pl. XV, figs. 8-9. 

1913 Nymphon longicollum, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 72 [key]. 

1923 Nymphon longicollum, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 14 [key]. 

1932 Nymphon longicollum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (10): 106-109, figs. 

7a-c, 8a. 

Distribution: off the coast of Chile; New Zealand (E of 

Auckland). 


Nymphon longicoxa HOEK 1881 

1881 Nymphon longicoxa HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 

38, 39, pl. 2, figs. 1-5, pl. XV, figs. 8-9. 

1908 Nymphon longicoxa, - HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1) (6): 165, 


1913 Nymphon longicoxa, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 72 [key]. 

1923 Nymphon longicoxa, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

14 [key]. 

1932 Nymphon longicoxa, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (10): 106-109, figs. 

7a-c, 8a. 

1932 Nymphon longicoxa, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 28, 32, 34. 

1935 Nymphon longicoxa, - GILTAY, Res. Voy Belgica 1897-99, Zool.: 5-7, figs. 1- 

4. 

1956 Nymphon longicoxa, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 164. 

1956 Nymphon longicoxa, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 168. 

1958 Nymphon longicoxa, - CLARK, Zool. Publ. Univ. Wellington, 23: 1-2. 

1974 Nymphon longicoxa, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 98: 281-282. 

1976 Nymphon longicoxa, - ZHARKOVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 99: 

241-243, fig. 1. 

1982 Nymphon longicoxa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 43. 

Distribution: southeast of New Zealand; off Antarctica; 

Scotia Sea; Argentine Basin, off Rio de la Plata. 


Habitat: grey mud. 

Nymphon longimanum G.O. SARS 1888 

1891 Nymphon longimanum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 

(3): 93-95, pl. X, fig. 1a-f.

193 

1956 Nymphon longimanum, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 54: 33-48, 

fig. 1. 



Nymphon longisetosum (HODGSON 1915) 

1927 Chaetonymphon longisetosum, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 

326-327, fig. 5. 



Nymphon longispinum NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon longispinum NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 53-55, fig. 

20. 

Distribution: Japan (northern Honshu). 


Nymphon longitarse KRØYER 1844 

1844 Nymphon longitarse KRØYER, Naturhistorisk Tidskr., Kobenhavn, 1 (2): 112. 

1878 Nymphon longitarse, - WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 19, pl. 7, 

fig. 2a-h. 

1880 Nymphon longitarse, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 489-491, pl. 6, fig. 

30. 

1891 Nymphon longitarse, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1878-1878, 6: 75-78, 

pl. VII, fig. 3a-h. 

1901 Nymphon longitarse, - WHITEAVES, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (4): 264. 

1908 Nymphon longitarse, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 212-213. 

1916 Nymphon longitarse, - APPELLÖF, Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk. Handl., 54 (5): 4-5. 

1933 Nymphon longitarse, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 

17: 67-68. 

1933 Nymphon longitarse, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 13-14, fig. 3 

(map). 

1936 Nymphon longitarse, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 862. 

1943 Nymphon longitarse, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 86. 

1943 Nymphon longitarse, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 9, fig. 9a-e. 

1943 Nymphon longitarse, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 121 (8): 21-22. 

1947 Nymphon longitarse, - OHSHIMA & KISHIDA, Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna Japan: 

1006, fig. 2855. 

1948 Nymphon longitarse, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 190, fig. 

13b. 

1949 Nymphon longitarse, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 247-248. 

1955 Nymphon longitarse, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

214, 217. 

1961 Nymphon longitarse, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1963 Nymphon longitarse, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1330-1331.

194 

1971 Nymphon longitarse, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 318. 

1982 Nymphon longitarse, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 43. 

Distribution: circumpolar in boreal-arctic waters. 


Habitat: mud; stones. 

Nymphon longituberculatum OHLSEN 1913 

1913 Nymphon longituberculatus OHLSEN, Rep. Sci. Res. M. Sars N-Atl. Deep-Sea 

Exped. 1910, vol. 3 (pt. 1, Zool.): 5-6, figs. 5-9, pl. 1, fig. B. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic. 


Nymphon macabou MÜLLER 1990 

1990 Nymphon macabou MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3-4): 280-283, figs. 6-13. 

Distribution: Martinique. 


Habitat: dead corals on nearshore patch reef; exposed 

reef-flat and reef-margin. 

Nymphon macilentum STOCK 1981 

1981 Nymphon macilentum, STOCK, Rés. Camp. MUSORSTOM, 1, Mém. ORSTOM, 91: 314- 

315, figs. 1-11. 



Nymphon macronyx SARS 1877 

1881 Nymphon macronyx HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 

95-77, pl. XV, figs. 1-7. 

1891 Chaetonymphon macronyx, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 

(3): 111-114, pl. XII, figs. 2a-k. 

1902 Nymphon macronyx, - MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 181. 

1933 Chaetonymphon macronyx, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 9-10. 

Distribution: boreal Atlantic and Arctica. 


Nymphon macrum WILSON 1880 

1880 Nymphon macrum WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 487-489, pl. 4, figs. 21- 

23. 

1881 Nymphon brevicollum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3

195 

(10): 45-47, pl. III, figs. 13-15. 

1891 Nymphon macrum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 20): 

89-91, pl. IX, fig. 2a-g. 

1901 Nymphon brevicollum, - WHITEAVES, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (4): 263. 

1901 Nymphon macrum, - WHITEAVES, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10 (4): 263. 

1913 Nymphon brevicollum, - OLSEN, Rep. Sci. Res. M. Sars North Atl. Deep-Sea 

Exped., 1910, 3 (1) (Zool.): 5-6. 

1933 Nymphon macrum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 17-18. 

1935 Nymphon macrum, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok, 1935, Naturvidensk. Rekke, 

7: 21-22. 

1936 Nymphon macrum, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 862. 

1942 Nymphon macrum, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 3. 

1943 Nymphon macrum, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 10, fig. 11a-e. 

1948 Nymphon macrum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 193-195, figs. 

13d, 15. 

1949 Nymphon macrum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 248. 

1963 Nymphon macrum, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1332. 

1982 Nymphon macrum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 43-44. 

1986 Nymphon macrum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 419. 

Distribution: NW-Atlantic, with southernmost records from 

Florida and Cuba. 

Depth range:

196 

Nymphon maruyamai NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon maruyamai NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 55-56, fig. 

21. 



Nymphon mauritanicum FAGE 1942 

1942 Nymphon mauritanicum FAGE, Arch. Zool. Gen., 82 (Notes & Rev., 2): 77-80, 

figs. 1-3. 

Distribution: W-Africa (Cap Blanc). 


Nymphon megacheles CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon megacheles CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 25-27, fig. 11. 

Distribution: Philippines (Batan Island. 


Habitat: "sea cliff and shallow caves" (CHILD). 

Nymphon megalops G.O. SARS 1891 

1891 Nymphon megalops SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 98- 

100, pl. X, fig. 3a-g. 

1933 Nymphon megalops, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 19. 

1943 Nymphon megalops, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 87-88, fig. 2. 

1963 Nymphon megalops, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1333. 

Distribution: Arctica, from Western Norway to Fox Basin, 

south to about 61 30'N in the Faroe Channel. 


Nymphon mendosum (HODGSON 1907) 

1944 Nymphon mendosum GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 27-28. 

1952 Nymphon mendosum, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (3): 

263 [list], 265-267, fig. 1. 

1972 Nymphon mendosum, - ARNAUD, Téthys, suppl. 4: 150. 

1980 Nymphon mendosum, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 3-4. 



Nymphon meridionale HOEK 1881

197 

1881 Nymphon meridionale HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 43-44, pl. III, figs. 4-8. 



Nymphon microcollis HILTON 1942 

1942 Nymphon microcollis HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 5. 

1949 Nymphon microcollis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 273, fig. 

34d. 

Distribution: Alaska. 

Nymphon microctenatus BARNARD 1946 

1946 Nymphon microctenatus BARNARD, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (11): 60. 

1954 Nymphon microctenatus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 95-96, fig. 4. 

1965 Nymphon microctenatus, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 22-23 [list, key]. 

1988 Nymphon microctenatus, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 166-167. 



Nymphon micronesicum CHILD 1982 

1982 Nymphon micronesicum CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 277-280, fig. 3. 

Distribution: Bikini Atoll (Namu islan). 


Habitat: coral reefs. 

Nymphon micronyx SARS 1888 

1891 Nymphon micronyx SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 90- 

93, pl. IX, fig. 3a-g. 

1933 Nymphon micronyx, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 18. 

1961 Nymphon micronyx ssp. n. orientalis LOSINA LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. 

Morei SSSR, Leningrad, 7: 65. 

1963 Nymphon micronyx, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1332. 

Distribution: Kamtchatka; Greenland; American Arctic. 


Nymphon micropedes HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Nymphon micropedes HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 254-256, fig. 

24. 

1955 Nymphon micropedes, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 9-10, fig.

198 

4. 

1971 Nymphon micropedes, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 321. 

1983 Nymphon micropedes, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 56. 



Nymphon microrhynchum SARS 1888 

1891 Nymphon microrhynchum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 

(3): 71-73, pl. VII, fig. 1a-g. 

1902 Nymphon microrhynchum, - MÖBIUS, Fauna Arctica, 2: 44-45. 

1933 Nymphon microrhynchum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 13. 

1956 Nymphon microrhynchum, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 54: 33-48. 

1963 Nymphon microrhynchum, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1330. 



Nymphon microsetum HILTON 1942 

1942 Nymphon microsetum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 6. 

1949 Nymphon microsetum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 274, fig. 

34h. 



Nymphon modestum STOCK 1959 

1959 Nymphon modestum STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 556-558, fig. 3. 

1988 Nymphon modestum, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 167-168. 



Habitat: rock and mussels. 

Nymphon molleri CLARK 1963 

1963 Nymphon molleri CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 10-12, fig. 10A-H. 

1968 Nymphon cf. molleri, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

32, fig. 10h. 

1973 Nymphon molleri, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 99. 

1973 Nymphon molleri, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279): 91. 

Distribution: Australia (Great Australian Bight; Western 

Port, Crawfish Rock; Port Jackson area). 


Habitat: red algae; on Amathea sp. (Bryozoa) and 

Aglaophenia plumosa (Hydroida); bryozoan gravel.

Nymphon molum HILTON 1942 

1942 Nymphon molum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 4. 

1949 Nymphon molum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 271, fig. 34a. 



Nymphon multidens GORDON 1932 

199 

1932 Nymphon multidens GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 75-76, figs. 34-35. 

1950 Nymphon multidens, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 149-150. 

1990 Nymphon multidens, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 126: 

110-111, pl. 2, figs. 1-7. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Bouvet Island, Palmer 

Peninsula). 


Nymphon multituberculatum GORDON 1944 

1944 Nymphon multituberculatum GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B) 5 (1): 32-35, figs. 8a, 9a-d. 

1965 Nymphon multituberculatum, - STOCK, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 41 

(31): 4. 

1980 Nymphon multituberculatum, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 

(18): 4. 



Nymphon natalense FLYNN 1928 

1928 Nymphon natalense FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Rep., I): 11, fig. 3. 

1954 Nymphon natalense, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 94. 


Nymphon neumayri GORDON 1932 

1932 Nymphon neumayri GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 66-69, figs. 27e, 29c-e, 30. 

1990 Nymphon neumayri, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 126: 

109-110, pl. 1, figs. 2-4. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Palmer Archipelago). 


Nymphon nipponense HEDGPETH 1949

200 

1949 Nymphon nipponense HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 267-269, fig. 

32. 



Nymphon novaecaledoniae STOCK 1991 

1991 Nymphon novaecaledoniae STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 182-185, 

figs. 40-41. 



Nymphon novaehollandiae CLARK 1963 

1963 Nymphon novaehollandiae CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 12-15, figs. 7A-I, 

8A-C. 

1968 Nymphon novaehollandiae, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 32. 

Distribution: Australia (Sydney area; Great Australian 

Bight). 


Habitat: gravel; bryozoan gravel. 

Nymphon nugax STOCK 1966 

1966 Nymphon nugax STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 49-52, fig. 2. 

Distribution: W-Africa (off Senegal). 


Habitat: "brown sand, shells" (STOCK). 

Nymphon obesum ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon obesum ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 168-170, fig. 11. 

Distribution: South Africa (off East London). 


Nymphon ochoticum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, 1961 

1961 Nymphon ochoticum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 



Depth range: 515m.

Nymphon ohshimai HEDGPETH 1949 

201 

1949 Nymphon ohshimai HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 266-267, fig. 

31. 



Nymphon okudai NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon okudai NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 56-58, fig. 22. 



Nymphon orcadense (HODGSON 1908) 

1908 Chaetonymphon orcadense HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1): 

1932 Nymphon orcadense, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 63-65, fig. 26a. 

1944 Nymphon orcadense, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 27. 

Distribution: Antarctica and sub-antarctic areas (South 

Orkneys; ? South Georgia; Magellan District). 


Nymphon ortmanni HELFER 1938 

1938 Nymphon ortmanni HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 1937 

(2): 164-167, fig. 1a-g. 

1953 Nymphon ortmanni, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 35 (4): 34-36, fig. 1. 

1954 Nymphon ortmanni, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 20- 

21, fig. 6d-e. 

1955 Nymphon ortmanni, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 10, fig. 5. 

1962 Nymphon ortmanni, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 92. 

1971 Nymphon ortmanni, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 320. 

1983 Nymphon ortmanni, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 56. 

1987 Nymphon ortmanni, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 6-7, pls. 4, 

35. 

1991 Nymphon ortmanni, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 58. 

Distribution: Japan (Tsugaru Strait to Suruga Bay). 



Nymphon paralobatum ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon paralobatum ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 170-173, fig. 

12.

202 

Distribution: South Africa (off Transkei coast). 


Nymphon parasiticum MERTON 1906 

1906 Nymphon parasiticum MERTON, Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, 18 (1): 136-141, pl. 

7, figs. 1-6. 

1987 Nymphon parasiticum, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 53. 

1987 Nymphon parasiticum, - ARNAUD & BAMBER, Adv. in Mar. Biol., 24: 52. 


Habitat: "ectoparasite du pied bouclier céphalique d'un 

gastropode Nudibranche, Tethys leporina" (ARNAUD). 

Nymphon parum STOCK 1991 

1991 Nymphon parum STOCK, in: A. CROSNIER (ed.), Rés. Camp. MUSORSTOM, 8. Mém. 

Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (A), 151: 185, figs. 42-43. 



Nymphon paucidens GORDON 1932 

1932 Nymphon paucidens GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 48-51, figs. 17a, e, 19-20. 



Nymphon paucituberculatum GORDON 1944 

1944 Nymphon paucituberculatum GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 30-32, fig. 7a-d, 8b. 

Distribution: Antarctica (off Gauss Quadrant). 


Nymphon pedunculatum ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon pedunculatum ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 173-176, 

fig. 13. 

Distribution: South Africa (off East London). 


Nymphon perlucidum HOEK 1881 

1881 Nymphon perlucidum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 

52-53, pl. V, figs. 6-10.

203 

Distribution: Indo-West Pacific (between Celebes and 

Halmahera). 



Nymphon pfefferi LOMAN 1923 

1923 Nymphon pfefferi LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 17- 

18, fig. B. 

1932 Nymphon pfefferi, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 46-48, figs. 16, 17b-d, 18a,b, 

d. 



Nymphon phasmatodes BÖHM 1879 

1879 Nymphon phasmatodes BÖHM, Monatsber. Kgl. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1879: 

173-174, pl. I, fig. 2. 

1908 Nymphon capense HODGSON, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1) (6): 169-170, 


1913 Nymphon capense, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 72. 

1923 Nymphon capense, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

14. 

1928 Nymphon capense, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 


1928 Nymphon phasmatodes, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 


1928 Nymphon phasmatodes, - LOMAN, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Phys. Maroc, 8 (1-3): 67, 

figs. 2, 6, 7. 

1932 Nymphon capense, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (10): 117-120, figs. 11, 

12a-c. 

1954 Nymphon capense, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 91-92. 

1956 Nymphon phasmatodes, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 

76-78, fig. 2. 

1959 Nymphon phasmatodes, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 558. 

1962 Nymphon phasmatodes, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 283-284. 

1965 Nymphon phasmatodes, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 22-23 [key]. 

1988 Nymphon phasmatodes, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 176. 



Habitat: sand, broken shells and Phyllochaetopterus; shell 

and sand; fine khaki sand; shelly khaki sand; shell, coarse 

sand. 

Nymphon pilosum MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Nymphon pilosum MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 1898- 

1899, 3: 179, pl. XXIV, figs. 8-12.

204 

1928 Nymphon bipunctatum FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Rep., 1): 8-10, figs. 1-2. 

1954 Nymphon pilosum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 100-101, fig. 6. 

1956 Nymphon pilosum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 76. 

1962 Nymphon pilosum, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 278. 

1968 Nymphon pilosum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 29. 

1988 Nymphon pilosum, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 177. 

Distribution: off South Africa. 


Habitat: rocks, shells. 

Nymphon pixellae SCOTT 1912 

1912 Nymphon pixellae SCOTT, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,10 (8): 206-209, pl. 7, figs. 

1-11. 

1936 Nymphon solitarium EXLINE, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 83 (2991): 414-416, fig. 

33a-d. 

1939 Nymphon solitarium, - HEDGPETH, Am. Midl. Nat., 22 (2): 458-459. 

1941 Nymphon pixellae, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 (26): 255 

[key], pls. 9-10. 

1942 Nymphon pixellae, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 4. 

1942 Nymphon variatum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 4. 

1942 Nymphon pixellae, - HILTON, Rep. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 (9): 279-280, 

pl. 35. 

1949 Nymphon pixellae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 246 [key]. 

1949 Nymphon variatum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 271, fig. 

34b. 

1953 Nymphon pixellae, - HENRY, Microentomology, 18 (1): 17-18, figs. 1-5. 

1955 Nymphon pixellae, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 216- 

217, fig. 1b-d. 

1973 Nymphon pixellae, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 91: 178-179. 

1979 Nymphon pixellae, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 40. 

1984 Nymphon pixellae, - WICKSTEN, Calif. Fish and Game, 70 (3): 136. 

Distribution: Mexico Pacific (Gulf of California); 

California; Japan. 


Habitat: sandy mud; mud and sponges; mud and stones. 

Nymphon pleodon STOCK 1962 

1962 Nymphon pleodon STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 281-282, figs. 5-6. 




Nymphon polare (HODGSON 1915) 

1915 Chaetonymphon polare HODGSON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, 15: 143.

1927 Chaetonymphon polare, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 324-326. 



Nymphon primacoxa STOCK 1968 

205 

1968 Nymphon primacoxa STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 29-31, 

fig. 11. 

Distribution: Mozambique Channel. 


Nymphon proceroides BOUVIER 1913 

1913 Nymphon proceroides BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 90-94, figs. 42-48. 

1932 Nymphon proceroides, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 36-37, figs. 9, 10a, 75. 

1944 Nymphon proceroides, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 22. 

1990 Nymphon proceroides, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 126: 

111-113, pl. 3, figs. 1-9. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Palmer Archipelago, South 

Shetlands). 


Nymphon procerum HOEK 1881 

1881 Nymphon procerum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 (10): 

39, pl. II, figs. 9-12. 

1913 Nymphon procerum, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 72 [key]. 

1923 Nymphon procerum, - LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

14 [key]. 

1932 Nymphon procerum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (10): 112-113, fig. 9a. 

1932 Nymphon procerum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 34 [key]. 

1944 Nymphon procerum, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 19. 

1951 Nymphon procerum, - FAGE, Rep. Swed. Deep-Sea Exped., 2 (7): 95-97, figs. 1- 

2. 

1965 Nymphon procerum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 22 [list]. 

1971 Nymphon procerum, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 92: 276-277, fig. 2. 


SSSR, 91: 178. 


SSSR, 98: 281. 

1981 Nymphon procerum, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 460, fig. 3. 

1982 Nymphon procerum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 44. 

1990 Nymphon procerum, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 126: 

108-109.

206 

Distribution: North and South Pacific; North and South 

Atlantic. 


Nymphon profundum HILTON 1942 

1942 Nymphon profundum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 3. 

1942 Nymphon noctum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (1): 3. 

1949 Nymphon noctum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 270-271, fig. 

33a-f. 

1949 Nymphon profundum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 270. 

1965 Nymphon profundum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 22. 

1991 Nymphon profundum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 58. 



Nymphon prolatum FAGE 1942 

1942 Nymphon prolatum FAGE, Arch. Zool. Gen., 82 (Notes & Rev., 2): 80-82, figs. 

4-5. 

1966 Nymphon prolatum, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 48-49. 

Distribution: W-Africa (off Senegal; off Dakar). 


Nymphon proximum CALMAN 1915 

1915 Nymphon proximum CALMAN, Rep. Brit. Antarct. "Terra Nova" Exped., Zool. 3: 

34-36, fig. 6. 

1944 Nymphon proximum GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., 

(B), 5 (1): 28-29, fig. 6a-b. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Ross Sea area). 


Nymphon puellula KRAPP 1973 

1973 Nymphon puellula KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 64, 68. 

1987 Nymphon puellula, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 53. 



Nymphon pumillum NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon pumillum NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 58-60, fig. 

23.

Distribution: Japan (SE of Akkeshio Bay, Hokkaido). 


Nymphon quadriclavus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1986 

207 

1986 Nymphon quadriclavus NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 893-895, 

figs. 1-2. 

1986 Nymphon quadriclvus, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imp. Household: 7-8, pls. 5-6, 

figs. 1-3 



Nymphon quadrispinum (HILTON 1942) 

1949 Nymphon quadrispinum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 274, 

fig. 33m. 

Distribution: Alaska (Kiska Harbor). 


Nymphon residuum STOCK 1971 

1971 Nymphon residuum STOCK, Zool. Meded., 47: 257-259, figs. 1-8. 

Distribution: off Kenya. 


Habitat: pure globigerina-ooze. 

Nymphon robustum BELL 1853 

1881 Nymphon robustum, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 97-98, fig. 

1899 Nymphon robustum, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf Exped., 3 (1): 45-46, pl. III, 

figs. 23-24. 

1943 Boreonymphon robustum, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 83. 

1963 Nymphon robustum, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1325. 

Distribution: Arctica, perhaps circumpolar. 


Habitat: may live on Umbellula encrinus and other 

octocorals. 

Nymphon rottnesti CHILD 1975 

1975 Nymphon rottnesti CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 5-7, fig. 3. 

Distribution: W-Australia (West of Rottnest Island). 


208 

Nymphon sandersi CHILD 1982 

1982 Nymphon sandersi CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 44-46, fig. 14. 

Distribution: Argentine Basin, off Rio de la Plata. 


Nymphon sarsii MEINERT 1899 

1899 Nymphon sarsii MEINERT, Danish Ingolf Exped., 3 (1): 38-39, pl. III, figs. 

1-6. 

Distribution: subarctic area. 


Habitat: clay and gravel. 

Nymphon schimkewitschi LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1929 

1956 Nymphon schimkewitschi, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 54: 33-48, 

fig. 2. 

Distribution: Russian part of Arctica. 

Nymphon schmidti LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Nymphon schmidti LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Nymphon serratidentatum ARNAUD & CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon serratidentatum ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 177-180, 

fig. 14. 

Distribution: South Africa (off Transkei coast). 


Nymphon serratum G.O. SARS 1879 

1891 Nymphon serratum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 

95-97, pl. X, fig. 2a-h. 

1933 Nymphon serratum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 18-19. 

1942 Nymphon serratum, - GILTAY, J. Fish. Res. Board Canada, 5: 459. 

1943 Nymphon serratum, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 87. 

1963 Nymphon serratum, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1333. 

Distribution: An arctic species, known in the N-Atlantic

209 

from Siberia to Greenland and the Canadian Atlantic Coast 

(Hudson bay). 


Habitat: rocky bottom. 

Nymphon setimanus BARNARD 1946 

1946 Nymphon setimanus BARNARD, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (11): 61. 

1954 Nymphon setimanus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 103-1205, fig. 8. 

1962 Nymphon setimanus, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 278. 

1965 Nymphon setimanus, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 18-19, figs. 13-17. 

1989 Nymphon setimanus, - MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana marit., 20 (5/6): 287-288, 

figs. 35-41. 

Distribution: Gulf of Aden; Madagascar; South Africa. 


Habitat: shelly sand; on algae. 

Nymphon setipedes CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon setipedes, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 72-75, fig. 8. 



Habitat: "fore-reef slope" (CHILD). 

Nymphon signatum MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Nymphon signatum MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 1898- 

1899, 3: 178-179, pl. XXIV, figs. 1-7. 

1932 Nymphon signatum, - GORDON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 (10): 104-105, fig. 5ab. 

1932 Nymphon signatum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 28-29, 35 [key]. 

1954 Nymphon signatum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 96-98, fig. 5a. 

Distribution: South Africa (Agulhas Bank, off Cape St. 

Blaize, off Gt. Fish Point, off Glendower Beacon). 


Nymphon similis Child, 1992 

1992 Nymphon similis CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 31-33, fig. 13. 



Nymphon simulatum NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Nymphon simulatum NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 60-61, fig. 

24.

210 

Distribution: Japan (eastern Honshu). 


Nymphon singulare STOCK 1954 

1954 Nymphon singulare STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 21-25, 

figs. 7-8. 

1963 Nymphon singulare, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 7-9, 15. 

Distribution: Australia (disaster Bay, New South Wales). 


Habitat: sand, mud. 

Nymphon sluiteri HOEK 1877 

1891 Nymphon sluiteri, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 

73-75, pl. VII, fig. 2a-g. 

1916 Nymphon sluiteri, - APPELLÖF, Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk. Handl., 54 (5): 5-6. 

1933 Nymphon sluiteri, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 14-15, fig. 4 (map). 

1943 Nymphon sluiteri, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33: 86-87. 

1963 Nymphon sluiteri, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1331. 

Distribution: circumpolar arctic. 


Habitat: mud; stones. 

Nymphon soyoi UTINOMI 1955 

1955 Nymphon soyoi UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 13-15, fig. 8. 

1971 Nymphon soyoi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 321. 



Nymphon spicatum CHILD 1982 

1982 Nymphon spicatum CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 46-48, fig. 15. 

Distribution: Argentine Basin, off Rio de la Plata. 


Nymphon spiniventris STOCK 1953 

1953 Nymphon spiniventris STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 282-285, figs. 5-6. 

Distribution: East Indian Archipelago. 

Depth range: 17m.

Nymphon spinosissimum (NORMAN 1894) 

211 

1891 Chaetonymphon spinosum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 

20): 107-109, pl. XI, fig. 3a-i. 

1894 Chaetonymphon spinosissimum NORMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (6): 154. 

1908 Chaetonymphon spinosissimum, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 

219-220. 

1930 Chaetonymphon spinosissimum, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. 

Nau SSSR, 2: 335-336. 

1933 Chaetonymphon spinosissimum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 6-8, fig. 

2 (map). 

1943 Chaetonymphon spinosissimum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 121 (8): 14-15, 

fig. 4. 

1948 Nymphon spinosissimum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 183, 

figs. 10a, 11a. 

1963 Nymphon spinosissimum, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1327. 

1982 Nymphon spinosissimum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 48. 

Distribution: Norway to western Greenland; Labrador Sea; 

rare in Arctica. 


Habitat: sand, clay. 

Nymphon stipulum CHILD 1990 

1990 Nymphon stipulum CHILD, Beaufortia, 41 (6): 40-43, fig. 1. 

Distribution: southern California. 


Nymphon stocki UTINOMI 1955 

1955 Nymphon stocki UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 10-13, figs. 6-7. 

1971 Nymphon stocki, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 321. 



Nymphon stocki TURPAEVA 1974 

1974 Nymphon stocki TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 282-283, 

pl. 3, figs. 1-8. 

Distribution: Scotia Sea. 

Remarks: homonym of N. stocki UTINOMI 1955. 

Nymphon striatum LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1929 

1929 Nymphon striatum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 57: 538-539, fig. 1. 

1933 Nymphon striatum, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 

17: 64-66, fig. 13.

212 

1954 Nymphon striatum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Akkeshi Mar. Biol. Stat., 3: 2. 

1967 Nymphon striatum, - NESIS, Issledov. Fauny Morei, 5 (13): 248. 

1971 Nymphon striatum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 319. 

1987 Nymphon striatum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 160. 

1991 Nymphon striatum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 61. 

Distribution: Sea of Japan; Gulf of Tatary. 


Nymphon stromi KRØYER 1844 

1844 Nymphon strömi KRØYER, Naturhistorisk Tidskr., Kobenhavn, 1 (2): 111. 

1872 Nymphon giganteum WHITEAVES, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 10 (4): 349. 

1874 Nymphon giganteum, - VERRILL, Am. J. Sci. & Arts, 3 (7): 411. 

1878 Nymphon Strömi, - WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., 5: 17-18, pl. 6, 

fig. 1a-h. 

1880 Nymphon Strömi, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 483-487, pl. 5, pl. 6, 

fig. 29. 

1881 Nymphon Strömi, - WILSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 8 (12): 253. 

1885 Nymphon Strömi, - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1883: 561. 

1891 Nymphon strömii, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, Zool., 6 (3): 

80-83, pl. VIII, fig. 2a-k. 

1916 Nymphon strömi, - APPELLÖF, Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk. Handl., 54 (5): 8-13, 

figs. 1-4. 

1933 Nymphon strömi, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 16-17. 

1943 Nymphon stroemii, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 9, fig. 10a-d. 

1948 Nymphon strömi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 190-192, fig. 

13c. 

1963 Nymphon stromi, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1331-1332. 

1975 Nymphon stromi, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 994. 

1982 Nymphon stromi, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 48. 

1983 Nymphon stroemi, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 68. 

1986 Nymphon stromi, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403 tab. 1. 

Distribution: widely distributed in the boreal arctic 

area. 

Depth range: 15->1000m. 

Habitat: mud stones. 

Nymphon subtile LOMAN 1923 

1923 Nymphon subtile LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 19- 

21, fig. C. 

1932 Nymphon subtile, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 43-45, figs. 14, 15, 24b. 

Distribution: Falkland Islands. 


Nymphon surinamense STOCK 1975 

1975 Nymphon surinamense STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1007-1010, figs. 21-22. 

1986 Nymphon surinamense, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 420.

213 

Distribution: continental shelf of northern South America, 

from Venezuela (Isla Margarita) to the Guyanas. 


Nymphon tanypalpes CHILD 1988 

1988 Nymphon tanypalpes CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 75-77, fig. 9. 



Habitat: "Reef slope coral rubble in hollows between coral 

heads"; "mangrove roots in lagoon" (CHILD). 

Nymphon tenellum (SARS 1888) 

1881 Nymphon pallenoides, - WILSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 8 (12): 254. 

1885 Nymphon pallenoides, - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1883: 561. 

1888 Chaetonymphon tenellum SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., 4: 353. 

1891 Chaetonymphon tenellum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 

20): 109-111, pl. XII, fig. 1a-h. 

1933 Chaetonymphon tenellum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 10. 

1948 Nymphon tenellum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 185, fig. 

10c. 

1982 Nymphon tenellum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 49. 

Distribution: both sides of N-Atlantic. 


Nymphon tenuipes BOUVIER 1911 

1913 Nymphon tenuipes, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 

6: 86-90, figs. 35-41. 

1932 Nymphon tenuipes, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 37-39, figs. 10c, 11. 

1944 Nymphon tenuipes, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 22. 

Distribution: Antarctica (South Shetlands; Palmer 

Archipelago). 


Nymphon tuberculare LOSINA-LOSINSKY, 1961 

1961 Nymphon tuberculare LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Nymphon tubiferum STOCK 1978

214 

1978 Nymphon tubiferum STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 208-211, fig. 8. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic Basin. 


Habitat: soft mud, sandy and granular, broken shells. 

Nymphon typhlops (HODGSON 1915) 

1927 Chaetonymphon typhlops, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 327- 

329, fig. 6. 



Nymphon unguiculatum HODGSON 1927 

1927 Nymphon unguiculatum HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., XIX, Zool. XI: 318-319. 

1974 Nymphon unguiculatum, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 

280-281. 



Nymphon uniunguiculatum LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1933 

1933 Nymphon uniunguiculatum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 17: 62- 

64, 78-79, fig. 12. 

1949 Nymphon uniunguiculatum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 263, 

fig. 29. 

1961 Nymphon uniunguiculatum, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei 


1987 Nymphon uniunguiculatum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 161. 


Nymphon vilosum (HODGSON 1915) 

1927 Chaetonymphon villosum, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 323- 

324. 

1952 Nymphon villosum, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 2e sér., 24 (3): 267- 

269, fig. 2. 

1980 Nymphon villosum, - KRAPP; Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 4 

[text]. 



Nymphon vulcanellum STOCK 1992

215 

1992 Nymphon vulcanellumSTOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 124 [text], 126-128, 139, 

figs. 52-61. 



Nymphon vulsum STOCK 1986 

1986 Nymphon vulsum STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 402 tab. 1, 406 [text], 419- 

420, fig. 6b-j. 

Distribution: Venezuela (Isla Margarita). 


Nymphon walvisense STOCK 1981 

1981 Nymphon walvisense STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 455-460, figs. 1-2. 

Distribution: Walvis Basin. 

Pentanymphon HODGSON 1904 

1904 Pentanymphon HODGSON, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 7 (14): 459 [diagnosis]. 

Pentanymphon antarcticum HODGSON 1904 

1904 Pentanymphon antarcticum HODGSON, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 14 (7): 459, pl. 

XIV. 

1932 Pentanymphon antarcticum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 24-26. 

1938 Pentanymphon antarcticum var. gaussi HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. 

Freunde Berlin, 1937 (2): 169-170, fig. 3a-c. 

1944 Pentanymphon antarcticum, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. 

Res. Exped., (B), 5 (1): 14. 

1950 Pentanymphon antarcticum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 150 

[lit., syn.]. 

1952 Pentanymphon antarcticum, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 

(3): 263 [list], 264. 

1953 Pentanymphon antarcticum var. gaussi, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 35 (4): 37. 

1965 Pentanymphon antarcticum, - STOCK, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 41 

(31): 2. 

1972 Pentanymphon antarcticum, - ARNAUD, Téthys, suppl. 4: 149, figs. 1-2. 

1980 Pentanymphon antarcticum, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 

(18): 4. 



Pentanymphon minutum GORDON 1944 

1944 Pentanymphon minutum GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res.

216 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 14-16, fig. 3a-f. 

1952 Pentanymphon minutum, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 2e sér., 24 (3): 

264-265. 



Sexanymphon HEDGPETH & FRY 1964 

1964 Sexanymphon HEDGPETH & FRY, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (7): 161 [diagnosis]. 

Sexanymphon mirabilis HEDGPETH & FRY 1964 

1964 Sexanymphon mirabilis HEDGPETH & FRY, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (7): 161-169, 

figs. 1-4. 

1974 Sexanymphon mirabilis, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 

284. 

Distribution: Antarctica; Scotia Sea. 


PHOXICHILIDIIDAE 

1948 Phoxichilidiidae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 216 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to NW-Ataltic genera]. 

1945 Phoxichilidae, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 144-146. 

1954 Phoxichilidiidae, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 125 [diagnosis, key 

to South African genera]. 

1954 Phoxichilidiidae, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 68-71 

[remarks]. 

1974 Endeidae, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of the 


1992 Phoxichilidiidae, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 37-38, tab. 5. 

1992 Endeididae, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 56, tab. 8. 

Anoplodactylus WILSON 1878 

1945 Anoplodactylus, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 154-155. 

1948 Anoplodactylus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 218-222 

[diagnosis, remarks, key to NW-Atlantic species]. 

1954 Anoplodactylus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 126 [diagnosis, 

remarks, key to South African species]. 

1963 Anoplodactylus, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 55-56 [key to Australian 

species]. 

1975 Anoplodactylus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1075-1076 [remarks on 

pygmaeus-complex]. 

1979 Anoplodactylus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 47-48 [key to Middle 

American species]. 

1979 Anoplodactylus, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 48 (2): 158 [list of valid 

Anoplodactylus species], 158-159 [list of species inquirenda, homonyms, 

synonyms and alternative names].

217 

1983 Anoplodactylus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 41-42 [key to 


1992 Anoplodactylus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 39 [diagnosis]. 

Anoplodactylus aculeatus MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Anoplodactylus aculeatus MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dtsch. Tiefsee-Exped. 1898- 

1899, 3: 188, pl. XXVIII, figs. 1-7. 

1954 Anoplodactylus aculeatus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., XLI (3): 127-128. 



Anoplodactylus allotrius CHILD 1979 

1979 Anoplodactylus allotrius CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 48-50, fig. 16. 

1989 Anoplodactylus allotrius, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 59 (2): 94. 

Distribution: Panamá Caribbean; Curaçao. 


Habitat: Acanthophora; coarse coral sand. 

Anoplodactylus anarthrus LOMAN 1908 

1908 Anoplodactylus anarthrus LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 76-77, pl. IV, 

figs. 40-45. 

1990 Anoplodactylus anarthrus, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 74. 

1990 Anoplodactylus anarthrus, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk., 45 (10): 

106-109, figs. 7-13. 

Distribution: Kenya; Indonesia (Timor); Fiji Islands. 


Habitat: dead corals covered with algae; dead corals on 

reef flat. 

Anoplodactylus angulatus (DOHRN 1881) 

1881 Phoxichilidium angulatum DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 184- 

188, pl. XII, figs- 1-12. 

1929 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Roy. Soc. Ent. Belg., 69: 

173. 

1945 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 155-157. 

1958 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16: 4. 

1968 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - STOCK, Vie et Milieu, 19 (1A): 28, fig. 22. 

1972 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 622. 

1973 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 72, fig. 6. 

1974 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 


1978 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - CHIMENZ-GUSSO, FRESI, CINELLI, MAZZELLA, PANSINI 

& PRIONZATO, Mem. Biol. Mar. Ocean., 8 (4): 96. 

1979 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - CHIMENZ, BRIGNOLI & BASCIANO, Cah. Biol. Mar.,

218 

20: 479. 

1987 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 44-45. 

1990 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 229. 

1992 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 94. 

1993 Anoplodactylus angulatus, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, 

tab. 3. 

Distribution: Mediterranean; England, Ireland and Wales; 

North Sea; Portugal; Azores; Canary Islands. 


Habitat: shallow water algae in sheltered locations 

(Halopteris scoparia, Dictyopteris et Jania rubens)"; Eunicella 

cavolini; Corallina mediterranea; Cystoseira stricta; in 

Posidonia oceanica seagrass; rocky and sandy coasts; on 

intertidal stones; muddy tidal flats with stones and algae. 

Anoplodactylus aragaoi SAWAYA 1950 

1950 Anoplodactylus aragaoi SAWAYA, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 47 (1-2): 63-67, 77- 

80, pls. I-II. 

1992 Anoplodactylus aragaoi, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 130, 139. 



Habitat: among Hydrozoa, Bryozoa and algae. 

Anoplodactylus arcuatus CHILD 1977 

1977 Anoplodactylus arcuatus CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (3): 584-587, fig. 

1. 

1992 Anoplodactylus arcuatus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 [tab. 

5], 39 [key], 41, fig. 17. 

1992 Anoplodactylus arcuatus, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 45-47, 

figs. 4-14. 

Distribution: Barbados, Curaçao, Florida (Dry Tortugas), 

Texas. 


Habitat: various coral reef locations. 

Anoplodactylus arescus Du BOIS-REYMOND MARCUS 1959 

1959 Anoplodactylus arescus du BOIS-REYMOND MARCUS 1959, Kieler Meeresforsch. 15 

(1): 105-107, pl. 1. 

1968 Anoplodactylus arescus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk Naturhist. Foren, 131: 

53. 

1973 Anoplodactylus arescus, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 4 (4): 954. 

1975 Anoplodactylus arescus, - Trav. Mus. Hist. Nat. "Grigore Antipa", 16: 133, 

figs. 10-12. 

1988 Anoplodactylus arescus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 12. 

1988 Anoplodactylus arescus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (4): 

810.

Distribution: Madaascar; Tanzania; Red Sea; Philippines. 


Habitat: algae; in sand. 

Anoplodactylus arnaudae STOCK 1978 

219 

1978 Anoplodactylus arnaudae STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 217-218, fig. 10. 

1984 Anoplodactylus arnaudae, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K.: 749. 

1987 Anoplodactylus arnaudae, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 514. 

1991 Anoplodactylus arnaudi, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 4e sér., 13, 

sec. A, nos. 1-2: 139. 



Anoplodactylus australis (HODGSON 1914) 

1914 Phoxichilidium australe HODGSON, Zool. Anz., 45 (4): 161. 

1915 Phoxichilidium australe, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarctic Exp., 1910, Zool., 3 (1): 

46-48, fig. 10A-D. 

1915 Phoxichilidium australe, - HODGSON, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 15 (85): 145. 

1927 Phoxichilidium australe, - HODGSON, Dtsch. Südpolar-Exp., 19 (Zool. II): 

340. 

1932 Phoxichilidium australe, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 92. 

1938 Phoxichilidium australe, - Sci. Rep. Australasian Antarctic Exp. (C), (Zool. 

& Bot.), 2 (8): 19. 

1944 Phoxichilidium australe, - Rep. British, Australian and New Zealand Antarct. 

Res. Exp., (B) 5 (1): 48. 

1952 Phoxichilidium australe, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. Natn. Hist. Nat., Paris, (2) 24 

(2): 184. 

1952 Phoxichilidium australe, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. Natn. Hist. Nat., Paris, (2) 24 

(3): 271. 

1955 Anoplodactylus australis, - STOCK, Res. Norw. Sci. Exped. Tristan da Cunha 

1937-1938, 33: 4. 

Distribution: circumpolar in the Antarctic, northernmost 

records from Tasmania and Tristan da Cunha. 


Anoplodactylus baldarus CHILD 1988 

1988 Anoplodactylus baldarus CHILD, Bull. Biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 56-59, fig. 2. 



Habitat: "Reef crest"; "Seaward of reef crest, sand in 

coral hollows" (CHILD); also among coralline algae. 

Anoplodactylus bahamensis CHILD 1977

220 

1977 Anoplodactylus bahamensis CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (3): 587-589, 

fig. 2. 

1982 Anoplodactylus bahamensis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 368. 

1986 Anoplodactylus bahamensis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 403. 

Distribution: Caribbean Sea. - Bahamas and Belize. 


Habitat: tidal flats of coral reefs. 

Anoplodactylus batangensis (HELFER 1938) 

1938 Pycnosoma batangense HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 1937: 

174-176, fig. 6a-c. 

1940 Pycnosoma batangense, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 47-48. 

1948 Anoplodactylus stylirostris HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 232- 

234, fig. 33. 

1949 Anoplodactylus tenuirostris LEBOUR, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 118 (4): 929- 

930, fig. 1. 

1953 Anoplodactylus batangense, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 35 (4): 39-41, fig. 4a-e. 

1954 Anoplodactylus batangense, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 5 (24): 127-128. 

1955 Anoplodactylus batangense, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 

(4): 595-598, pl. II, figs. 4-8. 

1968 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - STOCK, Medd. dansk. naturhist. Foren., 131: 

54. 

1973 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 4 (4) (1972): 957, figs. 3-4. 

1974 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - STOCK, Bull Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 

17. 

1975 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 191. 

1975 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - STOCK, Trav. Mus. Hist. Nat. "Grigore Antipa", 

16: 133. 

1975 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1082-1083, 

fig. 43c-d. 

1977 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (2): 444. 

1979 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 50. 

1979 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 59 (184): 27. 

1982 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 368. 

1988 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 14. 

1989 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 59 (2): 95. 

1990 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (82): 311- 

335. 

1990 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3-4): 283-284. 

1992 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 [tab. 

5], 39 [key], 41-42, fig. 18. 

1992 Anoplodactylus batangensis, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 47. 

Distribution: circumtropical. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often in seagrass 

(Thalassia) and coral rubble.

Anoplodactylus bourboni MÜLLER 1990 

221 

1990 Anoplodactylus bourboni MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staat. Mus. Tierk., 45 (9): 98- 

100, figs. 1-6. 

Distribution: La Réunion. 


Habitat: crest and lagoon of fringing reef, from dead 

corals. 

Anoplodactylus bova CHILD 1979 

1979 Anoplodactylus bova CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 50-52, fig. 17. 


Depth range: low intertidal. 

Anoplodactylus brasiliensis HEDGPETH 1948 

1940 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil. Cienc. Letr., Univ. S. 

Paulo, 4: 63-65, Pl. VI fig. A-D. 

1992 Anoplodactylus brasiliensis, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 130, 139. 




Anoplodactylus brevicollis LOMAN 1908 

1908 Anoplodactylus brevicollis LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 74-75, pl. III, 

figs. 29-32. 



Habitat: sand and shells. 

Anoplodactylus brevirostris CHILD 1988 

1988 Anoplodactylus brevirostris CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 14-16, fig. 6. 

1992 Anoplodactylus brevirostris, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 163-164. 

Distribution: Philippines (Batan Island); Malaysia (Pulau 

Tioman). 



Anoplodactylus brucei CHILD 1990 

1990 Anoplodactylus brucei CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 327-330, fig.

222 

6. 

1992 Anoplodactylus brucei, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 166 [text]. 

Distribution: Australian barrier reef. 


Habitat: coral reefs. - rubble. 

Anoplodactylus bruuni Child, 1992 

1992 Anoplodactylus bruuni CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 35-37, fig. 15. 

Distribution: Chile (Islas Juan Fernandez). 


Habitat: "rocks and sand" (CHILD). 

Anoplodactylus californicus HALL 1912 

1849 ?Nymphon dubium, - NICOLET, in: GAY, Hist. fis. polit. Chile, 3. Atlas 

zool., Crustacéos: 307. 

1912 Anoplodactylus californicus HALL, First Ann. Rep. Laguna Mar. Lab., 1: 91. 

1913 Anoplodactylus californicus, - HALL, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11 (6): 129. 

1915 Anoplodactylus californicus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 7 (1): 

69. 


201, 205. 


93. 

1927 Anoplodactylus portus CALMAN, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 22 (3): 405-408, 

fig. 103. 


29. 

1939 Anoplodactylus robustus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 28- 

29. 

1940 Anoplodactylus californicus, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 40 [key]. 

1941 Anoplodactylus californiensis, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 

9 (26): 257 [key], pl. 11. 

1942 Anoplodactylus californicus, - HILTON, Rep. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 

(9): 277 [list], 288-291, pl. 39. 


72. 

1942 Anoplodactylus projectus HILTON, Occ. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 17 (3): 

45-47, fig. 3a-b. 

1943 Anoplodactylus carvalhoi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 46. 

1948 Anoplodactylus carvalhoi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 230- 

232, fig. 30e-g. 

1950 Anoplodactylus portus, - SAWAYA, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 47 (1-2): 70 

[key]. 

1954 Anoplodactylus portus, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

5 (24): 128. 

1955 Anoplodactylus carvalhoi, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 

(4): 592. 

1955 Anoplodactylus portus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

238-239.

223 

1958 Anoplodactylus portus, - STOCK, Bull. Res. Council Israel, 7B: 140-141, fig. 

2. 

1958 Anoplodactylus portus, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16: 4. 

1962 Anoplodactylus portus, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 22: 218. 

1971 Anoplodactylus portus, - LIPKIN & SAFRIEL, J. Ecol., 59 (1): 9. 

1975 Anoplodactylus portus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 201. 

1975 Anoplodactylus portus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1052-1053. 

1976 Anoplodactylus portus, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Ecol. Res. Ser.: 158. 

1978 Anoplodactylus portus, - CHILD, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63 (1-2): 133-144, 

figs. 1-4 [gynandromorphism]. 

1979 Anoplodactylus portus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 58. 

1979 Anoplodactylus portus, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

59 (184): 15. 

1982 Anoplodactylus portus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 373. 

1987 Anoplodactylus portus, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 46. 

1987 Anoplodactylus californicus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (3): 544- 

555. 

1990 Anoplodactylus californicus, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3-4): 284. 

1992 Anoplodactylus californicus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 

[tab. 5], 39 [key], 43, fig. 19. 

1992 Anoplodactylus californicus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 37. 

Distribution: tropical and temperate N-Atlantic, NE- 

Pacific south to Chile; Mediterranean. 

Depth range: 0-

224 

Distribution: Philippines; Guam; Australian barrier reef; 

Malaysia (Pulau Babi Besar, Tioman Archipelago). 


Habitat: dead corals; coralline and other algae. 

Anoplodactylus compactus (HILTON 1939) 

1939 Phoxichilidium compactum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 27- 

28. 

1939 Phoxichilidium compactum, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (4): 

72. 

1940 Halosoma compactum, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 45-46 [list]. 

1941 Phoxichilidium compactum, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 

(26): 257. 

1942 Halosoma compactum, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 74. 

1954 Halosoma compactum, - HEDGPETH, in: R.I. SMITH et al. (Eds.), Intertidal 

Invertebrates of the Central California coast: 205. 

1975 Anoplodactylus compactus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 191-193, 

fig. 1. 

Distribution: California (Laguna Beach, Monterey Bay). 


Anoplodactylus compositus CHIMENZ, COTTARELLI & TOSTI 1991 

1991 Anoplodactylus compositus CHIMENZ, COTTARELLI & TOSTI, Fragm. Ent., 23 (1): 

7-12, figs. 1-9. 

Distribution: Mediterranean Sea (Apulian coast). 


Habitat: "Coralligenous Biocenosis" (CHIMENZ, COTTARELLI & 

TOSTI). 

Anoplodactylus coxalis STOCK 1968 

1968 Anoplodactylus coxalis STOCK, Vidensk. Meddr. dansk naturh. Foren., 131: 54- 

56, fig. 20. 

Distribution: Kermadec Islands (Raoul Island). 


Habitat: gravel, stones. 

Anoplodactylus crassus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1988 

1986 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - KIM, Proc. Nat. Sci. Res. Inst. KANU, 2 

(1): 3-5. 

1986 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 

44. 

1987 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - HONG & KIM, Jor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2):

225 

161. 

1988 Anoplodactylus crassus NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (4): 

810-813, fig. 1. 

1988 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. 

Wash., 101 (4): 812-813 [text], fig. 2a-f. 

1991 Anoplodactylus crassus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 25. 

Distribution: American Samoa, Korea and Japan. 


Anoplodactylus cribellatus CALMAN 1923 

1923 Anoplodactylus cribellatus CALMAN, Rec. Ind.Mus., 24 (3): 285-287, fig. 12ae. 

Distribution: Andam Islands. 


Anoplodactylus dentimanus STOCK 1979 

1923 Anoplodactylus virescens, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 41, fig. 37. 

1945 Anoplodactylus virescens, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U.K., 26: 150. 

1974 Anoplodactylus virescens, - ARNAUD, Tethys 5 (4): 784, figs. 6-9. 

1979 Anoplodactylus dentimanus STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

29: 24-26, fig. 8. 

Distribution: Indian Ocean (St. Paul and Amsterdam 

Islands). 

Anoplodactylus derjugini (LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1929) 

1933 Halosoma derjugini, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Isledov. Morei S.S.S.R. Leningrad, 

17: 47-49, pl. 2, figs. a-e. 

Distribution: Pacific U.S.S.R. 

Anoplodactylus digitatus (BÖHM 1879) 

1879 Phoxichilidium (Anoplodactylus) digitatum BÖHM, Monatsber. Königl. Preuss. 

Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1879: 184-185, pl. II, figs. 2a-b. 

1908 Anoplodactylus digitatus, - LOMAN, Siboga Exp. Monogr., 40: 74-76, pl. II, 

figs. 25-28. 

1923 Anoplodactylus saxatilis CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 287-288, fig. 13. 

1923 Anoplodactylus investigatoris CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 288-289, 

fig. 14. 

1927 Anoplodactylus saxatilis, - CALMAN, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 22 (3): 405. 

1954 Anoplodactylus investigatoris, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. 

Foren., 116: 85-86, figs. 37a-b, 38b. 

1955 Anoplodactylus investigatoris, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 

19 (4): 593-594, pl. II, figs. 1-3. 

1958 Anoplodactylus saxatilis, - STOCK, Bull. Res. Counc. Israel, 7B: 139-140,

226 

fig. 1a-c. 

1958 Anoplodactylus investigatoris, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 

16: 4. 

1965 Anoplodactylus digitatus, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 28-29. 

1968 Anoplodactylus digitatus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 49. 

1974 Anoplodactylus cf. digitatus, - ARNAUD, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam., 3 

(21): 174. 

1987 Anoplodactylus digitatus, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 45. 

1992 Anoplodactylus digitatus, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 164-166, 

figs. 18-26. 

1992 Anoplodactylus digitatus, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 94. 

Distribution: almost worldwide in tropical and subtropical 

waters. - tropical Indo-Pacific (Malaysia (Tioman Archipelago, 

Pulau Babi Besar; Oman; Singapore), Caribbean and 

Mediterranean. 


Habitat: dead corals and under stones. 

Anoplodactylus erectus COLE 1904 

1904 Anoplodactylus erectus COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 289-291, pl. 14 

fig. 12, pl. 26 figs. 1-9. 

1913 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HALL, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11 (6): 133. 

1916 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 8 (1): 25- 

34, figs. 1-6. 

1934 Anoplodactylus erectus, - SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 69. 

1939 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 28. 

1939 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (4): 72, 


1941 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 

(26): 257 [key]. 

1942 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HILTON, Rep. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 (9): 

283-286, pl. 37. 

1942 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 72. 

1955 Anoplodactylus erectus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 117: 

239-243, figs. 13-14. 

1970 Anoplodactylus erectus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 83 (27): 288. 

1975 Anoplodactylus erectus, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 35: 74-76, figs. 22-23. 

1976 Anoplodactylus erectus, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Ecol. Res. Ser., EPA- 

600/3-76-028: 158. 

1979 Anoplodactylus erectus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 52-53. 

1986 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 41-42, 

fig. 5. 

1987 Anoplodactylus erectus, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 161. 

1988 Anoplodactylus erectus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (4): 

813. 

1989 Anoplodactylus erectus, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 126, figs. 41- 

44. 

1990 Anoplodactylus erectus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (1): 157. 

1990 Anoplodactylus erectus, - MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana biol., 70 (1989) (1/3): 

194-195, figs. 28-34. 

1991 Anoplodactylus erectus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 25- 

26.

1992 Anoplodactylus erectus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 37. 

227 

Distribution: Pacific coast of North-America (Canada to 

Panamá), French Polynesia (Society Archipelago; Tuamotu 

Archipelago), Samoa, Korea and Japan; Chile (Isla San Felix); 

Ecuador. 


Habitat: coral reef locations; sand. 

Anoplodactylus eroticus STOCK 1968 

1968 Anoplodactylus eroticus STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren, 131: 

49-51, fig. 18. 

Distribution: India (Pamban Pass, Gulf of Manaar); Hawaii 

(Honolulu). 

Anoplodactylus evansi CLARK 1963 

1963 Anoplodactylus evansi CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 51-53, fig. 26A-G. 

1973 Anoplodactylus evansi, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20: 121. 

Distribution: Australia (Tasmania; West Island). 


Habitat: on Acrocarpia (Phaeophyta); on seaweed attached 

to rock; on hydroids. 

Anoplodactylus evelinae MARCUS 1940 

1940 Anoplodactylus evelinae MARCUS, Bolm. Fac. Fil. Cién, Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

ser. 19 (Zool.), 4: 55-58, fig. 4. 

1948 Anoplodactylus evelinae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 232, 

fig. 31. 

1950 Anoplodactylus evelinae, - SAWAYA, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 47 (1-2): 72. 

1954 Anoplodactylus (Labidodactylus) evelinae, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and 

other Caribb. Isl., 24: 128. 

1975 Anoplodactylus (Labidodactylus) evelinae, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 

1083. 

1979 Anoplodactylus evelinae, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 53. 

1979 Anoplodactylus evelinae, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 59 (184): 27. 

1982 Anoplodactylus evelinae, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 368. 

1986 Anoplodactylus evelinae, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404. 

1992 Anoplodactylus evelinae, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 130, 139. 

Distribution: in W-Atlantic from Florida to Brazil; Kongo 

and Pacific Coast of Panamá. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata.

228 

Anoplodactylus excelsus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Anoplodactylus excelsus NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 44-46, 

fig. 15. 

1991 Anoplodactylus excelsus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 26, 

27 [key]. 



Anoplodactylus falciclavus CHILD 1988 

1988 Anoplodactylus falciclavus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 16-18, fig. 7. 

Distribution: Philippines (Negros Island). 


Anoplodactylus galetensis CHILD 1979 

1979 Anoplodactylus galetensis CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 54-55, fig. 18. 



Anoplodactylus gestiens (ORTMANN 1890) 

1891 Phoxichilidium gestiens ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 5 (1): 166, pl. XXIV, 

fig. 8. 

1911 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - LOMAN, Abh. Kayserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math. - 


1919 Anoplodactylus gestiens, FUKUI, Rigakukai(?), 16 (2): 98. 

1936 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 864. 

1949 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 284, 

fig. 40a-d. 

1954 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk. naturhist. Foren., 

116: 71-72, fig. 31a-b. 

1962 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 96. 

1965 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - UTINOMI, New Illustr. Encycl. Fauna Japan, 2: 

335. 

1971 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 325- 

326. 

1982 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - CHILD & NAKAMURA, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 

95 (2): 292-295, fig. 1 [gynandromorphism]. 

1983 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 

46. 

1987 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab. Imperial Household: 15-16, 

pl. 12. 

1990 Anoplodactylus gestiens, - TURPAYEVA, Zool. Zh., 69 (9): 18-19, fig. 1 (4- 

5). 



Habitat: Zostera-belt; hard bottom. 

Anoplodactylus gibbifemoris TURPAEVA 1991 

229 

1991 Anoplodactylus gibbifemoris TURPAEVA, - Zool. Zh., 70 (3): 151-154, figs. 1- 

7. 

Distribution: SE-Pacific (Naska ridge, underwater 

mountain). 

Anoplodactylus glandulifer STOCK 1954 

1954 Anoplodactylus glandulifer STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 80-84, fig. 36. 

1958 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16: 

3. 

1968 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - STOCK, Vidensk. Meddr. dansk naturhist. Foren. 

131: 49. 

1973 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 4 (4): 955, figs. 1-2. 

1974 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - STOCK, Bull. Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 

(3): 16. 

1977 Anoplodactylus multiclavus CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (3): 593, fig. 

4. 

1979 Anoplodactylus multiclavus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 58. 

1982 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 273- 

274. 

1982 Anoplodactylus multiclavus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 372. 

1986 Anoplodactylus multiclavus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404, 439. 

1988 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 59. 

1988 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 

(4): 813. 

1990 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 331. 

1990 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 74. 

1991 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 143- 

144. 

1992 Anoplodactylus dauphinus CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 [tab 5, 

key], 43-46, fig. 20. 

1992 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1):166, figs. 

27-30. 

1992 Anoplodactylus glandulifer, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 94-95. 

Distribution: tropical Indo-Pacific and Caribbean Sea. 



Anoplodactylus haswelli (FLYNN 1918) 

1918 Halosoma haswelli FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1918: 11-15, pl. I, 

figs. 1-6. 

1954 Anoplodactylus haswelli, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 86-88, fig. 40a-b. 

1963 Anoplodactylus haswelli, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1(): 48-49, fig.

230 

24A-D. 

1982 Anoplodactylus haswelli, - STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 461. 

Distribution: Australia; New Zealand. 


Habitat: amongst mussels; from weeds on rocky coast; 

rocks. 

Anoplodactylus hwanghaensis KIM & HONG 1986 

1986 Anoplodactylus hwanghaensis KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 41-44, 

fig. 6. 

1987 Anoplodactylus hwanghaensis, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 161. 

1991 Anoplodactylus hwanghaensis, - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 27. 



Anoplodactylus imperialis NAKAMURA & CHILD 1986 

1983 Anoplodactylus sp. NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 54, fig. 18. 

1986 Anoplodactylus imperialis NAKAMURA & CHILD, Zool. Sci., 3: 895-897, fig. 3. 

1987 Anoplodactylus imperialis, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab. Imperial Household: 16, 

pl. 13. 

1991 Anoplodactylus imperialis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 26 

[key], 27. 



Anoplodactylus imswe CHILD 1982 

1982 Anoplodactylus imswe CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 369-371, fig. 166. 

Distribution: Belize (Tobacco Reef; Carrie Bow Cay). 


Habitat: tidal flats. 

Anoplodactylus inermis LOSINA-LOSINSKY, 1961 

1961 Anoplodactylus inermis LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Anoplodactylus insigniformis STOCK 1975 

1975 Anoplodactylus insigniformis STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1058-1063, 

figs. 45-47.

231 

1979 Anoplodactylus insigniformis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 54. 

1979 Anoplodactylus insigniformis, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 59 (184): 15. 

1986 Anoplodactylus insigniformis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404. 

Distribution: Caribbean Coast of Panamá, Jamaica, Aruba, 

Curaçao, Venezuela. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often among fouling on 

pilings. 

Anoplodactylus insignis (HOEK 1881) 

1881 Phoxichilidium insigne HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 82-84, pl. 14, figs. 5-7. 

1904 Anoplodactylus insignis bermudensis COLE, Boston Soc. nat. Hist., 31 (8): 

325-327, pl. 20, figs. 1-3. 

1940 Anoplodactylus insignis bermudensis, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. 

Univ. S. Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 40. 

1940 Anoplodactylus insignis, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 58-60. 

1943 Anoplodactylus insignis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 45. 

1948 Anoplodactylus insignis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 3216: 226-228, 

fig. 28d-g 

1954 Anoplodactylus insignis, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 5 (24): 127. 

1955 Anoplodactylus insignis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

117: 235. 

1973 Anoplodactylus insignis, - KRAEUTER, J. nat. Hist., 7: 494 

1975 Anoplodactylus insignis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1056-1058, fig. 

44 

1976 Anoplodactylus insignis, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr, 27 (3/4)337. 

1986 Anoplodactylus insignis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 437. 

1986 Anoplodactylus insignis var. calcaratus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 

437-438, fig. 15a-b [n. var.]. 

1992 Anoplodactylus insignis, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 [tab. 

5], 39 [key], 46-49, fig. 21, 76 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: Virginia to Brazil and Bermuda. 


Habitat: Intertidal estuaries. 

Anoplodactylus iuleus STOCK 1975 

1975 Anoplodactylus iuleus STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1069-1072, figs. 51- 

52. 

1976 Anoplodactylus iuleus, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27 (3/4): 

337. 

1986 Anoplodactylus iuleus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 438-439. 

Distribution: Florida and Cuba. 


232 

Anoplodactylus jonesi CHILD 1974 

1974 Anoplodactylus jonesi CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 87 (43): 497-500, fig. 

2. 

1975 Anoplodactylus(?) antillanus STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1081-1082, fig. 

57. 

1979 Anoplodactylus jonesi, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 56, fig. 19a-b. 

1982 Anoplodactylus jonesi, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 371. 

1986 Anoplodactylus jonesi, - Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404. 

Distribution: Florida, Bonaire, Caribbean Coast of Panamá 

and Belize. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata; Halimeda on coral 

reefs. 

Anoplodactylus jungersi FAGE 1949 

1949 Anoplodactylus jungersi FAGE, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., 86 (Notes & Rev.), 2: 

25-27, fig. 2. 

Distribution: Congo Belge. 

Anoplodactylus justi MÜLLER 1992 

1992 Anoplodactylus justi Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 48-50, figs. 

15-19. 

Distribution: Barbados. 


Habitat: "sand and fine coral rubble, low sponges" 

(MÜLLER). 

Anoplodactylus krappi MÜLLER 1990 

1990 Anoplodactylus krappi MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 74-77, figs. 27- 

33. 

Distribution: Kenya (Watamu area). 


Habitat: dead corals covered with algae. 

Anoplodactylus lagenus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Anoplodactylus lagenus NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 48-49, 

fig. 16. 

1987 Anoplodactylus lagenus, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab. Imperial Household: 17, pl. 

14. 

1991 Anoplodactylus lagenus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 27.



Anoplodactylus laminifer ARNAUD 1974 

1974 Anoplodactylus laminifer ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (4): 782-784, figs. 1-5. 

233 

Distribution: Southern Indian Ocean (St. Paul and 

Amsterdam Islands). 


Anoplodactylus lentus WILSON 1878 

1821 Anaphia pallida SAY 1821, J. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2 (1): 59-61, pl. 5, fig. 7. 

1873 Phoxichilidium maxillare VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1: 250, pl. 7, fig. 

35. 

1878 Anoplodactylus lentus WILSON, Am. J. Sci. Arts, 3 (15): 200. 

1878 Anoplodactylus lentus, - WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 14-15, 

pl. 4, fig. 3a-c. 

1880 Anoplodactylus lentus, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 482-483, pl. 3, 

figs. 16-18. 

1891 Phoxichilidium maxillare, - MORGAN, Stud. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., 

Baltimore, 5 (1): (embryology). 

1901 Anoplodactylus lentus, - COLE, Biol. Bull. Woods Hole Mar. Biol. Lab., 2 

(5): 195-207 (habits). 

1908 Anaphia lenta, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 204. 

1913 Anoplodactylus lentus, - SUMNER, OSBURN & COLE, Bull. Bureau Fish., 

Washington, 31 (1, 2): 142, 677, chart 121 (distribution map). 

1925 Anoplodactylus lentus, - FISH, Bull. Bureau Fish., Washington, 41: 161. 

1934 Anoplodactylus lentus, - DAWSON, Biol. Bull. Woods Hole Mar. Biol. Lab., 66: 

62-68, pl. 1, figs. 1-17 (character of blood). 

1943 Anoplodactylus lentus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 45. 

1943 Anoplodactylus lentus, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 14, fig. 17a-d. 

1948 Anoplodactylus lentus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 225-- 

226, fig. 28a-c 

1973 Anoplodactylus lentus, - KRAEUTER, J. nat. Hist., 7: 494. 

1975 Anoplodactylus lentus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1055-1056, figs. 

42f-i, 43a-b 

1976 Anoplodactylus lentus, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27: 338, fig. 

1. 

1986 Anoplodactylus lentus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 439. 

1992 Anoplodactylus lentus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 [tab. 5], 

39 [key], 49-52, fig. 22, 67 [text], 76 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: tropical and temperate W-Atlantic, from 

Massachusetts (U.S.A.) to northern coast of South America. 


Habitat: sand and soft bottom 

Anoplodactylus lineatus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Anoplodactylus laminifer NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 27

234 

[key], 27-29, fig. 10. 



Anoplodactylus longiceps STOCK 1951 

1941 Anoplodactylus longicollis WILLIAMS, Mem. Qd. Mus., 12 (1): 36-38, figs. 2- 

5. 

1951 Anoplodactylus longiceps STOCK, Rés. Sci. Crois. Navire-École Belge 

"Mercator", 5. Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., sér. 2, fasc. 43: 16. 

1954 Anoplodactylus longiceps, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 83. 

1956 Anoplodactylus longiceps, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

118: 97-98, figs. 14c-d. 

1963 Anoplodactylus longiceps, - Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 56 [key]. 

1975 Anoplodactylus longiceps, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 20, fig. 9f. 

1990 Anoplodactylus longiceps, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 331. 

1991 Anoplodactylus longiceps, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 144. 

Distribution: Australia (Great Barrier Reef; NW of Point 

Cloates); Guam. 


Habitat: dead coral rubble; dredged with crustaceans and 

shells. 

Anoplodactylus longiformis CHILD 1977 

1977 Anoplodactylus longiformis CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (2): 441-444, 

fig. 1. 

Distribution: New Caledonia (Ile des Pins, Kuto). 

Habitat: algae. 

Anoplodactylus mamillosus STOCK 1954 

1954 Anoplodactylus mamillosus STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk. naturhist. Foren., 

116: 72-74, figs. 31c-e, 32. 

1971 Anoplodactylus mamillosus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto. Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

327. 

1991 Anoplodactylus mamillosus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 

29. 




Anoplodactylus maritimus HODGSON 1914 

1914 Anoplodactylus maritimus HODGSON, Zool. Anz., 45 (4): 164. 

1915 Anoplodactylus maritimus, - HODGSON, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (8) 15 (85): 148.

235 

1927 Anoplodactylus maritimus, - HODGSON, Dtsch. Südpolar-Exp., 19 (Zool. II): 

357. 

1934 Anoplodactylus parvus GILTAY, Bull. Mus. roy. Hist. nat. Belg., 10 (42): 1- 

3, figs. 1-5. 

1940 Anoplodactylus maritimus, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Filos., Ciên. Letr., Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 60. 

1948 Anoplodactylus parvus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 223- 

224, fig. 27e-f. 

1951 Anoplodactylus parvus, - STOCK, Mem. Inst. roy. Sci. nat. Belg., sér. 2, 

fasc. 43: 13, figs. 14-16. 

1954 Anoplodactylus parvus, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

24: 127. 

1955 Anoplodactylus parvus, - BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 (4): 

590-591, fig. 1, pl. 1. 

1957 Anoplodactylus parvus, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 85. 

1966 Anoplodactylus parvus, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco., 44: 

326. 

1973 Anoplodactylus parvus, - KRAEUTER, J. nat. Hist., 7 (5): 494-495. 

1975 Anoplodactylus parvus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1069-1074, fig. 54. 

1982 Anoplodactylus maritimus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 21. 

1990 Anoplodactylus maritimus, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 229. 

1992 Anoplodactylus maritimus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 [tab. 

5], 39 [key], 52-53, fig. 23. 

1992 Anoplodactylus maritimus, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 131, 139. 

Distribution: amphi-Atlantic; known from the Azores and 

Cape Verde Islands, as well as from Chesapeake Bay south to 

Brazil. 


Habitat: Thalassia; often associated with floating 

Sargassum. 

Anoplodactylus marshallensis CHILD 1982 

1982 Anoplodactylus marshallensis CHILD, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 274-275, 

fig. 2a-f. 

Distribution: Marshall Islands (Enewetak Atoll). 


Habitat: on pier pilings. 

Anoplodactylus massiliensis BOUVIER 1916 

1916 Anoplodactylus massiliensis BOUVIER, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris (1), 

22: 14, fig. 34. 

1923 Anoplodactylus massiliensis, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 40. 

1967 Anoplodactylus massiliensis, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 52-53, fig. 3a-b. 

1970 Anoplodactylus massiliensis, - STOCK, "Meteor"-Forsch. - Ergebn., D, 5: 9- 

10, figs. 14-17. 

1987 Anoplodactylus massiliensis, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 45. 

Distribution: W-Africa; off Canary Islands; Mediterranean. 

Depth range: 300m.

236 


Anoplodactylus massiliformis STOCK 1975 

1975 Anoplodactylus massiliformis STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1063-1066, 

figs. 48-49. 

1979 Anoplodactylus massiliformis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 56. 

1986 Anoplodactylus massiliformis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 439. 

Distribution: Brazil; northern border of South America to 

Panamá; Barbados. 


Habitat: muddy sand, shell debris, sponge bottom; gravel; 

calcareous sand. 

Anoplodactylus minusculus CLARK 1970 

1970 Anoplodactylus minusculus CLARK, Trans. R. Soc. N.Z., Biol. Sci., 12 (3): 

15-17, figs. 9-16. 

Distribution: Australia (Queensland). 


Anoplodactylus minutissimus STOCK 1954 

1954 Anoplodactylus minutissimus STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 78-80, fig. 34. 

Distribution: Singapore. 


Anoplodactylus micros BOURDILLON 1955 

1955 Anoplodactylus micros BOURDILLON, Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches Marit., 19 (4): 

591-592, pl. I, figs. 3-8. 

1986 Anoplodactylus micros, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404. 

Distribution: with certainty known only from Martinique, 

French Antilles; other records doubtful. 



Anoplodactylus monotrema STOCK 1979 

1979 Anoplodactylus monotrema STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

59 (184): 15-18, figs. 4-5. 

1979 Anoplodactylus monotrema, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 56-58, fig. 

19c. 

1982 Anoplodactylus monotrema, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 372. 

1986 Anoplodactylus monotrema, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404.

1990 Anoplodactylus monotrema, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (3-4): 284. 

1992 Anoplodactylus monotrema, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 37-38. 

1992 Anoplodactylus monotrema, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 131, 139. 

237 

Distribution: W-Atlantic, Florida to Brazil; Galapagos 

Archipelago. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often in algal 

vegetation. 

Anoplodactylus neglectus HOEK 1898 

1898 Anoplodactylus neglecta HOEK, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., ser. 2, vol. 1: 

293-295, pls. I-II, figs. 7-10. 

Distribution: between Prince Edwards and Crozet Islands. 


Anoplodactylus nodosus HILTON 1939 

1939 Anoplodactylus nodosus HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 29. 

1940 Anoplodactylus nodosus, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Filos., Ciên. Letr., Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 41 [list]. 

1941 Anoplodactylus nodosus, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 

(26): 257 [key]. 

1942 Anoplodactylus nodosus, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 72. 

1975 Anoplodactylus nodosus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 193-196, 

fig. 2. 

Distribution: California (Catalina Island). 

Anoplodactylus oculatus CARPENTER 1905 

1905 Anoplodactylus oculatus CARPENTER, Sci. Invest. Fish. Branch Ireland, 4: 4- 

5, pl. II, figs. 7-11. 

1978 Anoplodactylus oculatus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 216. 



Anoplodactylus oculospinosus HILTON 1942 

1942 Anoplodactylus oculospinosus HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 

72-73. 

1975 Anoplodactylus oculospinosus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 196- 

198, fig. 3. 

Distribution: California (Monterey Bay). 


Habitat: from rocks.

238 

Anoplodactylus ophiurophilus STOCK 1979 

1979 Anoplodactylus ophiurophilus STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 48 (2): 156-160, figs. 1- 

9. 


Depth range: littoral and shallow subtidal. 

Habitat: associated with ophiuroid Ophiocoma doederleini. 

Anoplodactylus pacificus HILTON 1942 

1942 Anoplodactylus pacificus HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 73. 

1955 Anoplodactylus pacificus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

117: 242-243. 

1975 Anoplodactylus pacificus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 198-201, 

fig. 4. 

Distribution: California (Santa Catalina Island). 


Anoplodactylus paradigitatus CHILD 1988 

1988 Anoplodactylus paradigitatus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 18-20, fig. 

8. 

Distribution: Philippines (Negros and Batan Island). 

Depth range: 0.5-2m 

Anoplodactylus pectinus HEDGPETH 1948 

1948 Anoplodactylus pectinus, HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 234- 

236, fig. 34. 

1954 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - HEDGPETH, Fish. Bull. Fish & Wildlife Service 

U.S., 89 (55): 427. 

1955 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

117: 235, fig. 11. 

1973 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 4 (4): 955-957. 

1974 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 87 (43): 500. 

1974 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 

17. 

1975 Anoplodactylus pectinis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1050-1052, fig. 

41a. 

1979 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 58. 

1979 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 59 (184): 15. 

1982 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 372-373. 

1986 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404. 

1988 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 20. 

1988 Anoplodactylus pectinus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 

(3): 662.

239 

Distribution: probably cosmotropical, most often recorded 

from the Caribbean. 



Anoplodactylus pelagicus FLYNN 1928 

1928 Anoplodactylus pelagicus FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 

6 (Special Rep., I): 25-27, fig. 14. 

1954 Anoplodactylus pelagicus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 128, fig. 

19. 

1963 Anoplodactylus pelagicus, - STOCK, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 (12): 340. 

1981 Anoplodactylus pelagicus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 463-464, fig. 6. 

Distribution: North and South Atlantic, extending 

into the Indian Ocean in the sub-Antarctic zone of Prince 

Edward and Crozet islands; also taken in the Gulf of Alaska. 


Anoplodactylus perforatus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1982 

1982 Anoplodactylus perforatus NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 

289-291, fig. 3. 

1983 Anoplodactylus perforatus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 

49. 

1988 Anoplodactylus perforatus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 

(3): 663. 

1988 Anoplodactylus perforatus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 

(4): 813-815. 

1991 Anoplodactylus perforatus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 

29-30. 

Distribution: Samoa, Japan (incl. Ryukyu Islands). 


Anoplodactylus petiolatus (KRØYER 1844) 

1844 Phoxichilidium petiolatum KRØYER, Naturhist. Tidskr., 2 (4): 123. 

1891 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 

(Zool. 20): 25-29, pl. II, fig. 2a-i. 

1916 Anaphia petiolata, - LEBOUR, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 11 (1): 51-56, figs. 

1-3 (life history). 

1932 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - TIMMERMANN, - Z. Morph. Oek. Tiere, 25: 327, 

fig. 3. 

1940 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 61-62, fig. 5a-b. 

1945 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - LEBOUR, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 157-159, 

fig. 6a-h. 

1948 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 

222, fig. 27a-d. 

1950 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - SAWAYA, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 47 (1-2): 73. 

1951 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 2 (43): 16.

240 

1957 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 85. 

1959 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - BACESCU, Rev. Biol. Acad. Rep. Pop. Roum., 4 

(1): 117. 

1958 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16: 4. 

1962 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 12: 218. 

1966 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - STOCK, Atlantide Rept., 9: 52. 

1972 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 622. 

1973 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - ARNAUD, Tehys, 5 (1): 151-152. 

1973 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - KRAEUTER, J. nat. Hist., 7: 495. 

1973 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 72. 

1974 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 


1975 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1072-1075, fig. 

53. 

1976 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica 1: 69. 

1976 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27: 338- 

340, fig. 2. 

1977 Anoplodactylus guyanensis CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (3): 591-593, 

fig. 3. 

1978 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 216. 

1982 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 21. 

1986 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - Chimenz & Cottarelli, Oebalia, 13, N.S.: 138. 

1986 Anoplodactylus guyanensis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404. 

1987 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 45-46. 

1987 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - BITAR, Bull. Inst. Sci., Rabat, 11: 163. 

1987 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 514. 

1989 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - SCHÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (3/4): 290. 

1992 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 [tab. 

5], 39 [key], 53-55, fig. 24. 

1993 Anoplodactylus petiolatus, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, 

tab. 3. 

Distribution: tropical and temperate Atlantic; 

Mediterranean, Black Sea. 



Anoplodactylus pharus STOCK 1975 

1975 Anoplodactylus pharus STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1053-1055, fig. 42a-e. 



Anoplodactylus polignaci BOUVIER 1914 

1914 Anoplodactylus polignaci BOUVIER, Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1914: 224-226, 

figs. 1-3. 

1942 Anoplodactylus polignaci, - FAGE, Arch Zool. Exp. Gén., 82 (Notes & Rev., 

2): 82-83. 

1943 Anoplodactylus polignaci, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 45- 

46. 

1948 Anoplodactylus polignaci, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 230,

fig. 30a-d. 

1966 Anoplodactylus polignaci, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 53-54, fig. 3c. 

Distribution: Florida; off Guinea, W-Africa. 


Anoplodactylus pseudotarsalis MÜLLER 1992 

241 

1992 Anoplodactylus pseudotarsalis MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 167-170, 

figs. 31-36, 173 [text]. 

Distribution: Malaysia (Tioman Archipelago, Pulau Babi 

Besar). 



Anoplodactylus pycnosoma (HELFER 1938) 

1938 Peritrichia pycnosoma HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 

1937 (2): 176-177, fig. 7. 

1940 Halosoma pycnosoma, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Filos., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 45-46. 

1953 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 35 (4): 41, fig. 5. 

1954 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 75-77, fig. 33. 

1971 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

326. 

1974 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 

16. 

1975 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 20. 

1975 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - STOCK, Trav. Mus. Hist. nat. "Grigore Antipa", 

16: 132. 

1983 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 96 (4): 708. 

1983 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 50. 

1986 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 44. 

1987 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 161. 

1988 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 59. 

1988 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 20. 

1990 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 

45 (9): 100-101. 

1990 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 77. 

1991 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 144. 

1991 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 30. 

1992 Anoplodactylus pycnosoma, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 173, figs. 

43-48. 

Distribution: known from scattered places in the W-Indian 

Ocean to Japan. 



Anoplodactylus pygmaeus (HODGE 1864)

242 

1864 Pallene pygmaea HODGE, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 3 (13): 116, pl. XIII, figs. 

16-17. 

1881 Phoxichilidium exiguum DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: pp. 34, 

36, 56, 76, 99, 181-184, pl. XII, figs. 19-22. 

1889 Phoxichilidium pygmaeum, - TOPSENT, Bull. Soc. Linéenne Normandie, Caen, 4 

(2) (1888-1889): 62. 

1905 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - CARPENTER, Sci. Invest. Fish. Branch Ireland, 4: 

6. 

1908 Anoplodactylus petiolata, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 30: 202. 

1912 Halosoma exiguum, - LOMAN, Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 238: 6. 

1913 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - DOGIEL, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., 107 (4): 665-685, 

pl. XXII, figs. 1-8. 

1918 Anoplodactylus exiguus, - WIRÉN, Zoologisk. Bidr. Uppsala, 6: 42. 

1923 Anoplodactylus exiguus, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris (Zool.), (10) 6 

(3,4): 120. 

1923 Anoplodactylus exiguus, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 43, fig. 39. 

1928 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - GILTAY, Bull. & Ann. Soc. Roy. Ent. Belg., 68 (9- 

10): 217. 

1932 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - SCHLOTTKE, Wiss. Meeresunters. Kommiss. Wiss. 

Unters. Dtsch. Meere, Abt. Helgoland, (N.F.), 18 (9): 7, fig. 6. 

1936 Anoplodactylus exiguus, - STEPHENSEN, Göteborgs Kungl. Vetensk. Vitterhets. 

Samh. Handl., (5) (B) 4 (14): 44-45, fig. 10. 

1945 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - LEBOUR, J. mar. biol. Assoc. U.K., 26: 159-162, 

fig. 7a-l. 

1948 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 3216: 224-225, 

fig. 27. 

1954 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk. naturhist. Foren., 

116: 77. 

1958 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 16: 4. 

1962 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 22: 218. 

1970 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - STOCK, "Meteor"-Forsch.-Ergebn., D, 5: 10. 

1970 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 2 (1): 

1. 

1972 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 622. 

1973 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 152. 

1973 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 72. 

1974 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 


1976 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 69. 

1978 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - CHIMENZ-GUSSO, FRESI, CINELLI, MAZZELLA, PANSINI 

& PRONZATO, Mem. Biol. Mar. Ocean., 8 (4): 94-96. 

1981 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 464-465. 

1983 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr. 34 (1-3): 412. 

1987 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 46. 

1987 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - BITAR, Bull. Inst. Sci., Rabat, 11: 163. 

1990 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 230. 

1992 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 38 [tab. 

5], 39 [key], 55-56, fig. 25. 

1992 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - PÉREZ-RUZAFA, A. & T. MUNILLA, Sci. Mar., 56 (1): 

25. 

1993 Anoplodactylus pygmaeus, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, tab. 

3. 

Distribution: Sweden to West Africa and Azores; 

Mediterranean Sea; Red Sea; Virginia to Florida; Gulf of

243 

Mexico; Caribbean Sea; ?Argentina. 

Depth range: 0-587-?4558m 

Habitat: in a variety of substrata, also on drifting weed; 

from the polyps of Obelia sp. and Podocoryne carnea and from 

galls in Coryne muscoides; adults frequently collected on 

Bowerbankia. 

Anoplodactylus quadratispinosus HEDGPETH 1943 

1943 Anoplodactylus quadratispinosus HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 

47-48, pl. 8, figs. a-g. 

1948 Anoplodactylus quadratispinosus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 

(3216): 232. 

1986 Anoplodactylus quadratispinosus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404. 

Distribution: Florida (near Key West). 

Anoplodactylus reimerae CHILD 1979 

1979 Anoplodactylus reimerae CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 59-61, fig. 20. 

1992 Anoplodactylus reimerae, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 38. 

Distribution: Panamá Pacific; Eucador. 


Anoplodactylus robustus (DOHRN 1881) 

1945 Phoxichilidium robustum, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 153. 

1979 Anoplodactylus robustus, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 184: 18-22, fig. 6. 

1987 Anoplodactylus robustus, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 46-47. 

Distribution: Mediterranean; Congo Belge. 


Habitat: "sur algues calcaires Mélobésiées" (ARNAUD). 

Anoplodactylus shimodaensis NAKAMURA & CHILD 1982 

1982 Anoplodactylus shimodaensis NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 

(2): 285-287, fig. 2. 

1983 Anoplodactylus shimodaensis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 

50. 

1991 Anoplodactylus shimodaensis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 

30. 



Anoplodactylus simplex CLARK 1963

244 

1963 Anoplodactylus simplex CLARK, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 50-51, fig. 25A-F. 

1982 Anoplodactylus simplex, - STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 461. 



Habitat: sand and weeds. 

Anoplodactylus simulator STOCK 1975 

1975 Anoplodactylus simulator STOCK Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1066-1068, fig. 50. 

1986 Anoplodactylus simulator, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 440, fig. 15c. 

Distribution: Straits of Florida. 


Anoplodactylus spinirostrum STOCK 1973 

1973 Anoplodactylus spinirostrum STOCK, Beaufortia, 20: 122-123, fig. 11. 

Distribution: SE-Australia. 


Habitat: on Amathea sp. (Bryozoa) and Aglaophenia plumosa 

(Hydroida). 

Anoplodactylus spinosus MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Anoplodactylus spinosus MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. Dt. Tiefsee-Exped., 1898-1899, 

3: 188-189, pl. XXVIII, figs. 8-12. 

Distribution: Agulhas Bank. 

Depth range: 10m or less. 

Anoplodactylus spurius STOCK 1992 

1992 Anoplodactylus spurius STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 132-134, 139, figs. 65- 

75. 



Anoplodactylus squalidus CLARK 1973 

1973 Anoplodactylus squalida CLARK, Pac. Sci., 27 (1): 30-33, fig. 2A-G. 

1988 Anoplodactylus rimulus CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (4): 59-61, fig. 

3. 

1988 Anoplodactylus rimulus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (4): 

815. 

1989 Anoplodactylus squalidus, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 126-127, 

figs. 45-56.

245 

Distribution: New Britain; Seychelles (Aldabra atoll); 

Society Islands (Moorea). 


Habitat: coral reefs. - Halimeda on dead coral; dead 

corals. 

Anoplodactylus stellatus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

1983 Anoplodactylus stellatus NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 50, 

fig. 17. 



Anoplodactylus stictus MARCUS 1940 

1940 Anoplodactylus stictus MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Filos., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 65-68, pl. VI, fig. 7E, pl. VII, fig. 7A-D. 

1957 Anoplodactylus stictus, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 84. 

1992 Anoplodactylus stictus, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 132-134 [text], 134, 

139, fig. 62. 

Distribution: Brazil to northern Argentina. 



Anoplodactylus stocki BACESCU 1959 

1959 Anoplodactylus stocki BACESCU, Rev. Biol. Acad. Rep. Pop. Roum., 4 (1): 123- 

127, fig. 3A-F. 

1987 Anoplodactylus stocki, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 47. 

Distribution: Black Sea. 


Anoplodactylus stri CHILD 1979 

1979 Anoplodactylus stri CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 61-63, fig. 21. 



Anoplodactylus tanseii NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Anoplodactylus tanseii NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 27 

[key], 30-32, fig. 11. 



246 

Anoplodactylus tarsalis STOCK 1968 

1968 Anoplodactylus tarsalis STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

52-54, fig. 19. 

1973 Anoplodactylus tarsalis, - ARNAUD, Tethys 4 (4): 955. 

1988 Anoplodactylus tarsalis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 20. 

1990 Anoplodactylus tarsalis, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 41 (1): 78. 

1992 Anoplodactylus tarsalis, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1):170 [text], 

171-173, figs. 37-42. 

1992 Anoplodactylus tarsalis, - STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 95. 

Distribution: Philippines; Madagascar; Kenya; Oman. 


Habitat: dead corals; algae. 

Anoplodactylus tenuicorpus CHILD 1991 

1988 Anoplodactylus attenuatus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 12-14, fig. 5. 

1988 Anoplodactylus attenuatus, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 56. 

1991 Anoplodactylus tenuicorpus CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 142-143. 

Distribution: Guam; Seychelles (Aldabra Atoll). 


Habitat: coral rubble. 

Anoplodactylus torus CHILD & HEDGPETH 1971 

1971 Anoplodactylus torus CHILD & HEDGPETH, J. nat. Hist., 5: 610-612, fig. 1a-f. 


Depth range: shallow to 6.5m. 

Habitat: from coral and coralline heads; Padina. 

Anoplodactylus trispinosus STOCK 1951 

1951 Anoplodactylus trispinosus STOCK, Mém. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 2 (43): 

14-16, figs. 17-22. 

1954 Anoplodactylus trispinosus, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 5 (24): 127. 

1954 Anoplodactylus trispinosus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 35. 

1964 Anoplodactylus trispinosus, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat. Haifa, 35: 

31, figs. 8-9 (Curaçao record only). 

1975 Anoplodactylus trispinosus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1076-1079, 

figs. 55, 56a. 

1979 Anoplodactylus trispinosus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 63. 

1986 Anoplodactylus trispinosus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 404. 

Distribution: amphiatlantic. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata.

Anoplodactylus tubiferus (HASWELL 1884) 

247 

1884 Phoxichilidium tubiferum HASWELL, Proc. linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 9: 1032, pl. 

57 figs. 1-5. 

1904 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 288. 

1908 Anoplodactylus stylops LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 71, pl. 11 figs. 

20-24. 

1908 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - LOMAN, Siboga Exp. Monogr., 40: 72-73. 

1907 Anoplodactylus pulcher CARPENTER, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2 (12): 97-98, 

pl. 12 figs. 13-19. 

1919 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1918: 79. 

1941 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - WILLIAMS, Mem. Qd. Mus., 12 (1): 35. 

1954 Anoplodactylus pulcher, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 84-85, figs. 38a, 39. 

1963 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 49. 

1965 Anoplodactylus pulcher, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 29, fig. 46. 

1968 Anoplodactylus pulcher, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 49. 

1973 Anoplodactylus pulcher, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 4 (4): 957. 

1973 Anoplodactylus pulcher, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 21 (279): 97. 

1982 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 457-459, fig. 

2c-f. 

1983 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 49. 

1988 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - CHILD, Bull. Biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 61. 

1989 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana marit., 20 (5/6): 281- 

282, figs. 15-20. 

1991 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 32. 

1991 Anoplodactylus tubiferus, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 224. 

Distribution: widely distributed in the Indo-West Pacific. 


Habitat: coralline algae; muddy sand; shelly sand. 

Anoplodactylus turbidus STOCK 1975 

1964 Anoplodactylus trispinosus, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Sta. Haifa, 35: 

31. 

1974 Anoplodactylus turbidus, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 

16. 

1975 Anoplodactylus turbidus STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1080, fig. 56b-g. 

Distribution: Red Sea (Dahlak Archipelago); Madagascar. 


Habitat: on reefs. 

Anoplodactylus typhloides STOCK 1991 

1991 Anoplodactylus typhloides STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 204- 

206, figs. 53-54. 

Distribution: New Caledonia.

248 


Anoplodactylus typhlops SARS 1888 

1888 Anoplodactylus typhlops SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Oslo, 12: 29-31, 

pl. 2, fig. 3a-c. 

1891 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 

(Zool. 20): 29-31, pl. II, fig. 3a-e. 

1905 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - CARPENTER, Fish. Ireland Sci. Invest., 1904: 5, 

pl. III, figs. 12-19. 

1908 Anaphia typhlops, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London, 30: 203- 

1933 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 44-45, fig. 

12. 

1935 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok. Naturv. Rek., 

1935 (2): 29-30. 

1948 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 228- 

229, fig. 29a-c. 

1955 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - STOCK, Viddensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

117: 235-236, fig. 12a. 

1973 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P..P. Shirshov, 

Akad. Nauk. SSSR, 91: 181-183, pl. 1, figs. 1-8. 

1974 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, 


1982 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 21. 

1987 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 514-515. 

1988 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 130- 

131. 

1991 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 207, 

fig. 55. 

1992 Anoplodactylus typhlops, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 38. 

Distribution: North and South Atlantic; Gulf of Alaska; 

Costa Rica (Cocos Ridge). 


Anoplodactylus unilobus STOCK 1959 

1959 Anoplodactylus unilobus STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 564-565, 

fig. 8. 




Anoplodactylus velamellus NAKAMURA & CHILD 1991 

1991 Anoplodactylus velamellus NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 32- 

34, fig. 12. 



Anoplodactylus vemae CHILD 1982 

1982 Anoplodactylus vemae CHILD Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 21-24, fig. 7a-g. 

Distribution: Argentine Slope, E of Bahia Samborombon. 


Anoplodactylus versluysi LOMAN 1908 

249 

1908 Anoplodactylus versluysi LOMAN, Siboga Exp. Monogr., 40: 73-74, pl. III, 

figs. 33-39. 

1954 Anoplodactylus versluysi, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 84-85, figs. 38a, 39. 

1959 Anoplodactylus versluysi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 200. 

1965 Anoplodactylus versluysi, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 1): 29-30, fig. 46. 

1971 Anoplodactylus versluysi, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

326. 

1983 Anoplodactylus versluysi, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 52- 

54. 

1983 Anoplodactylus versluysi, - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 4e sér., 5, 

sect. A., no. 1: 304. 

1987 Anoplodactylus versluysi, - NAKAMURA, Biol., Lab., Imperial Household: 17- 

18, pl. 15. 

1991 Anoplodactylus versluysi, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 224. 

Distribution: Singapore, Indonesia, Philippines, 

Madagascar. 


Habitat: coral bottom; corals and Lithothamnion; shelly 

sand; on Dendronephtya. 

Anoplodactylus virescens (HODGE 1864) 

1945 Phoxichilidium virescens, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 150-152, 

fig. 4a-f. 

1973 Anoplodactylus virescens, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 70-71, fig. 7. 

1974 Phoxichilidium virescens, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 35 [key], 40. 

1976 Anoplodactylus virescens, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, 1: 69. 

1979 Anoplodactylus virescens, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. 

Isl., 184: 22-24, fig. 7. 

1987 Anoplodactylus virescens, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 47. 

Distribution: Mediterranean; NW-Atlantic. 


Habitat: Corallina mediterranea; Posidonia seagrass; on 

Syncoryne eximia and Coryne muscoides. 

Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis COLE 1904 

1904 Halosoma viridintestinale COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 286-288, pl. 14,

250 


1951 Halosoma viridintestinale, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 106. 

1955 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturist. 

Foren., 117: 239. 

1960 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - ZIEGLER, The Veliger, 3 (1): 19. 

1975 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 

202. 

1976 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - BIRKELAND, REIMER & YOUNG, Ecol. Res. 

Ser., EPA-600/3-76-028: 158. 

1976 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 

27: 340. 

1976 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - REIMER, Mar. Biol., 35 (3): 299. 

1979 Anoplodactylus viridintestinalis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 63. 

Distribution: California south to Panama. 


Habitat: on bryozoans; washed from weeds. 

Anoplodactylus vulcanus Child, 1992 

1992 Anoplodactylus vulcanus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 38-40, fig. 16. 


Anoplodactylus xenus STOCK 1980 

1980 Anoplodactylus xenus STOCK, Steenstrupia, 6 (1): 1-4, figs. 1-6. 

Distribution: New Zealand (Cape Maria van Diemen). 

Depth range: intertidal 

Endeis Philippi 1843 

1923 Endeis, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 290-291 [remarks]. 

1948 Endeis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 238 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1954 Endeidae, Endeis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 129 [diagnosis, key 

to South African species]. 

1968 Endeis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 131: 59 [key to 

species]. 

1969 Endeidae, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 63 [diagnosis]. 

1969 Endeis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 63-64 [diagnosis, 

remarks], 65-66 [key to species]. 

1979 Endeis, - Child, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 66 [key to Middle American 

species]. 

1983 Endeis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 41 ]key to Japanese 

species]. 

1992 Endeis, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 37. 

Endeis australis (HODGSON 1907)

251 

1907 Phoxichilus australis HODGSON, Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904, Nat. 

Hist., 3: 5-7, pl. I, fig. 1. 

1911 Phoxichilus australis, - BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

1139. 

1913 Phoxichilus australis, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 118-120, fig. 74. 

1915 Endeis australis, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, Zool., 

3 (1): 49, fig. 11. 

1932 Endeis australis, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 93-94. 

1935 Endeis australis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 (4) 

(2): 297. 

1935 Phoxichilus australis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 279. 

1938 Endeis australis, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), (Zool. 

& Bot.), 2 (8): 20. 

1944 Endeis australis, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 48. 

1952 Endeis australis, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (2): 

184. 

1969 Endeis australis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 64. 

1976 Endeis australis, - PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 55 (6): 924, figs. k-m [text]. 

Distribution: Antarctic-subantarctic areas. 


Endeis biseriata STOCK 1968 

1908 Phoxichilus meridionalis, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 78-79, pl. XI, 

figs. 153-155 [part.]. 

1968 Endeis biseriata STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 57-60, 

fig. 21. 

1970 Endeis biseriata, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 2 (1): 1. 

1974 Endeis biseriata, - STOCK, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 (3): 17. 

1979 Endeis biseriata, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 

(184): 28-30, fig. 9. 

1988 Endeis biserata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 20. 

1990 Endeis biserata, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 332-333. 

1992 Endeis biseriata, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 134, 139. 

Distribution: Brazil, Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Indonesia, 

Australia, Philippines and Hawaii. 


Habitat: stones; algae; reef and sand flat rubble; 

seaweeds on rocks; amongst ascidians, bryozoans and sponges 

growing on boulders. 

Endeis charybdea (DOHRN 1881) 

1881 Phoxichilus charabdaeus DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 174, pl. 

X, figs. 7-13, pl. Xa, figs. 14-15, 21-22, pl. XI, figs. 11, 14-15. 

1923 Chilophoxus charabdaeus, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 46, fig. 43. 

1937 Chilophoxus charybdaeus var. bispinatus, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, 

(Zool.), (10) 20 (1): 36, fig. 10.

252 

1942 Chilophoxus charibdaeus, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., 82 (Notes & Rev., 

2): 84, fig. 6. 

1965 Endeis charybdaea, - STOCK & SOYER, Vie Milieu, 16 (1B): 417-418, fig. 1A-B. 

1970 Endeis charybdaea, - STOCK, "Meteor" Forsch.-Ergebn., D (5): 10. 

1975 Endeis charybdaea, - KRAPP, Sarsia, 59: 85-94, fig. 1. 

1987 Endeis charybdaea, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 52. 

1990 Endeis charybdaea, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 230-231. 

Distribution: Mediterranean; Cape Verde Islands and 

temperate NE-Atlantic. 



Endeis clipeata (MÖBIUS 1902) 

1902 Phoxichilus clipeatus MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 196, pl. 30, figs. 6-10. 

1928 Endeis clipeatus, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 


1954 Endeis clipeatus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 129-130, fig. 20. 

1956 Endeis clipeatus, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 89. 

1959 Endeis clipeatus, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 563. 

1962 Endeis clipeatus, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 285. 

1965 Endeis clipeata, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 13 (151): 31. 

Distribution: South Africa; Madagascar. 


Habitat: rocks; shelly sand, gravel, carpets of 

Phyllochaetopterus socialis. 

Endeis flaccida CALMAN 1923 

1908 ?Phoxichilus sp., - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 79, pl. 13, fig. 189. 

1923 Endeis flaccidus CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 295-297, fig. 17. 

1953 Endeis flaccida, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 300. 

1968 Endeis flaccida, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 56, 

59 [key]. 

1970 Endeis flaccida, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 30: 3-4. 

1975 Endeis flaccida, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1085, fig. 58a-b. 

1979 Endeis flaccida, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 66. 

1986 Endeis flaccida, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 440. 

Distribution: probably circumtropical. 


Habitat: fouling on pilings, floating oil-pipes and buoys; 

seagrass (Thalassia). 

Endeis laevis (GRUBE 1871) 

1974 Endeis laevis, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of 

the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 48 [key], 52-54, figs. 20B, D, 21B, D, 

22B, 23B, D, E.

253 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic (Great Britain). 

Depth range: sublittorally to about 15m. 

Habitat: associated with hydroids (Obelia dichotoma and 

Tubularia larynx). 

Endeis meridionalis (BÖHM 1879) 

1879 Phoxichilus meridionalis BÖHM, Monatsber. Kgl. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 

1879: 189-191, pl. 2, fig. 4. 

1890 Phoxichilus meridionalis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Izvest. Imperatorskavo Obshch. 

Lubitelei Estestvozn. Anthrop. Ethn., Moskva, 67: 20. 

1891 Phoxichilus meridionalis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 9 (2): 

509-510. 

1908 Phoxichilus meridionalis, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 78. 

1923 Endeis meridionalis, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 291-293, fig. 15. 

1929 Phoxichilus meridionalis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 1: 186-188. 

1965 Endeis meridionalis, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 151 (13): 30-31. 

1968 Endeis meridionalis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

59 [key]. 

1969 Endeis meridionalis, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 64, 66 

[key]. 

1971 Endeis meridionalis, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 327-328. 

1973 Endeis meridionalis, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 4 (4): 959. 

1973 Endeis meridionalis, - CLARK, Pac. Sci., 27 (1): 33, fig. 3A-D. 

1979 Endeis meridionalis, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 

(184): 27-28. 

1980 Endeis meridionalis, - DANIEL & SEN, J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 17 (2) 

("1975"): 165. 

1982 Endeis meridionalis, - STOCK, Monit. Zool. ital., Suppl. 7, (7): 189. 

1989 Endeis meridionalis, - MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 127. 

1990 Endeis meridionalis, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45 

(9): 101. 

1990 Endeis meridionalis, - MÜLLER, Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden, 45 

(10): 109. 

1990 Endeis meridionalis, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 231. 

Distribution: circumtropical. 



Endeis mollis (CARPENTER 1904) 

1887 ?Phoxichilus charybdeus, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Zool. Anz., 10 (251): 271. 

1904 Phoxichilus molle CARPENTER, Rep. Governm. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish. Gulf 

Manaar, Suppl. Rep. 13: 182-183, figs. 1-7. 

1907 Phoxichilus mollis, - CARPENTER, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 12 (2): 98. 

1908 Phoxichilus mollis, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 77-78. 

1923 Endeis mollis, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 25 (3): 293-294, fig. 16. 

1927 Endeis mollis, - CALMAN, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 22 (3): 408. 

1938 Endeis mollis, - CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 1933-34, 5 (6): 160. 

1942 ?Chilophoxus charibdeus, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 82 (Notes & Rev.,

254 

2): 84, fig. 6. 

1951 Endeis mollis, - STOCK, Mem. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 43 (2): 17-18, 

figs. 23-24. 

1954 Endeis mollis, - BOURDILLON, Notes Stat. Océanogr. Salammbô, 35: 4-8, figs. 

1-3. 

1954 Endeis mollis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 130-132, fig. 21. 

1957 Endeis mollis, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 85-86. 

1965 Endeis mollis, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 151, 13: 31. 

1966 Endeis mollis, - STOCK, Atlantide Rept., 9: 54. 

1971 Endeis mollis, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto. Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 327; 

Literatur. 

1975 Endeis mollis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1083-1085. 

1975 Endeis mollis, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 35: 76. 

1977 Endeis mollis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (2): 441. 

1979 Endeis mollis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 66. 

1983 Endeis mollis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 41. 

1986 Endeis mollis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 440. 

1987 Endeis mollis, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 52. 

1988 Endeis mollis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 20-21. 

1988 Endeis mollis, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 664. 

1991 Endeis mollis, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 104 (1): 144-145. 

Distribution: pantropical. 


Habitat: in a variety of substrata, often in coral reef 

locations. 

Endeis nodosa HILTON 1942 

1942 Endeis (Phoxichilus) nodosa HILTON, Occ. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 17 

(3): 47-48, fig. 4. 

1968 Endeis nodosa, - Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 59 [key]. 

1982 Endeis nodosa, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 275-277, fig. 2g-i. 

1988 Endeis nodosa, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 663-664. 

1991 Endeis nodosa, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 35. 

1992 Endeis nodosa, - Müller, Stud. Nat. Hist. Caribb. Reg., 71: 50-51, figs. 20- 

22. 

Distribution: Hawaii; Marshall Islands; Japan (Ryukyu 

Islands, Honshu); Caribbean Sea (Barbados). 


Habitat: rocks and pilings; algae on buoys; hydroids 

growing on anchor chain. 

Endeis pauciporosa STOCK 1970 

1970 Endeis pauciporosa STOCK, Bull. Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 2 (1): 2-3, fig. 

1. 

Distribution: Red Sea; Caribbean Sea of Colombia. 


Habitat: "harbour pier" (STOCK).

Endeis procera (LOMAN 1908) 

255 

1908 Phoxichilus procerus LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 79-80, pl. XI, figs. 

146-152. 

1954 Endeis procera, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 88-89, 

fig. 41. 



Habitat: sand, shells. 

Endeis spinosa (MONTAGU 1808) 

1808 Phallangium spinosum MONTAGU, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 9: 100, pl. 5, fig. 

7. 

1881 Phoxichilus vulgaris DOHRN, Fauna Flora Golf. Neapel, 3: 169-174, pls. 10- 

11. 

1891 Phoxichilus spinosus, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 

20): 15-20, pl. 1, fig. 3a-g. 

1908 Endeis spinosus, - NORMAN, J. Linn. Soc. London, (Zool.), 30: 233. 

1910 Endeis spinosus, - COLE, Biol. Bull. Woods Hole mar. biol. Lab., 18 (4): 

193-203, figs. 1-2. 

1913 Endeis spinosus, - SUMNER, OSBURN & COLE, Bull. Bureau Fish., Wash., 31 (1- 

2): 143. 

1917 Phoxichilus spinosus, - BOUVIER, Res. Campagnes Sci. accomplies sur son 

Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 30-31, pl. 2, fig. 2. 

1923 Chilophoxus spinosus, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 45-46, figs. 42-43. 

1932 Chilophoxus spinosus, - TIMMERMANN, Z. Morph. Oek. Tiere, 25: 327, 333. 

1935 Phoxichilus spinosus, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok, 1935 (2): 30. 

1940 Endeis spinosa, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 19 

(Zool. 4): 73-75, fig. 9a-e. 

1942 Chilophoxus spinosus, - FAGE, Arch. Zool. Gen., 82 (Notes & Rev., 2): 83. 

1943 Endeis spinosa, - HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 48. 

1945 Endeis spinosus, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 163. 

1948 Endeis spinosa, - Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 238-240, fig. 37. 

1952 Endeis spinosa, - STOCK, Boll. Soc. Venez. Stor. Nat., 6 (2): 185-186. 

1954 Endeis spinosa, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5 (24): 

128. 

1957 Endeis spinosa, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 85. 

1962 Endeis spinosa, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 22: 218. 

1965 Endeis spinosa, - STOCK & SOYER, Vie Milieu, 16 (1B): 418. 

1966 Endeis spinosa, - de HARO, Bol. Real Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., Madrid (Sec. 

Biol.), 64: 9. 

1966 Endeis spinosa, - SOYER, Doriana, 47 (174): 3. 

1966 Endeis spinosa, - STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 54. 

1967 Endeis spinosa, - de HARO, Publ. Inst. Biol. appl., Barcelona, 43: 109, 112- 

113, fig. 5. 

1970 Endeis spinosa, - BAYER, VOSS & ROBINS, in: Bioenv. and Radiolog. Safety 

Feasibility Stud. Atl.-Pac. Interoc. Canal, Univ. Miami: 48. 

1972 Endeis spinosus, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 622. 

1973 Endeis spinosa, - KRAPP, Beaufortia, 21 (277): 72. 

1974 Endeis spinosa, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. Synopses of 

the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 48 [key], 50-51, figs. 20A, C, 21A, C, 

22A, 23A, C.

256 

1979 Endeis spinosa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 66. 

1979 Endeis spinosa, - CHIMENEZ, BRIGNOLI & BASCIANO, Cah. Biol. Mar., 20: 480. 

1982 Endeis spinosa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 373-374. 

1982 Endeis spinosa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 24. 

1987 Endeis spinosa, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 52. 

1992 Endeis spinosa, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 57 [tab. 8], 57-58, 

fig. 26. 

Distribution: from Norway to Argentina, including the 

Mediterranean; ?Gulf of Mexico. 


Habitat: in a variety of substra, often found in floating 

Sargassum; in littoral zone on Asparagopsis; on top of a rock; 

ectocommensal on Thecocarpus; ectocommensal on Eunicella; 

amongst hydroids and sponges; on Laminaria holdfast; amongst 

hydroids and polyzoans; on Pecten valves; on sand and gravel; 

amongst Nemertesia; amongst Antennularia. 

Endeis straughami CLARK 1970 

1884 ?Phoxichilus charybdaeus, - HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1033. 

1970 Endeis straughani CLARK, Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 12 (3): 13-15, figs. 1-8. 

1979 Endeis picta BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 65: 251-254, fig. 1. 

1982 Endeis straughani, - STAPLES, Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 461-462, fig. 5K-M, pl. 

1, fig. A-B. 

1990 Endeis straughami, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 231. 

Distribution: Australia (Queensland); Ghana; Azores. 


Endeis viridis PUSHKIN 1976 

1976 Endeis viridis PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 55 (6): 923-925, figs. a-u. 

Distribution: Crozet Archipelago, Subantarctica. 


Pallenopsis WILSON 1881 

1948 Pallenopsis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 209 [diagnosis, 

remarks, key to NW-Atlantic species]. 

1954 Pallenopsis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 116 [diagnosis, key to 


1954 Pallenopsis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 116: 63 

[diagnosis]. 

1956 Pallenopsis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 87 

[diagnosis of subgen. nov. Pallenopsodon]. 

1957 Pallenopsis, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 100-101 

[remarks], 102 [key to South American species of fluminensis-group]. 

1975 Pallenopsis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1016-1017 [remarks], 1017- 

1018 [key to W-Atlantic, South American species and diagnosis of subgen. 

Pallenopsis], 1032-1036 [diagnosis of subgen. Bathypallenopsis, species

257 

groups], 1039-1040 [key to species of mollissima-group]. 

1986 Pallenopsis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 425 [remarks]. 

1992 Pallenopsis, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 37-38, 64-65 

[diagnosis]. 

Pallenopsis alcocki CALMAN 1923 

1923 Pallenopsis (Rigona) alcocki CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 282-284, 

figs. 9-10. 

Distribution: Andaman Sea. 


Pallenopsis angusta STOCK 1991 

1991 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) angusta STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 

151: 195-197, figs. 47-48. 

Distribution: New Caledonia, Loyality Islands. 


Pallenopsis annandalei CALMAN 1923 

1923 Pallenopsis annandalei CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 24 (3): 279-281, figs. 7-8. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) annandalei, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. 

nat. (A), 151: 198 [text]. 

Distribution: Laccadive Archipelago. 


Pallenopsis antipoda CLARK 1971 

1971 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsodon) antipoda CLAR, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3- 

4): 428-430, fig. 1A-G. 

Distribution: Antipodes Islands. 


Habitat: sand, rocks and pebbles. 

Pallenopsis arctica STOCK 1956 

1856 Pallenopsis arctica STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 54: 37-40, figs. 

3-4. 

Distribution: Arctica (W-Spitzbergen). 

Pallenopsis bicuspidata STOCK 1968 

1968 Pallenopsis bicuspidata STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131:

258 

46-47, fig. 17c-h. 

Distribution: off Lorenzo Marquez, Indian Ocean. 


Pallenopsis boehmi SCHIMKEWITSCH 1930 

1973 Pallenopsis boehmi, - STOCK, Nederl. J. Zool., 23 (3): 347-352, figs. 1-10. 

1992 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) boehmi, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 129, 139. 

Distribution: southern South America, Magellan Strait to 

southern Brazil. 


Pallenopsis brevidigitata MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Pallenopsis brevidigitata MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. 

"Valdivia", 1898-1899, 3: 185-186, pl. 27, figs. 7-13. 

1928 Pallenopsis brevidigitata, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. 

Afr., 6 (Special Rep., 1): 19. 

1938 Pallenopsis brevidigitata, - CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 5 (6): 

160. 

1954 Pallenopsis brevidigitata, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 120, fig. 

15b-c. 

1956 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsodon) brevidigitata STOCK, - Vidensk. Medd. dansk 

naturhist. Foren., 118: 87-88, fig. 10. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) brevidigitata, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 37. 

Distribution: Indo-West Pacific (E-Africa off Durban, off 

Zanzibar; SE-Asia). 


Habitat: sand; sponges. 

Pallenopsis bulbifera MUNILLA & STOCK 1984 

1984 Pallenopsis bulbifera MUNILLA & STOCK, Res. Exp. Cien., 12: 33-37, figs. 1- 

14. 

1988 Pallenopsis bulbifera, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 183-185, figs. 1a, 

2a, 5, tab. 1. 

Distribution: Nambia. 


Habitat: muddy-sandy, sandy, rocky and coraligenous 

bottom. 

Pallenopsis calcanea STEPHENSEN 1933 

1932 ?Pallenopsis sp., - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 91-92, fig. 45a-c, 74c. 

+1933 Pallenopsis calcanea STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönland, 79 (6): 21-24, fig. 5. 

1948 Pallenopsis calcanea, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 211, 

fig. 21e-g.

259 

1962 Pallenopsis calcanea, - HEDGPETH, Deep-Sea Res., 9: 487-490, figs. 1-2. 

1968 Pallenopsis calcanea, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

48. 

1970 Pallenopsis calcanea, - NESIS, Trans. P.P. Shirshov Inst. Oceanol., 88: 168. 

1971 Pallenopsis calcanea, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. 


1978 Pallenopsis aff. calcanea, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 216. 

1984 Pallenopsis calcanea, - MAUCHLINE, - J. nat. Hist., 18: 316. 

1986 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) calcanea, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 

437. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) calcanea, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. 

Zool., 512: 40. 

Distribution: worldwide, scattered records. 


Habitat: bathypelagic. 

Pallenopsis californica SCHIMKEWITSCH 1893 

1893 Pallenopsis californica SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 25 

(2): 39-41, pl. I, fig. 11, pl. II, figs. 18-23. 

1942 Pallenopsis californica, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (2): 40. 

1954 Pallenopsis oscitans, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 122, fig. 17. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) californica SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. mar. Sci., 

24 (4): 1036. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) californica, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 

39. 

Distribution: Gulf of California, Mozambique Strait. 


Pallenopsis candidoi MELLO-LEITAO 1949 

1949 Pallenopsis candidoi MELLO-LEITAO, Arqu. Mus. Paran., 7 (7): 299-307, pls. 

IX-X. 

1957 Pallenopsis candidoi, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 105, 

figs. 19-20. 

1966 Pallenopsis candidoi, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 393. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) candidoi, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1018 

[key], 1030. 

1976 Pallenopsis candidoi, - KRAPP & KRAEUTER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 27: 337. 

1992 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) candidoi, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 130, 139. 

Distribution: Georgia (U.S.A.) south to southern Brazil. 


Pallenopsis capensis BARNARD 1946 

1954 Pallenopsis capensis BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 118-119. 

1956 Pallenopsis capensis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 

83-84, fig. 7a. 

1962 Pallenopsis capensis, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 285.

260 

1988 Pallenopsis capensis, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 141-142. 

1988 Pallenopsis capensis, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 183-184, 186, figs. 

1b, 2b, 3, 4, 5, tab. 1. 



Habitat: rocks; coarse sand, corals and shell. 

Pallenopsis childi STOCK 1986 

1986 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) childi, - Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 429-431, figs. 

9-10. 

Distribution: Florida to south of Hispaniola. 


Pallenopsis cidaribatus CHILD 1975 

1975 Pallenopsis cidaribatus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 16-18, fig. 8. 



Pallenopsis comosa STOCK 1975 

1975 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) comosa STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1043- 

1045, fig. 37. 

1992 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) comosa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 

30. 

Distribution: Gulf of Panamá; Peru-Chile Trench. 


Pallenopsis conirostris TURPAEVA 1991 

1991 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) conirostris TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 37-39, 

fig. 2. 

Distribution: south of Madagascar. 


Pallenopsis crosslandi CARPENTER 1910 

1910 Pallenopsis crosslandi CARPENTER, J. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 31 (207): 

257. 

1972 Pallenopsis crosslandi, - ARNAUD, Tethys, Suppl. 3: 158-159. 

Distribution: E-Africa (Wasin Channel); Madagascar. 


Habitat: reef slope; "substrat de dalle corallienne avec

nombreux Hydroides et Zoanthaires" (ARNAUD). 

Pallenopsis denticulata HEDGPETH 1944 

261 

1944 Pallenopsis denticulata HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 23: 55-58, 

pls. XI-XII. 

1963 Pallenopsis denticulata, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 4 [list]. 

1975 Pallenopsis denticulata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 18-19. 



Habitat: sand; rubble; sponges; corals. 

Pallenopsis dentifera STOCK 1983 

1983 Pallenopsis dentifera STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (4) 5 (1): 300- 

304, figs. 1-10. 

1988 Pallenopsis dentifera, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 23. 



Pallenopsis fluminensis (KRØYER 1844) 

1844 Phoxichilidium fluminensis KRØYER, Naturhist. Tidskr., Kobenhavn, 1 (2): 

104, 124, pl. I, fig. 1a-f. 

1898 Pallenopsis fluminensis, - MEINERT, Dansk. Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 49, pl. V, 

figs. 1-6. 

1899 Pallenopsis fluminensis, - MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 52, pl. V, 

figs. 1-6. 

1935 Pallenopsis fluminensis, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 

5 (4) (2): 265, fig. 174. 

1940 Pallenopsis fluminensis, - MARCUS, Revta. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 11 (1-2): 

182, figs. 1-6. 

1940 Pallenopsis fluminensis, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, 19 (Zool. 4): 24, fig. 1A-B. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) fluminensis, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 

1020. 

1992 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) fluminensis, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 130, 

139. 

Distribution: Brazil, from the State of Sao Paulo to north 

of Pernambuco. 


Pallenopsis forficifera WILSON 1881 

1881 Pallenopsis forficifer WILSON, Bull. Mus. comp. Zool., 8 (12): 250-252, pl. 

4, figs. 15-18, pl. 5, fig. 23. 

1943 Pallenopsis forficifer, - HEDPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 43. 

1948 Pallenopsis forficifer, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 209-

262 

210, fig. 21c-d. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) forcifer, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1030- 

1032, fig. 30a-b. 

1986 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) forficifera, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 

425. 

Distribution: tropical and temperate northern W-Atlantic. 


Pallenopsis gippslandiae STOCK 1954 

1954 Pallenopsis gippslandiae STOCK 1954, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 65-68, figs. 28-29. 

1963 Pallenopsis gippslandiae, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 43-44, fig. 

22I. 



Pallenopsis glabra MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Pallenopsis glabra MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 184-185, pl. XXVII, figs. 1-6. 

1913 Pallenopsis glabra, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 109-111, figs. 62-65. 

1915 Pallenopsis glabra, - CALMAN, Rep. Brit. Antarct. "Terra Nova" Exped., 3: 

41-42. 



Pallenopsis guineensis STOCK 1975 

1975 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) guineensis STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 

1049-1050, fig. 40. 

Distribution: Gulf of Guinea. 


Pallenopsis hiemalis HODGSON 1907 

1952 Pallenopsis hiemalis, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., ser. 2, 24 (3): 

270-271. 

1975 Pallenopsis hiemalis, - PUSHKIN, Byull. Sov. Antarkt. Exped., 8 (90): 686- 

687, fig. 3 a-k, tab. 1. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Ross, Mawson and Davis Seas, Sea 

of Cooperation and Sea of the Cosmonauts). 


Pallenopsis hodgsoni GORDON 1938 

263 

1938 Pallenopsis hodgsoni GORDON Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 16-17, figs. 3a, 4d, 5d. 

1944 Pallenopsis hodgsoni, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 45. 

1950 Pallenopsis hodgsoni, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 151. 


Depth range: less than 641m. 

Pallenopsis hoeki MIERS 1884 

1884 Pallenopsis hoekii MIERS, Rep. Zool. Coll. made in the Indo-Pac. during the 

Voyage of HMS Alert 1881-82: 324-326, pl. XXXV, fig. B. 

1893 Pallenopsis hoekii, - CARPENTER, Sci. Rep. Roy. Dublin Soc., 8 (1) (4): 23, 


1884 ?Phoxichilidium hoekii, - HASWELL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 9: 1022 [list]. 

1908 ?Phoxichilidium hoekii, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 70-71. 

1908 Pallenopsis (Rigona) rigens LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 68, pl. IX, 

figs. 128-133. 

1929 Pallenopsis (Rigona) hoekii, - FLYNN, Mem. Qd. Mus., 9 (3): 257-258. 

1953 Pallenopsis cf. hoeki, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 288. 

1963 Pallenopsis hoekii, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 42, fig. 24E. 

1971 Pallenopsis hoeki, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 324. 

1975 Pallenopsis hoeki, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 19. 

Distribution: Philippines, Indonesia, Australia (off Cape 

York, Dirk Hartogs Island). 


Pallenopsis hoekiana SCHIMKEWITSCH 1930 

1881 Phoxichilidium fluminense, - HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS 

Challenger, 3 (10): 81-82, pl. XIV, figs. 1-4. 

1930 Pallenopsis hoekiana SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 237. 

1940 Pallenopsis hoekiana, - MARCUS, Revta. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 11 (1-2): 187- 

188. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) hoekiana, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1021. 

Distribution: W-Atlantic. 


Pallenopsis intermedia FLYNN 1928 

1928 Pallenopsis intermedia FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Rep., 1): 20-23, figs. 10-12. 

1954 Pallenopsis intermedia, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 117-118, figs. 

15a, 16a-d. 

1956 Pallenopsis intermedia, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren.,

264 

118: 82-83, fig. 7b. 

1959 Pallenopsis intermedia, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 561. 

1962 Pallenopsis intermedia, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 284. 

1988 Pallenopsis intermedia, - MUNILLA, Monogr. Zool. Mar., 3: 185. 

Distribution: South Africa; Namibia. 



Pallenopsis juttingae STOCK 1964 

1964 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsodon) juttingae STOCK, Beaufortia, 11 (135): 46-51, 

fig. 2a-g. 

1973 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsodon) juttingae, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 148-149, 

figs. 3-4. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic (off Bay of Biscay, Golfe de 

Gascogne). 


Habitat: found in plankton. 

Pallenopsis kempfi STOCK 1975 

1975 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) kempfi STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1025-1028, 

figs. 28-29. 

1986 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) kempfi, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 427-429, 

fig. 8a-f. 

1992 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) kempfi, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 139. 

Distribution: Florida south to southern Brazil. 


Habitat: sandy bottom. 

Pallenopsis knipovichi TURPAEVA 1974 

1974 Pallenopsis knipovichi TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., 98: 291-293, pl. 7, 

figs. 1-6. 



Pallenopsis kupei CLARK 1971 

1971 Pallenopsis kupei CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3 & 4): 430-433, fig. 

2A-J. 



Habitat: sand and shells.

Pallenopsis longicoxa STOCK 1966 

265 

1966 Pallenopsis longicoxa STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 394-396, fig. 

4. 

Distribution: Atlantic coast of South America, type 

locality uncertain. 

Depth range: ?63m. 

Pallenopsis longimana STOCK 1991 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) longimana STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. 

(A), 151: 198-200, figs. 49-50. 



Pallenopsis longirostris WILSON 1881 

1881 Pallenopsis longirostris WILSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 8 (12): 

252-253, pl. 4, figs. 19-22, pl. 5, figs. 24-25. 

1885 Pallenopsis longirostris, - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1883: 561. 

1899 Pallenopsis plumipes MEINERT, Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 51-52, pl. 4, 

figs. 1-7. 

1942 Pallenopsis longirostris, - GILTAY, J. Fish. Res. Board Ca., 5 (5): 459. 

1943 Pallenopsis longirostris, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 13, fig. 16. 

1973 Pallenopsis longirostris, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 150. 

1981 Pallenopsis longirostris, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 461-463, fig. 5a-f. 

1986 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) longirostris, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 

(3): 434. 

1988 Pallenopsis longirostris, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 142. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic (Canadian Atlantic coast (off New 

Jersey) south to Bahamas), Indian Ocean (Zululand area) and 

South Africa (off Cape Point). 


Pallenopsis longiseta TURPAEVA 1958 

1893 Pallenopsis mollissima, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 25 

(2): 41-42. 

1958 Pallenopsis longiseta TURPAEVA Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 27: 359-361, pl. 2, figs. 1-6. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) longiseta, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 

1042-1043, fig. 36. 

Distribution: U.S.S.R. (Bering Sea, Sea of Okhotsk); Gulf 

of Panamá. 


Pallenopsis macneilli CLARK 1963

266 

1963 Pallenopsis macneilli CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 45-46, fig. 22A-H. 

1968 Pallenopsis macneilli, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

48. 

1973 Pallenopsis macneilli, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 121, fig. 10A. 

1975 Pallenopsis macneilli, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 190: 19. 


Depth range: sublittoral-6m. 

Habitat: growths in rock pool; Ecklonia. 

Pallenopsis macronyx BOUVIER 1911 

1913 Pallenopsis macronyx, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 112-117, figs. 66-72. 



Pallenopsis mariae LARRAMENDY & de CASTELLANOS 1978 

1978 Pallenopsis mariae LARRAMENDY & de CASTELLANOS, Neotropica, La Plata, 24 

(72): 91-95, figs. A-E. 

Distribution: Argentina. 

Pallenopsis mauii CLARK 1958 

1958 Pallenopsis mauii CLARK, Zool. Publ. Univ. Wellington, 23: 4-6, figs. 11, 

14, 16, 18, 19. 

1971 Pallenopsis mauii, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3-4): 433-435, 

fig. 3A-G. 



Habitat: mud, stones, rocks. 

Pallenopsis meinerti SCHIMKEWITSCH 1930 

1887 Pallenopsis fluminensis, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Zool. Anz., 10 (251): 271. 

1930 Pallenopsis meinerti SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 237. 

1940 Pallenopsis meinerti, - MARCUS, Revta. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 11 (1-2): 22. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) meinerti, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1018 

[key], 1021-1024, figs. 26-27. 

1982 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) meinerti, - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 29-30. 

Distribution: SW-Atlantic. 


Pallenopsis meridionalis HODGSON 1915 

267 

1927 Pallenopsis meridionalis, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 337- 

338. 

1975 Pallenopsis meridionalis, - PUSHKIN, Byull. Sov. Antarkt. Exped., 8 (90): 

685-686, fig. 2 a-k, tab. 1. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Davis Sea). 


Pallenopsis mixta STOCK 1986 

1986 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) mixta STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 433-434, 

fig. 12. 

Distribution: Venezuela (Isla Margarita). 


Pallenopsis mollissima (HOEK 1881) 

1881 Phoxichilidium mollissimum HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 

3 (10): 87-88, pl. XIII, figs. 6-9. 

1893 Pallenopsis mollissima, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 41-42, pl. II, fig. 24. 

1949 Pallenopsis mollissima, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 277, 

fig. 36f. 

1953 Pallenopsis mollissima, - STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 288. 

1956 Pallenopsis mollissima, - FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 172-173, figs. 5-8. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) mollissima, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 

1040-1042, fig. 35. 

1985 Pallenopsis mollissima, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 83: 302. 

1986 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) mollissima atlantica STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 

38 (3): 434-437, figs. 13-14. 

Distribution: probably cosmopolitan, scattered records. 


Pallenopsis notiosa (Child, 1992 

1992 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) notiosa CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 25-27, 

fig. 10. 

Distribution: Chile (W of Bahia Las Canas). 


Pallenopsis obliqua (THOMSON 1884) 

1884 Phoxichilidium obliquum THOMSON, Trans. & Proc. N.Z. Inst., 16 (1883): 247- 

248, pl. XV, fig. 6, pl. XVI, figs. 1-2. 

1904 Phoxichilidium obliquum, - HUTTON, Index Fauna N.Z.: 247. 

1954 Pallenopsis obliqua, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116:

268 

64-65, fig. 30b-f. 

1956 Pallenopsis obliqua, - STOCK, Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 85-86, 

fig. 9C. 

1958 Pallenopsis obliqua, - CLARK, Zool. Publ. Univ. Wellington, 23: 3-4. 

1971 Pallenopsis obliqua, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (2): 330. 

1971 Pallenopsis obliqua, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3 & 4): 435. 

1977 Pallenopsis obliqua, - CLARK, N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 11 (1): 173-174, 

fig. 1A-C. 

Distribution: New Zealand (incl. subantarctic islands). 


Habitat: rocks; rock pool in Durvilla zone; algae. 

Pallenopsis oscitans (HOEK 1881) 

1881 Phoxichilidium oscitans HOEK, Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger, 3 

(10): 89-90, pl. XIII, figs. 1-5. 

1981 Pallenopsis oscitans, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 461. 

1984 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) oscitans, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 

64: 746-747. 

Distribution: Walvis Basin in southern Atlantic; Azores; 

entrance to English Channel. 


Pallenopsis ovalis LOMAN 1908 

1908 Pallenopsis ovalis LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 68-69, pl. X, figs. 

136-137. 

1916 Pallenopsis ovalis, - LOMAN, Zool. Meded., 2 (1): 20-21. 

1923 Pallenopsis (Rigona) ovalis, - CALMAN, Rec. Indian Mus., 25 (3): 284-285, 

fig. 11. 

1928 Pallenopsis ovalis, - FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 


1954 Pallenopsis (Rigona) ovalis, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 120-121, 

fig. 15d. 

1954 Pallenopsis ovalis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

64. 

1968 Pallenopsis ovalis, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

48. 

Distribution: Indian Ocean (Sri Lanka to Kei Islands). 


Habitat: sand; muddy bottom. 

Pallenopsis paramollis STOCK 1975 

1975 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) paramollis STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 

1045-1048, figs. 38-39. 

Distribution: NE-Pacific; Japan. 


Pallenopsis patagonica (HOEK, 1881) 

269 

1932 Pallenopsis patagonica, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 88-90, fig. 44. 

1938 Pallenopsis patagonica, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 15. 

1940 Pallenopsis patagonica, - MARCUS, Revta. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 11 (1-2): 

191. 

1944 Pallenopsis patagonica, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 46-48, fig. 15b, d, e. 

1950 Pallenopsis patagonica, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 150- 

151. 

1957 Pallenopsis patagonica, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 102- 

103, fig. 17. 

1961 Pallenopsis patagonica, - HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2) 57 (3): 5. 

1974 Pallenopsis patagonica, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

98: 288-290, pl. 5, figs. 1-10. 

1975 Pallenopsis patagonica, - PUSHKIN, Byull. Sov. Antarkt. Exped., 8 (90): 682- 

685, figs. 1 a-k, tab. 1. 

Distribution: Antarctic to atlantic coast of South 

America. 


Habitat: broken shells and sand. 

Pallenopsis persimilis STOCK 1956 

1956 Pallenopsis persimilis STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 

84-87, figs. 8, 9a. 

1962 Pallenopsis persimilis, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 285. 



Habitat: rocks; gravel with worm tubes. 

Pallenopsis pilosa (HOEK 1881) 

1881 Phoxichilidium pilosum HOEK, Challenger Rep. (Zool.), X: 90-92, pl. XIII, 

figs. 10-13. 

1913 Pallenopsis pilosa, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 107-109, figs. 60-61. 

1915 Pallenopsis pilosa, - CALMAN, Rep. Brit. Antarct. "Terra Nova" Exped., 3: 

42-43. 

1927 Pallenopsis pilosa, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 335-336. 

1932 Pallenopsis pilosa, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 87-88. 

1944 Pallenopsis pilosa, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 45. 

1974 Pallenopsis pilosa, - TURPAEVA, Trudy Inst. Okeanol., 98: 290-291, pl. 6, 

figs. 1-9. 

Distribution: Antarctica; Scotia Sea. 


270 

Pallenopsis safari STOCK 1984 

1984 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) safari STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 

Paris, (4) 6 (sec. A) (3): 707-709, figs. 10-21. 

Distribution: west of Sri Lanka. 


Pallenopsis schmitti HEDGPETH 1943 

1943 Pallenopsis schmitti, HEDGPETH, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 44. 

1948 Pallenopsis schmitti, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 212-214, 

fig. 22. 

1955 Pallenopsis schmitti, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 117: 

233-234, fig. 10. 

1975 Pallenopsis schmitti, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1028-1030, fig. 30cd. 

1979 Pallenopsis schmitti, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 46. 

1986 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) schmitti, - STOCk, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 425- 

427, fig. 8g-i. 

1992 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) schmitti, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 (1): 

65-67, fig. 30, 76 [tab. 12], 78 [tab. 14]. 

Distribution: tropical W-Atlantic. - Florida to Brazil; E- 

Pacific. - Panama, south of Balboa in the Canal zone. 


Habitat: rock and broken shell; coralline bottom; 

bryozoans; sand; mud. 

Pallenopsis scoparia FAGE 1956 

1956 Pallenopsis scoparia FAGE, Galathea Rep., 2: 171-172, figs. 1-4. 

1973 Pallenopsis scoparia, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 149-150, figs. 1-2. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) scoparia, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 

1032 [text]. 

1984 Pallenopsis scoparia, - MAUCHLINE, J. nat. Hist., 18: 318. 

1986 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) scoparia, - CHILD & HARBISON, J. mar. biol. 

Ass. U.K., 66: 113-116, figs. 1-2. 

1987 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) scoparia, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 516, 

figs. 13-15. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) scoparia, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. 

Zool., 512: 40. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) scoparia, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. 

(A), 151: 198. 

1992 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) scoparia, - CHILD, Mem. Hourglass Cruises, 9 

(1): 67-69, fig. 31. 

Distribution: cosmopolitan (except for Polar seas). 


Habitat: bathypelagic; predator of the scyphomedusa 

Periphylla periphylla.

Pallenopsis sibogae LOMAN 1911 

271 

1908 Pallenopsis plumipes, - LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 66-67, pl. XII, 

figs. 160-164. 

1911 Pallenopsis sibogae LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.-Naturwiss. 

Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 14. 

1911 Pallenopsis sibogae, - LOMAN, Codicil to Siboga Monogr., 40: 1. 

1954 Pallenopsis sibogae, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

63-64, fig. 30h-i. 

1955 Pallenopsis sibogae, LOMAN, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 19. 

1959 Pallenopsis sibogae, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 199. 



1987 Pallenopsis sibogae, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 10-11, pl. 

8. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) sibogae, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 

512: 41. 

Distribution: Indonesia to Japan. 


Habitat: sand; corals. 

Pallenopsis spicata HODGSON 1914 

1915 Pallenopsis spicata, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 44-46, fig. 9. 

1927 Pallenopsis spicata, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 338-339, 

fig. 10. 

1932 Pallenopsis spicata, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 90-91. 

1938 Pallenopsis spicata, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 19. 

1944 Pallenopsis spicata, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 48. 



Pallenopsis spinipes CARPENTER 1907 

1907 Pallenopsis spinipes CARPENTER, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 12 (2): 96, pl. 

12, figs. 1-12. 

1916 Pallenopsis spinipes, - LOMAN, Zool. Meded., 2 (1): 20. 

1957 Pallenopsis spinipes, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 88, 

figs. 5-7. 

1987 Pallenopsis spinipes, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 11-12, pl. 

9. 

1988 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) spinipes, - CHILD, Bull. biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 66. 

Distribution: Maldives; Amirantes Islands; Seychelles 

(Aldabra Atoll); Fiji Islands; Japan (Sagami Bay). 

Depth range: 0-71m.

272 

Pallenopsis stschapovae TURPAEVA 1958 

1958 Pallenopsis stschapovae TURPAEVA Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. 

Nauk SSSR, 27: 356-358, pl. 1, figs. 1-8. 



Pallenopsis stylirostre HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Pallenopsis stylirostre HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 278-280, 

fig. 36a-e. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) stylirostris, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. 

Contr. Zool., 512: 40. 



Pallenopsis temperans STOCK 1953 

1953 Pallenopsis temperans STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 291-293, fig. 10. 

1954 Pallenopsis temperans, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 

63, fig. 30g. 

1968 Pallenopsis temperans, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

47. 

1971 Pallenopsis temperans, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 324. 

Distribution: Philippines, Japan, Korea Straits, Central 

Pacific (Fanning and Line Island). 


Habitat: sand; shells; corals. 

Pallenopsis tongaensis CLARK 1973 

1973 Pallenopsis tongaensis CLARK, Pac. Sci., 27 (1): 28-30, fig. 1A-J. 

Distribution: Tonga. 

Pallenopsis triregia CLARK 1962 

1962 Pallenopsis triregia CLARK, N.Z. J. Sci., 5 (4): 517-519, fig. 1A-H. 



Pallenopsis tritonis HOEK 1883 

1883 Pallenopsis tritonis HOEK, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 32 (1): 7-10, pl. 1,

273 

figs. 1-6. 

1905 Pallenopsis holti CARPENTER, Sci. Invest. Fish. Branch Ireland, 4: 4, pl. I, 

figs. 1-6. 

1909 Pallenopsis tritonis, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, in: The Cambr. Nat. Hist.: 542. 

1982 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tritonis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 

40. 

1983 Pallenopsis tritonis, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 72-73, fig. 6. 

1984 Pallenopsis tritonis, - MAUCHLINE, J. nat. Hist., 18: 317. 

1984 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tritonis, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K. 

(1984): 747-748. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tritonis, - STOCK, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. 

nat., 4e sér., 13, sec. A, nos. 1-2: 138-139. 

Distribution: NE-Atlantic (Faroe Channel; NW-Ireland; 

entrance to English Channel; Newfoundland; New England). 


Pallenopsis truncatula CHILD 1992 

1992 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) truncatula CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 27- 

29, fig. 11. 

Distribution: Peru; Chile. 


Pallenopsis tumidula LOMAN 1923 

1923 Pallenopsis tumidula LOMAN, Further Zool. Res. Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 

32-34, fig. G1-8. 

1940 Pallenopsis tumidula, - MARCUS, Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 23-24 [key]. 

1957 Pallenopsis tumidula, - STOCK, Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 103-105, 

fig. 18. 

1966 Pallenopsis tumidula, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 393, fig. 

3e. 

1992 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) tumidula, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 130, 139. 

Distribution: off Rio de la Plata, Uruguay, to southern 

Brazil. 


Pallenopsis tydemani LOMAN 1908 

1908 Pallenopsis tydemani LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 65-66, pl. X, figs. 

139-145. 

1949 Pallenopsis tydemani, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 277, 

fig. 36i-j. 

1951 Pallenopsis tydemani, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 160. 

1971 Pallenopsis tydemani, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 323. 

1975 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tydemani caraibica, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 

24 (4): 1033-1036, figs. 31d, 32. 

1982 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tydemani, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349:

274 

30-31. 

1984 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tydemani caraibica, - STOCK, J. mar. biol. 

Ass. U.K.: 748. 

1986 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tydemani caraibica, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 

38 (3): 437. 

1990 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tydemani, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Proc. biol. 

Soc. Wash.,103 (2): 308. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tydemani, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. 

Zool., 512: 40. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) tydemani, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. 

(A), 151: 224. 

Distribution: Atlantic and Indo-Pacific except for Polar 

Seas. 


Pallenopsis vanhöffeni HODGSON 1915 

1915 Pallenopsis vanhöffeni, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 43. 

1927 Pallenopsis vanhöffeni, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 336- 

337. 

1938 Pallenopsis vanhöffeni, - Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), (Zool. 

& Bot.), 2 (8): 17-19, figs. 3b, 4a, 5c, 6c-d 

1944 Pallenopsis vanhöffeni, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 45. 

1950 Pallenopsis vanhöffeni, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 151. 

1952 Pallenopsis vanhöffeni, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., ser. 2, 24 (2): 

184. 

1952 Pallenopsis vanhöffeni, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., ser. 2, 24 (3): 

269-270. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Ross Sea; off Victoria and Gauss 

Quadrants; Magellan District). 


Pallenopsis variioculata STOCK 1986 

1986 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) variioculata STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 431- 

433, fig. 11. 

Distribution: W-Atlantic (SE of Trinidad, off Surinam). 


Pallenopsis verrucosa STOCK 1953 

1953 Pallenopsis verrucosa STOCK, Temminckia, 9: 288-291, figs. 8-9. 

1968 Pallenopsis verrucosa, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

48. 

Distribution: Philippines and Coral Sea off E-Australia. 



Pallenopsis villosa HODGSON, 1907 

275 

1938 Pallenopsis villosa, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 16, figs. 3c, 4b, 5a. 

1944 Pallenopsis villosa, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 45-46. 

Distribution: Antarctica (Ross Sea; off Victoria and Gauss 

Quadrants). 


Pallenopsis virgata LOMAN 1908 

1908 Pallenopsis virgatus LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 69-70, pl. 9, fig. 

134, pl. 10, figs. 135-136. 

1949 Pallenopsis virgatus, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 277-278, 

fig. 36g-h. 

1951 Pallenopsis virgatus, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 160. 

1959 Pallenopsis virgata, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 200. 

1965 Pallenopsis virgata, - UTINOMI, in: New Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna Japan, 

2: 335, fig. 17. 

1971 Pallenopsis virgata, - LOMAN, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 324. 

1983 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) virgata, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 

386: 61. 

1987 Pallenopsis virgata, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 13, pl. 10. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) virgata, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 41. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) virgata, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 

151: 197. 

1991 Pallenopsis (Pallenopsis) virgata, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 

151: 223-224. 

Distribution: Indonesia, Japan, Philippines, New 

Caledonia, Chesterfield Islands. 


Philyra LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Philyra LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, Leningrad, 7: 82 

[diagnosis]. 

Philyra quadriarticulata LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Philyra quadriarticulata LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




276 

Philyra robusta LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Philyra robusta LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




Phoxichilidium MILNE-EDWARDS 1840 

1948 Phoxichilidium, - HEDPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 216 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1954 Phoxichilidium, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 125 [diagnosis]. 

1949 Phoxichilidium, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 280-281 

[remarks]. 

Phoxichilidium australe HODGSON 1914 

1915 Phoxichilidium australe, - CALMAN, Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exped., 1910, 

Zool., 3 (1): 46-48, fig. 10. 

1927 Phoxichilidium australe, - BOUVIER, Dt. Südpolar-Exped., 19, Zool. 11: 340- 

341. 

1932 Phoxichilidium australe, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 92-93. 

1938 Pallenopsis australe, - Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., (C), (Zool. & 

Bot.), 2 (8): 19. 

1952 Phoxichilidium australe, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 2e sér., 24 

(2): 184. 

1952 Phoxichilidium australe, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 2e sér., 24 

(3): 271. 

1991 Phoxichilidium australe, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 202 

[text]. 

Distribution: subantarctic area, probably circumpolar; 

Tasmania. 


Habitat: amongst scalops; Bryozoa. 

Phoxichilidium capense FLYNN 1928 

1928 Phoxichilidium capense FLYNN, Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Rep., 1): 27, figs. 15-16. 

1954 Phoxichilidium capense, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 126. 


Phoxichilidium femoratum (RATHKE 1799) 

1799 Nymphon femoratum RATHKE, Skrift. Naturhist., Kobenhavn, 5 (1) (4): 201. 

1853 Phoxichilidium maxillare STIMPSON, Smiths. Contr. Knowl., 6 (5): 37. 

1874 Phoxichilidium femoratum VERRILL, Am. J. Sci. & Arts, 3 (7): 45. 

1878 Phoxichilidium maxillare, - WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 12-

277 

13, pl. 4, fig. 1a-e. 

1878 Phoxichilidium minor WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 13-14, pl. 

4, fig. 2a-f. 

1880 Phoxichilidium maxillare, WILSON, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 480-481, pl. 3, 

figs. 12-15. 

1891 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 

(Zool. 20): 21-25, pl. II, fig. 1a-g. 

1901 Phoxichilidium maxillare, - WHITEAVES, Geol. Surv. Canada, 772: 263. 

1914 Phoxichilidium maxillare, - PEARSE, Bull. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soc., N.S., 

12: 77. 

1933 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 


1933 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - STEPHENSEN, Medd. Grönlöand, 79 (6): 26-27. 

1936 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - EXLINE, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 83 (2991): 421. 

1943 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 14, fig. 18a-f. 

1945 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - LEBOUR, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 146, figs. 

1 a-c, 2a. 

1948 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 216- 

217, fig. 24a. 

1961 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei 


1974 Phoxichilidium femoratum, KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 


1975 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - STOCK, Ent. Ber., 35: 74. 

1993 Phoxichilidium femoratum, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, 

tab. 3. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic (Greenland and Norway to France 

and Long Island Sound); Pacific Coast of N-America. 

Depth range: shallow water-101m. 

Habitat: panels; in cysts on Syncoryne eximia; Aglaophenia 

latirostris. 

Phoxichilidium forfex STOCK 1991 

1991 Phoxichilidium forfex STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 202-204, 

fig. 52. 



Phoxichilidium horribilis HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Phoxichilidium horribilis HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 283- 

284, fig. 39. 

1991 Phoxichilidium horribile, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 202 

[text]. 

Distribution: Sea of Okhotsk north of Kurile chain. 


Phoxichilidium micropalpidum HILTON 1942

278 

1942 Phoxichilidium micropalpidum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 

72. 

1975 Phoxichilidium micropalpidum, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 202- 

205, fig. 5. 

Distribution: Russian Arctic (Bering Island; Bering Sea). 


Phoxichilidium parvum HILTON 1939 

1939 Phoxichilidium parvum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 31 (2): 28. 

1941 Phoxichilidium parvum, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 (26): 

257 [key]. 

1942 Phoxichilidium parvum, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 71- 

72. 

1954 Phoxichilidium hokkaidoense UTINOMI, Publ. Akkeshi Mar. Biol. Stat., 3: 4-7, 

figs. 2-3, pl. I fig. 1. 

1965 Phoxichilidium hokkaidoensis, - UTINOMI, in: New Illustr. Encyclopaedia 

Fauna Japan, 2: 335. 

1971 Anoplodactylus hokkaidoensis, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

326. 

1975 Phoxichilidium parvum, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 205, fig. 

6a. 

1991 Phoxichilidium parvum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 34. 

Distribution: California; Japan. 

Depth range: ?-381m. 

Habitat: shallow-water hydroids. 

Phoxichilidium quadradentatum HILTON 1942 

1942 Phoxichilidium quadradentatum HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (3): 

71. 

1954 Phoxichilidium quadridentatum, - HEDGPETH, in: Intertidal Inv. Central Calif 

coast, Univ. Calif. Press: 204. 

1955 Phoxichilidium quadridentatum, - MacGINITIE, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 128 (9): 

171. 

1963 Phoxichilidium quadradentatum, - HEDGPETH, J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 

1336-1337, fig. 9. 

1975 Phoxichilidium quadradentatum, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 

205-207. 

Distribution: NE-Pacific. 

Habitat: stony mud, among hydroids and broyzoans. 

Phoxichilidium spinosum LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Phoxichilidium spinosum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 


1991 Phoxichilidium spinosum, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 202 

[text].



Phoxichilidium tuberculatum STOCK 1991 

279 

1991 Phoxichilidium tuberculatum STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 200- 

202, fig. 51. 



Phoxichilidium tubulariae LEBOUR 1945 

1945 Phoxichilidium tubulariae LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 147-150, 

figs. 1d-g, 2b, 3a-c. 

1974 Phoxichilidium tubularie, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 


1993 Phoxichilidium tubulariae, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, 

tab. 3. 



Habitat: on Tubularia larynx. 

Phoxichilidium ungellatum HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Phoxichilidium ungellatum HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 281- 

283, fig. 38. 

1954 Phoxichilidium ungellatum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

116: 71. 

1955 Phoxichilidium ungellatum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 22- 

23, fig. 12. 

1971 Phoxichilidium ungellatum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 

325. 

1990 Phoxichilidium ungellatum, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 69 (9): 17, fig. 1 (1-3). 

1991 Phoxichilidium ungellatum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 

34-35. 



Habitat: hard bottom and surface plancton (0-5m). 

Pycnosomia LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Pycnosomia LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, Leningrad, 7: 

86. 

Pycnosomia asterophila STOCK 1981

280 

1981 Pycnosomia asterophila STOCK, Res. Camp. MUSORSTOM, 1, Mém. ORSTOM, 91 (13): 

309-312, figs. 1-8. 

1991 Pycnosomia asterophila, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 225 

[text]. 



Habitat: On starfish Calliaster corynetes. 

Pycnosomia coxata STOCK 1991 

1991 Pycnosomia coxata STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 225-226, fig. 

7. 



Pycnosomia strongylocentroti LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1933 

1933 Pycnosoma strongylocentroti LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., 


1942 Pigrogromitus robustus HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 34 (2): 40. 

1947 Pycnosoma strongylocentroti, - HEDGPETH, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 106 (18): 7 

[footnote]. 

1961 Pycnosomia strongylocentroti, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei 


1975 Pycnosoma strongylocentroti, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 207. 

Distribution: Alaska and Russian Siberia. 


Pycnosomia tuberculata LOSINA-LOSINSKY, 1961 

1961 Pycnosomia tuberculata LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 




PYCNOGONIDAE 

1948 Pycnogonidae, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 276 [diagnosis, 

key to genera]. 

1954 Pycnogonidae, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 151 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1969 Pycnogonidae, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: [diagnosis, 

key to genera]. 

1979 Pycnogonidae, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 72 [key to Middle American 

species].

Pentapycnon BOUVIER 1910 

281 

1948 Pentapycnon, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 281 [diagnosis, 

remarks]. 

1966 Pentapycnon, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, 44: 400 [key to species]. 

Pentapycnon charcoti BOUVIER 1910 

1910 Pentapycnon charcoti BOUVIER, C. r. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris, 151: 29. 

1911 Pentapycnon charcoti, - BOUVIER, C. r. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

492. 

1911 Pentapycnon charcoti, - BOUVIER, C. r. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

1137. 

1913 Pentapycnon charcoti, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Exped. Antarct. fr.: 98, 151-156, 

figs. 98-100. 

1935 Pentapycnon charcoti, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5, 

Abt. IV, 2 (1): 298. 

1969 Pentapycnon charcoti, - FRY & HEDGPETH, Mem. N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst., 49: 62- 

63, figs. 88, 92-95. 



Pentapycnon geayi BOUVIER 1911 

1911 Pentapycnon geayi BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 491- 

494. 

1911 Pentapycnon geayi, - BOUVIER, C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

1140. 

1913 Pentapycnon geayi, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908- 

1910), 6: 161-166, figs. 105-109. 

1948 Pentapycnon geayi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 281, fig. 

53. 

1975 Pentapycnon geayi, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1088. 

1986 Pentapycnon geayi, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 405 tab. 1. 

1992 Pentapycnon geayi, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 137, 139. 

Distribution: French Guiana; Surinam; north of Puerto 

Rico; Brazil. 


Pycnogonum BRÜNNICH 1764 

1948 Pycnogonum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 277 [remarks, key 

to NW-Atlantic species]. 

1954 Pycnogonum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 151-152 [diagnosis, 

remarks, key to South African species]. 

1963 Pycnogonum, - CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 79 [key to Australian 

species]. 

1966 Pycnogonum, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, 44: 400-402 [key to 

species]. 

1968 Pycnogonum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 131: 60-61

282 

[remarks]. 

1969 Pycnogonum, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 58 [remarks]. 

1986 Pycnogonum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 64 [key to 


Pycnogonum africanum CALMAN 1938 

1938 Pycnogonum africanum CALMAN, Sci. Rep. John Murray Exp., 5 (6): 163-165, 

fig. 10A-C. 

1968 Pycnogonum (Nulloviger) africanum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. 

Foren., 131: 61, fig. 22a-b. 

1988 Pycnogonum (Nulloviger) africanum, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 

(6): 150-151. 

1991 Pycnogonum (Nulloviger) africanum, - TURPAEVA, Zool. Zh., 70 (12): 42. 

Distribution: shelf and slope of south-eastern Africa. 


Pycnogonum angulirostrum STOCK 1959 

1959 Pycnogonum angulirostrum STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 565-567, 

fig. 9. 



Habitat: under stone in pool. 

Pycnogonum anovigerum CLARK 1956 

1956 Pycnogonum anovigerum CLARK, Rec. Canterbury Mus., 7 (2): 171-173, figs. 1- 

5. 



Habitat: from underside of boulder in rockpool. 

Pycnogonum arbustum STOCK 1966 

1966 Pycnogonum arbustum STOCK, Atlantide Rep., 9: 54-56, fig. 4. 

Distribution: W-Africa (off Guinea). 


Habitat: shells, Foraminifera. 

Pycnogonum asiaticum MÜLLER 1992 

1992 Pycnogonum asiaticum MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 43 (1): 173-177, figs. 50- 

55. 

Distribution: Malaysia (Tioman Archipelago, Pulau Babi

Besar) 


Habitat: dead corals on fringing reef. 

Pycnogonum aurilineatum FLYNN 1919 

283 

1919 Pycnogonum aurilineatum FLYNN, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1918: 92-95, pl. 

XIII, figs. 1-2, pl. XIV, fig. 3. 

1973 Pycnogogonum aurilineatum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 20 (266): 125. 



Habitat: in red algae. 

Pycnogonum benokianum OHSIMA 1935 

1935 Pycnogonum benokianum OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 47 (557): 137-139. 

1947 Pycnogonum benokianum, - OHSHIMA & KISHIDA, Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna 

Japan: 1010, fig. 2866. 

1949 Pycnogonum benokianum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 304- 

307, fig. 49. 

1971 Pycnogonum benokianum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 339. 

Distribution: Japan (Benoki, Okinawa Islands). 

Habitat: infesting sea anemone Phellia decora. 

Pycnogonum buticulosum HEDGPETH 1949 

1949 Pycnogonum buticulosum HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 308-309, 

fig. 48a, 50a-b. 


Pycnogonum callosum LOSINA-LOSINSKY 1961 

1961 Pycnogonum callosum LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 110-111, fig. 26. 



Pycnogonum cataphractum MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Pycnogonum cataphractum MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dtsch. Tiefsee-Exp. 

"Valdivia", 1898-1899, 3: 194, pl. XXX, fig. 11. 

1954 Pycnogonum cataphractum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 152. 

Distribution: South Africa (St. Francis Bay).

284 


Pycnogonum cessaci BOUVIER 1911 

1911 Pycnogonum cessaci BOUVIER, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., 152: 493. 

1940 Pycnogonum pamphorum MARCUS, - Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 115-117, fig. 16. 

1945 Pycnogonum leticiae, - MELLO-LEITAO, Bol. Mus. Nac., Rio de Janeiro, N.S. 

(Zool.), 42: 1-4, figs. 1-5. 

1952 Pycnogonum cessaci, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 24 (6): 

531-533, fig. 1. 

1954 Pycnogonum cessaci, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 5 

(24): 129. 

1966 Pycnogonum cessaci, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 440: 400 [key]. 

1967 Pycnogonum cessaci, - McCLOSKEY, J. nat. Hist., 1: 131-133, figs. 25-27. 

1975 Pycnogonum cessaci, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1085-1086, fig. 58d. 

1979 Pycnogonum cessaci, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 72. 

1986 Pycnogonum cessaci, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 405 tab. 1. 

1990 Pycnogonum cessaci, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 231. 

1992 Pycnogonum (Retroviger) cessaci, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 136, 139, 

136-137 [text]. 

1992 Pycnogonum leticiae, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 137 [text]. 

Distribution: amphi-atlantic, in tropical and temperate 

waters; Pacific-Coast of Panamá. 

Depth range:0-10m. 

Habitat: on scleractinian coral Oculina arbuscula; rock 

debris and sand; rocky and sandy coast; seaweeds on rocky 

shore. 

Pycnogonum crassirostre SARS 1888 

1888 Pycnogonum crassirostre SARS, Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Oslo, 12: 340. 

1891 Pycnogonum crassirostre, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exp., 1876-1878 (Zool. 

20): 12-14, pl. 1, fig. 1A-H. 

1933 Pycnogonum crassirostre, - STEPHENSEN, Danmarks Fauna, 38: 30, fig. 8 (map). 

1936 Pycnogonum crassirostre, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok Naturv. Rek., 2: 

35. 

1948 Pycnogonum crassirostre, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 279, 

fig. 52B. 

1966 Pycnogonum crassirostre, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr., Monaco, 44: 402 

[key]. 

1975 Pycnogonum crassirostrum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1086. 

1988 Pycnogonum crassirostrum, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 151. 

Distribution: off Iceland, Greenland, Norway, eastern N- 

America, South Africa. 


Habitat: dead corals; Lophohelia. 

Pycnogonum crosnieri STOCK 1991

285 

1991 Pycnogonum crosnieri STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 206-208, 

fig. 56. 



Pycnogonum elephas STOCK 1966 

1966 Pycnogonum elephas STOCK, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, 44: 397-400, fig. 5. 

Distribution: W-Atlantic (between Rio de Janeiro and Rio 

de la Plata). 


Pycnogonum eltanin FRY & HEDGPETH 1969 

1969 Pycnogonum eltanin FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 40: 61-62, 

figs. 85, 90, 91. 



Pycnogonum forte FLYNN 1928 

1928 Pycnogonum forte FLYNN, Repts. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 6 

(Special Repts. 1): 31-33, figs. 18-19. 

1954 Pycnogonum forte, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 152-153, fig. 31C-D. 

1998 Pycnogonum forte, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 151-152. 



Pycnogonum gaini BOUVIER 1910 

1910 Pycnogonum gaini BOUVIER, C. r. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris, 151: 30. 

1913 Pycnogonum gaini, - BOUVIER, Deuxième Exped. Antarct. fr.: 156-160, figs. 

101-104. 

1915 Pycnogonum gaini, - CALMAN, Br. Antarct. Terra Nova Exped., 1910, Zool. 3 

(1): 68, fig. 22. 

1927 Pycnogonum gaini, - HODGSON, Dt. Südpolar-Expe., 19: 354-356. 

1935 Pycnogonum gaini, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ord. Tierreichs, 5, Abt. 

IV, 2, (1): 298. 

1938 Pycnogonum gaini, - GORDNON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped., ser. C., 

(Zool. and Bot.) 2 (8): 28. 

1944 Pycnogonum gaini, - GORDON, Rep. B.A.N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., ser. B, 5 

(1): 68-69, fig. 26a-d, 27a. 

1969 Pycnogonum gaini, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 40: 58-59, 

figs. 83-84, map. 85. 

1972 Pycnogonum gaini, - ARNAUD, Téthys, suppl. 4: 145. 

1980 Pycnogonum gaini, - KRAPP, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 52 (18): 7.

286 


Depth range: upper sublittoral-2495m. 

Pycnogonum gibberum MARCUS & du BOIS REYMOND-MARCUS 1963 

1963 Pycnogonum gibberum MARCUS & du BOIS REYMOND-MARCUS, Bol. Inst. Oceanogr. S 

Paulo, 12 (3): 3-6, figs. 1-5. 

1992 Pycnogonum (Retroviger) gibberum, STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 136, 139. 



Pycnogonum gordonae PUSHKIN 1984 

1984 Pycnogonum gordonae PUSHKIN, Zool. Zh., 63 (7): 1102-1104, figs. 1-15. 



Pycnogonum guyanae STOCK 1975 

1975 Pycnogonum guyanae STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1086-1088, fig. 59a-e. 

1986 Pycnogonum guyanae, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 405. 

Distribution: French Guiana. 


Habitat: sandy calcarenite; from gorgonarians. 

Pycnogonum hancocki SCHMITT 1934 

1934 Pycnogonum hancocki SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 65-67, fig. 2. 

1942 Pycnogonum hancocki, - HILTON, Rep. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 (9): 308- 

310, pl. 47. 

1943 Pycnogonum hancocki, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 35 (2): 19. 

1966 Pycnogonum hancocki, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 402 [key]. 

1971 Pycnogonum hancocki, - CHILD & HEDGPETH, J. nat. Hist., 5: 631-633. 



Habitat: under rocks. 

Pycnogonum indicum SUNDARA RAJ 1930 

1930 Pycnogonum indicum SUNDARA RAJ, Bull. Madras. Governm. Mus. N.H., 1: 73-75, 

figs. IA-B, II, figs. A-B. 

Distribution: India (Shingle Island, Gulf of Manaar). 

Depth range: intertidal.

Pycnogonum koreanum KIM & STOCK 1984 

1984 Pycnogonum koreanum KIM & STOCK, J. nat. Hist., 18: 685-688, figs. 1-6. 

1987 Pycnogonum koreanum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 161. 



Habitat: under stones and in crevices of sandy rocks. 

Pycnogonum littorale (STRÖM 1762) 

287 

1762 Pycnogonum littorale STRÖM, Phys. Oecon. Beskr. Fogd. Sondmor, beliggende 

Bergens Stift i Norge, 1: 209, pl. 1, fig. 17. 

1853 Pycnogonum pelagicum, - STIMPSON, Smiths. Contr. Knowledge, 6 (5): 37. 

1872 Pycnogonum pelagicum, - WHITEAVES, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist, ser. 4, 10: 347. 

1873 Pycnogonum littorale, - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Commissioner Fish., 1: 415. 

1874 Pycnogonum littorale, - SMITH & HARGER, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 3: 

10. 

1874 Pycnogonum pelagicum, - VERRILL, Am. J. Sci. & Arts, 3 (7): 502. 

1875 Pycnogonum littorale, - VERRILL, Am. J. Sci. & Arts, 3 (10): 38. 

1878 Pycnogonum littorale, - WILSON, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 4-5, pl. 

1, fig. 1a-b, pl. 2, fig. 3a-b. 

1880 Pycnogonum littorale, - WILSON, Rep. U.S. Commissioner Fish., 1878 (6): 469- 

471, pl. 1, figs. 1-3. 

1881 Pycnogonum littorale, - WILSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 8 (12): 

242. 

1885 Pycnogonum littorale, - VERRILL, Rep. U.S. Commission Fish., 1883: 560. 

1891 Pycnogonum littorale, - SARS, Norw. North-Atl. Exped., 1876-1878, 6 (Zool. 

20): 7-12, pl. I, figs. 1a-i. 

1896 Pycnogonum littorale, - CAULLERY, Ann. Univ. Lyon, 26: 363. 

1902 Pycnogonum littorale, - MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergeb. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 193. 

1913 Pycnogonum littorale, - SUMNER, OSBURN & COLE, Bull. Bureau Fish., 

Washington, 31 (1,2): 677. 

1914 Pycnogonum littorale, - BOUVIER, J. Mar. Biol. Ass., Plymouth, 10: 207-210. 

1923 Pycnogonum littorale, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 61. 

1930 Pycnogonum littorale, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 2: 7-15. 

1933 Pycnogonum littorale, - STEPHENSEN, Godthaab Exp. 1928, Medd. Gronland, 79 

(6): 30, fig. 8 (map). 

1936 Pycnogonum littorale, - STEPHENSEN, Bergens Mus. Arbok Naturv. Rek., 2: 33- 

34. 

1943 Pycnogonum littorale, - NEEDLER, Can. Atl. Fauna, 10: 5, fig. 3a-d. 

1945 Pycnogonum littorale, - LEBOUR, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 163-164. 

1948 Pycnogonum littorale, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 277. 

1972 Pycnogonum littorale, - KING, J. nat. Hist., 6: 622. 

1973 Pycnogonum littorale, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 5 (1): 152. 

1973 Pycnogonum littorale, - JARVIS & KING, Mar. Behav. Physiol., 2: 1-13 

[ultrastructure of photoreceptors]. 

1974 Pycnogonum littorale, - KING, A Synopsis of the British Sea Spiders. 

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: 56-58, figs. 24-25. 

1976 Pycnogonum littorale, - WOLFF, Netherlands J. Sea Res., 10 (4): 476-477, 

fig. 4a (distribution in estuary). 

1978 Pycnogonum littorale, - KING & EL-HAWAWI, Acta zool., 59: 97-103 

[spermiogenesis].

288 

1979 Pycnogonum littorale, - JARVIS & KING, Mar. Behav. Physiol., 6: 307-317 

[response to light stimuli]. 

1980 Pycnogonum littorale, - HOOPER, Aust. Zool., 20 (3): 477-478, 480 [text]. 

1984 Pycnogonum litorale, - BEHRENS, Zoomorphology, 104: 266-279 (larvaldevelopment, 

feeding). 

1985 Pycnogonum littorale, - BAMBER, Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 83: 306. 

1993 Pycnogonum littorale, - HARMS, Helgoländer Meeresuntersuch., 47: 24, tab. 3. 

Distribution: N-Atlantic (Iceland and Greenland to west 

coast of France, Mediterranean and E-coast of U.S.A. 


Habitat: on hydroids (Clava multicornis) and Anthozoa 

(Actinia equina, Metridium senile, Tealia felina); associated 

with Tealia. 

Remarks: Breeding season from late spring to early autumn. 

Pycnogonum lobipes STOCK 1991 

1991 Pycnogonum (Nulloviger) lobipes STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 

208-210, fig. 57. 



Pycnogonum madagascariensis BOUVIER 1911 

1971 Pycnogonum madagascariensis, - ARNAUD, Tethys, Suppl. 1: 161-163, figs. 1-6. 


Pycnogonum magellanicum HOEK 1898 

1898 Pycnogonum magellanicum HOEK, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (2) 5 (2-4): 

296, pl. III, figs. 20-21. 

1902 Pycnogonum magellanicum, - MÖBIUS, Fauna Arctica, 2: 60-61. 

1932 Pycnogonum magellanicum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 126-128, fig. 72. 

1966 Pycnogonum magellanicum, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 397, 402. 

Distribution: off Falkland Islands and Gough Island. 


Pycnogonum magnirostre MÖBIUS 1902 

1902 Pycnogonum magnirostre MÖBIUS, Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 

1898-1899, 3: 194-195, pl. XXX, figs. 12-14. 

Distribution: Kerguelen Islands. 

Depth range: 

Pycnogonum microps LOMAN 1904

289 

1904 Pycnogonum microps LOMAN, Zool. Jb. Syst., 20 (4): 378, pl. 14, figs. 5-6. 

1954 Pycnogonum microps, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 154-155, fig. 33. 

1956 Pycnogonum microps, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 118: 

93. 

1962 Pycnogonum microps, - STOCK, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 285. 



Habitat: shelly khaki sand, rocks. 

Pycnogonum minutum LOSINA-LOSINSKY & KOPANEVA 1973 

1973 Pycnogonum minutum LOSINA-LOSINSKY & KOPANEVA, Zool. Zh., 52 (7): 1083-1084, 

figs. 1-2. 

Distribution: Guinean Republic. 

Habitat: offshore. 

Pycnogonum moolenbecki STOCK 1992 

1992 Pycnogonum moolenbecki STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 62 (2): 95-97, fig. 11. 


Depth range: low tide. 

Habitat: "stones and algae" (STOCK). 

Pycnogonum moniliferum STOCK 1991 

1991 Pycnogonum (Nulloviger) moniliferum STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 

151: 210-211, fig. 58. 



Pycnogonum nodulosum DOHRN 1881 

1881 Pycnogonum nodulosum DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf Neapel, 3: 203-207, pl. 

16, figs. 1-3. 

1928 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - LOMAN, Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Phys. Maroc., 8 (1-3): 

62, 64. 

1953 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - FAGE, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 25 

(4): 381 [list]. 

1954 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - BOURDILLON, Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 12 (7): 

155. 

1955 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 43 (1): 106. 

1958 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Sta. Haifa, 16: 5. 

1966 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 401 [key]. 

1968 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, Suppl. 19 (1A): 34-35, fig. 28. 

1978 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - CHIMENZ-GUSSO, FRESI, CINELLI, MAZZELLA, PANSINI & 

PRONZATO, Mem. Biol. Mar. Ocean., 8 (4): 100.

290 

1981 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - MUNILLA & de HARO, Bijdr. Dierk., 51 (2): 191-197, 

figs. 9, 11, tab. I (electrophoretical and immunological study). 

1984 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - MUNILLA & de HARO, in: Els sistemes de les illes 

Medes, ROS, OLIVELLA & GILI eds., Barcelona: 532, tab. I, 534-535, tab. 

III-IV. 

1988 Pycnogonum nodulosum, - ARNAUD & CHILD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 152-153. 

Distribution: South Africa; W-Africa; Mediterranean. 


Habitat: in Posidonia oceanica seagrass; Lithothamnion 

racemus, Pessonnelia polymorpha. 

Pycnogonum occa LOMAN 1908 

1908 Pycnogonum occa LOMAN, Siboga Exped. Monogr., 40: 35-36, pl. 12, figs. 171- 

174. 

1922 Pycnogonum occa, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. nat., Paris (Zool.), (10) 5 (1-2): 

116. 

1966 Pycnogonum occa, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 61- 

62, fig. 22c-e. 

1988 Pycnogonum occa, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 27. 

Distribution: ?Kermadec Trench; Indonesia; Philippines. 


Habitat: grey clay. 

Pycnogonum ornans STOCK 1992 

1992 Pycnogonum ornans STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 136-137, 139, figs. 76-80. 



Pycnogonum panamum HILTON 1942 

1849 ?Pycnogonum littorale, - NICOLET, Hist. fisica y politica Chile, 3. Atlas 

zool., Crust.: 308. 

1942 Pycnogonum panamum HILTON, Rep. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 5 (9): 310-311, 

pl. 47. 

1961 Pycnogonum panamum, - HEDGPETH, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2) 57 (3): 17, 

fig. 11. 

1966 Pycnogonum panamum, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 402 [key]. 

Distribution: Panamá Pacific; ?Chile. 


Pycnogonum paragaini MUNILLA 1989 

1989 Pycnogonum paragaini MUNILLA, Actas Tercer. Symp. Espan. Estud. Antarct.: 

76-78, fig. 2.



Pycnogonum planum STOCK 1954 

291 

1954 Pycnogonum planum STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 165- 

168, fig. 81. 


Depth range: littoral 

Habitat: shore, sandstone. 

Pycnogonum platylophum LOMAN 1923 

1923 Pycnogonum platylophum LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (10): 10-12, fig. E1-5. 

1932 Pycnogonum platylophum, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 126, fig. 71a-b. 

1935 Pycnogonum platylophum, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ord. Tierreichs, 

5, Abt. IV, 2 (1): 298. 

1938 Pycnogonum platylophum, - GORDON, Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C), 

(Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 28. 

1944 Pycnogonum platylophum, - GORDON, Rep. B.A.N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped., ser. 

B, 5 (1): 69-70, fig. 27b-d. 

1947 Pycnogonum (magellanicum HOEK ?), - STEPHENSEN, - Sci. Res. Norw. Antarct. 

Exped., 1927-1928 et sqq., 27: 86. 

1969 Pycnogonum platylophum, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 61, 

figs. 88-89. 

1970 Pycnogonum platylophum, - ARNAUD, Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 2e sér., 41 

(6): 1426. 

Distribution: (sub)-Antarctic. 


Pycnogonum plumipes STOCK 1960 

1960 Pycnogonum plumipes STOCK, Vie Milieu, 11 (1): 124-126, fig. 1a-c. 

1968 Pycnogonum plumipes, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 19 (1A): 35, fig. 29. 

1987 Pycnogonum plumipes, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 50-51. 



Habitat: Paramuricea, Corallium, Leptopsammia, Halopteris 

scoparia, hydroids. 

Pycnogonum portus BARNARD 1946 

1946 Pycnogonum portus BARNARD, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 11 (13): 62. 

1954 Pycnogonum portus, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 153-154, fig. 32. 


Depth range: littoral.

292 

Pycnogonum pusillum DOHRN 1881 

1881 Pycnogonum pusillum DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf Neapel, 3: 207, pl. 16, 

figs. 4-8. 

1885 Pycnogonum pusillum, - CARUS, Prodr. faunae medit. sive descr. maris Medit. 

incolarum, 2: 288. 

1909 Pycnogonum pusillum, d'ARCY THOMPSON, The Cambr. Nat. Hist., 540. 

1922 Pycnogonum pusillum, - BOUVIER, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris (Zool.), (10) 5 (1-2): 

115. 

1923 Pycnogonum pusillum, - BOUVIER, Faune de France, 7: 61. 

1929 Pycnogonum pusillum, - SCHIUMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdatljstvo Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 1: 6, 7, 18. 

1935 Pycnogonum pusillum, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 298. 

1952 Pycnogonum pusillum, - STOCK, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 38 (14): 1- 

6, fig. 1a-b. 

1954 Pycnogonum pusillum, - BARNARD, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 41 (3): 155-156, fig. 33. 

1954 Pycnogonum pusillum, - BOURDILLON, Rec. Trav. Sta. Mar. d'Endoume, 12 (7): 

155. 

1955 Pycnogonum pusillum, - HOENIGMAN & STOCK, Ent. Ber., 15: 534. 

1962 Pycnogonum pusillum, - MONNIOT, Vie Milieu, 13 (2): 273. 

1964 Pycnogonum pusillum, - STOCK, Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Sta. Haifa, 35: 32. 

1968 Pycnogonum pusillum, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 19 (1A), Suppl.: 36, fig. 30. 

1968 Pycnogonum littorale, - ZAVODNIK, Thalasia Jugosl., 4: 46, 49. 

1983 Pycnogonum pusillum, - KRAPP, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 34 (1-3): 412. 

1987 Pycnogonum pusillum, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 51. 

1990 Pycnogonum (Retroviger) pusillum, - STOCK, Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 232. 

Distribution: Western Mediterranean; Adriatic Sea; 

Morocco; Angola; South Africa (False Bay); Cape Verde Islands. 


Habitat: Dictyota dichotoma; Cystoseira stricta, 

abrotanifolia and barbata; Halopteris scoparia. 

Pycnogonum reticulatum HEDGPETH 1948 

1947 Pycnogonum sp., HEDGPETH, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 106 (18): 13, fig. 5c. 

1948 Pycnogonum reticulatum HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 (3216): 279-281, 

fig. 52c-f. 

1954 Pycnogonum reticulatum, - HEDGPETH, Fish Bull. Fish & Wildlife Service 

U.S., 89 (55): 427. 

1954 Pycnogonum reticulatum, - STOCK, Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 

24: 129. 

1968 Pycnogonum reticulatum, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 

131: 62. 

1975 Pycnogonum reticulatum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 24 (4): 1085. 

1979 Pycnogonum reticulatum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 73. 

1986 Pycnogonum reticulatum, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 405. 

Distribution: Florida; Caribbean coast of Mexico and 

Panamá; Venezuela; El Salvador and Panamá Pacific. 


Habitat: on sponge; on coral.

Pycnogonum rhinoceros LOMAN 1923 

293 

1923 Pycnogonum rhinoceros LOMAN, Ark. Zool., 15 (9): 7-9, fig. A. 

1932 Pycnogonum rhinoceros, - GORDON, Discovery Rep., 6: 125, fig. 71c. 

1935 Pycnogonum rhinoceros, - HELFER & SCHLOTTKE, Bronn's Kl. Ordn. Tierreichs, 5 

(4) (2): 298. 

1969 Pycnogonum rhinoceros, - FRY & HEDGPETH, N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 49: 59- 

61, figs. 86-88. 

Distribution: Antarctic (South Georgia, South Shetlands 

and Weddell Sea). 


Pycnogonum rickettsi SCHMITT 1934 

1934 Pycnogonum rickettsi SCHMITT, J. Wash. Akad. Sci., 24 (1): 62-65, fig. 1a-d. 

1951 Pycnogonum rickettsi, - HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 116. 

1980 Pycnogonum rickettsi, - HOOPER, Aust. Zool., 20 (3): 475. 




Pycnogonum sivertseni STOCK 1955 

1955 Pycnogonum sivertseni STOCK, Res. Norw. Sci. Exped. Tristan da Cunha 1937- 

1938, 33: 7-10, figs. 3-5. 

Distribution: Tristan da Cunha. 


Pycnogonum stearnsi IVES 1892 

1892 Pycnogonum stearnsi IVES, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1892-1893: 142- 

144, pl. 10. 

1904 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - COLE, Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 251, 259, 292-294, 

pl. 14, figs. 13-15. 

1913 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HALL, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11 (6): 133 [key]. 

1915 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 7 (1): 69. 

1915 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 7 (3): 202-203, 

205-206. 


1933 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - OHSHIMA, Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 4: 147-149, fig. 

2. 

1934 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - SCHMITT, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 69. 


1940 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HEDGPETH, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 30 (2): 86-87. 

1941 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HEDGPETH, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9 (26): 

254 [key], pl. 10 [part.]. 

1943 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HILTON, J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 35 (2): 19.

294 

1949 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 307 

[text]. 

1951 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HEDGPETH, Wasm. J. Biol., 9 (1): 115-116. 

1960 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - ZIEGLER, The Veliger, 3 (1): 21. 

1964 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - HEDGPETH, in: Intertidal Invertebrates of the Central 

Calif. Coast: 209 [key]. 

1966 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr., 44: 402 [key]. 

1979 Pycnogonum stearnsi, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 73. 

Distribution: Mexico Pacific; California; Kurile Islands. 

Pycnogonum tenue KISHIDA 1927 

1879 Pycnogonum littorale var. tenue SLATER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 3 (16): 

281-283. 

1890 Pycnogonum littorale var. tenue, - ORTMANN, Zool. Jb. Syt., 5 (1): 167. 

1899 Pycnogonum littorale var. tenue, - SHISHIDO, Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 200. 

1919 Pycnogonum littorale var. tenue, - FUKUI, Rigakukai(?), 16 (2): 99. 

1927 Pycnogonum tenue KISHIDA, in: Nikon Dôbutsu tsaran: 989, fig. 1905. 

1929 Pycnogonum littorale var. tenue, - SCHIMKEWITSCH, Fauna SSSR, Izdateljstvo 


1936 Pycnogonum tenue, - OHSHIMA, Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8-10): 867. 

1947 Pycnogonum tenue, - OHSHIMA & KISHIDA, - in: Illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna 

Japan: 1010, fig. 2865. 

1949 Pycnogonum tenue, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 303-304, 

fig. 48b, 50c-d. 

1954 Pycnogonum tenue, - STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 116: 162. 

1955 Pycnogonum tenue, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 36-38, figs. 

22-23. 

1959 Pycnogonum tenue, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 216. 

1965 Pycnogonum tenue, - UTINOMI, in: New illustr. Encyclopaedia Fauna Japan, 2: 

338. 

1966 Pycnogonum tenue, - STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 401. 

1971 Pycnogonum tenue, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 338. 

1983 Pycnogonum tenue, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 64. 

1987 Pycnogonum tenue, - NAKAMURA, Biol. Lab., Imperial Household: 37. 

1991 Pycnogonum tenue, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 63. 




Pycnogonum tesselatum STOCK 1968 

1968 Pycnogonum tesselatum STOCK, Vidensk. Medd. dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 

63-64, fig. 22f-i. 

Distribution: Pakistan (Karachi harbour). 

Pycnogonum torresi CLARK 1963 

1963 Pycnogonum torresi CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 76-77, fig. 37A-D.

Distribution: Torres Strait (Murray Island). 


Pycnogonum tuberculatum CLARK 1963 

1963 Pycnogonum tuberculatum CLARK, Rec. Austr. Mus., 26 (1): 77-79, fig. 38A-D. 



Pycnogonum uedai NAKAMURA & CHILD 1983 

295 

1983 Pycnogonum uedai NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 64-66, fig. 

21. 

1984 Pycnogonum koreanum KIM & STOCK, J. nat. Hist., 18: 685. 

1986 Pycnogonum koreanum, - KIM & HONG, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 50. 

1987 Pycnogonum koreanum, - HONG & KIM, Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 161. 



Pycnogonum ungellatum LOMAN 1911 

1911 Pycnogonum ungellatum LOMAN, Abh. Kaiserl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. (Math.naturwiss. 

Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 7-8, pl. 2, figs. 25-27. 

1949 Pycnogonum ungellatum, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 98 (3231): 304, 

figs. 48c, 50e-g. 

1961 Pycnogonum ungellatum, - LOSINA-LOSINSKY, Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 111, fig. 27. 

1971 Pycnogonum ungellatum, - UTINOMI, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 339. 

1983 Pycnogonum ungellatum, - NAKAMURA & CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 386: 66. 

Distribution: NW-Pacific; Japan. 


RHYNCHOTHORACIDAE 

Rhynchothorax COSTA 1861 

1966 Rhynchothorax, - STOCK, Vie Milieu, 17 (1B): 415 [key to species]. 

1976 Rhynchothorax, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 294-295 [key to species]. 

1979 Rhynchothorax, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 67 [diagnostic features, 

remarks, key to Middle American species]. 

Rhynchothorax alcicornis KRAPP 1973 

1973 Rhynchothorax alcicornis KRAPP, Bull. Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (17): 

120, fig. 1.

296 

1976 Rhynchothorax alcicornis, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 294. 

1979 Rhynchothorax alcicornis, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 67. 

1987 Rhynchothorax alcicornis, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 47, 54. 

1987 Rhynchothorax alcicornis, - ARNAUD & BAMBER, Adv. Mar. Biol., 24: 32. 

1990 Rhynchothorax alcicornis, - ARNAUD & KRAPP, Beaufortia, 41 (1): 1-4, figs. 

1-2. 



Habitat: calcareous algae; Posidonia oceanica seagrass; 

sponges and hydroids with sand. 

Rhynchothorax architectus CHILD 1979 

1979 Rhynchothorax architectus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 68-72, figs. 23, 

24a-g, 25a-e. 

1982 Rhynchothorax architectus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 374. 

1986 Rhynchothorax architectus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 405 tab. 1. 

1992 Rhynchothorax architectus, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 33-34. 

Distribution: Belize and both sides of the Isthmus of 

Panamá; Caribbean Sea of Colombia; Galapagos Archipelago. 

Depth range: intertidal-3m. 

Habitat: between broken rocks and rubble. 

Rhynchothorax arenicolus STOCK 1989 

1989 Rhynchothorax arenicolus STOCK, Bijdr. Dierk., 59 (2): 92-95, figs. 19-30. 

Distribution: Curaçao. 

Habitat: coarse sand of rockpool. 

Rhynchothorax articulatus STOCK 1968 

1968 Rhynchothorax articulatus STOCK, Vidensk. Meddr. dansk naturhist. Foren, 

131: 18-20, fig. 5a-f. 

1970 Rhynchothorax articulatus, - ZAGO, Contr. Avuls. Inst. oceanogr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, sér. Ocean. Biol., 21: 3. 

1972 Rhynchothorax articulatus, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 3 (2): 408. 

1973 Rhynchothorax articulatus, - KRAPP, Bull. Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 

(17): 121, 123. 

1976 Rhynchothorax articulatus, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 287-292, figs. 

2-9, 10-11. 



Habitat: clay and sand. 

Rhynchothorax australis HODGSON 1907 

1907 Rhynchothorax australis HODGSON, Rep. National Antarctic Exp. 1901-1904,

297 

Nat. Hist., 3: .., Pl. 8. 

1915 Rhynchothorax australis, - CALMAN, Rep. Brit. Antarct. "Terra Nova" Exped., 

Zool., 3: 67-68, fig. 21. 

1938 Rhynchothorax australis, - HELFER, Sitz.-Ber. naturf. Freunde Berlin: 182. 

1944 Rhynchothorax australis, - GORDON, Rep. Brit., Austr. and N.Z. Antarct. Res. 

Exped., (B), 5 (1): 67-68. 

1950 Rhynchothorax australis, - HEDGPETH, Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 155. 

1966 Rhynchothorax australis, - STOCK, Vie et Milieu, 17 (1B): 415. 

1970 Rhynchothorax australis, - ZAGO, Contr. Avuls. Inst. oceanogr. Univ. S. 


1972 Rhynchothorax australis, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 3 (2): 408. 

1973 Rhynchothorax australis, - KRAPP, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (17): 

121. 

1976 Rhynchothorax australis, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 295. 

Distribution: Kerguelen Islands; Antarctica (off Wilkes 

Land to Ross Sea). 


Rhynchothorax barnardi CHILD & HEDGPETH 1971 

1971 Rhynchothorax barnardi CHILD & HEDGPETH, J. nat. Hist., 5: 626-628, fig. 7. 

1973 Rhynchothorax barnardi, - KRAPP, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (17): 

121. 

1976 Rhynchothorax barnardi, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 295. 

1992 Rhynchothorax barnardi, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 526: 34-35, fig. 14. 


Depth range: intertidal-9m. 


Rhynchothorax crenatus CHILD 1982 

1982 Rhynchothorax crenatus CHILD, Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 374-376, fig. 

167. 

1986 Rhynchothorax crenatus, - STOCK, Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 405 tab. 1. 



Habitat: coral sand and rubble in sand. 

Rhynchothorax malaccensis STOCK 1968 

1968 Rhynchothorax malaccensis STOCK, Vidensk. Meddr. dansk. naturh. Foren., 131: 

20-22, fig. 6. 

1970 Rhynchothorax malaccensis, - ZAGO, Contr. Avuls. Inst. oceanogr. Univ. S. 


1972 Rhynchothorax malaccensis, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 3 (2): 408. 

1973 Rhynchothorax malaccensis, - KRAPP, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 

(17): 121. 

1976 Rhynchothorax malaccensis, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 295.

298 

Distribution: Malacca Straits. 


Rhynchothorax mediterraneus COSTA 1861 

1861 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus COSTA, Microdoride mediterranea, o descr. 

de'poco ben conosc. od affato ignoti viventi, etc.: 8-9, pl. 1. 

1881 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - DOHRN, Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf Neapel, 3: 

211-215, pl. 17, figs. 1-9. 

1909 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - d'ARCY THOMPSON, in: HARMER & SHIPLEY (Eds.) 

The Cambridge Nat. Hist.: 535, fig. 284. 

1951 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - HEDGPETH, Wasman J. Biol., 9 (1): 114. 

1963 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - ZILBERBERG, Bolm. Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, 13 (2): 21. 

1966 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 

44: 325. 

1966 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - STOCK, Vie et Milieu, 17 (1B): 415. 

1970 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - ZAGO, Contr. Avuls. Inst. Océanogr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, 21: 1. 

1972 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - ARNAUD, Téthys, 3 (2): 121 [key]. 

1973 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - KRAPP, Bull. Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 

(17): 121. 

1974 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - STOCK, Bull. Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4 

(3): 15-16, fig. 4. 

1976 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - ARNAUD, Acta Ecol. Iranica, I: 70. 

1976 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 293, 295. 

1987 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 47-48. 

1987 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - STOCK, Cah. Biol. Mar., 28: 507. 

1988 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - CHILD, Bull. Biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 56. 

1990 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - ARNAUD & KRAPP, Beaufortia, 41 (1): 4. 

1992 Rhynchothorax mediterraneus, - STOCK, Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 135-136, 139. 

Distribution: Mediterranean; Straits of Gibraltar; 

southern Brazil; Madagascar. 

Depth range: 1-?1100m. 

Habitat: "une espèce des fonds détriques et des fonds 

concrétionnement coralligène" (ARNAUD, 1987). 

Rhynchothorax monnioti ARNAUD 1974 

1974 Rhynchothorax monnioti ARNAUD, Bull. Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (21): 

171-172, figs. 1-5. 

1976 Rhynchothorax monnioti, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 295. 

1987 Rhynchothorax monnioti, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 48. 

1990 Rhynchothorax monnioti, - ARNAUD & KRAPP, Beaufortia, 41 (1): 4-5. 

Distribution: Mediterranean; Canary Islands. 


Habitat: coralline algae. 

Rhynchothorax orientalis CHILD 1988

1988 Rhynchothorax orientalis CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 28-29, fig. 12. 

1991 Rhynchothorax orientalis, - STOCK, Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (A), 151: 227. 



Rhynchothorax percivali CLARK 1976 

299 

1976 Rhynchothorax percivali CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 292-294, figs. 1, 

12-21. 

1988 Rhynchothorax percivali, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 468: 28. 



Habitat: rockpools. 

Rhynchothorax philopsammum HEDGPETH 1951 

1951 Rhynchothorax philopsammum HEDGPETH, Wasmann J. Biol., 9 (1): 111-115, pl. 

3. 

1966 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - STOCK, Viet et Milieu, 17 (1B): 415 [key]. 

1970 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - ZAGO, Contr. Avuls. Inst. oceanogr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, sér. Ocean. Biol., 21: 3 [key]. 

1972 Rhynchothorax anophthalmus ARNAUD, Tethys, 3 (2): 405-409, figs. 1-7. 

1973 Rhynchothorax anophthalmus, - KRAPP, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 

(17): 121 [key]. 

1972 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - KRAPP, Tethys, 3 (2): 406. 

1973 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - KRAPP, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 

(17): 121. 

1974 Rhynchothorax anophthalmus, - ARNAUD, Bull. Zoöl. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 

(21): 172-173, figs. 6-7. 

1976 Rhynchothorax anophthalmus, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 295 [key]. 

1976 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 295. 

1979 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - CHILD, Smiths. Contr. Zool., 293: 67, 72, fig. 

24h. 

1987 Rhynchothorax anopthalmus, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 47. 

1987 Rhynchothorax anophthalmus, - ARNAUD & BAMBER. Adv. Mar. Biol., 24: 32. 

1990 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 311. 

1990 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - ARNAUD & KRAPP, Beaufortia, 41 (1): 5. 

1990 Rhynchothorax philopsammum, - MÜLLER, Senckenbergiana biol., 70(1989) (1/3): 

197. 

Distribution: California; Pacific Coast of Mexico; Bora 

Bora, Society Islands; Caribbean Sea of Colombia. 


Habitat: sand and gravel; dead coral substratum. 

Rhynchothorax tiahurensis MÜLLER 1889 

1989 Rhynchothorax tiahurensis MÜLLER, Bonn. zool. Beitr., 40 (2): 127-128, figs. 

58-62.

300 

Distribution: Society Islands (Moorea). 


Habitat: dead corals on barrier reef. 

Rhynchothorax unicornis FAGE & STOCK 1966 

1966 Rhynchothorax unicornis FAGE & STOCK, Ann. Inst. Océanogr., 44: 324-326, 

fig. 4. 

1966 Rhynchothorax unicornis, - STOCK, Viet et Milieu, 17 (1B): 415. 

1970 Rhynchothorax unicornis, - ZAGO, Contr. Avuls. Inst. oceanogr. Univ. S. 


1972 Rhynchothorax unicornis, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 3 (2): 408. 

1973 Rhynchothorax unicornis, - KRAPP, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (17): 

121. 

1976 Rhynchothorax unicornis, - CLARK, J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 6 (3): 295. 




Rhynchothorax vallatus CHILD 1990 

1990 Rhynchothorax vallatus CHILD, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 333-334, fig. 

7. 

Distribution: Australia (Lizard Island). 


Habitat: coral reef rubble. 

Rhynchothorax voxorinum STOCK 1966 

1966 Rhynchothorax voxorinum STOCK, Vie Milieu, 17 (1B): 412-415, fig. 3a-e. 

1970 Rhynchothorax voxorinum, - ZAGO, Contr. Avuls. Inst. oceanogr. Univ. S. 


1972 Rhynchothorax voxorinus, - ARNAUD, Tethys, 3 (2): 406. 

1973 Rhynchothorax voxorinus, - KRAPP, Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (17): 

121. 

1987 Rhynchothorax voxorinum, - ARNAUD, Mesogee, 47: 48. 

1990 Rhynchothorax voxorinum, - STOCK, Beaufortia, 41 (1): 5. 

1990 Rhynchothorax voxorinum, - ARNAUD & KRAPP, Beaufortia, 41 (1): 5. 



Habitat: in crevices or endopsammic.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE RECENT PYCNOGONIDA 

This bibliography lists in alphabetic order the 

publications on pycnogonids. 

For your convenience to find articles reporting on different 

subjects I included several keywords for the most important 

publications, which can be used in the search-function of 

Word Perfect: 

alimentary system 

anatomy - for papers reporting on organs of Pycnogonida, 

functional morphology, or histology. 

bivalve host 

bryozoan host 

circulatory system 

cytology 

development 

echinoderm host 

ecology - different kind of ecological espects. 

embryology 

feeding - the food of pycnogonids. 

gastropod host 

genital system 

gland 

gynandromorph 

hormones 

hydroid host 

mollusca host 

musculature 

nervous system 

optical sense 

physiology 

pollution - runs to all different kind of pollution. 

polychaete host 

reproduction 

respiration 

When you are searching for a certain genus or species in 

PYCNO.LIT typewrite the name without author and year. Be sure 

to run with the search function through the complete 

bibliography and check the synonyms in the systematic index 

PYCNO.CAT, because older names may exist in the references. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Abildgaard, P.C. (1789): In O.F. Müller, Zoologica Danica seu 

animalium Daniae et Norvegiae rariorum ac minus notorum et 

Historia, 3: 67-68; CXIX; Havniae. 

-1-

Acloque, A. (1899): Classe de Pycnogonides, ordre des 

Pantopodes, in: Faune de France, pp. 219-220; Paris, J.B. 

Baillière & Fils. 

Adams, J. (1800): Descriptions of some marine animals found off 

the coast of Wales. - Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond, 1800 (4), 5: 

7-12; II. 

Adlerz, G. (1888): Bidrag till Pantopodernas morfologi och 

utvecklings-historia. - Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. 

Handl., Stockholm, Bihang, (4) 13 (11): 1-25; I-II. 

Allman, G.J. (1859): On parasitic larval forms in hydroids. - 

Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1859. [hydroid host] 

Allman, G.J. (1862): On a remarkable form of parasitism among 

the Pycnogonidae. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) 9: 36-43. 

Allman, G.J. (1872): Pycnogonidae, in: A monograph of the 

gymnoblastic or tubularian hydroids, part II: 200-201, 

314; 75; London. 

Anadón, R. (1975): Aportación al conciménto de la fauna 

bentónica de la ría de Vigo (NW de España). 1. 

Pycnogónidos y crustáceos de Panjón. - Inv. Pesq., 39 (1): 

199-218. 

André, M. & E. Lamy (1938): Pycnogonides parasites de 

Mollusques. - J. Conch., 82: 326-331. [mollusca host] 

Andrews, H.J. (1977): Observations on the Fauna of the 

Metropolitan River Thames during the Drought in 1976. - 

London Nat., 56: 44-56. 

Angel, H. (1977): Sea Feature. - Sea Frontiers, 23 (5): 321. 

Anonymous (1948): Cover photo, in: Science, 107 (2778). 

Anonymous (1978): Water Quality Investigation of Estuaries in 

Georgia, 1977. Brunswick Junior College (Georgia), Ann. 

Rep., 1978: 1-166. 

Appellöf, A. (1910): Pycnogoniden. The Norwegian Arctic 

Expedition of the Fram, 1898-1902, 2 (26). 

Appellöf, A. (1912): Invertebrate bottom fauna of the Norwegian 

Sea and North Atlantic. Ch. 8, in: J. Murray & J. Hjort. 

The depths of the sea: 821 pp., London; Macmillan. 

Appellöf, A. (1912): Die Pycnogoniden des Eisfjorden. 

Zoologische Ergebnisse der schwedischen Expedition nach 

Spitzbergen 1908, II (5). Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. 

Handl., Stockholm, 54 (5): 1-29. 

-2-

Ardizzone, G.D., C. Chimenz & E. Taramelli (1976): Valore 

dell'indice di diversità nello studio delle communità 

fouling del Porto di Civitavecchia. - Boll. Pesca, 

Piscicolt. Idrobiol., Roma, 31 (1-2): 313-318. 

Arita, K. (1936): Ein überzähliges Bein bei einer Pantopoden- 

Art (Nymphonella tapetis Ohshima). - Annot. Zool. Japon., 

15 (4): 469-477, 1 pl. 

Arita, K. (1937): Beiträge zur Biologie der Pantopoden. - J. 

Dep. Agric. Kyushu Imp. Univ., 5 (6): 271-288. [biology] 

Arnaud, F. (1969): Les Pycnogonides: un aspect de la biologie 

marine dans les Terres Australes et Antarctiques 

Françaises. Les Terres Australes Antarctiques Françaises, 

47: 35-41; La Documentation français, Paris. 

Arnaud, F. (1970): Pycnogonides subantarctiques des îles 

Crozet. - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2) 41 (6): 

1423-1428. 

Arnaud, F. (1971): Acheliana tropicalis n. gen., n. sp., 

Pycnogonide des récifs coralliens du sud-ouest de 

Madagascar. - Beaufortia, 18 (241): 199-204. 

Arnaud, F. (1971): Pycnogonides des récifs coralliens de 

Madagascar. 2. Redéscription de Pycnogonum 

madagascariensis Bouvier, 1911, Suppl. 1: 161-163. 

Arnaud, F. (1971): Pycnogonides littoraux des îles Saint-Paul 

et Amsterdam (Océan Indien). - Téthys, 3 (1): 159-166. 

Arnaud, F. (1972): Un nouveau Pycnogonide de Méditerranée nordoccidentale: 

Rhynchothorax anophthalmus n. sp. et 

redécouvert de Rhynchothorax mediterraneus Costa, 1861. - 

Téthys, 3 (2): 405-409. 

Arnaud, F. (1972): 9. Pycnogonides. Invertébrés marins. XIIeme 

et XVeme expeditions antarctiques francaises en Terre 

Adélie. - Téthys, Suppl. 4: 135-156. 

Arnaud, F. (1972): Pycnogonides des îles Kerguelen (Sud Océan 

Indien); matérial nouveau et révision des spécimens du 

Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle de Paris. - Bull. 

Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (3) 51 (65): 801-815. 

Arnaud, F. (1973): Pycnogonides des récifs coralliens de 

Madagascar. 4. Colossendeidae, Phoxichilidiidae et 

Endeidae. - Tethys, 4 (4): 953-960. 

Arnaud, F. (1973): Les Pycnogonides du golfe de Gascogne 

(Atlantique Nord-Est). - Téthys, 5 (1): 147-154. 

-3-

Arnaud, F. (1974): Pycnogonides recoltes aux Acores par les 

campagnes 1969 et Biacores 1971. - Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. 

Amsterdam, 3 (21): 169-186. 

Arnaud, F. (1974): Nouveaux Pycnogonides des îles Saint Paul et 

Amsterdam (Océan Indien). - Téthys, 5 (4): 779-790. 

Arnaud, F. (1976): Sur quelques Pycnogonides de Turquie et de 

la mer Egée (Mediterranée orientale). - Acta Ecol. 

Iranica, 1: 68-72. 

Arnaud, F., P.M. Arnaud, A. Intes & P. le Loeuff (1976): 

Transport dinvertébrés benthiques entre l'Afrique du Sud 

et Sainte Hélène par les Laminaires (Phaeophyceae). - 

Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (3), 384: 49-55. 

Arnaud, F. (1978): A new species of Ascorhynchus (Pycnogonida) 

found parasitic on an opisthobranchiate mollusc. - Zool. 

J. Linn. Soc., 63 (1-2): 99-104. [gastropod host] 

Arnaud, F. (1988): Les Pycnogonides (Chelicerata) de 

Méditerranée: Distribution écologique, bathymetrique et 

biogeographie. - Mésogée - Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. 

Marseille, 1987, 47: 37-58. 

Arnaud, F. & R.N. Bamber (1987): The Biology of Pycnogonida. - 

Adv. Mar. Biol., 24: 1-96. 

Arnaud, F. & C.A. Child (1988): The South African Museum's 

Meiring Naude Cruises, Part 17: Pycnogonida. - Ann. S. 

Afr. Mus., 98 (6): 121-187. 

Arnaud, F. & F. Krapp (1990): The genus Rhynchothorax 

(Pycnogonida) in the Mediterranean Sea. - Beaufortia, 41 

(1): 1-7; Amsterdam. 

Arnaud, P.M. (1970): Frequency and ecological significance of 

necrophagy among the benthic species of Antarctic coastal 

waters. In: M.W. Holdgate (ed.). Antarctic Ecology, 2: 

259-267. Scientific Commitee for Antarctic Research. 

London & New York; Academic Press. 

Arnaud, P.M. (1973): Contributions à la bionomie marine 

benthique des régions antarctique et subantarctique. 

Thèse, Doct. Sci. nat., Univ. Aix-Marseille, 7819. 

Arnaud, P.M. (1974): Contribution à la bionomie marine 

benthique des régions antarctiques et subantarctiques. - 

Téthys, 6 (3): 467-653. 

-4-

Arnaud, P.M., K. Jazdzewski, P. Dresler & J. Sicinski (1986): 

Preliminary survey of benthic invertebrates collected by 

Polish Antarctic Expeditions in Admirality Bay (King 

George Island, South Shetland Islands, Antarctica). - Pol. 

Polar Res., 7 (1-2): 7-24. 

Arndt, W. (1913): Zoologische Ergebnisse der ersten 

Lehrexpedition der Dr. P. Schlotländerschen Jubiläums- 

Stiftung. - Jb. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Kult., 90 (1912) (1) 

(2)b (Zool. Bot.): 110-136. 

Arndt, W. & K. Viets (1938): Die biologischen 

(parasitologischen) Beziehungen zwischen Arachnoideen und 

Spongien. - Z. Parasitenk., 10 (1): 67-93. 

Bacescu, M. (1953): Contributii la cunoasterea picnogonidelor 

marii negre. - Bull. Stiint., Acad. Rep. Pop. Române, Sec. 

Stiint. Biol., Agr., Geol., Geogr., 5 (2): 263-270. 

Bacescu, M. (1958): Pycnogonide noi pentru fauna Maarii Negre: 

Anoplodactylus petiolatus (Kr.), An. stocki n.sp. si 

Callipallene brevirostris (John.). - Stud. Cercetari 

Biol., ser. "Biol. Anim.", 10 (4): 321-334. 

Bacescu, M. (1959): Pycnogonides nouveaux pour la faune de la 

Mer Noire: Anoplodactylus petiolatus (Kr.), A. stocki 

n.sp. et Callipallene brevirostris (John.). - Rev. Biol., 

Acad. Rep. Pop. Roum., 4 (1): 117-128. 

Bacescu, M. & C. Margineanu (1959): Eléments méditerranéens 

nouveaux dans la faune de la Mer Noire, rencontrés dans 

les eaux de Roumélie (Nord-Ouest-Bosphore). - Arch. 

Oceanogr. Limnol., 11, Suppl. 63-74. 

Bacescu, M. (1968): Pycnogonida. In: Guide to the 

Identification of the Black Sea and Azov Sea Fauna. 

Naukova Dumko, Kiev, 1968. [in Russian] 

Bacescu, M. (1972): Tom tretj: Swobodnosiwutcie bespozwonocnye: 

Clenistonosie (krome rakoobraznych), mollujski, 

islokoscie, teminkoceljustnye, chordo ye. In: F.D. 

Morduchai-Boltowskoi, Opredelitel fauny Cernogo i 

Azowskogo Morei (v trech tomach). Naukova Dumko (Kiev), 

1972: 340. [in Russian] 

Bacescu, M. (1972): Rapport sur les travaux parus, entre 1968 

et 1970, sur le benthos de Méditerranée, ses mers annexes 

y comprises et la mer Rouge, I: Rapport sur les travaux 

concernant le zoobenthos. - Rapp. P.-v. Comm. Int. Expl. 

Sci. Mer Médit., 21 (9): 549-576. 

Bacescu, M. (1972): Klass Pantopody, ili morskiye pauki- 

Pantopoda Gerstaeker, 1777. In: Opredel. Fauny Chornovo 

Azovsk. Morei, 3: 32-37; Kiev. 

-5-

Bain, B. (1988): A preliminary look at the systematics of the 

Pycnogonida. - Am. Zool., 28 (4): 9A. [Abstract] 

Bain, B. (1991): Some observations on biology and feeding 

behavior in two southern California pycnogonids. - Bidr. 

Dierk., 61 (1): 63-64. 

Balfour, F.M. (1880): Pycnogonida. In: Treatise of comparative 

embryology, 1: 448; Jena, von Vetter. 

Balfour, F.M. (1880): Notes on the development of the Araneida. 

- Quart. J. Microsc. Sci., (N.S.), 20: 167-189. 

Bamber, R.N. (1978): The morphological taxonomy of Nymphon 

rubrum (Pycnogonida). - Porcupine Newsl., 1 (5): 79. 

Bamber, R.N. (1979): A new species of Endeis (Pycnogonida) from 

West Africa. - Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 65: 251-254. 

Bamber, R.N. (1980): British Sea Spiders by P.E. King [review]. 

- Irish. Nat. J., 20 (3): 127. 

Bamber, R.N. (1982): Variation in Nymphon brevirostre (Hodge), 

and the status of N. rubrum (Hodge) (Arthropoda: 

Pycnogonida). - Biol. J. Linn. Soc., 17: 275-288. 

Bamber, R.N. & M.H. Davis (1982): Feeding of Achelia echinata 

Hodge (Pycnogonida) on marine algae. - J. Exp. mar. Biol. 

Ecol., 60: 181-187. 

Bamber, R.N. (1983): The marine fauna of the Cullercoats 

District, no. 12: Pycnogonida. - Rep. Dove Mar. Lab., 3rd 

ser., 25: 1-24. 

Bamber, R.N. (1983): Some deep water Pycnogonids from the 

North-East Atlantic. - Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 77: 65-74. 

Bamber, R.N. & P.A. Henderson (1983): Epifaunal arthropods from 

the tide pools at Rhosneigr. - Porcupine Newsl., 2 (8): 

196. 

Bamber, R.N. (1985): A second Pallenopsis mollissima (hoeck), 

with other deep water pycnogonids from the Glasgow Museum. 

- Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 83: 301-306. 

Bamber, R.N. (1985): The intinerant sea-spider Ammothea 

hilgendorfi (Böhm) in British Waters. - Proc. Hampsh. 

Field Club Archaeol. Soc., 41: 269-270. 

Bamber, R.N. (1985): Why do Pycnogonids prefer inaccessible 

anemones?. - Porcupine Newsl., 3: 67-71. 

-6-

Bamber, R.N. (1986): Epifaunal collections from the Channel 

Islands, September 1986. - Porcupine Newsl., 3 (9): 235- 

239. 

Barnard, K.H. (1946): Diagnoses of a new species and a new 

genus of Pycnogonida in the South African Museum. - Ann. 

Mag. Nat. Hist., (11) 13: 60-63. 

Barnard, K.H. (1954): South African Pycnogonida. - Ann. S. Afr. 

Mus., 41 (3): 81-158. 

Barnard, K.H. (1955): Additions to the fauna-list of South 

African Crustacea and Pycnogonida. - Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 43 

(1): 1-107. 

Barnes, R.D. (1968): Class Pycnogonida or Pantopoda. In: 

Invertebrate Zoology: 423-426; New York: Saunders. 

Barrett, J. & C.M. Yonge (1964): Pycnogonida: Sea spiders. In: 

Collins pocket guide to the sea shore: 122-123; London: 

Collins. 

Baster, J. (1765): In: Natuurkundige Uitspanningen, behelzende 

waaremingen over sommige Zee-planten en Zee-Insecten, 

benevens derzelver zaadhuisjes en eijernesten, 2: 155; 

Haarlem: J. Bosch. 

Baster, J. (1765): In: Opuscula subseciva, observationes 

miscellaneas de animalculis et plantis quibusdam marinis, 

eorumque ovariis et seminibus continentia, 2: 139-142; 

Haarlem. 

Bastida, R.M., M. Trivi de Mandri, L. de Bastida & M. Stupak 

(1980): Ecological aspects of marine fouling at the Port 

of Mar del Plata (Argentina). V. Congr. Int. Corros. Mar. 

e Incrust., pp. 299-320. 

Bayer, F.M., G.L. Voss & C.R. Robbins (1970): Report on the 

marine fauna and benthic shelf-slope communities of the 

Isthmian Region. - In: Bioenvironmental and Radiological 

Safety Feasability Studies Atlantic-Pacific Interoceanic 

Canal, pp. 1-99, appendix, pp. 1-311. [processed Rep., 

Univ. Miami, Florida] 

Beaumont, W.I. (1900): The fauna and flora of Valencia Harbour 

on the west coast of Ireland, II. The benthos (dredging 

and shore collecting), VIII... - Proc. Roy. Ir. Acad., 

Dublin, (3) 5: 754-798. 

Behrens, W. (1984): Larvenentwicklung und Metamorphose von 

Pycnogonum litorale (Chelicerata, Pantopoda). - 

Zoomorphol., 104: 266-279. [development] 

-7-

Behrens, W. & D. Bückmann (1981): Der Nachweis von 

Häutungshormonen bei einem Pantopoden, Pycnogonum litorale 

Ström. - Verh. Dtsch. Zool. Ges., 74: 195. [physiology, 

hormones] 

Behrens, W. & D. Bückmann (1983): Ecdysteroids in the 

Pycnogonid Pycnogonum littorale (Strom) (Arthropoda, 

Pantopoda). - Gen. Comp. Endocrinol., 51: 8-14. 

[physiology, hormones] 

Beklemishev, V.N. (1964): Pantopodi. In: Ossnovi Sravnityelnoi 

Anatomii Bespozvonochnikh, 1: 207, 210, 298, 299-301, 305, 

312; 149, 2: 100, 105, 158, 205, 357, 358, 360; Moscow, 

Akad. Nauk SSSR. 

Bell, T. (1853): Account of the Crustacea.In: The last of the 

Arctic Voyages, being a narrative of the expedition of HMS 

Assitance, under the command of Captain Sir Edward 

Belcher, 2: 408-409; London. 

Bellan-Santini, D. (1967): Contribution à l'étude des 

peuplements infralittoraux sur substrat rocheux... Mémoire 

présentée le 20 Décembre 1967 pour l'obtention du Grade de 

Docteur dès Sciences naturelles: 1-294. 

Bellisio, N.B. (1966): Fauna marina Arctica. Secretaria de 

Marina, Servico de Hydrografia naval, Rep. Argentina, 

Buenos Aires, H 907: 1-91. 

Belloc, G. (1962): Catalogue des types de Pycnogonides du Musée 

océanographique de Monaco. - Bull. Inst. Océanogr., 

Monaco, 1215: 3 pp. 

Belyaev, G.M. (1966): Pycnogonids (Sea spiders) - Pantopoda. 

In: Hadal (Ultraabyssal) Fauna of the World Ocean: 102- 

103; Trudy Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 591: 1-248. [in 

Russian] 

Béanard, F. (1960): La faunule associée au Lithophyllum 

incrustans Phil. dans les cuvettes de la région de 

Roscoff. - Cah. Biol. Mar., 1 (1): 89-102. 

Benson, P.H. & D.C. Chivers (1960): A Pycnogonid infestation of 

Mytilus californicus. - The Veliger, 3 (1): 16-18. 

[Bivalvia host] 

Berry, M.B. (1980): The embryological development of Achelia 

sawayai (Ammotheidae, Pycnogonida), with notes on some 

phases of the behavior and anatomy of the adult, and on 

the phylogenetic position of the Pycnogonida. - Diss. 

Abstr. Int., (B) 41 (3): 849. [embryology] 

Berry, M.B. (1982): Gastrulation by delamination in Achelia 

sawayai. - Am. Zool., 22 (4): 876. [embryology] 

-8-

Bertrand, H. (1941): Les Pycnogonides de la région dinardaise. 

- Bull. Lab. Mar. Dinard, 23: 48-52. 

Bertrand, H. (1943): Récoltes de Crustacés Malacostracés et de 

Pycnogonides dans la rivière de Trieux. - Bull. Lab. 

marit. Dinard, 25: 6-18. 

Beyerley, I. (1855): Fauna of Liverpool. - Proc. Literary & 

Phil. Soc. Liverpool, 8 (1853/4), Appendix: 125. 

Bitar, G. (1987): Sur une collection de Crustaces et de 

Pycnogonides du Maroc. - Bull. Inst. Sci., Univ. Mohammed 

V, Rabat, 1987: 155-166. 

Björck, W. (1913): Biologisch-faunistische Untersuchungen aus 

dem Öresund. 1. Pantopoda, Mysidacea und Decapoda. - Lunds 

Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2) 9 (17): 39pp., 1 pl. 

Björck, W. (1915): Biologisk-faunistika Undersökningar av 

Öressund. 2. Crustacea Malacostraca och Pantopoda. - Lunds 

Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2) 11 (7): 1-98. 

Blake, C.H. (1933): Class Pycnogonida: Sea Spiders. In: W. 

Procter, Biological Survey of the Mount Desert Region, 

Part V.: Marine Fauna. The Wistar Inst. of Anat. Biol., 

Philadelphia, 1933: 266-267. 

Boaden, P.J.S. & R.J. O'Connor & R. Seed (1975): Pycnogonida. 

In: The composition of the Fucus serratus community in 

Strangford Lough, Co. Down. - J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol., 17 

(2): 111-136. 

Böhm, R. (1879): Ueber die Pycnogoniden des Kgl. Zoolog. 

Museums zu Berlin, insbesondere über die von S.M.S. 

Gazelle mitgebrachten Arten. - Monatsber. Königl. Preuss. 

Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1879: 170-195, 2 pls. 

Böhm, R. (1879): Ueber zwei neue von Herrn Dr. Hilgendorf in 

Japan gesammelte Pycnogoniden. - Sitz.-Ber. Ges. 

Naturforsch. Fr. Berlin, 1879 (4): 53-60. 

Böhm, R. (1879): Ueber Pycnogoniden. - Sitz.-Ber. Ges. 

Naturforsch. Fr. Berlin, 1879 (9): 140-142. 

Bogdanos, C. & J. Satsmadjis (1983): The macrozoobenthos of an 

Aegean embayment. - Thalassogr., 6: 77-105. 

Boisseau, J.P. (1952): Notes sur la faune d'Arcachon (Première 

Sér.). - Bull. Soc. zool. France, 77: 148-151. 

Börner, C. (1903): Die Beingliederung der Arthropoden. 2. - 

Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Naturforsch. Fr. Berlin, 1903: 292-335. 

-9-

Borradaile, L.A., F.A. Potts, L.E.S. Eastham & J.T. Saunders 

(1951): Class Pantopoda (Pycnogonida). In: The 

Invertebrata: A manual for the use of students: 538-539; 

370A; Cambridge Univ. Press. 

Bosc, L.A.G. (1802): Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés, 2: 202- 

207; Paris. 

Boudreaux, H.B. (1979): Significance of intersegmental Tendon 

Systems in arthropod phylogeny and a monophyletic 

classification of arthropoda. In: A.P. Gupta (ed.). 

Arthropod Phylogeny, pp. 551-586. Van Nostrand Reinhold 

Co. 

Boudreaux, H.B. (1979): Phylogeny of the arthropod classes, in: 

Arthropod phylogeny with special reference to insects, pp. 

82-88, 115-122. New York; John Wiley & Sons. 

Bourdillon, A. (1952): Note préliminaire sur diverses réactions 

parasiaires d'un Hydroide aux larves de Pycnogonides. - 

Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 6: 19-26. [hydroid host] 

Bourdillon, A. (1953): Note sur Pallene brevirostris 

(Pycnogonida). - Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 8: 37- 

41. 

Bourdillon, A. (1954): Les Pycnogonides de Marseille et ses 

environs. - Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 12 (7): 145- 

158. 

Bourdillon, A. (1954): Contribution à l'étude des Pycnogonides 

de Tunisie. - Notes Stat. Océanogr. Salammbô, 35: 1-8, 1 

pl. 

Bourdillon, A. (1955): Les Pycnogonides de la croisière 1951 du 

Président Théodore Tissier. - Rev. Trav. Inst. Pêches 

Marit., 19 (4): 581-609. 

Bourne, G.C. (1890): Report of a trawling cruise in H.M.S. 

"Research" off the south-west coast of Ireland. - J. mar. 

Biol. Ass. Plymouth, 1: 306-323. 

Bousfield, E.L. & A.H. Leim (1958): The fauna of Minas Basin 

and Minas Channel. - Bull. natn. Mus. Canada, 166: 1-30. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1905): Observations préliminaires sur les 

Pycnogonides recueillis dans la région antarctique par la 

mission du "Français". - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 

Paris, 11: 294-298. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1906): Nouvelles observations sur les 

Pycnogonides recueillis dans les régions antarctiques au 

cours de la campagne dirigée par M. Jean Charcot. - C.R. 

Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 142: 15-22. 

-10-

Bouvier, E.L. (1906): Pycnogonides du "Français". L'expédition 

Antarctique Française, 1903-1905: 1-69. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1910): Les Pycnogonides à cinq paires de pattes 

recueillis par la Mission antarctique Jean Charcot à bord 

du "Pourquoi Pas?". - C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 

151: 26-32. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1910): Note sur les Arthropodes marins 

recueillis par M. Rallier du Batys aux îles Kerguelen. - 

Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 16: 178-179. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1910): Mission en Mauritanie occidentale. III. 

Partie zoologique. Crustacés et Pycnogonides. - Act. Soc. 

Linnéenne, Bordeaux, 64: 221-226, 1pl. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1911): Observations sur les Pycnogonomorphes et 

principalement sur le Pentapycnon Geayi, espèce tropicale 

à dix pattes. - C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 

491-494. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1911): Les Pycnogonides du "Pourquoi Pas?". - 

C.R. Séanc. Hebd. Acad. Sci., Paris, 152: 1136-1141. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1911): Pycnogonides. Algunos animales marinos de 

las Islas Sandwich. - An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos 

Aires, (3) 15: 413-414. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1911): Les Pycnogonides décapodes et la 

classification des Pycnogonides. - Proc. Int. Congr. Ent., 

Bruxelles, 1910: 345-355. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1913): Pycnogonides du "Pourquoi Pas?". - 

Deuxième Expéd. Antarct. Française (1908-1910), 6: 1-169. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1914): Quelques mots sur la variabilité du 

Pycnogonum littorale Ström. - J. mar. Biol. Ass., 

Plymouth, 10: 207-210. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1914): Les Crustacés de profondeur et les 

Pycnogonides recueillis par le "Pourquoi Pas?"...1913. - 

Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 20: 215-221. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1916): Sur un Nymphonomorphe nouveau capturé par 

le "Travailleur", dans les mers européenes au cours de sa 

campagne de 1881. - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 

(1) 22: 14-16. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1916): Un nouveau Pycnogonide, Ammothea 

(Achelia) armata, trouvé par le "Talisman". - Bull. Mus. 

natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 22: 81-83. 

-11-

Bouvier, E.L. (1917): Sur un Pycnogonide (Arach.) nouveau 

recueilli en Guinée portugaise par le comte de Polignac, 

au cours de sa campagne de 1913 sur le yacht "Sylvana". - 

Bull. Soc. ent. France, Paris, 10: 223-226. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1917): Pycnogonides provenant des campagnes 

scientifiques de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco (1885-1913). 

Rés. Camp. Sci. accomplies sur son Yacht par Albert I er 

Prince Souverain de Monaco, 51: 1-56. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1920): On a collection of Pycnogonida from the 

South Orkney Islands. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 6: 244- 

247. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1922): Classification et caractères distinctifs 

essentiels des Pycnogonides appartenants à la série des 

Pycnogonomorphes. - Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris (Zool), (10) 5 

(1,2): 113-117. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1923): Quelques notes sur les Pycnogonides des 

côtes de France. - Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris (Zool.), 

(10)6(3,4): 117-124. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1923): Pycnogonides. Faune de France, 7: 1-69. 

Bouvier, E.L. (1937): Étude sur les Pycnogonides du 

"Travailleur" et du "Talisman" précedée d'observationes 

systématiques sur les Articulées de ce groupe. - Ann. Sci. 

Nat., Paris, (Zool.), (10)20(1): 1-42. 

Brady, G.S. (1903): Report on the dredging and other marine 

research off the N.E. coast of England in 1901. - Nat. 

Hist. Trans. Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle-upon- 

Tyne, 14: 87-101. 

Bremec, C.S., D.E. Martinez & E. Elias (1986): Pycnogónidos de 

los alrededores de Bahía Blanca (Argentina). - Spheniscus, 

3: 31-49. 

British Museum (Natural History) (1927): Guide to the Crustacea 

exhibited in the Department of Zoology, British Museum 

(Natural History): 1-81; London. 

Broch, H. (1961): Benthonic problems in Antarctic and Arctic 

waters. Sci. Ress. Norw. Antarct. Exped. 1927-1928 et 

sqq., 3 (38): 1-32; Oslo, Norske Vidensk.-Akad. 

Bromley, J.E.C. (1979): A preliminary checklist of marine fauna 

of Minas Basin and Minas Channel. - Proc. Nova Scotian 

Inst. Sci., Halifax, 29 (4): 517-541. 

-12-

Bronstein, Z.S. (1948): Check list of fauna and flora of the 

northern seas of the USSR. In: N.S. Gajevskoi (ed.), 

Opredel. Fauni Flori Severnich Morei SSSR: 344-351. [in 

Russian] 

Bruce, J.R., J.S. Colman & N.S. Jones (1963): Pycnogonida pp. 

180-182. In: marine fauna of the Isle of Man and its 

surrounding seas: i-xi, 1-307; Liverpool Univ. Press. 

Brunel, P. (1970): Catalogue d'Invertébrés benthiques du Golfe 

Saint-Laurent recueillis de 1951 à 1966 par la Station de 

Biologie marine de Grand-Rivière. - Trav. Pêch. Quebec, 

32: 1-55. 

Brünnich, M.T. (1764): Entomologia sistens Insectorum Tabulas 

Systematicas, cum Introductione et Iconibus, etc.: 87 pp., 

1 pl. 

Buchholz, R. (1874): Crustaceen der zweiten Deutschen 

Nordpolarfahrt. Anhang Pycnogonida. Die 2. deutsche 

Nordpolarfahrt in den Jahren 1869 und 1870, 2 (7): 396- 

397. 

Bückmann, D. (1979): Induction and control of metamorphosis in 

arthropods, a review under comparative aspects. - 

Fortschr. Zool. Syst. Evol.-Forsch., 1: 166-171. 

[physiology, hormones] 

Bückmann, D., G. Starnecker, K.H. Tomaschko, E. Wilhelm, R. 

Lafont & J.P. Girault (1986): Isolation and identification 

of major ecdysteroids from the pycnogonid Pycnogonum 

litorale Strøm (Arthropoda: Pantopoda). - J. Comp. 

Physiol., (B. Biochemistry, systematics, environment, 

physiology), 156 (6): 759-766. [physiology, hormones] 

Bullivant, J.S. (1959): Photographs of the bottom fauna in the 

Ross Sea. - N.Z. J. Sci., 2 (4): 485-497. 

Bullivant, J.S. (1961): Photographs of the Antarctic bottom 

fauna. - Polar Record, Cambr., 10 (68): 505-508, 5 pls. 

Calman, W.T. (1901): A catalogue of Crustacea and of Pycnogonida 

contained in the Museum of the University College, 

Dundee. Dundee, Univ. St. Andrews, v + 56pp. 

Calman, W.T. (1909): The problem of the Pycnogonids. - Sci. 

Progr., London, 1909: 687-693. 

Calman, W.T. (1910): Antarctic Pycnogons. - Nature, Lond., 84: 

104. 

Calman, W.T. (1915): The holotype of Ammothea carolinensis 

Leach (Pycnogonida). - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 15: 310- 

314. 

-13-

Calman, W.T. (1915): The holotype of Nymphon gracilipes Miers 

(Pycnogonida). - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 15: 584-588. 

Calman, W.T. (1915): Pycnogonida. Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) 

Exped., 1910, Zool., 3 (1): 1-74. 

Calman, W.T. (1920): On a collection of Pycnogonida from the 

South Orkney Isles. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.., (9) 6: 244- 

247. 

Calman, W.T. (1922): The holotype of Parazetes auchenicus 

Slater (Pycnogonida). - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 9: 199- 

203. 

Calman, W.T. (1923): Pycnogonida of the Indian Museum. - Rec. 

Indian Mus, 25 (3): 265-299. 

Calman, W.T. (1927): 28. Report on the Pycnogonida. Zoological 

results of the Cambridge Expedition to the Suez Canal, 

1924. - Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 22 (3): 403-410. 

Calman, W.T. (1929): The Pycnogonida. - J. Quekett Microsc. 

Club, London, (2)16(96): 95-106. 

Calman, W.T. (1933): A dodecapodous Pycnogonid. - Nature, 

London, 131 (3309): 242. 

Calman, W.T. & I. Gordon (1933): A dodecapodous Pycnogonid. - 

Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., (B.), 113: 107-115. 

Calman, W.T. (1937): James Eights, a pioneer Antarctic 

naturalis. - Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1936-1937, 149(4): 

171-184. 

Calman, W.T. (1937): The type-specimens of Pallene 

australiensis Hoek (Pycnogonida). - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 

(10) 20: 530-534. 

Calman, W.T. (1938): Pycnogonida. Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped., 

1933-34, 5 (6): 147-166. 

Calvez, J.L. (1950). Un Pycnogonide nouveau pour la 

Mediterranée: Nymphonella tapetis Ohshima. - Arch. Zool. 

Exp. Gén., 86 (Notes & Rev., 3): 114-117. 

Camp, D.K., N.H. Whiting & R.E. Martin (1977): Pycnogonida. In: 

Nearshore marine ecology at Hutchinson Island, Florida, 

1971-1974, V: Arthropoda. - Fla. Mar. Res. Publ., St. 

Petersburg, 25; p.10. 

Camp, J. & J. Ros (1980): Comunidades de sustrato duro del 

litoral NE Espanol, 8: Sistematica de los grupos menores. 

- Invest. Pesqu., 44 (1): 199-209. 

-14-

Campbell, A.C. & J.A. Nicholls (1976): Pycnogonida, p. 230. In: 

The Hamlyn Guide to the Seashore and Shallow Seas of 

Britain and Europe: 320 pp., London, etc.; Hamlyn. 

Candela, A., R. Sconfietti & A.R. Tornelli (1983): Ricerche 

sperimentali sulla dinamica stagionale delle zoocenosi 

intermareali della laguna di Venezia, 1. - Boll. Mus. Civ. 

Stor. Nat. Venezia, 33 (1982): 28-72. 

Candela, A., R. Sconfietti & A.R. Tornelli (1983): Ricerche 

sperimentali sulla dinamica stagionale delle zoocenosi 

intermareali della laguna di Venezia, 2. - Boll. Mus. Civ. 

Stor. Nat. Venezia, 34 (1983): 7-28. 

Capriles, V.A. (1970): Note on the occurence of the pycnogonid 

Pallenoides (?) spinulosa Stock in Puerto Rican waters. - 

Caribb. J. Sci., 10 (1-2): 105. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1892): A new Nymphon and Phoxichilus spinosus 

on the Irish Coast. - Irish Nat., 1: 42. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1892): Pycnogonida from Killala Bay. - Ir. 

Nat., 1: 168. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1892): Pycnogonida. Reports on the zoological 

collections made in Torres Straits by Prof. A.C. Haddon, 

1888-89. - Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., 7 (5) (40): 552- 

558, 1pl. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1893): Pycnogonids. Reports on the zoological 

collections made in Torres Straits by Professor A.C. 

Haddon, 1888-89. - Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., 8 (1) (4): 

21-27. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1893): On some Pycnogonida from the Irish 

coasts. - Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., (NS) 8: 195-205, 

1pl. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1895): A new British Pantopod (Tanystylum 

conirostre Dohrn). - Ir. Nat., 4: 297-302. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1898): On Pantopoda collected by Mr. W.S. 

Bruce in the neighbourhood of Franz-Jose Land, 1896-97. - 

J. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), 24: 626-634. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1900): Pycnogonida from the Arctic Seas, 

dredged by Mr. W. Bruce, 1897-98. - Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin 

Soc., 9 (3): 279-282. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1904): Report on the Pantopoda collected by 

Prof. Herdman at Ceylon in 1902. Rep. Governm. Ceylon 

Pearl Oyster Fish. Gulf Manaar, 2, Suppl. Rep. XIII: 181- 

184, 1pl. 

-15-

Carpenter, G.H. (1905): The marine fauna of the coast of 

Ireland. Part VI. Pycnogonida. - Sci. Inv. Fish. Branch 

Ireland, 4: 171-178. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1905): Notes on the segmentation and phylogeny 

of the Arthropoda. - Quart. J. Microsc. Sci., 40: 469-491. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1907): Pycnogonida collected by Mr. J. Stanley 

Gardiner. - Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1907: 11. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1908): Pycnogonida. The Percy Sladen Trust 

Expedition to the Indian Ocean. - Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond, 

(2) 12: 95-101. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1910): XVI. Pycnogonida from the Red Sea and 

Indian Ocean collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland. Reports on 

the Marine Biology of the Sudan and the Red Sea. - J. 

Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), 31 (207): 256-258. 

Carpenter, G.H. (1912): Pycnogonida. Clare Island Survey. - 

Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Dublin, 31 (34): 1-4. 

Carus, J.V. (1863): Arthropoden. In: A. Gerstaecker (ed.), 

Handbuch der Zoologie, 2: 348-350. 

Carus, J.V. (1885): Pantopoda. In: Prodromus fauna 

mediterraneae sive descriptio animallum maris Mediterranei 

incolarum, 2: 283-288; Stuttgart. 

Caspers, H. (1950): Pantopoda, p. 138. In: Die 

Lebensgemeinschaft der Helgoländer Austernbank. - Helgol. 

Wiss. Meeresunters., 3: 119-169. 

Caspers, H. (1980): Fauna adapted to inhabiting the sponge 

Damiriana hawaiiana in Kanehoe Bay, Hawaii. (Abstr.). Int. 

Sympos. Biol. Management of Mangroves and Tropical Shallow 

Water Communities, 2: 20. 

Caullery, M. (1896): Pycnogonides. Résultats scientifiques de 

la campagne du "Caudan" dans le golfe de Gascogne, aoûtsept. 

1895. - Ann. Univ. Lyon, 26: 361-364. 

Cavanna, G. (1876): Riassunto di una memoria sui Pignogonidi. - 

Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., VIII: 292-297. 

Cavanna, G. (1876): Studi e ricerche sui Picnogonidi. - Pubbl. 

Real. Inst. Stud. Superiori Pratici Perfez. Firenze, 1: 

249-264, 19pls. 

Cavanna, G. (1878): Alcune osservazioni intorno ad un recante 

lavoro del dott. A. Dohrn, sui Picnogonidi. - Bull. Soc. 

Ent. Ital., Anno X, trim. 4: 244-247. 

-16-

Cerame-Vivas, M.J. & I.E. Gray (1966): The distributional 

pattern of benthic invertebrates of the continental shelf 

off North Carolina. - Ecology, 47: 260-270. 

Chaudonneret, J. (1980): Table ronde sur la métamérie, 6: 

Autres Chélicérates. - Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 104 (3): 

287-290. 

Child, C.A. (1970): Pycnogonida of the Smithsonian-Bredin Pacific-Expedition, 

1957. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 83 (27): 

287-308. 

Child, C.A. & J.W. Hedgpeth (1971): Pycnogonids of the 

Galápagos Islands. - J. nat. Hist., 5: 609-634. 

Child, C.A. (1972): A new species of Anoropallene (Pycnogonida) 

from the Hawaiian Islands. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 85 

(11): 147-150. 

Child, C.A. (1974): Hedgpethius tridentatus, a new genus and 

species, and other Pycnogonida from Key West, Florida. - 

Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 87 (43): 493-500. 

Child, C.A. (1975): Pycnogonida of Western Australia. - Smiths. 

Contr. Zool., 190: 1-29. 

Child, C.A. (1975): The Pycnogonida types of William A. Hilton. 

I. Phoxichilidiidae. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 88 (19): 

189-210. 

Child, C.A. (1977): On some Pycnogonida of French Oceania. - 

Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (2): 440-446. 

Child, C.A. (1977): Four new species of Anoplodactylus 

(Pycnogonida) from the Western North Atlantic. - Proc. 

biol. Soc. Wash., 90 (3): 584-596. 

Child, C.A. (1978): Gynandromorphs of the pycnogonid 

Anoplodactylus portus. - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. Lond., 63 (1- 

2): 133-144. [genital system] 

Child, C.A. (1979): Shallow-water Pycnogonida of the Isthmus of 

Panamá and the coasts of Middle America. - Smiths. Contr. 

Zool., 293: 1-86; Washington. 

Child, C.A. (1982): Pycnogonida from Carrie Bow Cay, Belize. - 

Smiths. Contr. mar. Sci., 12: 355-380; Washington. 

Child, C.A. (1982): Pycnogonida of the Western Pacific Islands. 

I. The Marshall Islands. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 

270-281; Washington. 

Child, C.A. (1982): Deep-sea Pycnogonida from the North and 

South Atlantic Basins. - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 349: 1-54. 

-17-

Child, C.A. & K. Nakamura (1982): A gynandromorph of the 

Japanese Pycnogonid Anoplodactylus gestiens (Ortmann). - 

Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 95 (2): 292-296. [genital system] 

Child, C.A. (1983): Pycnogonida of the western Pacific Islands, 

II. Guam and the Palau Islands. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 

96 (4): 698-714. 

Child, C.A. (1986): Spotlight on a sea-going "spider". - Anim. 

Kingdom, 89 (1): 36-38. 

Child, C.A. & G.R. Harbison (1986): A parasitic association 

between a Pycnogonid and a Scyphomedusa in Midwater. - J. 

Mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 66: 113-117. 

Child, C.A. (1987): The Pycnogonida types of H.V.M. HALL. - 

Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (3): 552-558; Washington. 

Child, C.A. (1987): Pycnogonida of Enewetak Atoll. In: D.M. 

Devaney et al. (eds.). The natural history of Enewetak 

Atoll, Vol. II, Biogeography and Systematics, chapter 16, 

pp. 179-180. Dept. Energy, Off. Sci. Tech. Inf., Oak 

Ridge, Tennessee. 

Child, C.A. (1987): Ammothea verenae and Sericosura venticola, 

two new Hydrothermal Vent-associated Pycnogonids from the 

Northeast Pacific. - Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4): 892- 

901. 

Child, C.A. (1987): New and little known Pycnogonida from 

Antarctic and Subantarctic Waters. - Proc. biol. Soc. 

Wash., 100 (4): 902-916. 

Child, C.A. (1988): Pycnogonida of the Western Pacific Islands, 

III: recent Smithsonian-Philippine expeditions. - Smiths. 

Contr. Zool., 468: 1-32; Washington. 

Child, C.A. (1988): Pycnogonida from Aldabra Atoll. - Bull. 

Biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 45-78. 

Child, C.A. (1988): 45: Pycnogonida. In: R.P. Higgins & H. 

Thiel (eds.). - Introduction to the study of meiofauna, 

1988, pp. 423-424; Washington. 

Child, C.A. (1989): Pycnogonida of the Western Pacific Islands. 

6. Sericosura cochleifovea, a new hydrothermal vent 

species from the Marianas Back-Arc Basin. - Proc. biol. 

Soc. Wash., 102 (3): 732-737. 

Child, C.A. (1990): Prototrygaeus jordanae, a new species of 

pycnogonid from Monterey Bay, California. - Proc. biol. 

Soc. Wash., 103 (1): 157-160. 

-18-


VIII. Recent collections from islands of the Great Barrier 

Reef, Australia. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 311- 

335; Washington. 

Child, C.A. (1990): Nymphon stipulum, a new pycnogonid species 

from southern California. - Beaufortia, 41 (6): 39-43. 


IX. A shallow-water Guam survey, 1984. - Proc. biol. Soc. 

Wash., 104 (1): 138-146. 

Chimenz, C., P.M. Brignoli & G. Basciano (1979): Pantopodi del 

porto di Civitavecchia e Dintorni (Italia Centrale). - 

Cah. Biol. Mar., 20: 471-497. 

Chimenz, C. & V. Cottarelli (1986): Soft bottom Pycnogonida 

from the Gulf of Salerno (Italy). - Oebalia, 13: 137-146. 

Chimenz, C., V. Cottarelli & M. Tosti (1991): Researches on the 

Mediterranean Pycnogonida. 1. Anoplodactylus compositus 

n.sp. (Arthropoda, Chelicerata). - Fragm. Ent., 23 (1): 7- 

13. 

Chimenz-Gusso, C. & E.T. Rivosecchi (1972): Nuovi richerche sul 

fouling del Porto di Civitavecchia. 2. Rendiconti Accad. 

Naz. dei XL, (4) 20/21: 199-216. 

Chimenz-Gusso, C., E. Fresi, F. Civelli, L. Mazella, M. Pansini 

& R. Pronzato (1978): Distribution of hard bottom 

communities along a light gradient in a superficial marine 

cave, II; Pantopoda. - Mem. Biol. Mar. Oceanogr., new 

ser., 8 (4): 91-103. 

Citarella, G. (1982): Le zooplancton de la baie de Shediac 

(Nouveau-Brunswick). - J. Plankton Res., 4 (4): 791-812. 

Claparède, R.E. (1863): Beobachtungen über Anatomie und 

Entwicklungsgeschichte wirbelloser Thiere, an der Küste 

der Normandie angestellt; pp. 102-105. 

Clark, W.C. (1956): A new species of Pycnogonum from Banks 

Peninsula, New Zealand. - Rec. Canterbury Mus., 7 (2): 

171-173. 

Clark, W.C. (1958): Some Pycnogonida from Cook Strait, New 

Zealand, with descriptions of two new species. - Zool. 

Publ. Victoria Univ. Wellington, 23: 1-7. 

Clark, W.C. (1961): Two new pycnogonids from the Maldive Islands. 

- Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (3): 291-296. 

-19-

Clark, W.C. (1962): Pallenopsis triregia, a new species of 

Pycnogonida from near Three Kings Islands, New Zealand. - 

N.Z. J. Sci., Wellington, 5 (4): 517-520. 

Clark, W.C. (1963): Australian Pycnogonida. - Rec. Austr. Mus., 

26 (1): 1-81. 

Clark, W.C. (1970): New Pycnogonida from Queensland. - Trans. 

Roy. Soc. N.Z. (Biol. Sci.), 12 (3): 13-20. 

Clark, W.C. (1972): Pycnogonida of the Snares Islands. - N.Z. 

J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (2): 329-341. 

Clark, W.C. (1972): Pycnogonida of the Antipodes Aislands. - 

N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 5 (3/4): 427-452. 

Clark, W.C. (1973): New species of Pycnogonida from New Britain 

and Tonga. - Pac. Sci., 27 (1): 28-33. 

Clark, W.C. (1976): The genus Rhynchothorax Costa (Pycnogonida) 

in New Zealand waters. - J. Roy. Soc. N.Z. (Biol. Sci.), 6 

(3): 287-296. 

Clark, W.C. (1977): The genus Ammothea Leach (Pycnogonida) in 

New Zealand waters: New species and a review. - J. Roy. 

Soc. N.Z., 7 (2): 171-187. 

Clark, W.C. (1977): The genus Tanystylum Miers, 1879 

(Pycnogonida) in the Southern Oceans. - J. Roy. Soc. N.Z., 

7 (3): 313-338. 

Clark, W.C. & A. Carpenter (1977): Swimming behavior in a 

pycnogonid. - N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 11: 613-615. 

Clark, W.C. (1983): Platyhelmenthes, Nematoda and Pycnogonida. 

In: P.J. Brownsey & A.N. Baker (eds.). The New Zealand 

Biota: What do we know after 200 years? - Natn. Mus. N.Z., 

Misc. Ser., 7: 60-61. 

Clarke, J.M. (1916): The reincarnation of James Eights, 

Antarctic explorer. - Illustr. Sci. Monthly ?, 2 (2): 189- 

202. 

Clarke, K.U. (1973): The Pycnogonida. In: The Biology of the 

Arthropoda: 185, 187, 188; 9.5 London: Edward Arnold. 

Clememçon, H. (1961): Asselspinnen-Bewohner der Meeresküsten. - 

Mikrokosmos, 50: 262-270. 

Cloudsley-Thompson, J.L. (1973): Some littoral and terrestrial 

arthropoda from Cumbrae, Scottland. - Ent. Monthly Mag., 

109 (1304-1306): 59. 

-20-

Codreanu, R. & M. Bacescu (1951): Clasificarea regnului animal; 

Crustacea; Pycnogonida. In: Academia Republ. Pop. Rom. 

Indrumdtor, 1: 7-12, 147-169, 182-184. 

Coelho, P.A. & G. Calabria (1987): Litoral de Alagoas e 

Sergipe: Pantopodas. - An. Soc. Nordest., Zool., 1 (1): 

55. 

Cole, L.J. (1901): Notes on the habits of pycnogonids. - Biol. 

Bull. Woods Hole Mar. Biol. Lab., 2 (5): 195-207. 

Cole, L.J. (1901): On Discoarachne brevipes Hoek, a pycnogonid 

from South Africa. - Zool. Jb. (Syst., Geogr., Biol.), 15 

(2): 243-248. 

Cole, L.J. (1904): Pycnognida of the West Coast of North 

America. - Harriman Alaska Exped., 10: 249-330. 

Cole, L.J. (1904): Pycnognida collected at Bermuda in the 

summer of 1903. - Proc. Soc. Nat. Hist., 31 (8): 315-328. 

Cole, L.J. (1905): Ten-legged pycnogonids, with remarks on the 

classification of the Pycnogonida. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 

(7) 15: 405-415. 

Cole, L.J. (1906): Feeding habits of the pycnogonid 

Anoplodactylus lentus. - Zool. Anz., 29 (24): 740-741. 

Cole, L.J. (1906): A new Pycnogonid from the Bahamas. - Am. 

Nat., 40 (471): 217-222. 

Cole, L.J. (1909): XIX. Pycnogonida. Reports on the scientific 

results of the expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific 

in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish 

Commission Steamer Albatross from October 1904 to March 

1905... - Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., 52 (11): 

185-192. 

Cole, L.J. (1910): Peculiar habitat of a pycnogonid (Endeis 

spinosus) new to North America, with observations on the 

heart and circulation. - Biol. Bul. Woods Hole Mar. Biol. 

Lab., 18 (4): 193-203. [circulatory system] 

Cole, L.J. (1921) Report on the Pycnogonida collected by the 

Canadian Arctic Expeditions, 1913-1918. Crustacea, F. Rep. 

Can. Arct. Exped., 7: 1-6. 

Collingbourne, H. (1976): The seaspider is a pycnogonid. - 

Aquarist and Pondkeeper (London), 41 (1): 23-24. 

Corrêa, D.D. (1948): Callipallene gabriellae, novo Pantópodo de 

Santos. - Pap. Avuls. Dept. Zool., Sao Paulo, 9 (1): 1-12. 

-21-

Costa, O.G. (1836): Aracnidi. Famiglia II. Picnogonidi. Fauna 

del Regno di Napoli: 5-10, 2 pls. 

Costa, O.G. (1861): Microdoride mediterranea, o descrizione 

de'poco ben conosciuti od affatto ignoti viventi minuti e 

microscopici del Mediterraneo, etc., 1: i-xviii, 1-80. 

Costa, S. (1960): Recherches sur les fonds à Halarachnion 

spatulatum de la Baie de Marseille. - Vie Milieu, 11 (1): 

1-68. 

Coustalin, J.-B. (1972): Méthodologie expérimentale en vue de 

la création de récifs artificiels. - Téthys, 3 (4): 827- 

840. 

Crapp, G.B. (1967): The ecology and identification of Anglesey 

pycnogonids. M.Sc. Thesis, Univ. Wales. 

Crawshay, L.R. (1912): On the fauna of the English Channel. - 

J. Mar. Biol. Ass. Plymouth, (N.S.) 9: 292. 

Crawshay, L.R. (1912): On the fauna of the outer western area 

of the English Channel. - J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., (N.S.), 

9: 360. 

Crome, W. (1961): Pantopoda-Asselspinnen. In: E. Stresemann 

(ed.): Exkursionsfauna von Deutschland, Wirbellose I, pp. 

363-369, 2nd. edition. Berlin: VEB Volk und Wissen. 

Crothers, J.H. (1966): Dale Fort Marine Fauna, 2nd ed. - Field 

Stud., 2 (Suppl.): i-xxiv, 1-169. 

Crowder, W. (1928): Pycnogonida. In: A naturalist at the 

seashore: 31-37, 33, 48. New York, Century Publ. Co. 

Crowder, W. (1931): Order Pycnogonida, in: Between the tides: 

334-339; 319-326; New York, Dodd Mead. 

Cubit, J. & S. Williams (1983): The invertebrates of Galeta 

Reef (Caribbean, Panama): A species list and bibliography. 

- Atoll Res. Bull., 269: 1-45. 

Cuénot, L. (1891): Etudes sur la sang et les glandes 

lymphatiques dans la série animale. 2ème partie. 

Invertébrés. Pantopoda. - Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., (2) 9: 

406-407. 

Cuénot, L. (1921): Contributions à la faune du Bassin 

d'Arcachon. VIII. Pycnogonida. - Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 60 

(Notes & Rev., 2): 21-32. 

Czeczuga, B. (1981): Presence of carotenoids in some 

invertebrates of the Antarctic Coast. - Comp. Biochem. 

Physiol., London (B: Comp. Biochem.), 69 (3): 611-616. 

-22-

Daguzan, J. (1969): Contribution à l'étude de la faune 

intertidale de la pointe rocheuse de Penvins (Morbihan). 

Liste faunistique à l'exclusion des Mollusques. - Bull. 

Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 44: 249-255. 

Dahl, E., L. Laubier, M. Sibuet & J.O. Strömberg (1976): Some 

quantitative results on benthic communities of the deep 

Norwegian Sea. - Astarte, 9: 61-74. 

Daiber, M. (1921): Die Pantopoden (Pycnogoniden). In: Lang's 

Handbuch der Morphologie der Wirbellosen Tiere: 635-643; 

Jena, G. Fischer. 

Dakin, W.J., I. Bennett & E. Pope (1960): Pycnogonida. In: 

Australian Seashores: pl. 49.4; Sydney, London, Melbourne; 

Angus & Robertson. 

Dall, W.H. (1876): On the marine faunal regions of the North 

Pacific; an introductory note to the report on Alaskan 

Hydroids, by Mr. Clark. - Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 

Philadelphia 1876, 8: 205-208. 

Dana, J.D. (1849): Astridium orientae n.gen. n.sp. - Proc. Am. 

Acad. Arts Sci., Boston, 2: 61. 

Dana, J.D. (1852): Pycnogonum orientale (Dana). U.S. Expl. 

Exped. 1838-42, under the command of Charles Wilkes, 13: 

1382-1391. 

Daniel, A. & J.K. Sen (1980): Studies on the pycnogonids from 

the collections of the zoological survey of India, 

Calcutta, together with notes on their distribution in the 

Indian Ocean. - J. Mar. biol. Ass. India, 17 (2) (1975): 

160-167. 

D'Arcy Thompson, W. (1901): A catalogue of Crustacea and of 

Pycnogonida contained in the Museum of University College, 

Dundee. Dundee, Univ. St. Andrews, v + 56 pp. 

D'Arcy Thompson, W. (1909): Pycnogonida. In: S.F. Harmer & B.E. 

Shipley (eds.). The Cambridge Natural History: 504-542; 

London: Macmillan. 

Daro, M.H. (1969): Étude écologique d'un brise-lames de la côte 

belge. 1. Déscription et zonation des organismes. - Ann. 

Soc. roy. Zool. Belg., 99 (3-4): 111-152. 

Daro, M.H. (1971): Étude écologique d'un brise-lames de la côte 

belge 2. Biologie et développement saisonnier des espèces. 

- Ann. Soc. roy. Zool. Belg., 110 (3): 159-189. 

-23-

Davenport, J.N., D.A. Blackstock, D.A. Davies & M. Yarrington 

(1987): Observations on the physiology and integumentary 

structure of the Antarctic Pycnogonid Decolopoda 

australis. - J. Zool., 211 (3): 451-465. 

Dawson, A.B. (1934): The coloured corpuscles of the blood of 

the purple sea-spider, Anoplodactylus lentus Wilson. - 

Biol. Bull. Woods Hole Mar. Biol. Lab., 66: 62-68, 1pl. 

[circulatory system] 

Dawson, E.W. (1979): Pycnogonida. In: Catalogue of type and 

figured specimens in the New Zealand Oceanographic 

Institute. - N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. Mem., 76: 58-60. 

Dawydoff, C. (1928): Traité d'Embryologie Comparée des 

Invertébrés: 1-930. Paris: Masson. [embryology] 

Day, J.H. (1969): Class Arachnida: Pycnogonida (Sea Spiders). 

In: A guide to marine life on South African Shores: 120- 

122; Cape Town, A.A. Balkema. 

Dayton, P.K., G.A. Robilliard & R.T. Paine (1970): Benthic 

faunal zonation as a result of anchor ice at McMurdo 

Sound, Antarctica. In: M.W. Holdgate, Antarctic Ecology: 

244-258. Sci. Committ. Antarct. Res.; London & New York, 

Academic Press. 

Dearborn, J.H. (1967): Food and reproduction of Glyptonotus 

antarticus (Crustacea: Isopoda) at McMurdo Sound, 

Antarctica. - Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. (Zool.), 8 (15): 163- 

168. 

Dearborn, J.H. (1968): Benthic invertebrates. Austr. Nat. 

Hist., Sydney, 1968 (Dec.): 134-139. 

de Bruyne, R.H. & A. Oosterbaan (1987): Strandwerkkamp 1986. - 

Terschelling Zeepaerd, 47 (4): 94-101. 

de Castellanos, Z.J.A. (1965): adiciones a la Pantopodofauna 

Argentina. - Physis, 25 (69): 13-16. 

de Haro, A. (1965): Comunidad de Picnogónidos en el alga parda 

Halopteriss scoparia (L.). - Bol. Real. Soc. Esp. Hist. 

Nat., Madrid (Secc. Biol.), 63: 213-218. 

de Haro, A. (1965): Picnogónidos de la fauna española. 

Picnogónidos de las islas Medas (Gerona). - Publ. Inst. 

Biol. Apl., Barcelona, 39: 137-145, pls. 1-5. 

-24-

de Haro, A. (1966): Distribución ecológica de los picnogónidos 

entre algas y posidonias mediterráneas. - Inv. Pesq., 30: 

661-667. 

de Haro, A. (1966): Picnogónidos del alga parda Halopteris 

scoparia (L.) de las islas Medas (Gerona). - Bol. Real 

Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., Madrid (Secc. Biol.), 64: 5-14. 

de Haro, A. (1967): Relaciones entre Picnogónidos e Hidroideos 

en el medio posidonícola. - Bol. Real Soc. Esp. Hist. 


de Haro, A. (1967): Picnogónidos de la fauna española. 

Picnogónidos de las posidonias de Blanes (Gerona). - Publ. 

Inst. Biol. Apl., Barcelona, 43: 103-123. 

de Haro, A. (1967): Los Picnogónidos y su posición systemática 

dentro de los Artrópodos. - Bol. Real. Soc. Esp. Hist. 


de Haro, A. (1969): Relaciones filogeneticas de los 

Picnogónidos. I. Symposio internacional de Zoofilogenia, 

13-17 octubre de 1969: 293-304; Univ. Salamanca; Fac. 

Cienc. 

de Haro, A. (1978): Ecological distribution of pycnogonids on 

the Catalan coast. In: Sea spiders (Pycnogonida). - Zool. 

J. Linn. Soc. Lond., 63 (1-2): 181-196. 

de la Fuente, J.A. (1978): Consideraciones sobre filogenia y 

taxonomica de los artropodos. - Boln. Asoc. Esp. Ent., 2: 

33-40. 

de Lamarck, J.B. (1818): Les Pycnogonides. In: Histoire 

naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres, 5: 72-77; Paris. 

Dell, R.K. (1972): Antarctic benthos. - Adv. Mar. Biol., 10: 1- 

216. [Pycnogonids: 60-64] 

Demir, M. (1952): Pycnogonida. Les Invertébrés benthoniques des 

Detroits et des îles Marmara. - Hidrobiol., 2 (A): 1-654. 

[in Turkish]. 

de Quatrefages, A. (1844): Recherches sur les Pycnogonides. 

Extr. P.-v. Séanc. Soc. Phil. Paris, 1844: 86. 

de Quatrefages, A. (1844): Observations générales sur le 

phlébentérisme: anatomie des Pycnogonides. - C.R. Acad. 

Sci., Paris, 19: 1150-1157. 

de Quatrefages, A. (1845): Études sur les types inférieures de 

l'embranchement des Annelés. Mémoire dur l'organisation 

des Pycnogonides. - Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (4) 3: 69-83. 

-25-

Derjugin, K.M. (1935): Pantopoda of the Polar Seas within the 

U.S.S.R. - Arkticheski Inst. SSSR, (Material for the Study 

of the Arctic), 4: 1-40. [in Russian] 

de Villiers, A. (1976): Littoral ecology of Marion and Prince 

Edward Islands (Southern Ocean). - S. Afr. J. Antarct. 

Res., suppl., 1: 1-40. 

Diaz, M.Z., M.I. Garcia, O. Rivero B. & T. Eligio, C. (1985): 

Lista de especies y bibliografia de los picnogónidos 

(Arthropoda) del Mediterraneo Americano. - Revta. Invest. 

Mar., 6 (1): 29-38. 

Dittmer, J.D. (1981): The distribution of subtidal macrobenthos 

in the estuaries of the Rivers Ems and Weser. In: N. 

Dankers, H. Kühl & J. Wolff (eds.). Invertebrates of the 

Wadden Sea, pp. 188-206. Leiden: Wadden Sea Working Group, 

Rep. 4. 

Dörjes, J. (1971): Der Golf von Gaeta (Tyrrhenisches Meer). IV. 

Das Makrobenthos und seine küstenparallele Zonierung. - 

Senckenbergiana marit., 3: 302-346. 

Dogiel, V.A. (1911): A short account of work on Pycnogonida 

done during June, 1922, at Cullercoats. - Rep. Sci. 

Invest., Northumberland Sea Fish. Comm., 1910-11: 26-27. 

Dogiel, V.A. (1911): Ein interessanter Fall von atavistischer 

Missbildung bei einer Pantopodenlarve. - Zool. Anz., 38 

(13): 321-323. 

Dogiel, V.A. (1911): Studien über die Entwicklungsgeschichte 

der Pantopoden. - Nervensystem und Drüsen der 

Pantopodenlarven. - Z. Wiss. Zool., 98: 110-146. [anatomy, 

nervous system, gland] 

Dogiel, V.A. (1911): Note on pycnogonid researches. In: Ann. 

Rep. Mar. Biol. Ass. W.-Scotland, 1911. 

Dogiel, V.A. (1913): Materials for the natural history of the 

Pantopoda. Doc. Diss., St. Petersburg: 1-229 [in Russian] 

Dogiel, V.A. (1951): Class Pycnogonida (Pantopoda). In: 

Rukovodstvo po zoologi, 3: 45-106; Sovietskaya Nauk [in 

Russian] 

Dogiel, V.A. (1954): Oligomersation of homologous organs: 1- 

368; Izdateljstvo Leningrad Gosudarstvo Univ. [in Russian] 

Dohrn, A. (1869): Ueber Entwicklung und Bau der Pycnogoniden. - 

Jenaische Z. Med. Naturwiss., Jena, 5: 138-157. [anatomy] 

Dohrn, A. (1879): Untersuchungen über Pycnogoniden. - Mitt. 

Zool. Stat. Neapel, 1: 28-39. 

-26-

Dohrn, A. (1881): Die Pantopoden des Golfes von Neapel und der 

angrenzenden Meeresabschnitte. - Monogr. Fauna Flora Golf. 

Neapel, 3: 1-252. 

Dons, C. (1913): Et og andet fra mine ekskursioner (Foreløbig 

meddelelse). - Tromsø Mus. Aarsberetning, 1913: 35-60. 

Dons, C. (1930): Zoologiske Notiser VI. Om enkelte Pantopoder. 

- Kongel. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., 5: 194-197. 

Dons, C. (1930): Zoologiske Notiser VIII. Endel pantopoder fra 

Nord-Norge. - Kongel. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., 2 

(46): 163-165. 

Dons, C. (1933): Norges Strandfauna. 1. Pantopoder. - Kongel. 

Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., 5 (50): 194-197. 

Douglas, E.L., J.W. Hedgpeth & E. Hemmingsen (1969): Oxygen 

consumption of some Antarctic pycnogonids. - Antarct. J. 

U.S., 4: 109. [respiration] 

Drago, N. & G. Albertelli (1978): Etude faunistique et 

bionomique du littoral de Cogoleto (Golfe de Genes). - 

Tethys, 8 (2): 203-212. 

Drago, N., G. Albertelli & H. Cattaneo (1978): Osservazioni 

faunistiale sul benthos dell'Isole di Capraia. - Ann. Mus. 

Civ. Stor. Nat. "Fiacomo Doria", 82: 72-77. 

Dresco-Derouet, L. (1978): Métabolisme resporatoire de Nymphon 

gracile Leach et d'Endeis spinosa (Montagu) (Pycnogonida): 

Comparison avec quelques espèces de crustacés 

intercotidaux. - Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 309-315. 

[physiology, respiration] 

Dujardin, F. (1849): Résumé d'un mémoire sur les Pycnogonides. 

- C.R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris, 29: 28-29. 

Duris, Z. (1985): Interesting factss on arthropods of the White 

Sea. - Czech-Ziva, 33 (1): 21-23. [in Czechoslovakian] 

Duris, Z. & P.E. King (1983): Spermatogenesis in a Pycnogonid 

Achelia echinata Hodge. - Acta Zool., Stockholm, 64 (4): 

227-233. [cytology, genital system] 

Durrell, L.G. (1977): Pycnogonida. In: The Black Bock: 238; 

London, Faber & Faber. 

Eales, N.B. (1950): The littoral fauna of Great Britain, 2nd 

ed.: i-xvii, 1-305; Cambr. Univ. Press. 

-27-

Eights, J. (1835): Description of a new animal belonging to the 

Arachnides of Latreille; discovered in the sea along the 

shores of the New South Shetland Islands. - Boston J. Nat. 

Hist., 1 (2): 203-206. 

Eldredge, L.G. (?1968): Catalog of invertebrate type specimens. 

Pac. Sci. Inf. Center, Honolulu: 22pp. 

Ekman, S. (1953): Zoogeography of the Sea, 417. Textbooks of 

Marine Biology and Ecology, 33: 213-221. 

El-Hawawi, A.S.N. & P.E. King (1978): Salinity and temperature 

tolerance by Nymphon gracile (LEACH) and Achelia echinata 

(HODGE) (Pycnogonida). - J. exp. mar. Biol., 33: 213-221; 

El-Hawawi, A.S.N. & P.E. KING (1978): Spermatogenesiss in a 

Pycnogonid Nymphon gracile (Leach). - J. Submicrosc. 

Cytol., 10 (3): 345-356. [cytology, genital system] 

El-Hawawi, A.S. (1980): Aspects of sperm axoneme patterns in 

pycnogonids. - Proc. Conf. Biol. Aspects Saudi Arabia, 4: 

54. [cytology, genital system] 

Elliot, P., P.E. King, C.I. Morgan, P.J.A. Bugh, A. Smith & 

S.L.A. Wheeler (1990): Chelicerata, Uniramia, and 

Tardigrada; pp. 553-627, in: Hayward, P.J. & J.S. Ryland 

(eds.). The marine fauna of the British Isles and northwest 

Europe. Vol. 1. Introduction and protozoans to 

arthropods. Oxford Univ. Press: i-xvi, 1-627. 

Ellis, D.V. (1960): Marine infaunal benthos in arctic North 

America. - Tech. Pap. Arct. Inst. North America, 5: 1-53. 

El Maghraby, A.M. & E.J. Perkins (1956): Additions to the 

marine fauna of Whitstable. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (12), 

9: 481-496. 

Elmhirst, R. (1910): List of Pycnogonida collected in the Clyde 

area. - Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, (N.S.), 3 (2): 

146-149. 

Entrop, B. (1951): Pycnogonum littorale en de Paardenanemmon. - 

De Kor, 1951 (3): 16-17. 

Esmark (?) (1861): Esmark foreviste en Phoxichilus, som i sin 

gigantiske størrelse, i sin tykke kraftfulle Bygning 

legner meget Ph. proboscideus, som Sabine har opdaget ved 

Nord-Georgiens Øer i Baffinsbugten, men fra hvilken den i 

enkelte Dele synes at adskille sig. In: Expl. ble funnet 

flytende i havoverflat mellom Spitsbergen og Bjørnøya og 

innsendt til Universitetet av stortingsman Rostad i 

Hammerfest. - Forhandl. i Vidensk.-Selsk. Christiania, 

1860: 64. 

-28-

Ewing, H.E. (1928): The legs and the leg-bearing segments of 

some primitive arthropod groups, with notes on leg 

segmentation in the Arachnida. - Smiths. Misc. Coll., 80 

(11): 1-41, 12pls. 

Exline, H. (1936): Pycnogonids from Puget Sound. - Proc. U.S. 

Natn. Mus., 83 (2991): 414-422. 

Fabricius, J.C. (1787): Mantissa Insectorum. Vol. 2, p. 368; 

Hafniae. 

Fabricius J.C. (1794): Entomologia Systematica Emendata et 

aucta, 4: 416-417; Hafniae. 

Fabricius, O. (1780): Fauna Groenlandica; xvi + 452 pp., 1 pl. 

Fage, L. (1932): Pêches planctoniques à la lumiere effectuès à 

Banyuls-sur-Mer et à Concarneau. II. Pycnogonides. - Arch. 

Zool. Exp. Gén, 74 (14): 249-261. 

Fage, L. (1933): Migrations verticales des animaux benthiques 

litoraux. - Rapp. P.-v. Cons. Perm. Expl. Mer, 85: 60-69. 

Fage, L. (1942): Pycnogonides de la côte occidentale d'Afrique. 

- Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 82 (Notes & Rev., 2): 75-90. 

Fage, L. (1949): Pycnogonides du Congo Belge. - Arch. Zool. 

Exp. Gén., 86 (Notes & Rev., 1): 20-31. 

Fage, L. (1949): A propos de quelques Pycnogonides du Congo 

belge. - Bull. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge, 20 (2): 568-574. 

Fage, L. (1949): Classe des Pycnogonides. In: P.-P. Grasse 

(ed.), Traité de Zoologie: Anatomie, Systématique, 

Biologie, 6: 906-941; Paris: Masson. 

Fage, L. (1951): Sur un Pycnogonide de l'expédition suédoise 

des grands fonds, 1947-48. - Rep. Swed. Deep-Sea Exped., 2 

(7): 93-97. 

Fage, L. (1952): 2. Pycnogonides. Missions du bâtiment polaire 

Commandant Charcot, récoltes faites en Terre Adélie 

(1950). - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2)24(2): 

180-186. 

Fage, L. (1952): Pycnogonides de la Terre Adélie. - Bull. Mus. 

natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2)24(3): 263-273. 

Fage, L. (1952): Sur quelques Pycnogonides de Dakar. - Bull. 

Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (2)24(6): 530-533. 

Fage, L. (1953): Deux Pycnogonides nouveaux de la côte 

occidentale d'Afrique. - Bull. Mus. Natn. Hist. Nat., 

Paris, (2)25(4): 376-382. 

-29-

Fage, L. (1954): Remarques sur les Pycnogonides abyssaux. - Un. 

Int. Sci. Biol., (B), 16: 49-56. 

Fage, L. (1956): Sur deux espèces de Pycnogonides de Sierra 

Léone. - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris (2)28(3): 290- 

295. 

Fage, L. (1956): Les Pycnogonides du genre Nymphon. - Galathea 

Rep., 2: 159-165. 

Fage, L. (1956): Les Pycnogonides (excl. le genre Nymphon). - 

Galathea Rep., 2: 167-182. 

Fage, L. (1959): Pycnogonides. - Res. Sci. Camp. Calypso, 4: 

235-239. 

Fage, L. & J.H. Stock (1966): Pycnogonides. Résultats 

Scientifiques du Campagne de la Calypso aux îles de Cap 

Vert (1959). - Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 315-327. 

Faraggiana, R. (1940): Pantopodi del Mare Ligure. - Boll. Mus. 

Zool. Anat. Comp. Real. Univ. Torino, (3)48(112): 145-158. 

Fauvel, P. (1905): Histoire naturelle de la Presqu'île du 

Cotentin. III. La faune. In: Cherbourg et le Cotentin 

(Congr. A.F.A.S. Cherbourg, 3-10 août 1905). Cherbourg. Le 

Maout. 

Faxon, W. (1882): Bibliography to accompany selections from 

embryological monographs. Harvard Mus. Coll., 9: 247 ?. 

Filhol, H. (1884): Explorations sous-marines, voyage du 

"Talisman". - La Nature (Paris), 12 (1): 198-202. 

Filhol, H. (1885): La vie au fonds des mers. - La Nature 

(Paris), 13 (2): 227-230. 

Filhol, H. (1885): Pycnogonides. In: La vie au fonds des mers. 

Les explorations sous-marines et les voyages du 

Travailleur et du Talisman: 150-154. 

Fine, M.L. (1970): Faunal variation on pelagic Sargassum. - 

Mar. Biol., 7 (2): 112-122. 

Firstman, B. (1971): The relationship of the cheliceral 

arterial system to the evolution of the endosternite. 

Ph.D. Thesis, Stanford Univ. [anatomy, circulatory system] 

Firstman, B. (1973): The relationship of the Chelicerate 

arterial system to the evolution of the endosternite. - J. 

Arachnol., 1 (1): 1-54. [anatomy, circulatory system] 

-30-

Fish, C.J. (1925): Seasonal distribution of the plankton of the 

Woods Hole region. - Bull. Bur. Fish., Wash., 41: 91-179. 

Flynn, T.T. (1918): On a pycnogonid of the genus Halosoma, from 

New South Wales. - Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1918: 

11-15. 

Flynn, T.T. (1919): Two new Australian Pycnogonida. - Pap. 

Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1918: 91-100. 

Flynn, T.T. (1919): A re-examination of Professor Haswell's 

types of Australian Pycnogonida. - Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. 

Tasmania, 1919: 70-92. 

Flynn, T.T. (1928): The Pycnogonida of the marine survey of 

South Africa. - Rep. Fish. & Mar. Biol. Surv. Union S. 

Afr., 6 (Spec. Rep., I): 3-36 

Flynn, T.T. (1929): Pycnogonida from the Queensland coast. - 

Mem. Qd. Mus., 9 (3): 252-260. 

Forbes, E. (1859): In: R. Godwin-Austen (ed.). Natural History 

of the European Seas. 

Forsman, B. (1972): Evertebrater vid svenska Östersjö-kusten. - 

Zoologisk Revy, 34: 32-56. 

Fourtner, C.R. & R.G. Sherman (1973): Chelicerate skeletal 

nouromuscular systems. - Am. Zool., 13 (2): 271-289. 

[anatomy, musculature, nervous system] 

Franc, A. (1951): Le zooplancton de la région de Dinard-Saint 

Malo. - Bull. Lab. Mar. Dinard, 34: 25-40. 

Franc, A. (1952): Le répartition du zooplancton dans les eaux 

de Dinard. - Bull. Lab. Mar. Dinard, 37: 37-47. 

Franganillo, P. (1918): Aracnidos nuevos a hallados por primera 

vez en España. - Bol. Soc. Ent. España, Zaragoza, 1: 123. 

Fredj, G. (1964): Contribution à l'étude bionomique de la 

Méditerranée occidentale...2. La région de Saint-Tropez... 

- Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, 63 (1311): 1-55. 

Frey, H. & R. Leuckart (1847): Pycnogonida: 164-165. 

Verzeichnis der zur Fauna Helgolands gehörenden 

wirbellosen Seethiere. In: Beiträge zur Kenntniss 

wirbelloser Thiere: 136-168; Braunschweig. 

Frith, D.W. (1976): Animals associated with sponges at North 

Hayling, Hampshire. - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. Lond, 58: 353- 

362. 

-31-

Fry, W.G. (1962): Relative growth of Antarctic Pycnogonida. 

M.Sc. Thesis. University of the Pacific. 

Fry, W.G. (1964): The Pycnogonida and the coding of biological 

information for numerical taxonomy. - Syst. Zool., 13 (1): 

32-41. 

Fry, W.G. (1964): The pycnogonid fauna of the Antarctic 

continental shelf. In: Biologie Antarctique. Actualités 

Scientifiques et Industrielles, 1312: 263-269; Paris: 

Herman. 

Fry, W.G. (1965): The The feeding mechanisms and preffered 

foods of three species of Pycnogonida. - Bull. Brit. Mus. 

(Nat. Hist.) (Zool.), 12 (6): 195-233, 5 pls. 

Fry, W.G. & J.W Hedgpeth (1969): Pycnogonida, 1. Colossendeidae, 

Pycnogonidae, Endeidae, Ammotheidae. Fauna of the 

Ross Sea, 7. - Mem. N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst., 49: 1-139. 

Fry, W.G. (1975): Review of British Sea Spiders. - J. nat. 

Hist., 9 (6): 715. 

Fry, W.G. (1975): Pycnogonida: 539. In: Raft fouling in the 

Menai Strait, 1963-1971. - Hydrobiologia, 47 (3-4): 527- 

558. 

Fry, W.G. (1978): Sea spiders (Pycnogonida). - Zool. J. Linn. 

Soc. Lond., 63 (1-2): i-x, 1-238. 

Fry, W.G. (1978): A classification within the pycnogonids. In: 

Sea Spiders (Pycnogonida). - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. Lond., 63 

(1-2): 35-58. 

Fry, W.G. & J.H. Stock (1978): A pycnogonid bibliography. In: 

Sea spiders (Pycnogonida). - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. Lond, 63 

(1-2): 197-238. 

Fry, W.G. (1980): Pycnogonids in NE Atlantic food webs: The 

uneaten sea spider? - NERC Newsj., Nat. Environm. Res. 

Council, 2 (9): 9-10. 

Fukui, T. (1919): The structure of the Pycnogonida and their 

species hitherto known from Japan. - Rigakukai ?, 16 (2): 

95-99. [in Japanese] 

Fuse, S., T. Nishikawa, N. abe, Y. Fukui, T. Yamamoto & R. 

Yamanishi: Report on a benthic survey of the inter- and 

subtidal rocky zone off Nada, in the Middle of Wakayama 

Prefecture, Japan, 3. - Nanki Seibutsu, 22 (2): 80-87. 

Gadeau de Kerville, H. (1885): Pycnogonides. In: G. Lennier: 

L'Estuaire de la Saeine, 2: 185. 

-32-

Gadeau de Kerville, H. (1897): Recherches sur les faunes marine 

et maritime de la Normandie, 2ème voyage... - Bull. Soc. 

Amis Sci. Nat., Rouen, 1897: 311-447. 

Gadeau de Kerville, H. (1898): Pycnogonides, in: Recherches sur 

les faunes marines et maritimes de la Normandie: 353-354; 

Paris, J.-B. Baillière & Fils. 

Gadeau de Kerville, H. (1898): Supplément au compte-rendu de 

mon voyage dans la région de Granville et aux îles Chausey 

(Manche)...: 435-443. In: Gadeau de Kerville (1898). 

Gadeau de Kerville, H. (1901): Pycnogonides. In: Recherches sur 

les faunes marines et maritimes de la Normandie, 3ème 

voyage: 190; Paris, J.B. Baillière & Fils. 

Garneri, A.G. (1911): Contribuzione alle Fauna Sarda. Aracnidi. 

- Boll. Soc. Zool. Ital., Roma (2) 3 (4-6): 57-103. 

Gaubert, P. (1892): Autotomie chez les Pycnogonides. - Bull. 

Soc. Zool. France, 17: 224. 

Gegenbauer, C. (1854): Zur Lehre vom Generationswechsel und der 

Fortpflanzung bei Medusen und Polypen: 1-64, 2 pls.; 

Würzburg. 

Gegenbauer, C. (1870): Pantopoda: In Grundzüge der 

vergleichenden Anatomie, 2nd ed., p. 349. 

Gerstaecker, C.E.A. (1863): Pantopoda. In: Carus & Gerstaecker: 

Handbuch der Zoologie, 2: 248-350. 

Giltay, L. (1928): Note sur les Pycnogonides de la Belgique. - 

Bull. & Ann. Soc. Roy. Ent. Belg., 68 (9-10): 193-229. 

Giltay, L. (1929): Quelques Pycnogonides des environs de 

Banyuls (France). - Bull. & Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 69: 172- 

176. 

Giltay, L. (1934): Pycnogonida from the coast of British 

Columbia. - Can. Field Nat., 48: 49-50. 

Giltay, L. (1934): Remarques sur le genre Ammothea Leach et 

description d'une espèce nouvelle, de la mer d'Irelande. - 

Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., 10 (18): 1-6. 

Giltay, L. (1934): Pycnogonides. Résultats de voyage de la 

Belgica en 1897-99. Rapp. Sci. Rés. Voyage Belgica 1897- 

99, Zool.: 1-16. 

Giltay, L. (1934): Notes sur quelques Pycnogonides de 

Villefranche-sur-Mer (Alpes-Maritimes). - Bull. Mus. Roy. 

Hist. Nat. Belg., 10 (35): 1-5. 

-33-

Giltay, L. (1934): A new Pycnogonid from Bermuda. - Bull. Mus. 

Roy. Hist. nat. Belg., 10 (42): 1-3. 

Giltay, L. (1937): V. Pycnogonida. Résultats scientifiques des 

croisières du navire-ecole Belge "Mercator", 1. - Mém. 

Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., (2) 9: 83-89. 

Giltay, L. (1942): New records of Pycnogonida from the Canadian 

Atlantic coast. - J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 5 (5): 459- 

460. 

Glynne-Williams, J. & J. Hobart (1952): Studies on the crevice 

fauna of a selected shore in Anglesey. - Proc. Zool. Soc. 

Lond, 122 (3): 797-824. 

Gnanamuthu, C.P. (1950): Notes on the morphology and 

development of a pycnogonid, Propallene kempi (Calman). - 

Proc. Zool. Soc. Bengal, 3 (1): 39-47. 

Gonzalez, S.A. & M.E. Edding (1990): Achelia assimilis (Haswell, 

1884) in the Heterozostera bed of Puerto Aldea, 

Coquimbo: first record from the northern chilean coast 

(Pycnogonida: Ammotheidae). - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 

(1): 151-156. 

Goodsir, H. (1842): Descriptions of some new species of 

Pycnogonidae. - Edinb. New Phil. J., 33: 136-139, 1 pl. 

Goodsir, H. (1842): Descriptions of some new crustaceous 

animals found in the Firth of Forth. - Edinb. New Philos. 

J., 33: 363-368, 1 pl. 

Goodsir, H. (1844): On the specific and generic characters of 

the araneiform Crustacea. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 14: 1-3, 

1 pl. 

Goodsir, H. (1844): Description of a new species of Nymphon. - 

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 15: 293. 

Gorbunov, G. (1946): Bottom life of the New Siberian 

shoalwaters and the central part of the Arctic Ocean. Rep. 

Drift. Exped. Icebreaker Sedov, 1937-40, 3: 30-138. [in 

Russian] 

Gordon, D.P. & W.J. Ballantine (1976): Cape Rodnes to Okokirt 

Point Marine Reserve: Review of knowledge and bibliography 

to Decmber, 1976. - Tane, suppl., 22: 1-146. 

Gordon, I. (1932): Re-description of some type-specimens of 

Pycnogonida of the genus Nymphon. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 

(10), 9: 97-120. 

-34-

Gordon, I. (1932): Redescription of two species of Pycnogonida 

of the genus Tanystylum. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), 10: 

87-93. 

Gordon, I. (1932): Pycnogonida. - Discovery Rep., 6: 1-138. 

Gordon, I. (1933): A dodecapodous Pycnogonid. - Proc. Linn. 

Soc. Lond., 1932-33 (2): 91-93. 

Gordon, I. (1938): Pycnogonida. Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. 

Exped. (C) (Zool. & Bot.), 2 (8): 1-40. 

Gordon, I. (1944): Pycnogonida. Rep. Brit., Austral., N.Z. 

Antarct. Res. Exped., (B)5(1): 1-72. 

Gosse, P.H. (1855): Pycnogonida. In: A manual of Marine Zoology 

for the British Isles: pp. 118-120; 189-193; London. 

Gottlieb, E. (1959): Studies of the benthos in Haifa Bay - 

Ecology and Zoogeography of Invertebrates. Thesis. Hebrew 

Univ. Jerusalem: i-iii, 1-131. 

Gould, A.A. (1844): Description of a new species of crustacean 

of the genus Pasithoe (Goodsir). - Proc. Soc. Nat. Hist. 

Boston ?, 1: 92-93. 

Gourret, P. (1896): Documents zoologiques sur l'Etang de Thau. 

- Trav. Inst. Zool. Univ. Montpellier et Stat. mar. Cette, 

(N.S.), 5: 1-55. 

Grassle, J.F., et al. (1975): Pattern and zonation: a study of 

the bathyal megafauna using the research submersible 

Alvin. - Deep-Sea Res., 22 (7): 457-481. 

Green, C.R. (1981): A variation of the smooth septate junction 

in sea spiders Ammothea clausi (Pycnogonida). - Tissue 

Cell, 13: 189-195. [cytology] 

Grieg, J.A. (1888): Undersøgelser over dyrelivet i de 

vestlandske fjorde, II. - Bergens Mus. Aarnsberetning, 

1888: 1-11. 

Grieg, J.A. (1907): Invertébrés du fond. In: Duc d'Orleans 

(ed.): Croisière océanographique dans la Mer du Grönland 

en 1905, 2: 502-568; Bruxelles, Impr. Sci. 

Grieg, J.A. (1913): Bidrag til kundkapen om Hardanger-fjordens 

fauna. - Bergens Mus. Arbok, 1913 (1): 1-147. 

Grieg, J.A. (1914): Evertebratenfaunaen paa havdybet uenfor 

"Tampen". - Bergens Mus. Aarbok 1914, 3: 1-26. 

-35-

Grieg, J.A. (1924): Evertebrater fra bankerne ved Spitsbergen 

indsamlet av M.K. "Blaafjeld" og M.K. "Tovik" somrene 1923 

og 1924. Bergens Mus. Aarbok 1923-1923, 9: 1-33 

Grieg, J.A. (1924): Evertebrater fra bankerne ved Spitsbergen 

indsamlet av "Torvik" og "Armauer Hansen" somrene 1924 og 

1926. - Bergens Mus. Aaarbok 1926, 5: 1-28. 

Grindley, J.R. & B.F. Kensley (1966): Benthonic Marine Fauna 

obtained off the Orange River Mouth by the Diamond Dredge 

Emerson K.- Cimbebasia, 16: 3-14. 

Grube, E. (1869): Ueber einige vom Zoologischen Museum der 

Universität erworbene Pantopoden (Pycnogoniden). - 

Jahresber. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult., Breslau, 1868: 54- 

55. 

Grube, E. (1869): Beschreibungen einiger Pycnogoniden und 

Crustaceen. - Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult., Breslau, 

1869: 115-119. 

Grube, E. (1869): Mittheilungen über St. Vaast-la-Houge und 

seine Meeres-, besonders Annelidenfauna. - Abh. Schles. 

Ges. Vaterl. Cult., Breslau, 1868/1869: 91-129. 

Grube, E. (1871): Ueber zwei neue Heteronereisformen und 

Pycnogoniden. - Jb. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult., Breslau, 

1870 (48): 84-86. 

Grube, E. (1872): Mittheilungen über St. Malo und Roscoff und 

die dortige Meeres, und besonders Annelidenfauna. - Abh. 

Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult., Breslau, 1869-1872: 75-176. 

Gruet, Y. (1970): Faune associée des "recifs" édifiés par 

l'Annélide Sabellaria alveolata (Linné) en baie du Mont 

Saint Michel: banc des Hermelles. - Mém. Soc. Natn. Sci. 

Nat. Math., Cherbourg, 54: 73-93. 

Gruet, Y. (1972): Morphologie, croissance et faune associé des 

récifs de Sabellaria alveolata (Linné) de la Bernerie-en- 

Retz (Liure Atlantique). - Téthys, 3 (2): 321-380. 

Gruet, Y. (1972): Fauna associée de "récifs" d'Hermelles... - 

Bull. Soc. sci. Bretagne, 47: 69-80. 

Grygier, M.J. (1984): Ascothoracida (Crustacea: Maxillopoda) 

parasitic on Chrysogorgia (Gorgonacea) in the Pacific and 

Western Atlantic. - Bull. Mar. Sci., 34 (1): 141-169. 

Guerin-Méneville, F.E. (1844): Arachnides. Iconographie du 

Régne Animal de G. Cuvier, 3: 12, 2 pls. 

-36-

Guille, A. (1964): Contribution à l'étude de la systématique et 

d'écologie d'Ophiothrix quinquemaculata d.Ch. - Vie 

Milieu, 15 (2): 243-308. 

Guille, A. & J. Soyer (1968): Nouvelle signalisation du genre 

Nymphonella Ohshima à Banyuls-sur-Mer: Nymphonella 

lecalvezi n.sp. - Vie Milieu (A), 18(2A): 345-353. 

Guille, A. (1973): Bionomie benthique du plateau continental de 

la côte catalance française. VI. Données autécologiques. - 

Vie Milieu (B), 22(3B): 496-527. 

Gunther, K. (1956): Systematik und Stammesgeschichte der Tiere 

1939-1953. - Fortschr. Zool., new ser., 10: 32-278. 

[Pantopoda, p. 146] 

Gutierrez, M., J.C. Iturrondobeitia, J.C. Arresti & A. 

Rallo (1989): Crustaceos y picnogonidos en el abra de 

Bilbao (Golfo de Vizcaya, Atlantico Nororiental). - 

Cuad. Inv. Biol., 14: 135-165. 

Haddad, M.A., K.N. Suzuki & J.M. Durigan (1987): Ocorrencia e 

distribucao de Pycnogonida (Arthropoda) em costoes 

rochosos do litoral do Parana (Abstract). In: VI Mini- 

Simp. Biol. Mar., 30 Oct.-2 Nov. 1987. Brazil: SMo 

Sebastiao. 

Haeckel, E. (1866): Pantopoda. In: Generelle Morphologie der 

Organismen, 2: XIV. 

Haeckel, E. (1896): Systematische Phylogenie der wirbellosen 

Thiere, 2: 680pp. 

Hagerman, L. (1966): The macro- and microfauna associated with 

Fucus serratus L., with some ecological remarks. - 

Ophelia, 3: 1-43. 

Hagerman, L. (1969): Pycnogonida. In: Marina djur 1. (Fätfauna 

1). In: Natur og Kultur: 27-38; V. Pettersons, Bokindustri 

AB. 

Haig, J. (1978): A catalog of arthropod types in the Allan 

Hancock Foundation, part I: Non-Crustacean Arthropoda. - 

Tech. Rep. Allan Hancock Found., 1: 1-4. 

Halhed, W.B. (1886): Report on the Pycnogonida of the L.M.B.C. 

District. - Ann. Rep. Fauna Liverpool Bay and Neighbouring 

Seas, 1 (1): 227-231. 

Halhed, W.B. (1896): List of the Pycnogonida. Report of the 

Marine Zoology, Botany and Geology of the Irish Sea. - 

Rep. Brit. Asss. Adv. Sci., 1896: 442. 

-37-

Hall, H.V.M. (1912): Studies on Pycnogonida. 1. Ann. Rep. 

Laguna Mar. Lab., 1: 91-99. 

Hall, H.V.M. (1913): Pycnogonida from the coast of California 

with descriptions of two new species. - Univ. Calif. Publ. 

Zool., 11 (6): 127-142. 

Hallez, P. (1899): Le laboratoire de zoologie du Portel et les 

campagnes de dragages du Beröe. Ouvrage offert par la 

Ville de Boulogne-sur-Mer aux membres du XXVIIIe Congr. 

Ass. française pour l'Avancement des Sciences, tenu en 

cette ville en 1899: 1-28. 

Hallez, P. (1905): Notes faunistiques. - Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 

(4) 3 (Notes & Rev., 3): xlvii-lii. 

Hallez, P. (1905): Observations sur le parasitisme des larves 

de Phoxichilidium chez Bougainvillea. - Arch. Zool. Exp. 

Gén., (4) 3: 133-144. [hydroid host] 

Hamond, R. (1963): A preliminary report on the marine fauna of 

the North Norfolk coast. - Trans. Norfolk & Norwich 

Naturalists Soc., 20 (1): 1-31. 

Hamond, R. (1973): The Chelicerate marine arthropodss (Acarina 

and Pycnogonida) of Norfolk. - Trans. Norfolk Norwich 

Naturalists' Soc., 22 (6): 424-429. 

Hansen, H.J. (1884): Fortegnelse over hidtil i danske Have 

fundne Pycnogonider eller Søspindler. - Naturhist. 

Tidsskr., Kjøbenhavn, (3), 14: 647-652. ? 

Hansen, H.J. (1884): Spindeldyr, Søspindler (Pantopoder eller 

Pycnogonidae). In: Zoologia Danica Afbildninger af danske 

Dyr med pop. Text, 4: 117-131; Copenhagen. 

Hansen, H.J. (1886): Vorläufige Mitteilung über Pycnogoniden 

und Crustaceen aus dem nördlichen Eismeer, von der 

Dijmphna-Expedition mitgebracht. - Zool. Anz., 9: 638-643. 

Hansen, H.J. (1887): Kara Havets Pycnogonider. In: Dijmphna- 

Togets zoologisk-botaniske Udbytte: 157-181; Kjøbenhav, 

Bianco Lunos. 

Hansen, H.J. (1889): Liste over Crustacea og Pycnogonida. In: T 

Holm, Beretning om de paa "Fylla" s Togt i 1884 foretagne 

zoolog. Undersøgelser i Grønland. - Medd. Grønland, 8: 

166. 

Hansen, H.J. (1895): Pycnogonider og Malakostrake Krebsdyr. - 

Medd. Grønland, 19: 123-125. 

-38-

Hansen, H.J. & W. Sørensen (1898): The order Palpigradi Thor. 

and its relationship to the other Arachnida. - Ent. 

Tidskr., 18 (3-4): 223-240. 

Hansen, H.J. (1930): Studies on Arthropoda, 3: 333-335; 

Copenhagen. 

Hanström, B. (1919): Zur Kenntnis des zentralen Nervensystems 

der Arachnoiden und Pantopoden nebst Schlussfolgerungen 

betreffs der Phylogenie der genannten Gruppen. - Diss., 

Univ. Lund: 1-191. [nervous system] 

Hanström, B. (1926): Eine genetische Studie über die Augen und 

Sehzentren von Turbellarien, Anneliden und Arthropoden. - 

Kung. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., Stockholm, (3) 4. 

[genetics] 

Hanström, B. (1927): Neue Beobachtungen über Augen und 

Sehzentren von Entomostraken, Schizopoden und Pantopoden. 

- Zool. Anz., 70: 236-251. [optical sense] 

Hanström, B. (1965): Indications of neurosecretion and the 

structure of Sokolow's organ in pycnogonids. - Sarsia, 18: 

24-36. [gland, nervous system] 

Harada, E. (1991): Inventory of zoological type specimens in 

the museum of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory. - 

Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 35 (1-3): 171-233. 

Harms, J. (1993): Checklist of species (algae, invertebrates 

and vertebrates found in the vicinity of the island 

Helgoland (North Sea, German Bight) - a review of recent 

records. - Helgoländer Meeresunters., 47: 1-34. 

Harrison, F.W., D.R. Calder, B.C. Coull & F.C. James (1979): 

Status Report: Lower invertebrates and miscellaneous 

phyla. Proc. 12st S-Carolina endangered species Symp 1976: 

34-40. 

Hartlaub, C. (1900): Zoologische Ergebnisse einer 

Untersuchungsfahrt des deutschen Seefischerei-Vereins nach 

der Bäreninsel und Westspitzbergen, ausgeführt im Sommer 

1898 auf S.M.S. "Olga". Kommission zur wissenschaftlichen 

Untersuchung der deutschen Meere in Kiel. - Wiss. 

Meeresunters., new ser., 4: 171-193. 

Hartley, J.P. (1986): The macrobenthos of the Beatrice 

Oilfield, Moray Firth, Scotland. - Proc. Zool. Soc. 

Edinburgh, 8 (91): 221-245. 

Haswell, W.A. (1885): Pycnogonida of the Australian coast with 

description of new species. - Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 

9: 1021-1033. 

-39-

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1939): Some pycnogonids found off the coast of 

Southern California. - Am. Midl. Nat., 22 (2): 458-465, 2 

pls. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1940): A new pycnogonid from Pescadero, Calif., 

and distributional notes on other species. - J. Wash. 

Acad. Sci., 30 (2): 84-87. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1941): On a species of Nymphon from the waters 

of Southern California. - Am. Midl. Nat., 25 (2): 447-449, 

1 pl. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1941): A key to the Pycnogonida of the Pacific 

coast of North America. - Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. 

Hist., 9 (26): 253-264. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1941): A key to the Pycnogonids of the Pacific 

coast of North America (especially of central California). 

In: S.F. Light (ed.), Laboratory and Field Text in 

Invertebrate Zoology: 119-124; Berkeley & Los Angeles, 

Univ. Calif. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1942): Sea spiders. - Nature Mag.: 413-414. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1943): Pycnogonids of the Bartlett collections. 

- J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33 (3): 83-90. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1943): Pycnogonida from the West Indies and 

South America collected by the Atlantis and earlier 

expeditions. - Proc. New England Zool. Club, 22: 41-58. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1943): On a species of pycnogonid from the 

North Pacific. - J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 33 (7): 223-224. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1944): On a new species of Pallenopsis 

(Pycnogonida) from Western Australia. - Proc. New England 

Zool. Club, 23: 55-58. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1947): Pycnogonida. Encyclopedia Brittanica: 

2pp. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1947): On the evolutionary significance of the 

Pycnogonida. - Smiths. Misc. Coll., 106 (18): 1-54. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1948): The Pycnogonida of the Western North 

Atlantic and the Caribbean. - Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 97 

(3216): 157-342. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1949): Report on the Pycnogonida collected by 

the Albatross in Japanese waters in 1900 and 1906. - Proc. 

U.S. natn. Mus. 98 (3231): 233-321. 

-40-

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1950): Pycnogonida of the United States Navy 

Expedition, 1947-48. - Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 100 (3260): 

147-160. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1951): Pycnogonids from Dillon Beach and 

vicinity, California, with descriptions of two new 

species. - Wasman J. Biol., 9 (1): 105-117, 3 pls. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1952): Class (or Subphylum) Pycnogonida. Sea 

Spiders. In: E.F. Ricketts & J. Calvin (eds.). Between 

Pacific Tides, 3rd ed.: 430; Stanford Univ. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1953): Class Pycnogonida. In: R.I. Smith et al. 

(eds.). Intertidal invertebrates of the Central California 

coast: 201-210; Univ. Calif. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1954): Pycnogonida. In: P.S. Galtsoff (ed.). 

The Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters and marine life. - 

Fish. Bull. Fish & Wildl. Serv. U.S., 89 (55): 425-427. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1954): On the phylogeny of the Pycnogonida. - 

Acta Zool., Stockholm, 35: 193-213. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1954): 1. The Pycnogonida. Reports on the 

dredging results of the Scripps Institution of 

Oceanography Trans-Pacific Expedition. July-December, 

1953. - Syst. Zool., 3 (4): 147. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1956): On the phylogeny of the Pycnogonida. - 

Proc. XIVth Int. Congr. Zool., Copenhagen, 1953, sec. XV: 

506-507. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1957): Miscellaneous arthropods - annoted 

bibliography. In: J.W. Hedgpeth (ed.). Treatise on marine 

ecology and paleoecology. 1. Ecology: 1175-1176; Geol. 

Soc. Am., Mem., 67; Boulder, Geol. Soc. Am. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1959): Pycnogonida. In: Encyclopaedia 

Brittanica: 2pp. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1961): Pycnogonida. In: Encyclopedia of Science 

and Technology: 105-106; New York: McGraw Hill. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1961): Pycnogonida. In: The Encyclopedia of the 

Biological Sciences: 851-852. New York: Van Nostrand 

Reinhold. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1961): Pycnogonida. Rep. Lund Univ. Chile 

Exped. 1948-49. - Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N.F. (2): 1-18. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1962): A bathypelagic pycnogonid. - Deep-Sea 

Res., 9: 487-491. 

-41-

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1962): Taxonomy: Man's oldest profession. 11th 

Ann. Univ. Pac. Fac. Res. Lect., May 22, 1961: i, 18pp. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1962): Pycnogonida. In: Introduction to 

seashore life of the San Francisco Bay Region and the 

coast of Northern California: 74-75; Univ. Calif. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1963): Pycnogonida of the North American 

Arctic. - J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 20 (5): 1315-1348. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1963): A comparative study of Arctic and 

Antarctic Pycnogonida (Abstract). Proc. XVI Int. Congr. 

Zool., Washington, 1: 107. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1963): Arctic and Antarctic Pycnogonida: A 

comparison (Abstract.). - Bull. Ecol. Soc. Amer., 44 (2): 

40. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1964): Notes on the peculiar egg laying habit 

of an antarctic prosobranch (Mollusca: Gastropoda). - The 

Veliger, 7 (1): 45-46. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. & W.G. Fry (1964): Another dodecopodous 

pycnogonid. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (13) 7: 161-169. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1967): Review of Basic Arthropodan Stock. - 

Quart. Review Biol., 42: 69. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1968): Pycnogonid studies. - Antarct. J. U.S., 

3 (4): 129-130. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1968): Pycnogonids. In: E.F. Ricketts & J. 

Calvin. Between Pacific Tides (4th ed.): 78, 102-104, 157, 

170, 186, 188, 202, 316-317, 349, 351-352, 366-368, 477- 

479; Stanford Univ. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1969): Introduction to Antarctic Zoogeography. 

- Antarct. Map Folio Ser. Am. Geogr. Soc., Folio 11: 1-9. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1969): Pycnogonida. Antarct. Map Folio Ser. Am. 

Geogr. Soc., Folio 11: 26-28, pls. 13-14. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1969): Pycnogonida. In: P. Gray (ed.). 

Encyclopedia of the Biological Sciences; pp. 780-781; New 

York, Van Nostrand Reinhold. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1969): An intertidal reconnaissance of rocky 

shores of the Galápagos. - Wasman J. Biol., 27 (1): 1-24. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1969): Preliminary observations of life between 

tidemarks at Palmer Station, 64 45'S, 64 05'W. - Antarct. 

J. U.S., 4 (4): 106-107. 

-42-

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1970): Marine biogeography of the Antarctic 

regions. In: M.W. Holdgate (ed.). Antarctic Ecology: 97- 

104. Sci. Comm. Antarct. Res.; London & New York, Academic 

Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1971): Subphylum Pycnogonida, Class Pantopoda. 

Sea Spiders. In: K.L. Gosner. Guide to identification of 

marine and estuarine invertebrates - Cape Hatteras to the 

Bay of Fundy: 400-402; New York, Wiley Interscience. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1971): James Eights of the Antarctic. In: 

Research in the Antarctic. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1971): Perspective of benthic ecology in 

Antarctica. In: Research in the Antarctic: 93-136. Am. 

Ass. Adv. Sci. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. & J.C. McCain (1971): A review of the pycnogonid 

genus Pantopipetta (family Austrodecidae, emend.), with 

the description of a new species. In: G. Llano & I.E. 

Wallen (eds.). Biology of the Antarctic Seas. - Antarct. 

Res. Ser., 17: 217-229. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1974): One hundred years of Pacific 

Oceanography. In: The biology of the Oceanic Pacific: 137- 

155; Oregon State Univ. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1974): Phylum Arthropoda. Subphylum 

Chelicerata. Class Pycnogonida. In: E.N. Kozloff (ed.). 

Keys to the marine invertebrates of the Puget Sound, the 

San Juan Archipelago, and adjacent regions: 125-128; 

Seattle, Univ. Wash. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1974): Review of Pycnogonids. - Science, 184: 

150. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1975): Pycnogonida. In: S.F. Light. Intertidal 

invertebrates of the Central California Coast; Univ. 

Calif. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1975): Review of Pycnogonids and of British Sea 

Spiders. - Quart. Review Biol., 50 (3): 330-331. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1977): Pycnogonida. In: McGraw Hill 

Encyclopedia of Science Technology, 11: 110-112. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. & E.C. Haderlie (1978 ?): Pycnogonids. In: R. 

Morris, D.P. Abbott & E.C. Haderlie. Invertebrates of 

California Shores (?); Stanford Univ. Press. 

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1979 ?): At sea with provinces and plates. In: 

Biogeography. Biol. Colloq. Oregon State Univ. Press. 

-43-

Hedgpeth, J.W. (1982): Pycnogonida. In: S.P. Parker. Synopsis 

and classification of living organisms, 2: 169-173. New 

York: McGraw-Hill. 

Heezen, B.C. & C.D. Hollister (1971): Pycnogonida. In: The Face 

of the Deep: 8, 28, 92-94, 98-100, 121; New York, Oxford 

Univ. Press. 

Hegner, R.W. & K.A. Stiles (1959): Subclass Pycnogonida. In: 

College Zoology: 268, 279; New York, Macmillan. 

Helfer, H. (1909): Biologisch-faunistische Beobachtungen an 

Pantopoden der Nord- und Ostsee. Diss. Kgl. Christian- 

Albrechts Univ. Kiel: 1-49. 

Helfer, H. (1915): Pantopoda. In: C.A. Apstein (ed.). Nomina 

conservanda. - Sitz.-Ber. Ges. naturforsch. Fr. Berlin, 5: 

147. 

Helfer, H. (1932): Pantopoda. In: Kükenthal-Krumbach, Handbuch 

der Zoologie, 3 (2) 4: 1-66. 

Helfer, H. (1932): Das Pantopoden-Schrifttum. - Sitz.-Ber. Ges. 

naturforsch. Fr. Berlin: 235-254. 

Helfer, H. & E. Schlottke (1935): Pantopoda. Dr. H.G. Bronn's 

Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs, 5 (4) (2): 1-314. 

Helfer, H. (1936): The fishery grounds near Alexandria (Egypt). 

VIII. Pantopoda. Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Egypt, 

Notes & Mem., 16: 1-6. 

Helfer, H. (1936): Pantopoda. Die Tierwelt der Nord- und 

Ostsee, 31 (XIa3): 1-5. 

Helfer, H. (1938): Einige neue Pantopoden aus der Sammlung des 

Zoologischen Museums in Berlin. - Sitz.-Ber. Ges. 

naturforsch. Fr. Berlin, 1937 (2): 162-185. 

Heller, C. (1875): Neue Crustaceen und Pycnogoniden. Gesammelt 

während der K.K. österr.-ungar. Nordpol-Expedition. 

Vorläufige Mitteilung. - Sitz.-Ber. math.-naturw. Cl. K.K. 

Akad. Wiss., Wien, 71 (1): 609-612. 

Heller, C. (1875): Die Crustaceen, Pycnogoniden und Tunicaten 

der K.K. österr.-ungar. Nordpol-Expedition. - Denkschr. 

Kaiserl. Akad. Wiss. (math-naturwiss. Cl.), Wien, 35: 25- 

46. 

Henderson, J.R. (1885): Recent additions to the invertebrate 

fauna of the Firth of Forth. - Proc. Roy Soc. Edinb., 8: 

307-313. 

-44-

Henry, L.M. (1953): The nervous system of Pycnogonida. - 

Microent., 18 (1): 16-36. 

Herdman, W.A. (1892): Notes on the collections made during the 

cruise of the S.Y. "Argo" up the West Coast of Norway in 

July, 1891. - Trans Liverpool Biol. Soc., 6: 70-93, pls. 

V-VI. 

Herdman, W.A. (1896): List of Pycnogonida. In: The marine 

zoology, botany and geology of the Irish Sea. Fourth and 

final report of the Committee... Rep. 66th Meeting Brit. 

Ass. Adv. Sci.: 442. 

Herdman, W.A. (1896): Pycnogonida. In: 9th Ann. Rep. Liverpool 

Mar. Biol. Committee: 19, 21, 24. 

Herdman, W.A., Thompson, I.C. & H.C. Chadwick (1900): Fauna 

distribution lists for the south end of the Isle of Man. 

14th Rep. Mar. Biol. Stat. Port Erin: 36. 

Herdman, W.A. (1901): Fourteenth annual report of the Liverpool 

Marine Biological Committee and their Biological Station 

at Port Erin. - Proc. & Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., 15 

(1900-1901): 19-84. 

Herdman, W.A. (1903): The Marine Biological Station at Port 

Erin. 17th Ann. Rep. Liverpool Mar. Biol. Committee: 5-32. 

Herdman, W.A. (1897): The Tenth Annual Report of the Liverpool 

Marine Biology Committee, and their biological station at 

Port Erin. - Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., 11: 3-47. 

Herring, P.J. (1983): The spectral characteristics of luminous 

marine organisms. - Proc. Roy. Soc. London, ser. B, 220: 

183-217. [bioluminescence] 

Hesse, M. (1867): Observations sur des Crustacés rares ou 

nouveaux des côtes de France. - Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (5) 

7: 199-216. 

Hesse, M. (1974): Mémoire sur les Crustacés rares ou nouveaux. 

- Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (5): 20: 1-18, 1 pl. 

Hicks, G.R.F., M.J. Huaki, W.R. Weber & J.C. Yaldwyn (1991): 

Inventory of cnidarian, pycnogonid and crustacean type 

specimens in the National Museum of New Zealand. - Natn. 

Mus. N.Z., misc. ser., 22: 1-23. 

Highnam, K.C. (1981): A survey of invertebrate metamorphosis. 

In: L.I. Gilbert & E. Frieden (eds.). Metamorphosis: A 

problem in developmental biology, 2nd ed., 2: 43-73. New 

York & London: Plenum Press. 

-45-

Hilton, W.A. (1915): The central nervous system of the 

pycnogonid Lecythorhynchus. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 

6: 134-136. 

Hilton, W.A. (1915): Pycnogonids collected during the summer of 

1914 at Laguna Beach. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, 7 

(1): 67-70. 

Hilton, W.A. (1915): Pycnogonids collected during the summer of 

1915 at Laguna Beach. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 7 (3): 

201-206. 

Hilton, W.A. (1916): A remarkable pycnogonid. - J. Ent. Zool. 

Pomona Coll., 8 (1): 19-24. 

Hilton, W.A. (1916): The life history of Anoplodactylus erectus 

Cole. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 8 (1): 25-34. 

Hilton, W.A. (1916): The nervous system of pycnogonids. - J. 

Comp. Neur., 26 (5): 463-472. 

Hilton, W.A. (1920): Notes on Pacific Coast Pycnogonids. - J. 

Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 12 (4): 93. 

Hilton, W.A. (1931): Nervous system and sense organs. XXXVI. 

Pantopoda. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 23 (1): 5-18. 

Hilton, W.A. (1934): Notes on parasitic pycnognids. - J. Ent. 

Zool. Pomona Coll., 26 (4): 57. 

Hilton, W.A. (1939): A preliminary list of pycnognids from the 

shores of California. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 31 

(2): 27-35. 

Hilton, W.A. (1939): A collection of pycnognids from Santa Cruz 

Island. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 31 (4): 72-74. 

Hilton, W.A. (1942): Pantopoda chiefly from the Pacific. I. 

Nymphonidae. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 34 (1): 3-7. 

Hilton, W.A. (1942): Pycnogonids from the Allan Hancock 

Expeditions. - Rep. Allan Hancock Exped., 5 (9): 227-339. 

Hilton, W.A. (1942): Pantopoda chiefly from the Pacific. II. 

Callipallenidae. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 34 (2): 38- 

41. 

Hilton, W.A. (1942): Pycnogonids from Hawaii. - Occ. Pap. 

Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Honolulu, Hawaii, 17 (3): 43-55. 

Hilton, W.A. (1942): Pycnogonids from the Pacific. Family 

Tanystilidae. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 34 (3): 69-70. 

-46-


Phoxichilididae Sars 1891. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 

34 (3): 71-74. 


Ammotheidae. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 34 (4): 93-99. 


Colossendeidae. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 35 (1): 2-4. 


Pycnogonidae. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 35 (2): 19. 

Hodge, G. (1862): Observations on a species of pycnogon 

(Phoxichilidium coccineum). With an attempt to explain the 

order of its development. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) 9: 

33-43. 

Hodge, G. (1863): Descriptions of two new species of 

Pycnogonidea. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) 11: 463-464. 

Hodge, G. (1863): Report on the Pycnogonidea with descriptions 

of two new species. In: Report of the Dredging Expedition 

to the Dogger Bank and the coast of Northumberland. - 

Trans. Tyneside Natualists' Field Club, 5: 281. 

Hodge, G. (1864): List of the British Pycnogonidea, with 

descriptions of several new species. - Ann. Mag. Nat. 

Hist., (3) 13: 113-117. 

Hodge, G. (1865): Pycnogonidea. Reports of the deep-sea 

dredging on the coasts of Northumberland and Doggerbank. - 

Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland Durham, 1 (1): 41-42. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1902): Crustacea (Pycnogonida). In: Report on 

the Collections of Natural History made in the Antarctic 

Regions during the voyage of the "Southern Cross": 256- 

258; London. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1904): On a new pycnogonid from the South Polar 

regions. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) 14: 458-462. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1905): Preliminary report of the biological 

collections of the Discovery. - Geogr. J., London, 25: 

396-400. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1905): Decolopoda and Colossendeis. - Zool. 

Anz., 29 (8): 254-256. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1905): Scotia collections, VII. On Decolopoda 

australis Eights - an old pycnogonid rediscovered. - Proc. 

Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 16 (1): 35-42. 

-47-

Hodgson, T.V. (1907): Pycnogoniden. Ergebnisse der Hamburger 

Magalhaensischen Sammelreise 1892-93, 2: 1-20. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1907): Pycnogonida. National Antarctic 

Expedition 1901-1904. Rep. Natn. Antarct. Exped. 1901- 

1904, Nat. Hist., 3: 1-72, 10 pls. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1908): The Pycnogonida of the Scottish National 

Antarctic Expedition. - Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 46 (1) 

(6): 159-188. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1910): The Pycnogonida of Devonshire. - Rep. 

Trans. Devonsh. Ass. Adv. Sci., Lit. & Arts, 42: 425-439. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1910): Pantopoda. In: L. Schultze. Zoologische 

und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im 

westlichen und zentralen Südafrika ausgeführt in den 

Jahren 1903-1905 von Dr. Leonhard Schultze, 4 (1): 221- 

228. - Denkschr. Med.-Naturwiss. Ges. Jena, 16: 219-228. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1914): Preliminary report on the Pycnogonida of 

the German Southpolar Expedition, 1901-1903. - Zool. Anz., 

45 (4): 158-165. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1915): The Pycnogonida collected by the "Gauss" 

in the Antarctic regions, 1901-3; preliminary report. - 

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 15 (85): 141-149. 

Hodgson, T.V. (1927): Die Pycnogoniden der Deutschen Südpolar- 

Expedition 1901-3. - Dtsch. Südpolar-Exped., 19 (Zool. 

II): 303-358. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1877): Pycnogoniden en hun plaatss in het system. 

- Versl. Vergad. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., 1877: 1-4. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1877): Ueber Pycnogoniden. 1. Die Arten der 

niederländischen Fauna. - Niederl. Arch. Zool., 3: 235- 

254. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1879): Pycnogonida. In: Verslag van de 

wetenschappelijke vergadering der Nederlandsche 

Dierkundige Vereeniging, etc. - Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. 

Ver., 4: 11-12. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1881): Report on the Pycnogonida dredged by HMS 

Challenger 1873-76. - Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voyage HMS 

Challenger, 3 (10): 1-167, 21 pls. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1881): The pycnogonids, dredged during the 

cruises of the Willem Barents in the years 1878 and 1879. 

- Niederl. Arch. Zool., Suppl. 1: 1-28. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1881): Nouvelles études sur les Pycnogonides. - 

Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 9: 445-542. 

-48-

Hoek, P.P.C. (1882): Report on the Pycnogonida. - Proc. Roy. 

Soc. Edinburgh, 11: 689-690. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1883): The Pycnogonida dredged in the Faroe 

Channel during the cruise of HMS Triton in August 1882. - 

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 32 (1): 1-10, 1 pl. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1884): Crustacés de l'Escaut de l'Est. - 

Tijdschr. Dierk. Ver., Suppl. 1: 517-545. 

Hoek, P.P.C. (1898): On four pycnogonids dredged during the 

cruise of the Challenger (investigated and described after 

the completion of the report). With an appendix. - 

Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (2) 5 (2-4): 290-301. 

Hoenigman, J. & J.H. Stock (1955): Das männliche Geschlecht von 

Pycnogonum pusillum Dohrn, 1881 (Pantopoda). - Ent. Ber., 

Amsterdam, 15 (24): 534-536. 

Holme, N.A. (1966): The bottom fauna of the English Channel, 

Ii. - J. Mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 46: 401-493. 

Hong, J.-S. & I.H. Kim (1987): Korean Pycnogonids chiefly based 

on the collections of the Korea Ocean Research and 

Development Institute. - Korean J. Syst. Zool., 3 (2): 

137-164. 

Honma, Y. & T. Kitami (1978): Fauna and Flora in the waters 

adjacent to the Sado Marine Biological Station, Niigata 

University. - Ann. Rep. Sado Mar. Biol. Stat., Niigata 

Univ., 8: 7-81. 

Hooper, J.N.A. (1981): Some aspects of the reproductive biology 

of Parapallene avida Stock (Pycnogonida: Callipallenidae) 

from Northern New South Wales. - Australian Zool., 20 (3): 

473-483. 

Hunter, J. & D. Rendall (1986): The sublittoral fauna of the 

Inverness, Cromarty and Dornoch Firths. - Proc. Zool. Soc. 

Edinburgh, 8 (91): 263-274. 

Hurst, C.H. (1897): Some specimens of Nymphon dredged from the 

"Turbot hole", near Puffin Island. In: W.A. Herdman, The 

Tenth Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine Biology 

Committee and their biological station at Port Erin. - 

Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, 11: 27. 

Hurst, C.H. (1897): Pycnogonida. In: W.A. Herdman, 10th Ann. 

Rep. Liverpool Mar. Biol. Committee: 22, 27. 

Hutton, F.W. (1904): In: Index Faunae Novae Zealandiae: 246- 

247. London: Dulau. 

-49-

Huxley, T.H. (1877): Pycnogonida. In: Manual of Anatomy of 

Invertebrated Animals: 386. 

Ichikawa, S. & M. Yamada (1957): Catalogue of marine 

invertebrates of the Osyoro Bay area; 10pp. Sapporo. [in 

Japanese] 

Ihle, J.E.W. (1898): Ueber die Phylogenie und systematische 

Stellung der Pantopoden. - Biol. Zentralbl., 18: 603-609. 

Inaba, A. (1963): Pycnogonida. In: Fauna and Flora of the 

Inland Sea of Seto. - Publ. Mukaishima Mar. Biol. Stat.: 

205-206. [in Japanese]. 

Isaac, M.J. & J.H. Jarvis (1973): Endogenous tidal rhytmicity 

in the littoral pycnogonid Nymphon gracile (Leach). - J. 

Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol., 13: 83-90. 

Ives, J.E. (1891): Echinoderms and arthropods from Japan. - 

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1891-1892: 210-221. 

Ives, J.E. (1892): A new species of Pycnogonum from California. 

- Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1892-1893: 142-144. 

Iwaki, T., K. Hibino & T. Kawahara (1977): Seasonal changes in 

the initial development of fouling communities in Matoya 

Bay. - Bull. Fac. Fish., Mie Univ., 4: 11-29. 

Jarvis, J.H. & P.E. King (1972): Reproduction and development 

in the pycnogonid Pycnogonum littorale. - Mar. Biol., 13: 

146-155. 

Jarvis, J.H. & P.E. King (1973): UItrastructure of the 

photoreceptors in the pycnogonid species Nymphon gracile 

(Leach), and Pycnogonum littorale (Ström). - Mar. Behav. 

Physiol., 2: 1-13. [cytology, optical sense] 

Jarvis, J.H. (1974): Aspects of the reproductive biology of 

pycnogonids. Ph.D. Tehesis, Univ. Wales. [reproduction] 

Jarvis, J.H. (1975): Egg develpment and the reproductive cycle 

in the pycnogonid Endeis laevis. - Mar. Biol., 33: 331- 

339. [reproduction] 

Jarvis, J.H. & P.E. King (1978): Reproductive biology of 

British pycnogonids (Oögenesis and the reproductive 

cycle). - Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63 (1-2): 105-131. 

[reproduction] 

Jarvis, J.H. & P.E. King (1979): The response of the 

Pycnogonids Nymphon gracile Leach and Pycnogonum littorale 

(Strom) to light stimuli of different wavelength and 

intensity. - Mar. Behav. Physiol., 6 (4): 307-317. 

[optical sense] 

-50-

Jarzynsky, T. (1870): Praemissus catalogus Pycnogonidarum, 

inventarum in mari Glaciali, ad oras Lapponiae rossicae et 

in mari Albo, anno 1869 et 1870. - Ann. Soc. Nat. St.- 

Pétersbourg, 1: 319-320. Die Wirbellosen Thiere des 

Weissen Meeres: 168-171; Leipzig. 

Johnson, M.E. & H.J. Snook (1927): Seashore animals of the 

Pacific Coast: i-xiv, 1-659. 

Johnston, G. (1828): Contributions to the British Fauna. - 

Zool. J. Zool. Soc. London, 3: 486-491. 

Johnston, G. (1833): Illustrations in British Zoology. - Mag. 

Nat. Hist., 6: 40-43. 

Johnston, G. (1837): Miscellanea zoologica, I. An attempt to 

ascertain the British Pycnogonida. - Mag. Zool. Bot, 1: 

371-382; 1 pl. 

Jones, D.J. (1971): Ecological studies on macroinvertebrate 

populations associated with polluted kelp forests in the 

North Sea. - Helgol. Wiss. Meeresunters., 22: 417-441. 

[ecology, pollution] 

Jones, T.R. (1855): Pycnogonidae. In: General Outline of the 

Organisation of the Animal Kingdom and Manual of 

Comparative Anatomy: 437-439; London, Van Voorst. 

Jordan, H.E. (1916): The microscopic structure of the leg 

muscle of the sea-spider, Anoplodactylus lentus. - Anat. 

Rec., (10) 7: 493-508. [anatomy, musculature] 

Jourdain, S. (1892): Affinités zoologiques des Pantopodes. - 

C.R. Séanc. Soc. Biol., Paris, (9) 4: 945. 

Juan Garcia, J. (1988): Contribucion al estudio de los 

Picnogónidos de las Baleares. VI Simp. Iberico Estud. 

Bentos Mar., Palma de Mallorca, 19-22 Sep. 1988: 77. 

Just, J. (1970): Marine biological investigations of Jørgen 

Brønlund Fjord, North Greenland. - Medd. Grønland, 184 (5) 

?. 

Just, J. (1970): Pycnogonida from Jørgen Brønlund Fjord, North 

Greenland. - Medd. Grønland, 184 (7): 23-27. 

Just, J. (1972): Revision of the genus Boreonymphon G.O. Sars 

(Pycnogonida) with a description of two new species, B. 

ossiansarsi Knaben and B. compactum Just. - Sarsia, 49: 1- 

28. 

Kaesler, C.B. (1964): The Mediterranean crevice habitat. - Vie 

Milieu, 15 (4): 947-977. 

-51-

Kaesler, C.B. (1968): Pycnogonida. Sea spiders. In: 

Invertebrate Zoology, 2: 292-301; New York: John Wiley, 

Interscience. 

Kawahara, T., T. Iwaki, K. Hibino & Y. Sugimura (1979): Fouling 

communities in Yokkaichi Harbor. - Publ. Amakusa Mar. 

Biol. Lab., Kyushu Univ., 5 (1): 19-30, I+II. 

Kawecki, Z. (1978): The contributions of Maria Dohrn b. 

Baranowska (1856-1918) as a co-founder of the Zoological 

Station in Naples (on the 60-tieth Anniversary of Her 

Deadth). - Przeglad Zool., 22 (4): 309-314. 

Keegan, B.F., B.D.S. O'Connor, D. McGarth, G. Konnercker & D.D. 

Foighil (1987): Littoral and benthic investigations on the 

south coast of Ireland, II: The macrobenthic fauna off 

Carnsore Point. - Proc. Roy. Ir. Acad., ser. B, 87B (1): 

1-14. 

Kenny, R. & N. Haysom (1962): Ecology of rocky shore organisms 

at Macquarie Island. - Pac. Sci., 16 (3): 245-263. 

Kerneis, A. (1960): Contribution à l' étude faunistique et 

écologique des herbiers de Posidoniens de la région de 

Banyuls. - Vie Milieu, 11 (2): 145-187. 

Khayrallah, N. & A.M. Jones (1975): A survey of the benthos of 

the Tay estuary. - Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, (B) 75 (7): 

113-135. 

Kiaer, H. (1905): Om dyrelivet i Balsfjorden og denne fjords 

udliob til havet. - Tromsø Mus. Aarsberetning, 28: 13-50. 

Kikuchi, T. (1965): Faunal list of the Zostera marina belt in 

Tomioka Bay, Amakusa, Kyushu. - Publ. Amakusa Mar. Biol. 

Lab., Kyushu Univ., 1 (2): 163-192. 

Kikuchi, T. Rediscovery of the bivalve-infesting Pycnogonida, 

Nymphonella tapetis Ohshima, 1927 in Amakusa. - Publ. 

Amakusa Mar. Biol. Lab, Kyushu Univ., 4 (1): 51-56. 

Kikuchi, T. (1985): Check list of the shore fauna in Tsujishima 

Islet, Amakusa, West Kyushu. - Publ. Amakusa Mar. 

Biol. Lab., 8 (1): 65-88. 

Kim, H.S. & I.H. Kim (1985): Achelia crurispinifera, a new 

Pycnogonid species from Korean waters. - Kor. J. Zool., 28 

(2): 120-124. 

Kim, I.H. (1982): Description of a sea-spider (Pycnogonida), 

new to Korea. - J. Kangreung Natn. Univ., 4: 275-281. [in 

Korean with English abstract] 

-52-

Kim, I.H. (1983): Tanystylum ulreungum, a new pycnogonid 

species from Korean water. - J. Kangreung Natn. Univ., 5 

(2): 467-471. 

Kim, I.H. (1984): Common Pycnogonid species from East Sea and 

South Sea of Korea. - J. Kangreung Natn. Univ., 7: 531- 

551. 

Kim, I.I. & J.H. Stock (1984): A new Pycnogonid, Pycnogonum 

koreanum, sp. nov. from the Sea of Japan. - J. nat. Hist., 

18: 685-688. 

Kim, I.H. (1986): Four Pycnogonid species new to Korean Fauna. 

- Proc. Nat. Sci. Res. Inst., Kangreung Natn. Univ., 2 

(1): 1-9. 

Kim, I.H. & J.-S. Hong (1986): Korean shallow-water Pycnogonids 

based on the collections of the Korea Ocean Research and 

Development Institute. - Kor. J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 35- 

52. 

Kim, I.H. & J.-S. Hong (1987): Bradypallene espina, new genus 

and new species, a Pycnogonid from the East Sea of Korea 

(Pycnogonida). - Kor. J. Zool., 30 (3): 272-276. 

Kim, I.H. & J.-S. Hong (1989): Korean shallow-water Pycnogonids 

based on the collections of the Korea Ocean Research and 

Development Institute. - Korean J. Syst. Zool., 2 (2): 35- 

52. 

Kindle, E. & E.J. Whittaker (1918): Bathymetric check-list of 

the marine invertebrates of eastern Canada. - Contr. Can. 

Biol. Fish.: Prof. Pap., 38A: 229-284. 

King, L.A. (1913): Clyde fauna; supplementary list. - Ann. Rep. 

Mar. Biol. Ass. W-Scotland, 1912: 60-97. 

King, P.E. (1969): Sea spiders on Gower shores. - Gower, 20: 

19-23. 

King, P.E. (1970): Sea spiders in Glamorgan. - Nature in Wales, 

12 (1): 24-31. 

King, P.E. & J.H. Jarvis (1970): Egg development in a littoral 

pycnogonid Nymphon gracile. - Mar. Biol., 7 (4): 294-304. 

[embryology] 

King, P.E. & G.B. Crapp (1971): Littoral pycnogonids of the 

British Isles. - Field Stud., 3 (3): 455-480. 

King, P.E., D. Wyer & J.H. Jarvis (1971): Littoral pycnogonids 

of Galway Bay. - Ir. Nat. J., 17 (3): 78-85. 

-53-

King, P.E. (1972): The marine flora and fauna of the Isles of 

Scilly. Pycnogonida. - J. Nat. Hist., 6: 621-624. 

King, P.E. (1972): Pycnogonids: 1-144; London; St. Martin's 

Press. 

King, P.E. (1974): British Sea Spiders (Arthropoda: 

Pycnogonida). Keys and notes for the identification of the 

species. Synopses of the British Fauna (New Ser.), 5: ivi, 

1-68; London & New York, Academic Press. 

King, P.E. & A.S.N. El-Hawawi (1978): Spermatogenesis in the 

Pycnogonid Pycnogonum littorale (Ström). - Acta Zool., 59: 

97-103. [cytology, genital system] 

King, P.E. (1982): Pycnogonids of the Channel Islands. - Ann. 

Bull., Soc. Jersiaise, 23 (2): 230-232. 

King, P.E. (1986): Sea Spiders: A revised key to the adults of 

littoral Pycnogonida in the British Isles. - Field Stud., 

6 (3): 493-516. 

King, P.E. & R.M. Case (1986): Sea spiders (Pycnogonida) in and 

around Milford Haven (South West Wales). - Field Stud., 6 

(3): 517-529. 

King, P.E., J.P. Thorpe & G.P. Wallis (1986): A biochemical, 

genetic and morphological investigation of the species 

within the genus Endeis Philippe (Pycnogonida: Endeidae). 

- J. Exp. mar. Biol. Ecol., 98 (1-2): 115-128. [anatomy, 

biochemistry, genetics] 

Kingsley, J.S. (1894): The classification of the Arthropoda. - 

Am. Nat., 28: 118-135. 

Kishida, K. (1927): Pantopoda. In: Nikon Dôbutsu tsaran: p. 

989; Tokyo Hokoryûkan. [in Japanese] 

Kitching, J.A. & T.T. Macan (1934): A study in sublittoral 

ecology. - J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 19 (2): 677-706. 

Kitching, J.A. & V.M. Thain (1983): The ecological impact of 

the sea urchin Paracentrotus lividus (Lamarck) in Lough 

Ine, Ireland. - Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., London, (B) 300: 

513-552. 

Kito, K. (1975): Pycnogonida. In: Preliminary report on the 

phytal animals in the Sargassum confusum region in Oshoro 

Bay, Hokkaido. - J. Fac. Sci., Hokkaido Univ., (6) Zoology 

20 (1): 141-158. 

-54-

Klausnitzer, B. & K. Richter (1981): Stammesgeschichte der 

Gliedertiere. Die neue Brehm-Bücherei, 541: 1-160; A. 

Ziemsen Verl., Wittenberg-Lutherstadt [Pycnogonida pp. 69- 

70] 

Knight, G.S. (1974): Benthic community structure in Lyttelton 

Harbour, New Zealand. - N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 8 (2): 

291-306. 

Knight-Jones, E.W. & A. MacFadyen (1959): The metachronism of 

limb and body movements in annelids and arthropods. - 

Proc. XVth Int. Congr. Zool., 1959: 969-971. 

Knox. G.A. (1970): Antarctic marine ecosystems. In: M.W. 

Holdgate (ed.). Antarctic Ecology, 2: 69-96; Sci. 

Committee Antarct. Res.; London & New York; Academic 

Press. 

Kocatas, A. (1970): Contribution à l'étude des peuplements des 

horizons superieurs de substrat rocheux du Golfe d'Izmir 

(Turquie). - Sci. Monogr. Fac. Sci. d'Ege Univ., 12: iviii, 

1-93. 

Koch, L.E. (1980): The primary types of Arachnida, Chilopoda, 

Diplopoda, Insecta, Onychophora and Pycnogonida in the 

Western Australian Museum. - Rec. W. Austr. Mus., 8 (2): 

295-326. 

Koehler, R. (1885): Recherches sur la faune marine des îles 

Anglo-Normandes. - Bull. Soc. Sci., Nancy, Fasc. 17 (2): 

51-120. 

Kölbel, C. (1886): Crustaceen, Pycnogoniden und Arachniden von 

Jan Mayen. Die österreichische Polarstation, Jan Mayen... 

- Die internationale Polarforschung, 1882-1883, 3: 53-55. 

Kölliker, A. (1834): Beiträge zur Entwicklungsgeschichte 

wirbelloser Tiere. 1. Ueber die ersten Vorgänge im 

befruchteten Ei. - Arch. Anat. Physiol., 1843: 136-137. 

Konno, K. & H. Uchida (1972): A preliminary list of marine 

animals found in the vicinity of the Fukaura Marine 

Biological Laboratory, part 4. - Rep. Fukaura Mar. Biol. 

Lab., 4: 2-10. 

Kowalewsky, A. (1892): Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 

Exkretionsorgane der Pantopoden. - Mém. Acad. imp. Sci. 

St. Pétersbourg, (7) 38 (12): 1-9, 1 pl. [anatomy, 

excretion] 

Kozloff, E.N. (1974): Keys to the marine invertebrates of Puget 

Sound, the San Juan Archipelago, and adjacent regions. ix 

+ 226 pp. Seattle & London: Univ. Wash. Press. 

-55-

Kraeuter, J.N. (1973): Pycnogonida from Georgia, U.S.A. - J. 

nat. Hist., 7 (5): 493-498. 

Kraeuter, J.N. & D.R. Calder (1978): Class Pycnogonida. In: 

R.G. Zingmark (ed.). An annotated checklist of the biota 

of the coastal zone of South Carolina, p. 153. Columbia, 

S.C.: Univ. S. Carolina Press. 

Kramp, P.L. (1963): Pycnogonida. In: Summary of the zoological 

results of the Godthaab Expedition, 1928: 71-72. - Medd. 

Grønland, 81 (7): 1-115. 

Krapp, F. (1973): Pycnogonida from Pantelleria and Catania, 

Sicily. - Beaufortia, 21 (277): 55-74. 

Krapp, F. (1973): A fourth Mediterranean Rhynchothorax and 

remarks on the genus (Pycnogonida). - Bull. Zoöl. Mus., 

Univ. Amsterdam, 3 (17): 119-124. 

Krapp, F. (1975): Bathyale und zirkalittorale Pantopoden 

(Pycnogonida) aus dem Adriatischen und Ligurischen Meer, 

mit Callipallene acribica n.sp. - Bonn. zool. Beitr., 26 

(1-3): 280-290. 

Krapp, F. (1975): New records of Endeis charybdea (Dohrn, 1881) 

(Pycnogonida) in the Atlantic and Mediterranean Seas. - 

Sarsia, 59: 85-94. 

Krapp, F. & J.N. Kraeuter (1976): Additions to the Pycnogonida 

of Georgia. - Bonner Zool. Beitr., 27 (3/4): 336-346. 

Krapp, F. (1980): Neue Pantopodenfunde (Pycnogonida, 

Arthropoda) nahe der belgischen Antarktis-Station. - Bull. 

Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., Bruxelles, Biol., 52 (18): 1- 

8. 

Krapp, F. (1981): Pantopodi o Picnogonidi. In: A. Mondalori, 

(ed.). Grande Enciclopedia illustrata degli Animali, 

Invertebrati, 3: 95-96. 

Krapp, F. (1983): Pantopoden aus Nordwestafrika (Pycnogonida). 

- Bonner Zool. Beitr., 34 (1-3): 405-415. 

Krapp, F. & R. Sconfietti (1983): Ammothea hilgendorfi (Böhm, 

1879), an adventitious Pycnogonid new for the 

Mediterranean Sea. - Mar. Ecol., 4 (2): 123-132. 

-56-

Krapp, F. (1986): Achelia borealis (Schimkewitsch, 1895) und 

Achelia neotenica sp.n. - ein Vergleich (Pantopoda, 

Pycnogonida). - Bonn. Zool. Beitr., 37 (4): 301-310. 

Krapp, F. & J. Nieder (1993): Pycnogonids as prey of blenniid 

fishes. - Cah. Biol. Mar., 34: 383-386. [Tanystylum 

orbiculare, Tanystylum conirostre, Ammothella cf. 

longipes, Anoplodactylus virescens, Achelia sp., food for 

fishes, Blenniidae, Lipophrys pholis]. 

Krapp-Schickel, G. & F. Krapp (1975): Quelques traits de 

l'écologie d'Amphipodes et de Pycnogonides provenant d'un 

îlot nord-adriatique. - Viet Milieu (B), 25 (1): 1-31. 

Krishnan, G. (1955): The nature of the cuticle of Pycnogonida. 

- Nature, London, 175: 904. 

Krohn, A. (1849): Notiz über die Eierstöcke der Pycnogoniden. - 

Frorieps Notizen, (3) 9 (191): 225-226. 

Krohn, A. (1855): Ueber das Herz und den Blutumlauf in den 

Pycnogoniden. - Arch. Naturgesch., 1: 6-8, 1 pl. 

Krøyer, H. (1838): Grønlands Amfipoder beskrevne. - Kongl. 

Vidensk. Selsk. Skrif., 7: 229-236. 

Krøyer, H. (1840): Om Pycnogonidernes Forvandlinger. - 

Naturhist. Tidskr., Kjøbenhavn, (1) 3: 299-306. 

Krøyer, H. (1845): Bidrag til Kundskab om Pycnogoniderne eller 

Søspindlerne. - Naturhist. Tidskr., Kjøbenhavn, (2), 1: 

90-139. 

Krøyer, H. (1846): Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pycnogoniden. - 

Isis von Oken, 1846 (6) (2): 429-448. 

Krøyer, H. (1849): Gaimards Voyage en Scandinavie, en Laponie, 

au Spitzberg et aux Feroe. Crustacés: XXXV-XXXIX; Paris. 

Kühlmorgen-Hille, G. (1965): Qualitative und quantitative 

Veränderungen der Bodenfauna der Kieler Bucht in den 

Jahren 1953-1965. - Kieler Meeresforsch., 21 (2): 167-191. 

Kühne, C. (1952): Untersuchungen über das Grossplankton in der 

Deutschen Bucht und im Nordsylter Wattenmeer. - Helgol. 

Wiss. Meeresunters., 4 (1): 1-54. 

Kurian, C.V. (1948): A collection of pycnogonids from the 

Vizhinjam coast. - Proc. 35th Ind. Sci. Congr., 3: 195. 

Kurian, C.V. (1953): A preliminary survey of the bottom fauna 

and bottom deposits of the Travancore coast within the 15fathom 

line. - Proc. Natn. Inst. Sci. India, 19 (6): 746- 

775. 

-57-

Kussakin, O.G. (1975): A list of the macrofauna in the 

intertidal zone of the Kurile Islands, with remarks on 

zoogeographical structure of the region. - Publ. Seto Mar. 

Biol. Lab., 22 (1-4): 42-74. 

Lacourt, A.W. (1974): De mariene fauna van Ameland, een 

vergeten eiland. - Het Zeepard, 33 (4-5): 67-78. 

Lagardère, F. (1972): Les fonds de pêche de la côte ouest de 

l'Ile d'Oléron - cartographie bionomique. 3. Les 

peuplements benthiques. - Téthys, 3 (3): 507-539. 

Lamarck, J.B.P.A. (1838): Arachnidae. In: Histoire naturelle 

des animaux sans vertèbres: 100-105; 2nd ed., 5. Paris. 

Lankester, E.R. (1905): The structure and classification of the 

Arachnida. Subclass I: Pantopoda. - Quart. J. Microsc. 

Sci., (N.S.), 48: 223-225. 

Larramendy, M.L. (1974): Anotaciones sobre Colossendeis 

geoffroyi (Mane-Garzon, 1944). - Neotropica, 20 (63): 149- 

152. 

Larramendy, M.L. (1975): Un nuevo Pallenopsis Wilson, 1881, 

para el Mar Argentino (Pycnogonida, Pallenidae). - 

Neotropica, 21 (65): 94-98. 

Larramendy, M.L. & Z.L.A. de Castellanos (1978): Sobre un nuevo 

picnogónido del Mar Argentino (Pycnogonida, Pallenidae). - 

Neotropica, 24 (72): 91-97. 

Latreille, P.A. (1804): Histoire Naturelle. Générale et 

Particulière des Crustacés et des Insectes, 7: 330-333. 

Latreille, P.A. (1804): Nouveau Dictionaire d'Histoire 

Naturelle, 24: 137. 

Latreille, P.A. (1806): Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum, 1: 

143-144; Paris. 

Latreille, P.A. (1810): Considéracions Générales sur l'ordre 

natural des animaux composant les classe des Crustacés, 

des Arachnides et des Insectes: 39, 107, 115; Paris. 

Latreille, P.A. (1817): Les Cruistacés, les Arachnides et les 

Insectes. Pycnogonides. In: G. Cuvier. La Régne Animal 

distribu'd'après son Organisation, 3: 109-112. 

Latreille, P.A. (1818): Nouveau dictionnaire d'Histoire 

Naturelle, nouvelle éd., 26: 14. 

Latreille, P.A. (1825): Pycnogonida. In: Familles naturelles du 

règne animal: 318-319; Paris. 

-58-

Latreille, P.A. (1831): Cours d'Entomologie ou de l'Histoire 

Naturelle des Crustacés, des Arachnides, des Myriapodes et 

des Insectes: 543-545. 

Laubier, L. (1966): Le coralligène des Alberes: Monographie 

biocenotique. - Ann. Inst. Oceanogr., Monaco, 43 (2): 137- 

316, 1 pl. 

Lauterbach, K.E. (1973): Schlüsselereignisse in der Evolution 

der Stammgruppe der Euarthropoda. - Zool. Beitr., new 

ser., 19 (2): 251-299. 

Leach, W.E. (1814): The Zoology Miscellany, 1: 33-34, 43-45; 

London. 

Leach, W.E. (1815): A tabular view of the external characters 

of four classes of animals which Linné arranged under 

Insecta; with the distribution of the genera composing 

three of these classes into orders etc. and descriptions 

of new genera and species. - Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 11: 

305-400. 

Lebour, M.V. (1916): Notes on the life hiostory of Anaphia 

petiolata (Kröyer). - J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 11 (1): 51- 

56. 

Lebour, M.V. (1945): Notes on the Pycnogonida of Plymouth. - J. 

Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 26: 139-165. 

Lebour, M.V. (1949): Two new pycnogonids from Bermuda. - Proc. 

Zool. Soc. London, 118 (4): 929-932. 

Ledoyer, M. (1966): Écologie de la faune vagile des biotopes 

méditerranéens accessibles en scaphandre autonome. II. 

Données analytiques sur les herbiers de phanérogames (1.). 

- Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 41 (57): 135-164. 


méditerranéens accessibles en scaphandre autonome. III. 

Données analytiques sur les biotopes de substrat meuble. - 

Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 41 (57): 165-186. 


méditerranéens accessibles en scaphandre autonomes (region 

de Marseille principalement), IV: Synthese de l'étude 

ecologique. - Rec. Trav. Stat. Mar. d'Endoume, 44 (60): 

125-295. 


méditerranéens accessibles en scaphandre autonome. V. 

Étude des phénomenes nycthémeraux. - Téthys, 1 (2): 291- 

308. 

-59-


méditerranéens accessibles en scaphandre autonome. VI. 

Étude des phénomenes nycthémeraux. 2. - Téthys, 1 (2): 

309-320. 


méditerranéens accessibles en scaphandre autonome, VII: 

Étude des phénomènes nycthéméraux: Les variations 

nycthémérales des gaz dissous au sein des biotopes. - 

Téthys, 1 (2): 321-340. 

Legendre, R. (1968): Morphologie et développement des 

Chélicerates. Embryologie, développement et anatomie des 

Xiphosures, Scorpions, Pseudoscorpions, Opilions, 

Palpigrades, Uropyges, Amblipyges et Pycnogonides. - 

Fortschr. Zool., (N.F.), 19 (1): 1-50. 

Lewes, G.H. (1859): Naturstudien am Seestrande (Seaside 

Studies). In: Deutsche Übersetzung von J. Frese, 194 pp, 

pl. 5; Berlin. 

Leuckart, R. (1848): Ueber die Morphologie und die 

Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse der wirbellosen Thiere: 99, 

120. 

Leung Tack Kit, T. (1972): Étude du milieu pollue: le vieuxport 

de Marseille: Influence des conditions physiques et 

chemiques sur la physiognomie du peuplement de Quasi. - 

Téthyss, 3 (4): 767-825. [pollution] 

Leung Tack Kit, T. (1976): Étude de la faune marine de substrat 

rocheux dans la zone de rejet des eaux résiduaires de la 

ville de Marseille (France). - Téthys, 7 (2-3): 191-212. 

Leunis, J. (1886): Pantopoda. In: H. Ludwig (ed.). Synopsis der 

Thierkunde, 2: 622-625. 

Levine, R.J.C. & J.L. Woodhead (1987): Structural effects of 

limulus myosin light chain phosphorylation. - Biol. J., 51 

(2, part 2): 32A. 

Lichti, P.A. (1914): Notes on the eggs of some Laguna Beach 

Invertebrates. - J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 6 (4): 215- 

216. 

Light, S.F. et al. (1954): Intertidal invertebrates of the 

Central California Coast: i-xiv, 1-446; Univ. Calif. 

Press. 

Liljeborg, W. (1851): Bidrag till Norra Rysslands och Norriges 

fauna, samlade under en vetenskaplig resa is dess länder 

1848. - Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., 1850 (2): 

235-341. 

-60-

Linnaeus, C. (1767): Systema Naturae per Regna tria naturae, 

13th ed., 2 (2): 1027-1029. 

Lipkin, Y. & U. Safriel (1971): Intertidal zonation on rocky 

shores at Mikhmoret (Mediterranean, Israel). - J. Ecol., 

59 (1): 1-30, pls. 1-3. [ecology] 

Littlepage, J. & J.S. Pearse (1962): Biological and 

oceanographic observations under an Antarctic ice shelf. - 

Science, 137 (3531): 679-681. 

Loeb, J. (1896): Ueber die Regeneration des Rumpfes bei 

Pantopoden. Zur Theorie der Regenerationserscheinungen. - 

Arch. Entwicklungs-Mechanik der Organismen, 2: 250-256. 

Lönnberg, E. (1901): Über die, während der schwedischen 

zoologischen Polarexpedition von 1900 eingesammelten 

Pycnogoniden. - Zool. Anz., 24: 205. 

Lönnberg, E. (1902): List of pycnogonids collected by the 

Swedish Zoological Expedition to Spitzbergen and East 

Greenland in 1900. - Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., 

10: 353-359. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1903): Eenige mededelingen over de Pycnogoniden 

der Siboda-Expeditie. - Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (2) 

8: xxix. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1904): Pipetta weberi n. g., n. sp. with notes 

about the proboscis of the Pycnogonida. - Tijdschr. 

Nederl. Dierk. Vereenig., (2) 8 (3): 259-266. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1904): Pycnogoniden aus der Capkolonie und 

Natal. - Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Fauna von Süd-Afrika, 

V. - Zool. Jb., 20 (4): 375-386. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1905): Decolopoda Eights oder Colossendeis Jarz. 

- Zool. Anz., 28: 722-723. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1906): Mitteilung über den Kommensalismus 

zwischen Infusorien und Pantopoden. - Wetenschap. Vergad. 

Nederl. Dierk. Ver. Amsterdam, 1906: xix-xx. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1907): Biologische Beobachtungen an einem 

Pantopoden. - Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (2) 10 (3): 

255-284. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1908): Die Pantopoden der Siboga-Expedition. - 

Siboga Exped., 40: 1-88. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1911): Japanische Podosomata: Beiträge zur 

Naturgeschichte Ostasiens, herausgegeben von F. Doflein. - 

Abh. Kaiserl. Bayerisch. Akad. Wiss. (Math.-Naturwiss. 

Kl.), Suppl. 2 (4): 1-18. 

-61-

Loman, J.C.C. (1911): Erratum Monographie 40: Loman, Die 

Pantopoden der Siboga-Expedition, 1908. Codicil to Siboga 

Monograph, 40. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1912): Note préliminaire sur les "Podosomata" 

(Pycnogonides) du Musée Océanographique de Monaco. - Bull. 

Inst. Ocánogr., Monaco, 238: 1-14. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1915): Les Pycnogonides et les règles de la 

nomenclature zoologique. - Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., 

(2) 14 (2): 187-223. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1916): Pallenopsis and Rigona, with description 

of a new species. - Zool. Meded. uitgeg. vanwege 's Rijks- 

Mus. Natuurlijke Hist. Leiden, 2 (1): 15-26. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1917): Vitale kleuring bij Pantopoden. - 

Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (2) 15 (1): 20-21. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1917): Beiträge zur Anatomie und Biologie der 

Pantopoden. - Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (2) 16 (1): 

53-102. [anatomy, biology] 

Loman, J.C.C. (1920): Pycnogoniden von Juan Fernandez. In: C. 

Skottsberg (ed.). The natural history of Juan Fernandez 

and Easter Island, 3: 137-144. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1923): Subantarctic Pantopoda from the Stockholm 

Museum. - Ark. Zool., 15 (9): 1-13. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1923): A new pycnogonid from Australia. - Ark. 

Zool., 15 (10): 1-4. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1923): Pycnogoniden aus Süd- und Westafrika. - 

Medd. Göteborgs. Mus., Zool. Avd., 22 (6): 1-7. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1923): The Pycnogonida. - Further Zool. Res. 

Swed. Antarct. Exped., 1 (2): 1-41. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1924): Les affinités des Pycnogonides. - Ann. 

Sci. Nat., Paris (Sér Bot., Zool.), (10) 7 (3-4): 309-333. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1925): Pycnogonides du Maroc (côte atlantique) 

et de la Mauritanie. - Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, 5 (3): 

50-53. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1928): Ein neuer Pantopode aus Westindien. - 

Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., (3) 1 (2): 39-42. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1928): Note complémentaire sur les Pycnogonides 

de la côte atlantique du Maroc. - Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. 

Phys. Maroc, 8 (1-3): 61-67. 

-62-

Loman, J.C.C. (1928): Pantopoda oder Asselspinnen 

(Meerspinnen). - Tierwelt Deutschlands, 8 (3): 73-83. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1930 ?): Addendum à la liste des Pycnogonides 

recoltés sur la côte atlantique du Maroc par le Dr. J. 

Louiville et R.-Ph. Dollfus. - Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, 

9 (1-6): 71. 

Loman, J.C.C. (1938): Note préliminaire sur les "Podosomata" 

(Pycnogonides) du Musée Océanographique de Monaco. - Rés. 

Camp. Sci. accomplies par le Prince Albert I, Monaco, 97: 

277-286. 

Lombas, I. & N. Anadón (1985): Estudio de la fauna de 

microhabitats esciafilos intermareales en Luanco 

(Asturias). - Revta. Biol. Univ. Ovieda, 3: 107-120. 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1923): White Sea Pantopods. - Izvest. 

Nauchn. Inst. imeni P.F. Lesgafta, 7: 39-48, 1 pl. [in 

Russian] 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1929): Ueber einige neue Formen der 

Pantopoda. - Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 57: 537-544. 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1929): Die Pantopoden des Kola-Fjords 

und des Barents-Meeres längs des Meridians 33 30' und 38 

östl. Länge, gesammelt durch die Biologische Murman- 

Station 1924-28. - Raboty Murmanskoi Biologichesk. 

Stantsii, 3: 1-49. [in Russian, German summary] 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1929): Opredeletelj Pantopoda morej 

SSSR. - Trav. Soc. Nat. Leningrad, 59: 63-82. 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1930): Report on the Pantopoda of the 

seas of the U.S.S.R. - Trudy Leningr. Obshchest. 

Estestvoiput., 59 (1): 63-82. 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1933): Die Pantopoden der östlichen 

Meere der U.S.S.R. - Issledov. Morei S.S.S.R., Leningrad, 

17: 43-80. [in Russian, German summary] 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1935): Pantopoda of the Arctic Seas of 

the U.S.S.R. - Vsesoyuzhni Arkticheskii Inst. ?, 4: 1-140. 

[in Russian, German summary] 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1955): Class Pycnogonida - Pantopoda. 

In: Atlas of Invertebrates of the Far-Eastern Seas of the 

U.S.S.R.: 159-161; Moscow & Leningrad, Izdatyel Akad. 

Nauk., S.S.S.R. [in Russian] 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. & E.P. Turpaeva (1958): The genus 

Colossendeis (Pantopoda) in the northern part of the 

Pacific Ocean. - Byull. Mosk. Obshchest. Ispyt. Prirody, 

63 (1): 23-33. [in Russian, English summary] 

-63-

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1961): Pantopoda of the far-eastern seas 

of the U.S.S.R.. - Issledov. Dalnyevost. Morei SSSR, 

Leningrad, 7: 47-117. [in Russian] 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1964): Pantopoda from the collections of 

the expeditions of the "F. Litke" in 1955 and the "Ob" in 

1956. In: Scientific results of the oceanographic 

expeditions to the northern parts of the Greenland Sea and 

neighbouring regions of the Arctic Basin in the years 

1955-1958. - Trudy Arktichesk. Antarktiches. Nauchno- 

Issledov. Inst., 259: 330-339. [in Russian] 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. & L.M. Kopanyeva (1973): New Pantopoda of 

the Guinean Republic coast. - Zool. Zh., 52 (7): 1083-1084 

[in Russian, English summary] 

Losina-Losinsky, L.K. (1982): Modern concepts of 

Schimkewtisch's "Periodic System" of Pantopoda and 

evolution of this group. - Zool. Zh., 61 (4): 485-499. 

Lou, Ting-Heng (1936): Sur deux nouvelles variétés de 

Pycnogonides recueillies à Tsing-Tao, dans la baie de 

Kiao-Chow, Chine. - Contr. Inst. Zool., Natn. Acad. 

Peiping, 3 (1): 1-34, 4 pls. 

Lou, Ting-Heng (1936): Note sur Lecythorhynchus hilgendorfi 

Böhm (Pycnogonida). - Contr. Inst. Zool., Natn. Acad. 

Peiping, 3 (5): 133-163. 

Lubet, P. (1953): Variations saisonnières du zooplancton du 

Basin d'Arcachon. - Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 78 (2/3): 204- 

216. 

Lütken, C. (1875): List of the Fishes, Tunicata, Polyzoa, 

Crustacea, Annulata, Entozoa, Echinodermata, Anthozoa, 

Hydrozoa and Sponges, known from Greenland. Compiled for 

the use of the British North Polar Expedition. XV. 

Crustacea of Greenland, Appendix: 163-164. 

Lundstrom, A. (1934): Über den Bau des zentralen Nervensystems 

bei Pycnogonum littorale. - Kungl. Fysiogr. Salsk. Lund, 

Forh., 5 (1): 1-14. [anatomy, nervous system] 

MacBride, E.W. (1914): Pantopoda. In: Text-book of embryology, 

1: 169, 242-243, 285; London: Macmillan. 

MacCloskey, L.R. (1967): New and little known benthic 

pycnogonids from North Carolina. - J. nat. Hist., 1: 129- 

134. 

MacCloskey, L.R. (1973): Pycnogonida. Marine flora and fauna of 

the northeastern United States. U.S. Dept. Commerce, NOAA 

Tech. Rep. NMFS CIRC-386: 1-12. 

-64-

MacDonald, J.A. (1981): Temperature compensation in the 

peripheral nervous system: Antarctic vs. temperate 

poikilotherms. - J. Comp. Physiol., A, Sens. Neur. Behav. 

Physiol., 142 (3): 411-418. 

MacFadyen, A. (1954): The invertebrate fauna of Jan Mayen 

Islands (East Greenland). - J. Anim. Ecol., 23: 261-297. 

MacGintie, G.E. (1955): Distribution and ecology of marine 

invertebrates at Point Barrow, Alaska. - Smiths. misc. 

Coll., 128 (): 1-201. 

Mañe-Garzon, F. (1944): Notas sobre pantopodas. 1. Colossendeis 

geoffroyi, nov. sp., de la plataforma continental frente 

al Rio de la Plata. - Comm. Zool. Mus. Hist. Nat. 

Montevideo, 1 (15): 1-7. 

Mañe-Garzon, F. (1948): Morfologia y filogenia de animales 

marinos. - Cién. Invest., Buensos Aires, 4 (5): ?. 

Manton, S.M. (1973): Arthropod phylogeny - a modern synthesis. 

- J. Zool. Soc. London, 171 (1): 111-130. 

Manton, S.M. (1977): The Arthropoda; Habits, functional 

morphology and evolution: 540 pp; I-VIII, 1-184; Oxford 

Univ. Press. 

Manton, S.M. (1978): Habits, functional morphology and the 

evolution of pycnogonids. - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. London, 63 

(1-2): 1-21. 

Marcus, E. (1940): Pallenopsis fluminensis (Kröyer) e as 

Pallenopsis sud-atlanticas restantes (Arthropoda, 

Pantopoda). - Revta. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 11 (1-2): 180- 

199. 

Marcus, E. (1940): Os Pantopoda brasileiros e os demais sulamericanos. 

Bol. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. Sao Paulo, 

19 (Zool. 4): 3-179, 17 pls. 

Marcus, E. (= E. Du-Bois Reymond) (1952): A hermaphrodite 

pantopod. - An. Acad. Bras. Ciên., 24 (1): 23-30. 

Marcus, E. (= E. Du-Bois Reymond) (1959): Ein neuer Pantopode 

aus Foraminiferensand. - Kieler Meeresforsch., 15 (1): 

105-107. 

Marcus, E. (= E. Du-Bois Reymond) (1963): A new Pycnogonum from 

Brazil. - Bol. Inst. Oceanogr., Sao Paulo, 12 (3): 3-10. 

-65-

Markham, J. (1986): Class Pycnogonida (= Pantopoda) (Sea 

Spiders). In: W. Sterrer (ed.). Marine Fauna and Flora of 

Bermuda: A systematic Guide to the identification of 

marine organisms, pp. 275-277; New York, etc.: John Wiley 

& Sons. 

Marshall, A.J. & W.D. Williams (1972): Subphylum Pantopoda. In: 

Textbook of Zoology, Invertebrates: 480-481; London: 

Macmillan. 

Marshall, N.B. (1954): Pycnogonids. In: Aspects of Deep Sea 

Biology: 121, 151, 356; London: Hutchinson. 

Marshall, N.B. (1979): Developments in deep-sea biology. i-ix + 

566 pp. Poole, Dorset (U.K.); Blandford Press. 

Marshall, W. (1895): Asselspinnen. In: Die Deutschen Meere und 

ihre Bewohner: 287-289; Leipzig. 

Martin, A.L. (1982): Fauna distribution maps of the sea shore 

monitoring sites in Long Island and Roaringwater Bays, 

County Cork, Ireland 1975-1982. Sherkin Isl. Mar. Stat. 

Shore Surv. Unit, Sherkin Isl., County Cork, XIII: 102. 

Massy, A.L. (1912): Report of a survey of trawling grounds on 

the coasts of the counties Down, Louth, Meath and Dublin. 

Part 3, Invertebrate Fauna. - Sci. Inv. Fish. Branch 

Ireland, 1911 (1): 1-125. 

Matthews, S.W. (1971): Antarctica's nearer side. - Natn. Geogr. 

Mag., 140 (5): 622-655. 

Mauchline, J. & P.F. Harvey (1983): The Scyphomedusae of the 

Rockall Trough, Northeastern Atlantic Ocean. - J. Plankt. 

Res., 5 (6): 881-890. 

Mauchline, J. (1984): Pycnogonids caught in bathypelagic 

samples from the Rockall Trough, Northeastern Atlantic 

Ocean. - J. nat. Hist., 18 (2): 315-322. 

Maurer, D. & J.A. Vargas (1984): Diversity of soft bottom 

benthos in a tropical estuary (Gulf of Nicoya, Costa 

Rica). - Mar. Biol., Berlin (81): 97-106. 

Meek, A. & B. Storrow (1912): Biological investigations. Rep., 

Dove mar. Lab., Cullercoats, (N.S.), 1: 61-67. 

Meglitsch, P.A. (1967): Invertebrate Zoology. Oxford Univ. 

Press. 

Meinert, F. (1898): Pycnogonida. Dansk. Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 

1-68. 

-66-

Meinert, F. (1899): Om Ingolf-Expedition op de paa den 

indsamlede Pycnogonider. Overs. Kongl. Dansk. Videnskab. 

Selsk. Forhandl., 1898: 367-377. 

Meinert, F. (1899): Pycnogonida. Danish Ingolf-Exped., 3 (1): 

1-71. [translation of Meiner, 1898] 

Meisenheimer, J. (1902): Ueber die Pantopoden und ihre 

systematische Stellung. - Verh. Dtsch. Zool. Ges., 11-12: 

57-64. 

Meisenheimer, J. (1902): Beiträge zur Entwicklungsgeschichte 

der Pantopoden. I. Die Entwicklung von Ammothea echinata 

Hodge bis zur Ausbildung der Larvenform. - Z. Wiss. Zool., 

72 (2-3): 191-248. [development, embryology] 

Meisenheimer, J. (1912): Pantopoden. Handwörterbuch der 

Naturwissenschaften, Jena, 7: 490-495, 2nd. ed. 

Meisenheimer, J. (1925): Pantopoda. Die Tierwelt der Nord- und 

Ostsee, 11: 1-12. 

Meisenheimer, J. (1927): Pantopoda (Nachtrag). Die Tierwelt der 

Nord- und Ostsee, 11a: 1-3. 

Mello-Leitao, A.C. da G. de (1945): Uma espécie nova do género 

Pycnogonum Brünnich, 1764 (Pycnogonidae, Pantopoda). - 

Bolm. Mus. Nac., Rio de Janeiro, N.S. (Zool.), 42: 1-4. 

Mello-Leitao, A.C. da G. de (1946): Nova gênero de Pantopodes 

de Baía de Guanabara. - An. Acad. Bras. Ciên., 18 (4): 

291-296. 

Mello-Leitao, A.C. da G. de (1949): Uma nova espécie de 

Pallenopsis do Atlântico Sul (Pantopoda, Pallenidae). - 

Arq. Mus. Paranaense, 7 (7): 299-307. 

Mello-Leitao, A.C. da G. de (1949): Nova espécie de Halosoma 

Cole, 1904 (Pantopoda, Phoxichlidiidae Sars, 1891). - An. 

Acad. Bras. Cién., 21 (2): 167-173. 

Mello-Leitao, A.C. da G. de (1955): Novo Pantopodo de Baie de 

Guanabara (Melloleitanianus candidoi, Phoxichilidiidae, 

Sars 1891). - Revta. Biol. Mar., 5 (1952): 119-129. 

Menzies, R.J., R.Y. George & G.T. Rowe (1973): Pycnogonida: 

scattered references. In: Abyssal Environment and Ecology 

of the World Oceans: 5-18; New York: John Wiley. 

Merton, H. (1906): Eine auf Tethys leporina parasitisch lebende 

Pantopodenlarve (Nymphon parasiticum n.sp.). - Mitt. Zool. 

Stat. Neapel, 18 (1): 136-141. [gastropod host] 

-67-

Meyer, K.-E. (1964): Die Häutung und die neurosekretorischen 

Zellen im Zentralnervensystem bei dem adulten Pantopoden 

Pycnogonum litorale (Ström). Diss., Math.-Naturwiss. Fak. 

Georg-August-Univ., Göttingen: 1-67. [nervous system] 

Mielch, W. (1914): Eine Untersuchungsfahrt des deutschen 

Forschungsdampfers Poseidon nach der Barentssee (Weisses 

Meer) im Juni und Juli 1913. - Mitth. Dtsch. Seefisch.- 

Ver. ?, 2: 3-30. 

Miers, E.J. (1875): Descriptions of new species of Crustacea 

collected at Kerguelen's Island by the Rev. A.E. Eaton. - 

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) 16: 73-76. 

Miers, E.J. (1875): Descriptions of three additional species of 

Crustacea from Kerguelens Land and Crozet Island with 

remarks upon the genus Paramaera. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 

(4) 16 (92): 115-118. 

Miers, E.J. (1877): List of the species of Crustacea collected 

by the Rev. A.E. Eaton at Spitzbergen in the summer of 

1873, with their localities and notes. - Ann. Mag. Nat. 

Hist., (4) 19: 131-140. 

Miers, E.J. (1877): Report on the Crustacea collected by the 

naturalists of the Arctic Expedition in 1875-76. - Ann. 

Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) 20: 96-110. 

Miers, E.J. (1877): Crustacea, Pycnogonida. In: Zoology of 

Kerguelen's Island: 12-15; London. 

Miers, E.J. (1879): Crustacea (and Pycnogonida) of the Transit 

of Venus Expedition, Kerguelen Island. - Phil. Trans. Roy. 

Soc. London, 168: 200-214. 

Miers, E.J. (1881): On a small collection of Crustacea and 

Pycnogonida from Franz-Josefs-land, collected by Mr. B. 

Leigh Smith. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 7: 45-51. 

Miers, E.J. (1881): A further note on Anomorhynchus (or 

Colossendeis) Smithii. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5 (7): 264- 

265. 

Miers, E.J. (1884): Pycnogonida. In: Report on the Zoological 

Collections made in the Indo-Pacific during the Voyage of 

HMS Alert 1881-82: 323-326. 

Milne-Edwards, A. (1881): Compte rendu sommaire d'une 

exploration zoologique, faite dans le Méditerranée, à bord 

du navire de l'Etat le "Travailleur". - C.R. Acad. Sci., 

Paris, 93: 876-882. 

-68-

Milne-Edwards, A. (1881): Compte rendu sommaire d'une 

exploration zoologique, faite dans l'Atlantique, à bord du 

navire le "Travailleur". - C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 93: 

931-936. 

Milne-Edwards, A. (1882): Raports sur les travaux de la 

commission... d'étudier la faune sous-marine dans les 

grandes profondeurs de la Mediterranée et de l'Ocean 

Atlantique. - Arch. Miss. Sci. litt., (3), 9: 1-59. 

Milne-Edwards, H. (1840): Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés... 

3. Ordre des Araneiformes ou Pycnogonides: 530-537. 

Milne-Edwards, H. (1845): Recherches zoologiques faites pendant 

un voyage sur les côtes de la Sicile: Rapport adressé à M. 

le ministre de L'instruction publique. - Ann. Sci. Nat., 

Paris (3, Zool.), 3: 129-145. 

Minaard, V.A. & M. Zamponi (1985): Estudios sistématicos de 

algunos pantópodos de la région subantárctica. - Hist. 

Nat., 4 (28): 257-279. 

Miner, R.W. (1950): Class Pycnogonida (sea spiders). In: 

Fieldbook of Seashore Life: 538-547, 4 pls.; New York: 

G.P. Putnam. 

Mitchell, R., R.C. Earll & F.A. Dipper (1983): Shallow 

sublittoral ecosystems in the Inner Hebrides. - Proc. Roy. 

Soc. Edinburgh, 83B: 161-184. 

Miyazaki, K. & T. Makioka (1988): Observations on the ovarian 

structure and oogenesis of some Pycnogonids. - Proc. 

Arthropodan Embryol. Soc. Japan (XXIII ann. meeting, May 

22-23, 1987, Sugadaira, Nagano): 15-16. [embryology, 

genital system] 

Miyazaki, K. & T. Makioka (1991): Structure of the adult female 

reproductive system and oogenetic mode in the sea spider, 

Endeis nodosa (Pycnogonida; Endeidae). - J. Morphol., 209 

(3): 257-263. 

Moazzam, M. (1979): Some observations on the seasonal 

population changes and breeding biology of Propallene 

kempi Calman (Pycnogonida). Abstr. Pap. submitted for the 

42nd Ann. Meeting, Am. Soc. Limnol. Oceanogr. (18-21 June 

1979). New York: State Univ., Stony Brook, N.Y. 

Moazzam, M. (1987): Studies on the sea spiders (Pycnogonida) of 

Pakistan coast. 1. Range extension of Pigrogromitus 

timsanus Calman 1927 into the waters of Karachi. - Pak. J. 

Zool., 19 (3): 301-302. 

-69-

Möbius, K. (1873): Die wirbellosen Tiere der Ostsee. Bericht 

über die Expedition zur Untersuchung der Ostsee im Sommer 

1871 auf S.M. Avisodampfer "Pommerania", 1873: 126; 

Berlin. 

Möbius, K. (1873): Die auf der Fahrt nach Arendal gesammelten 

Tiere. In: Bericht über die Expedition der Untersuchung 

der Ostsee im Sommer 1871 auf S.M. Avisodampfer 

Pommeriana: 174-184; Berlin. 

Möbius, K. (1893): Pycnogonida. In: Ueber die Tiere der 

schleswig-holsteinischen Austernbänke und ihre 

physikalischen und biologischen Lebensverhältnisse. - 

Sitz.-Ber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1893: 67-92. 

Möbius, K. (1901): Arktische und subarktische Pantopoden. - 

Fauna Arctica, 2 (1): 37-64. 

Möbius, K. (1902): Die Pantopoden der Deutschen Tiefsee- 

Expedition, 1898-99. Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. 

Dampfer "Valdivia", 1898-1899,3: 177-196. 

Monniot, C. (1962): Recherches sur les graviers à Amphioxus de 

la région de Banyuls-sur-Mer. - Vie Milieu, 13 (2): 231- 

322. 

Monniot, C. (1965): Les "blocs à Microcosmus" des fonds 

chalutables de la région de Banyuls-sur-Mer. - Vie Milieu, 

16 (2B): 819-849. 

Monod, T. (1971): A propos d'un Rhopalorhynchus australien. - 

Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., (2) 42 (6): 1263-1267. 

Montagu, G. (1808): Description of several marine animals found 

on the south coast of Devonshire. - Trans. Linn. Soc. 

Lond., 9: 81-113. 

Moore, H.B. (1933): New faunistic records for the Manx region. 

- Rep. Mar. Biol. Stat. Port Erin, 46: 30-34. 

Moore, H.B. (1934): New faunistic records for the Manx region. 

- Rep. Mar. Biol. Stat. Port Erin, 47: 27-28. 

Moore, H.B. (1937): Pycnogonida. In: Marine Fauna of the Isle 

of Man: 142-144. [reprint from Proc. & Trans. Liverpool. 

Biol. Soc., 50] 

Morgan, E., A. Nelson-Smith & E.W. Knight-Jones (1964): 

Responses of Nymphon gracile (Pycnogonida) to pressure 

cycles of tidal frequency. - J. Exp. Biol., 41: 825-836. 

Morgan, E. (1971): The swimming of Nymphon gracile 

(Pycnogonida). The mechanisms of the leg-beat cycle. - J. 

Exp. Biol., 55 (1): 273-287. 

-70-


(Pycnogonida). The swimming gait. - J. Exp. Biol., 56 (2): 

421-432. 

Morgan, E. (1972): The pressure sensitivity of marine 

invertebrates - a resumé after 25 years. - Proc. Roy. Soc. 

Edinburgh, (B) 73 (29): 287-299. 


(Pycnogonida). The energetics of swimming at constant 

depth. - J. Exp. Biol., 71: 205-211. 

Morgan, E. & S.V. Hayes (1977): The swimming of Nymphon gracile 

(Pycnogonida): The vertical lift forces generated while 

swimming at constant depth. - J. Exp. Biol., 71: 187-283. 

Morgan, E. (1978): The energy cost of off-shore migration in 

Nymphon gracile. In: Sea Spiders (Pycnogonida). - Zool. J. 

Linn. Soc. London, 63 (1-2): 171-179. [physiology] 

Morgan, T.H. (1890): A preliminary note on the embryology of 

the Pycnogonida. Circulars Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore 

?, 9 (80). 

Morgan, T.H. (1891): A contribution to the embryology and 

phylogeny of the pycnogonids. Studies of the pycnogonids. 

- Stud. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, 5 (1): 

1-76. 

Morgan, T.H. (1891): The relationships of the sea-spiders. 

Biological Lectures delivered at the Marine Biological 

Laboratory, Woos Hole, 1891: 142-167. 

Morgan, T.H. (1892): The The embryology and phylogeny of 

pycnogonids. - J. Roy. Microsc. Soc., 1891: 341-342. 

Morgans, J.F.C. (1967): Records of breeding activity of marine 

invertebrates at Kaikoura. - Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z., Zool., 

9 (12): 169-174. 

Morley, C. (1940): Arachnida of Suffolk: The remaining 

Arachnids. - Trans. Suffolk Naturalists' Soc., 4 (3): 165- 

174. 

Morri, C.A., A. Occhipinti Ambrogi & R. Sconfietti (1982): 

Specie nuovo o critiche del benthos lagunare italiano. 

C.N.R., Progetto Finalizzato Promozione Qualita 

dell'Ambiente, Notiziario, 35. 

Morris, B.F. & D.D. Mogelberg (1975): Identification manual to 

the pelagic Sargassum Fauna. - Spec. Publ. Bermuda Biol. 

Stat., Res., 11 (1973): 1-63. 

-71-

Mortensen, T. (1923): The Danish Expedition to the Kei Islands 

1922. - Vidensk. Medd. Dansk Naturhist. Foren. Kjøbenhavn, 

76: 55-99, pls. 1-3. 

Morton, J. & M. Miller (1968): Pycnogonida. In: The New Zealand 

Sea Shore: 217-218; London & Auckland: Collins. 

Moseley, H.N. (1879): On the structure of the Stylasteridae, a 

family of hydroid stony corals. - Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., 

London, 169 (2): 425-503, pls. 33-44. 

Moseley, H.N. (1881): Report on certain Hydroid, Alcyonarian 

and Madreporarian Corals procured during the voyage of 

H.M.S. Challenger, in the years 1873-1876. - Rep. Sci. 

Res. Expl. Voyage HMS Challenger (Zool.), 2: 1-248, pls. 

I-XIV, I-II, I-XVI. 

Motas, C. & Z. Popoivici (1941): Le premirer Pycnogonide 

recueilli dans les eaux roumaines de la Mer Noire. - Bull. 

Sec. Sci. Acad. Roum., Bucarest, 23 (9): 446. 

Müller, G.J. (1973): Note sur la faune des fonds infralittoraux 

conchilifères de la partie nord-ouest de la mer Noire. - 

Rapp. P.-v. Comm. Int. Expl. sci. Mer. Medit., 21 (9): 

627-629. 

Müller, H.-G. (1989): Shallow-water Pycnogonida from coral 

reefs at Moorea, Society Islands, with description of 

Rhynchothorax tiahurensis n.sp. - Bonner zoologische 

Beiträge 40 (2): 123-139. 

Müller, H.-G. (1989): Pycnogonida from the Gulf of Aden, northern 

Indian Ocean. - Senckenbergiana maritima 20 

(5/6):277-290. 

Müller, H.-G. (1990): Shallow-water Pycnogonida from Kenya and 

Sri Lanka, with descriptions of three new species. - 

Bonner zoologische Beiträge 41 (1): 63-79. 

Müller, H.-G. (1990): Flachwasser-Pantopoden von Bora Bora, 

Gesellschaftsinseln, S-Pazifik, mit zwei Neubeschreibungen 

(Pantopoda). - Senckenbergiana biologica 70 (1989) (1/3): 

185-201. 

Müller, H.-G. (1990): Pycnogonida from coral reefs at Réunion 

Island, southern Indian Ocean. - Zoologische Abhandlungen 

Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde Dresden 45 (9): 97-102. 

Müller, H.-G. (1990): On some Indo-West-Pacific Pycnogonida 

from the Zoologisk Museum, Copenhagen. - Zoologische Abhandlungen 

Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde Dresden 45 

(10): 103-110. 

-72-

Müller, H.-G. (1990): Shallow-water Pycnogonida from Martinique, 

French Antilles, with description of Nymphon macabou 

n.sp. - Bonner zoologische Beiträge 41 (3-4): 277-285. 

Müller, H.-G. & M. Roth (1990): Asselspinnen. Morphologie, Lebensweise, 

Präparation. - Mikrokosmos 79 (6): 162-174. 

Müller, H.-G. (1992): Pycnogonida from Malaysian coral reefs, 

including descriptions of three new species. - Bonner 

zoologische Beiträge, 43 (1): 155-178. 

Müller, H.-G. (1992): Shallow-water Pycnogonida from Barbados, 

Lesser Antilles with description of Anoplodactylus justi 

n.sp. - Studies on the Natural History of the Caribbean 

Region, 71: 42-52. 

Mulicki, Z. & L. Zmudzinski (1969): The stocks of zoobenthos in 

the southern Baltic. - Prace Morsk. Inst. Ryback. Gdnyi, 

(A), 15: 77-101. [in Polish] 

Munilla T. (1978): Contribución al estudio de los Picnogónidos: 

Aspectos morfológicos, biológicos, electroforéticos e 

immunilógicos en relación con la sistematica de los 

mismos. - Publ. Univ. Auton. Barvelona Ballaterra, Fac. 

Cien. (Tesis Doctorales): 1-48. 

Munilla T. (1980): Dimorfismo de dos especies de Picnogónidos: 

Ammothella longipes (Hodge) y Achelia echinata Hodge. - 

Graellsia, Revta. Ent. Iber., 1978, 34: 211-221. 

Munilla T. (1980): Ciclo postlarvario anual de Ammothella 

longipes (Hodge, 1864) (Pycnogonida). - Cah. Biol. Mar., 

21: 1-9. 

Munilla T. (1980): Desarrollo anual y reproduccion de Achelia 

echinata HODGE, 1864 (Pycnogonida). - Cah. Biol. Mar., 21: 

115-121; Roscoff. 

Munilla T. (1981): Contribución al coneixement de la 

distribución ecológica delas Picnogónides alla Costa Brava 

Catalana. - Bull. Inst. Catal. Hist. Nat., 47 (Sec. Zool., 

4): 77-86. 

Munilla T. & A. De Haro (1981): An electrophoretical and 

immunological study of Pycnogonida, with phylogenetic 

considerations. - Bijdr. Dierk., 51 (2): 191-198. 

Munilla T. (1982): Pignogonifauna existente en la feoficea 

Halopteris de la costa alicantina. - Actas II Simp. Iber. 

Estud. Bentos Mar., 3: 331-224. 

Munilla T. (1982): Algunas etapas del ciclo anual de Tanystylum 

orbiculare Wilson, 1878. - Misc. Zool., 6 (1980): 77-79. 

-73-

Munilla T. (1983): Algunas etapas del ciclo anual de Ammothella 

uniunguiculata (Dohrn, 1881) (Pycnogonida). In: Primer 

Simposio de Bentos, San Sebastian, 9-11 Abril 1979, 

(Actas), pp. 405-411. 

Munilla T. (1984): Picnogónidos costeros de Castellon de la 

Plana. - Bol. Asoc. Esp. Ent., 8: 13-20. 

Munilla T. & A. De Haro (1984): 28: Picnogónidos de les Illes 

Medes. In: J. Ros, I. Olivella & J.M. Gili (eds), Les 

sistemes naturals de les Illes Medes. In: Arxius Sec. 

Cien., 73. Barcelona: I.E.C. 

Munilla, T. & J.H. Stock (1984): Nuevo picnogónido del genero 

Pallenopsis de costas de Namibia (Atlantico sudoriental). 

- Res. Exo. Cien., 12: 31-37. 

Munilla T. (1985): Picnogónidos costeros del estrecho de 

Gibraltar (Lado Iberico). - Bolm. Soc. Portug. Ent., 76: 

A1. 

Munilla T. (1986): Biometría de una población de Ammothella 

longipes (Hodge, 1864) (Pycnogonida). - Orsis, 2: 103-114. 

Munilla T. (1988): Premiers Pycnogonides côtiers du détroit de 

Gibraltar (Côté Ibérique). - Bull. Inst. Catalana Hist. 

Nat., 55 (Sec. Zool., 7): 59-65. 

Munilla T. (1988): A collection of pycnogonids from 

Namibia/South West Africa. - Monogr. Zool. Marino, 3: 177- 

204. 

Munilla T. (1988): Pycnogonida, pp. 163-173. In: Barrientos, 

J.A. (ed.). Bases para un curso practico de entomologia. - 

As. esp. Ent., Salamanca, 1988: i-xii, 1-754. 

Munilla T. & E. Sanchez (1988): Ecologia de los primeros 

Picnogónidos litorales Canarios. VI. Simp. Iber. Estud. 

Bentos Mar., Palma de Mallorca, 9-22 Sep. 1988: 61. 

Munilla, T. (1989): Picnogonidos costeros del norte de España. 

- Misc. Zool. (Barc.), 11 (1987): 369-373. 

Munilla, T. (1991): Picnogonidos litorales recognidos sobre el 

alga Mesophyllum lichenoides en Nerja (Malaga, Mar de 

Alboran). - ORSIS (Org. Sist.), 6: 95-99. 

Munilla, T. (1993): Pycnogonids from southern Spain: Fauna 1 

Project. - J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K., 73: 543-553. 

-74-

Munoz-Cuevas, A. (1974): Embryogenèse, organogenée et rôle des 

organes ventraux et neuraux de Pachylus quinamavidensis 

Muoz (Arachnides, Opilions, Gonyleptidae): Comparison avec 

les Annélides et d'autres Arthropodes. - Bull. Mus. Natn. 

Hist. Nat., (3), (196, Zool.) 128: 1517-1537. 

Munroe, R. (1972): Chelicerate type-specimens in the Queensland 

Museum. - Mem. Qd. Mus., 16 (2): 291-307. 

Nakamura, K. & K. Sekiguchi (1980): Mating behavior and 

oviposition in the Pycnogonid Propallene longiceps. - Mar. 

Ecol., Progr. Ser., 2: 163-168. 

Nakamura, K. (1981): Post embryonic development of a 

Pycnogonid, Propallene longiceps. - J. nat. Hist., 15: 49- 

62. 

Nakamura, K. & C.A. Child (1982): Three new species of 

Pycnogonida from Sagami Bay, Japan. - Proc. biol. Soc. 

Wash., 95 (2): 282-291. 

Nakamura, K. & C.A. Child (1983): Shallow-water Pycnogonida 

from the Izu Peninsula, Japan. - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 

386: 1-71. 

Nakamura, K. & K. Sekiguchi (1983): Seasonal occurence of four 

species of Pycnogonids in Nabeta Bay, Shimoda, Japan. - 

Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 38 (6): 39-43. 

Nakamura, K. (1985): A new species of Pycnogonid, Heteronymphon 

horikoshii, from the waters adjacent to Honshu, Japan. - 

Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 40 (4): 31-34. 

Nakamura, K. & C.A. Child (1986): New species of Pycnogonida 

from waters adjacent to Japan. - Zool. Sci., 3: 893-897. 

Nakamura, K. (1987): The sea spiders of Sagami Bay. - Biol. 

Lab., Imp. Household, 1987: 1-43, pls. 1-40. 

Nakamura, K. & C.A. Child (1988): Pycnogonida of the Western 

Pacific Islands IV. On some species from the Ryukyu 

Islands. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (3): 662-670; 

Washinton. 


Pacific Islands V. A collection by the Kakuyo Maru from 

Samoa. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (4): 809-816; 

Washington. 

Nakamura, K. & K. Sekiguchi (1988): A: Pycnogonida. In: K. Dan, 

K. Sekiguchi, H. Ando & H. Watanabe (eds.). Embryology of 

invertebrates, 2: 12-A, 2-11; Tokyo, Baihu-Kan. 

-75-


Pacific Islands. 7. On some rare species from the Flores 

Sea, Indonesia. - Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 103 (2): 304- 

310. 

Nakamura, K. & C.A. Child (1991): Pycnogonida from Waters Adjacent 

to Japan. - Smiths. Contr. Zool., 512: 1-74. 

Needler, A.B. (1943): Pantopoda. CanadianAtlantic Fauna, 10: 1- 

16. 

Nesis, K.N. (1958): The Faroe-Icelandic sill as a zoogeographic 

boundary for fauna.- Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 122 (6): 1011- 

1013. [in Russian] 

Nesis, K.N. (1960): Pantopoda of the shores of eastern Murman. 

- Trudy Murmansk. Biologichesk. Inst., 2 (6): 137-161. 

Nesis, K.N. (1962): Pacific elements in the benthos of the 

north-western Atlantic. - In: Soviet Fish. Invest. NW 

Atl.: 83-98; Polar Res. Inst., Moscow. 

Nesis, K.N. (1964): Variations in the bottom fauna of the 

Barents Sea under the influence of fluctuations of the 

hydrological regime. (On the Section of the Kola 

meridian). In: Sov. Fish. Invest. N. Europ. Seas: 129-138; 

Moscow. [in Russian] 

Nesis, K.N. (1966): Food, water masses and depth as factors of 

the distribution of sea bottom animals. (On the example of 

Pantopods of Labrador and Newfoundland). Abstr. Pap. 2nd 

Int. Oceanogr. Congr., 30 May - 9 June 1966; Moscow: 

Nauka. 

Nesis, K.N. (1967): Pycnogonida (Pantopoda) of Possjet Bay and 

South Sakhalin taken by the underwater exploring 

expedition of the Zoological Institute of the Academy of 

Science of the USSR in 1962-1963. - Issled. Fauny Morei, 5 

(13): 248-251. [in Russian] 

Nesis, K.N. (1970): Distribution of Pantopoda in the Labrador 

and Newfoundland Areas in connection with food, water 

masses and depth. In: Ecology and distribution of the sea 

bottom fauna and Flora. - Trans. P. Shirshov. Inst. 

Oceanol., 88: 149-173; Moscow. 

Nesis, K.N. (1976): Class Pantopoda. In: A.N. Golikov & A.V. 

Zhirmunsky (eds.). Fauna and flora of Peter the Great 

Gulf, 363 pp., Leningrad. [in Russian, Pycnogonids pp. 76- 

77]. 

-76-

Nesis, K.N. & A.F. Pushkin (1986): Pantopoda. In: K.V. 

Galaktionov (ed.). Life and conditions for its existence 

in the benthic zone of the Barents Sea, pp. 122-124; 

Apatity: Akad. Nauk SSSR. [in Russian] 

Newell, G.E. (1954): The marine fauna of Whitstable. - Ann. 

Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12 (7): 322-350. 

Nichols, D., J.A. Cooke & J. Whiteley (1971): Pycnogonids. In: 

The Oxford Book of Invertebrates: 126, 127, 204; Oxford 

Univ. Press. 

Nicol, J.A.C. (1967): Pycnogonids. In: The Biology of marine 

Animals: 123, 244, 257. London: Pitman. 

Nicolet, H. (1849): Araneiformes, I. Picnogonidos. In: C. Gay, 

Historia fisica y politica de Chile, 3. Atlas zoológico, 

Crustacéos: 304-308. 

Nogueira, M. (1956): Contribucao para o estudo dos Pantópodos 

das costas de Portugal. - Arq. Mus. Bocage, (1), 27: 65- 

105. 

Nogueira, M. (1967): Bases para a determinacao dos Pantópodos 

das costas portuguesas. - Arq. Mus. Bocage, (2) 1 (15): 

283-341. 

Nordgaard, O. (1897): Nogle oplysninger om Puddelfjorden 

(temperatur, saltgehalt, plankton, etc. 1896-97). - 

Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1897 (15): 1-19. 

Nordgaard, O. (1898): 2den beretning om de ved den bioogiske 

station i Bergen foreagne usklaeknings forsg med 

lakserogen i saltvand. - Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1898 (8): 9. 

Nordgaard, O. (1898): Undersgelser i fjordene ved Bergen 1897- 

1898. - Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1898 (10): 20, pls. 

Norman, A.M. (1865): Report of deep-sea dredging off the coast 

of Northumberland and Durham. - Nat. Hist. Trans. 

Northumberland, Durham & Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1: 12. 

Norman, A.M. (1866): Report of the Committee appointed for the 

purpose of exploring the coast of Hebrides by means of the 

dredge, part II: On the Crustacea, Echinodermata, Polyzoa, 

Actinozoa and Hydrozoa. - Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1866: 

193-206. 

Norman, A.M. (1869): Last report on dredging among the Shetland 

Isles, Part II, Crustacea etc. - Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. 

Sci., 1868: 247-346. 

Norman, A.M. (1870): Final Shetland dredging report. - Rep. 

Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1868-1869. 

-77-

Norman, A.M. (1873): Pycnogonida. In: C. Wyville Thompson: The 

Depths of the Sea: 129; London: Macmillan. 

Norman, A.M. (1894): A month on the Trondhjem Fjord. - Ann. 

Mag. Nat. Hist., 13 (6): 151-164. 

Norman, A.M. (1903): Notes on the natural history of East 

Finmark. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 11 (7): 168. 

Norman, C.A. (1901): Pantopoda (Pycnogonoidea). - Mus. 

Normanianum, pt. 2, 2nd ed. 

Norman, C.A. (1908): The Podosomata (= Pycnogonida) of the 

temperate Atlantic and Arctic Ocean. - J. Linn. Soc. Lond. 

(Zool.), 30: 198-238. 

O'Connell, G.W. (1980): Biology and systematics of the 

Ammotheidae (Arthropoda: Pycnogonida). - Am. Zool., 20 

(4): 786. 

Oersted, A.S. (1844): De regionibus marinis. Elementa 

topographiae historiconaturalis freti Öresund: 71-73; 

Havniae. 

Ogawa, K. & K. Matsuzaki (1985): Discovery of bivalve-infesting 

Pycnogonida, Nymphonella tapetis, in a new host, Hiatella 

orientalis. - Zool. Sci., 2 (4): 583-589. [bivalve host] 

Ohshima, H. (1927): Nymphonella tapetis n. g., n. sp., a 

pycnogon parasite in a bivalve. - Annot. Zool. Japon., 11 

(3): 257-263. [bivalve host] 

Ohshima, H. (1927): Notes on some pycnogons living 

semiparasitic on holothurians. - Proc. Imp. Acad., Tokyo, 

3 (9): 610-613. [echinoderm host] 

Ohshima, H. (1927): Picnogono parazite vivanta en Bivalvo. - 

Bulteno Sci. Fak. Terkult., Kyushu Imp. Univ., Tokyo, 2 

(5): 366-379. [in Japanese, Esperanto summary] [bivalve 

host] 

Ohshima, H. (1927): Piknogonoj alkrocigantaj al Holoturioj. - 

Bulteno Sci. Fak. Terkult., Kyushu Imp. Univ., Tokyo, 2 

(5): 380-388. [in Japanese, Esperanto summary] 

Ohshima, H. (1930): Floating Pycnogonids. - Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 

42 (495): 34-35. [in Japanese] 

Ohshima, H. (1933): The adult of the bivalve-infesting 

pycnogonid, Nymphonella tapetis Ohshima. - Annot. Zool. 

Japon., 14 (1): 53-60. [bivalve host] 

-78-

Ohshima, H. (1933): Young pycnogonids found parasitic on 

nudibranchs. - Annot. Zool. Japon., 14 (1): 61-66. 

[gastropod host] 

Ohshima, H. (1933): Pycnogonida as plankton-organisms. - 

Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 45 (532-533): 96. [in Japanese] 

Ohshima, H. (1933): Pycnogonids taken with a tow-net. - Annot. 

Zool. Japon, 14 (2): 211-220. 

Ohshima, H. (1933): Pycnogonids of the North Kuriles. - Bull. 

Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, 4: 143-150. [in Japanese] 

Ohshima, H. (1933): (Four topics on Pantopoda, lecture 

abstract). - Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 45 (532-533): 94-97. [in 

Japanese] 

Ohshima, H. (1935): On a sea spider inhabiting the Okinawa 

region. - Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 47 (557): 137-139. [in 

Japanese] 

Ohshima, H. (1935): A further note on Nymphonella tapetis: the 

egg-carrying mature male. - Annot. Zool. Japon., 15 (1): 

95-102. 

Ohshima, H. (1935): A list of Pycnogonida recorded from 

Japanese and adjacent waters. - Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, 48 (8- 

10): 861-869. [in Japanese] 

Ohshima, H. (1937): The life-history of Nymphonella tapetis 

(Pantopoda, Eurycydidae). - C.R. XIIème Congr. Int. Zool., 

Lisbonne, 1935: 1616-1625. 

Ohshima, H. (1938): Nymphonellidae, a new family of Pantopoda. 

- Annot. Zool. Japon., 17 (3-4): 229-233. 

Ohshima, H. (1939): La vivhstorio de Piknogono (Nymphonella 

tapetis) vivanta parazite en Bivalvo. - Vol. jubil. Prof. 

Sadao Yoshida: 415-434. [in Japanese] 

Ohshima, H. (1942): Six-legged Pantopod, an extraordinary case 

of hypomery in arthropods. - Proc. Imp. Acad., Tokyo, 18 

(5): 257-262. 

Ohshima, H. (1942): A remarkable case of malformed appendages 

in a pantopod, Nymphonella tapetis. - Proc. Imp. Acad., 

Tokyo, 18 (8): 520-523. 

Ohshima, H. (1943): A remarkable case of malformed appendages 

in a pantopod, Nymphonella tapetis. - Re. Ann. Meet. Zool. 

Soc. Japon., 1943: 1 p. [in Japanese] 

-79-

Ohshima, H. (1943): Du maloftaj kazoj de nenormaleco en 

pantopodoj. - Bull. Scu. Fac. Terkult., Kyushu imp. Univ., 

Tokyo, 10 (4): 371-382. [in Japanese, Esperanto summary] 

Ohshima, H. & K. Kishida (1947): Pantopoda (Encyclopaedia of 

the Fauna of Japan): 1005-1010; Tokyo: Honkoryukan. [in 

Japanese] 

Ohta, S. (1983): Photographic census of large-sized benthic 

organisms in the bathyal zone of Suruga Bay, Central 

Japan. - Bull. Ocean Res. Inst., Univ. Tokyo, 15: 1-244. 

Okuda, S. (1934): On a tubicolous polychate living in commensal 

with a pycnogonid. - Annot. Zool. Japon., 14 (4): 437-439. 

[polychate host] 

Okuda, S. (1940): Metamorphosis of a pycnogind parasitic in a 

hydromedusa. - J. Fac. Sci., Hokkaido Univ. (Zool. 6) 7 

(2): 73-86. [hydroid host, development] 

Olsen, Ø. (1913): Pycnogonida from the "Michael Sars" North 

Atlantic deep-sea expedition, 1910. Rep. Sci. Res. 

"Michael Sars" N.-Atl. Deep Sea Exped., 1910, 3 (1) 

(Zool.): 3-7. 

Ortmann, A.E. (1890): Bericht über die von Herrn Dr. Döderlein 

in Japan gesammelten Pycnogoniden. - Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 5 

(1): 157-168. 

Ortmann, A.E. (1901): Crustacea and Pycnogonida collected 

during the Princeton expedition to North Greenland. - 

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 53: 144-168. 

Ottaway, J.R. (1977): Predators of sea anemones. - Tuatara, 22: 

213-221. [Actinaria host]. 

Packard, A.S. (1867): Observations on the glacial-phenomena of 

Labrador and Maine: with a view of the recent invertebrate 

fauna of Labrador. - Mem. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc., 1: 210- 

303. 

Pallas, P.S. (1766): 2. Acarus marinus seu Polygonopus. XVI. 

Descriptiones Insectorum. - Misc. Zool., 1766: 188-189. 

Parker, R.H. (1975): Pycnogonida. In: The study of benthic 

communities. A model and a review: 116, 139, 206, 266; 

Amsterdam, Oxford & New York: Elsevier. 

Pascoe, F.P. (1887): Notes on American Pycnogonidae. - Am. 

Monthly Miscrosc. J., New York, 8 (1): 26-27. 

Pearse, A.S. (1914): Observations on the fauna of the rock 

beaches at Nahant, Mass., Pt. 2. - Bull. Wiscons. Nat. 

Hist. Soc., N.S., 12: 72-80. 

-80-

Peattie, M.E. & R. Hoare (1981): The sublittoral ecology of 

Menai Strait, II: The sponge Halichondria panicea (Pallas) 

and its associated fauna. - Estuarine, Cstl. Shelf Sci., 

13: 621-635. 

Pelt, W.G. (1936): Pantopoda. Flora en Fauna der Zuiderzee, 

suppl.: 131-133. 

Pennant, T. (1777): Crustaceous Animals. Brit. Zool., 4: 8; 

London. 

Penrith, M.-L. & B. Kensley (1970): The constitutions of the 

intertidal fauna of rocky shores of South West Africa. 

Part. 1. Lüderitzbucht. - Cimbebasia, (A) 1 (9): 191-239. 

Pérez-Ruzafa, A. & T. Munilla (1992): Pycnogonid ecology in the 

Mar Menor (Murcia, SW Mediterranean). - Sci. Mar., 56 (1): 

21-28. 

Perrier, E. (1886): Pycnogonides. In: Les Explorations Sous- 

Marines, 17: 302-303, 337; Paris: Hachette. 

Pfeffer, G. (1889): Zur Fauna von Süd-Georgien. - Jb. Hamburg. 

Wiss. Anst., 6 (2): 39-55. 

Pfeffer, G. (1890): Die Fauna der Insel Jeretik, Port Wladimir, 

an der Murman-Küste, 1. Nach den Sammlungen des Herrn 

Kapitän Horn. - Jb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., 7 (3): 63-96. 

Philippi, A. (1843): Über die neapolitanischen Pycnogoniden. - 

Arch. Naturgesch., (1) 9: 175-182. 

Picton, B.E., C.M. Howson, D.W. Connor & A. Williams (1983): 

Sublittoral survey of Scarba, Lunga and the Garvellachs, 

Firth of Lorne. - Nature Cons. Counc. CST Rep. (Banbury), 

436: 1-56. 

Piel, W.H. (1991): Pycnogonid predation on nudibranchs and 

ceratal anatomy. - Veliger, 34 (4): 366-367. [nudibranch 

host] 

Pipe, A.R. (1982): Epizoites of marine invertebrates: With 

particular reference to those associated with the 

Pycnogonid Phoxichilidium tubulariae Lebour, the amphipod 

Caprella linearis (L.) and the Decapod Corystes 

cassivelaunus (Pennant). - Chem. Ecol., 1 (1): 61-74. 

[epizoans] 

Plymouth Marine Fauna, 1957, 3rd ed. 

Poore, G.C.B. (1968): Succession of a wharf-pile fauna at 

Lyttelton, New Zealand. - N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 2 

(4): 577-590. 

-81-

Préfontaine, G. (1933): Additions à la liste des espèces 

animales de l'estuaire de Saint Laurent. - Trans. Roy. 

Soc. Can., (3) 27 (5): 253-258. 

Préfontaine, G. & P. Brunel (1962): Liste d'invertébres marins 

recueillis dans l'estuaire du Saint-Laurent de 1929 à 

1934. - Naturaliste Canadien, 79 (8-9): 237-263. 

Prell, H. (1910): Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Lebensweise einiger 

Pantopoden. - Bergens Mus. Aarbok (N.R.), 1909 (10): 1-30. 

Preston, A. & P.G. Moore (1988): The flora and fauna associated 

with Cladophora albida (Huds.) from rockpools on Great 

Cumbrae Island, Scotland. - Ophelia, 29 (3): 169-186. 

Propp, M.V. (1971): Ecology of the near shore bottom 

communities in the Murmansk Shore Region of the Barents 

Sea. - Izdat. Nauk., Leningrad: 1-125. [in Russian] 

Pross, A. (1977): Diskussionsbeitrag zur Segmentierung des 

Cheliceraten-Kopfes. - Zoomorphologie, 86: 183-196. 

[anatomy] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1970): New species of the genus Colossendeis 

(Pantopoda). - Zool. Zh., 49 (10): 1488-1496. [in Russian, 

English summary] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1973): A new species of the genus Cilunculus 

(Pantopoda). - Zool. Zh., 52 (3): 432-434. [in Russian, 


Pushkin, A.F. (1974): Clavigeropallene gen. n. (Pantopoda) from 

the Antarctic. - Zool. Zh., 53 (6): 938-940. [in Russian, 


Pushkin, A.F. (1974): Some ecological and zoogeographic 

peculiarities of the Pantopoda-fauna in the Davis Sea. In: 

V.A.V. Golikov (ed.). Hydrobiology and biogeography of the 

shelf of the temperate and cold waters of the ocean: 43- 

55; Izdatyel Nauka, Leningrad. [in Russian] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1975): Revision of the pycnogonids (Pantopoda) 

of the Pallenopsis patagonica group from Antarctica and 

adjacent waters. - Byull. Sovietsk. Antarkt. Eksped., 90: 

72-83. [in Russian] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1975): New species of Callipallenidae 

(Pantopoda) from the subantarctic. - Zool. Zh., 54 (9): 

1402-1406. [in Russian, English summary] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1976): New species of Endeidae (Pantopoda) from 

the subantarctic. - Zool. Zh., 55 (6): 923-925. [in 

Russian, English summary] 

-82-

Pushkin, A.F. (1977): New species of Austrodecidae (Pantopoda) 

from the Antarctic. In: New species and genera of marine 

invertebrates. Expl. Fauna Seas, XXI (XXIV): 54-59. [in 

Russian with English summary] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1982): On the species composition of the genus 

Decolopoda (Pantopoda). - Zool. Zh., 59 (11): 1657-1661. 

[in Russian with English summary] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1984): A new species of the genus Pycnogonum 

(Pantopoda, Pycnogonidae) from the Antarctic. - Zool. Zh., 

63 (7): 1102-1104. [in Russian with English summary] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1984): A new species of the genus Colossendeis 

(Pantopoda) from Antarctic. - Zool. Zh., 63 (8): 1259- 

1261. [in Russian with English summary] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1988): On revision of the Colossendeis robusta 

(Pantopoda) from the Southern Ocean. - Zool. Zh., 67 (6): 

953-956. [in Russian with English summary] 

Pushkin, A.F. (1990): A new species of the genus Pseudopallene 

(Pycnogonida, Callipallenidae) from Antarctica. - Zool. 

Zh., 69 (2): 155-157. [in Russian, English summary] 

Pyefinch, K.A. (1943): The intertidal ecology of Bardsey 

Island, North Wales... - J. Anim. Ecol., 12: 82-108. 

Rack, G. (1971): Die entomologischen Sammlungen des 

Zoologischen Instituts und Zoologischen Museums Hamburg. - 

Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 67: 109-133. 

Rainer, S.F. (1981): Soft-bottom benthic communities in Otago 

Harbor and Blueskin Bay, New Zealand. - N.Z. Oceanogr. 

Inst. Mem., 80: 1-38. 

Raj, B.S. (1927): Class Pycnogonida Latr. In: The littoral 

fauna of Krusadai Island in the Gulf of Madras. - Bull. 

Madras Governm. Mus., (N.S.) (Nat. Hist.), 1 (1): 157-160. 

Raj, B.S. (1930): Pycnogonida of Krusasdai Island (Supplement). 

- Bull. Madras. Gov. Mus., (N.S.), 1 (2) (7): 73-76. 

Rajagopal, A. (1963): On a new species of pycnogonid Endeis 

ghaziei from Ennore. - Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 57 (B) (4): 

235-238. 

Rakusa-Suszczewski, S. (1981): Hypostenothermic organisms. - 

Polsk. Badania Polarne, 1 (4) (1980): 231-241. 

Rasmussen, E. (1973): Pycnogonida. In: Systematics and ecology 

of the Isefjord marine fauna (Denmark). - Ophelia, 11: 

224-225. 

-83-

Rasmussen, E. (1973): Systematics and ecology of the Isefjord 

marine fauna (Denmark). - Ophelia, 11: 1-507. [Pycnogonids 

pp. 224-225] 

Rathbun, R. (1881): The littoral marine fauna of Provincetown, 

Cape Cod. - Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus., 3: 116-133. 

Rathke, J. (1799): Entomologiske Jagttagelser. - Skr. 

Naturhist.-Selsk., Kjøbenhavn, 5 (1) (4): 191-207. 

Redmond, J.R. & C.D. Swanson (1968): Preliminary studies of the 

physiology of the Pycnogonida. - Antarct. J. U.S., 3 (4): 

130-131. 

Reimer, A.A. (1976): Description of a Tetraclita stalactifera 

panamensis community on a rocky intertidal Pacific shore 

of Panama. - Mar. Biol., 35 (3): 225-238. 

Ribeiro, M.A.G., P. de Alcantara-Filho, F.M. Fantinato & L.R. 

Tommasi (1982): Sobre a occorencia de Pantopoda na regiao 

da Baia de Santos, Sao Paulo (Brasil). - Dusenia, 

Curitiba, Brasil, 13 (1): 37-40. 

Richards, P.R. (1976): Aspects of the biology of polar 

pycnogonids. D.Phil. Thesis, Council Natn. Acad. Awards, 

Lutton College. 

Richards, P.R. & W.G. Fry (1978): Pycnogonid digestion: A study 

of polar forms. - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. Lond., 63 (1-2): 75- 

97. [alimentary system] 

Richters, R. (1912): Eine Pantopodenlarve von Gabelsflach 

(Kieler Förde). - Zool. Jb., Suppl. 15 (1): 45-50, 1 pl. 

Richter, S. (1982): Zur Ultrastruktur der seitlichen 

Sinnensorgane am Augenhügel von Anoplodactylus pygmaeus 

(Pycnogonida). - Helgol. Wiss. Meeresunters., 35: 465-478. 

Ricketts, E.F. & J. Calvin (1939): Between Pacific Tides. 1st. 

ed.: i-xxii, 1-320; Stanford Univ. Press. 

Riedl, R. (1966): Pantopoda. In: Biologie der Meereshöhlen. 

Topographie, Faunistik und Ökologie eines unterseeischen 

Lebensraumes. Eine Monographie: 173; Hamburg & Berlin: P. 

Parey. 

Riedl, R. (1983): Klasse Pantopoda (Asselspinnen). In: Fauna 

und Flora des Mittelmeeres: 542-546; Hamburg & Berlin: P. 

Parey. 

Roberts, D. (1981): Pycnogonids from Strangford Lough, Northern 

Ireland. - Ir. Nat. J., 20 (5): 189-192. 

-84-

Rodger, A. (1893): Preliminary account of natural history 

collections made on a voyage to the Gulf of St. Lawrence 

and Davis Strait. - Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 20: 154- 

163. 

Rogers, D.M. (1973): Distribution of meio-benthic organisms in 

a Texas, USA Bay in relation to season and habitat 

disturbance. - Am. Zool., 13 (4): 1333. 

Runnström, S. (1928): Amphipoda, Isopoda and Pycnogonida from 

the Siberian Arctic Ocean. - Sci. Res. Norw. N.-Polar 

Exped. "Maud" (1918-1925), 5 (8): 1-18. 

Russel, D.J. & J.W. Hedgpeth (1990): Host utilization during 

ontogeny by two pycnogonid species (Tanystylum duospinum 

and Ammothea hilgendorfi) parasitic on the hydroid 

Eucopella everta (Coelenterata: Campanulariidae). - Bijdr. 

Dierk., 60 (3-4): 215-224. [hydroid host] 

Ryland, J.S. & A. Nelson-Smith (1975): Littoral benthic 

investigations on the West coast of Ireland, IV. - Proc. 

Roy. Ir. Acad., (B) 75 (11): 246-266. 

Ryland, J.S. (1976): Pycnogonida. In: Physiology and ecology of 

marine bryozoans. - Adv. Mar. Biol., 14: 417-421. 

[bryozoan host] 

Sabine, E. (1824): Marine Invertebrate Animals. Supplement to 

the appendix of Captain Parry's voyage for the discovery 

of a North-West passage in the years 1819-20: 219-240; 

London. 

Sachi, C.F., C. Morri, A. Occhipinti-Ambrogi & R. Sconfietti 

(1983): Nouveaux elements pour la zoogeographie lagunaire 

de la Haute Adriatique. - Rapp. Comm. Int. Mer Médit., 28 

(6): 226-228. 

Saenger, P., W. Stephenson & J. Moverley (1980): The estuarine 

macrobenthos of the Calliope River and Auckland Creek, 

Queensland. - Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (1): 143-161. 

Saenger, P., W. Stephenson & J. Moverley (1982): Macrobenthos 

of the cooling water discharge canal of the Gladstone 

Power Station, Queensland. - Austr. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 

33: 1083-1095. 

Saint-Hilaire, K.K. (1913): Pantopoda. In: Eine systematische 

Sammlung der Tiere des Kowda-Fjords, 1908, 1911, 1912 und 

1913. Pantopoda v katalog ekskursioni visavki ustraivaimoi 

krujkom studentov Fiziko-Matematicheskavo Fakulteta 

Imperatorskavo Yuryevskao Universiteta, Jurieff (Dorpat), 

17-21 Okt. 1913: 54 pp. [in Russian] 

-85-

Saito, M. & H. Suzuki (1974): Fauna in the littoral zone of 

Niisaki Beach in the western part of Sagami Bay, 1. Sci. 

Rep. Yokohama Natn. Univ., 2 (21): 31-48. 

Salazar-Vallejo, S.I. & J.H. Stock (1987): Apparent parasitism 

of Sabella melanostigma (Polychaeta) by Ammothella 

spinifera (Pycnogonida) from the Gulf of California. - 

Revta. Biol. Trop., 35 (2): 269-275. [Annelida host] 

Saldanha, L. (1974): Estudo de povamente dos horizontes 

superiores da rocha litoral da costa da Arrábida 

(Portugal). - Arq. Mus. Bocage, (2) 5 (1): i-xiv, 1-382. 

Sanchez, E.L. & T. Munilla (1987): Picnogónidos (Pycnogonida) 

de la communidad de Dendrophyllia ramea en el sureste de 

Tenerife, 17: 179-188. 

Sanchez, S. (1953): Contributions à l'étude du développement 

des Pycnogonides. - Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 90 (N. & R.1): 

1-7. [development] 

Sanchez, S. (1954): Les glandes neurosécrétrices des 

Pycnogonides. - Bull. Acad. Sci., Paris ?: 1078-1080. 

Sanchez, S. (1958): Cellules neurosécrétrices et organes 

infracérébraux de Peripatopsis moseleyi Wood (Onychophora) 

et neurosécrétion chez Nymphon gracile Leach 

(Pycnogonides). - Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 96 (N. & R.2): 

57-62. 

Sanchez, S. (1959): Le développement des Pycnogonides et leurs 

affinités avec les Arachnides. - Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., 98 

(1): 1-101. 

Sando, H. (1964): Pycnogonida. In: Faunal list of the Zostera 

marina region at Kugurizaka coastal waters, Aomori Bay. - 

Bull. Mar. Biol. Stat. Asamushi, 12 (1): 30. 

Sars, G.O. (1877): Prodromus descriptionis Crustaceorum et 

Pycnogonidarum, quase in expeditione norvegica anno 1876 

observavit. - Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., Kristiania, 2: 

237-271. 

Sars, G.O. (1879): Crustacea et Pycnogonida nova in itinere 2do 

et 3tio expeditionis Norvegicae anno 1877, 1878 collecta. 

- Arch. Math. Naturv., Christiania, 4: 427-476. 

Sars, G.O. (1879): Crustacea et Pycnogonida nova, etc. - Arch. 

Math. Naturvidensk., Kristiania, 4: 469-472. 

Sars, G.O. (1888): Pycnogonida borealia et arctica enumerat 

(Prodromus descriptionis). - Arch. Math. Naturvidensk., 

Oslo, 12: 339-356. 

-86-

Sars, G.O. (1891): Pycnogonidea. Norw. N.-Atl. Exped., 1876- 

1878, 6 (Zool. 20): 1-163. 

Sars, G.O. (1891): Pycnogonidea of the Norwegian North Sea 

Expedition. - J. Roy. Microsc. Soc. London, 1891: 185-186. 

Savigny, L.C. (1816): Théorie des Organes de la Bouche des 

Crustacés et des Insectes, I, II; Paris. 

Savigny, L.C. (1816): Mémoires sur les animaux sans vertèbres, 

1: 54-57. 

Savory, T. (1964): Pycnogonida. In: Arachnida: i-viii, 1-291; 

London & New York: Academic Press. 

Sawaya, M.P. (1941): Sôbre uma larva de Pycnogonum pamphorum 

Marc. - Bolm. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr., Univ. S. Paulo, 22 

(Zool. 5): 278-282. 

Sawaya, M.P. (1945): Anoplodactylus stictus Marc. (Pantopoda) 

em Caiobá, Estado do Paraná. - Arqu. Mus. Paran., 4 (10): 

231-236. 

Sawaya, M.P. (1947): Nymphopsis melidae n.sp. e observacoes 

sobre a respiracao nos Pantopoda. - Bolm. Fac. Fil., Ciên. 

Letr., Univ. S. Paulo, (Zool.), 12: 83-97. 

Sawaya, M.P. (1950): Anoplodactylus aragaoi, n.sp. and other 

pycnogonids collected by the hydrographic research-ship 

Rio Branco. - Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 47 (1-2): 63-86, 2 

pls. 

Sawaya, M.P. (1951): Achelia besnardi, n.sp. (Pantopoda- 

Ammotheidae). - Bolm. Fac. Fil., Ciên. Letr. Univ. S. 

Paulo, (Zool.), 16: 271-280. 

Say, T. (1821): An account of the Arachnides of the United 

States. - J. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 2 (1): 59-62. 

Scanland, T.B. (1979): The epibiotes of Arca zebra imbricata: A 

community analaysia. - Veliger, 21 (4): 475-485. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1886): Les Arachnides et leurs affinités. - 

Arch. Slav. Biol., Paris, 1. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1887): Sur les Pantopodes de l'expédition du 

Vettor Pisani. (Note préliminaire). - Zool. Anz., 10 

(251): 271-272. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1888): Ueber eine von Dr. Korotnew auf den 

Sunda-Inseln gefundene Pantopoden-Form. - Zool. Jb. 

(Syst.), 3: 127-133. 

-87-

Schimkewitsch, W. (1888): Sur les Pantopodes recueillis par M. 

le lieutnant G. Chierchia, pendant le voyage de la 

Corvette Vettor Pisani. - Trudy Imp. S.-Petersburgskavo 

Obschest. Estest., (Otdel. Zool., Phiziol.), 19 (1): 94- 

96. [in Russian] 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1890): Sur les Pantopodes recueillis par M. 

le lieutnant G. Chierchia, pendant le voyage de la 

Corvette Vettor Pisani en 1882-1885. - Atti Acad. Lin. 

1889, Mem. Classe Sci., Fis., Math. Nat., (4) 6: 329-347, 

1 pl. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1890): Sur la collection de Pantopodes du 

Musée Zoologique de l'Université de Moscou. - Izvest. 

Imper. Obshchest. Lub. Estest. Anthropol. Ethnogr. Moskva, 

67 (2): 20. [in Russian] 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1891): Note sur les genres de Pantopodes 

Phoxichilus (Latr.) et Tanystylum (Miers). - Arch. Zool. 

Exp. Gén., (2) 9: 503-522. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1893): Report on the dredging operations off 

the West Coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the 

West Coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in 

charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U.S. Fish 

Commission Steamer Albatross, during 1891, Lieut. 

Commander Z.L. Tanner, U.S.N., commanding. Compte rendu 

sur les Pantopodes recueillis pendant les Explorations de 

l'Albatross 1891. - Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 25 

(2): 27-43. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1895): Sur les Pantopodes de l'Océan Glacial 

et de la Mer Blanche. - Trav. Soc. Imp. Nat. St.- 

Petersbourg, 25 (1): 1-20. [in Russian] 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1895): On some forms of Pantopoda. - Trudy 

Imp. S.-Ptersburgs. Obshchest. Estest., 27 (1): 1-14. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1896): On the Pantopoda of the Whote Sea and 

the Glacial Ocean. - Trudy Imp. S.-Ptersburgs. Obshchest. 

Estest., 27 (1): 1-14. [in Russian] 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1906): Ueber die Periodizität in dem System 

der Pantopoda. - Zool. Anz., 30 (1, 2): 1-22. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1906): Über die Entwicklung von Thelyphonus 

caudatus (L.) verglichen mit derjenigen einiger anderen 

Arachniden. - Z. Wiss. Zool., 81 (1): 1-95. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1907): Übersicht der von P. Schmidt und W. 

Braschnikow in den Ostasiatischen Ufergewässern 

gesammelten Pantopoden. - Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci., 

St. Pétersbourg, 11 (1906): 246-252. 

-88-

Schimkewitsch, W. (1907): Zur Pantopoden-Fauna des Sibirischen 

Eismeeres. - Résultats Scientifiques de l'Expédition 

polaire Russe en 1900-1903, sous la direction du Baron E. 

Toll, 1 (6). In: Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, (8) 

18 (6): 1-10. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1909): Ueber die Pantopoden von St. VaastlaHouge 

und Roscoff. - Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. 

St.-Pétersburg, 13 (1908): 427-436. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1909): Nochmals über die Periodicität in dem 

System der Pantopoden. - Zool. Anz., 34 (1): 1-13. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1913): Ein Beitrag zur Klassifikation der 

Pantopoden. - Zool. Anz., 41 (13): 507-615. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1913): Einige neue Pantopoden. - Ann. Mus. 

Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersbourg, 18: 240-248. 

Schimkewitsch, W. & V. Dogiel (1913): Ueber Regeneration bei 

Pantopoden. - Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersbourg, 1913: 

1147-1156. 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1918): Pantopoda of the Russian Fauna. - 

Zool. Vyest. Petrograd, 3: 222-248. [in Russian] 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1929): Pycnogonida (Pantopoda). Fauna SSSR, 

Izdatel. Akad. Nauk. SSSR, part 1: I-CXV, 1-224. [in 

Russian and Latin] 

Schimkewitsch, W. (1930): Pycnogonida (Pantopoda). Fauna SSSR, 

Izdatel. Akad. Nauk. SSSR, part 2: 225-555. [in Russian 

and Latin] 

Schioedte, J.C. (1875): Udsigt over Grønlands Land Ferskvands 

og Strandbreds-Arthropoder ?. In: H. Rink, Grønland 

geografisk og statistisk beskrevet, 2 (3): 50-74 

(Pycnogonida: p. 71); Kjøbenhavn. 

Schioedte, J.C. (1875): Naturhistoriske Bidrag til en 

Beskrivelse af Gronland. Kjøbenhavn: Louis Kleins 

Bogtrykkeri. 

Schlottke, E. (1932): Die Pantopoden der deutschen Küsten. - 

Wiss. Meeresunters. Dtsch. Meere, Abt. Helgoland, (N.F.), 

18 (9): 1-10. 

Schlottke, E. (1933): Darm und Verdauung bei Pantopoden. - Z. 

Mikrosk.-Anat. Forsch., Leipzig, 32 (4): 633-658. 

[anatomy, alimentary system] 

Schmidt, H.W. (1971): Die Beeinflussung der Häutungen von 

Pycnogonum litorale (Ström) durch exogene und endogene 

Faktoren. - Oecologia, 7 (3): 249-261. 

-89-

Schmidt, H.W. & D. Bückman (1971): Beobachtungen zur 

Lebensweise von Pycnogonum litorale (Ström) (Pantopoda). - 

Oecologia, 7 (3): 242-248. 

Schmitt, W.L. (1934): Notes on certain pycnogonids including 

descriptions of two new species of Pycnogonum. - J. Wash. 

Acad. Sci., 24 (1): 61-70. 

Schmitt, W.L. (1945): Miscellaneous zoological material 

collected by the U.S. Antarct. Service Exped., 1939-1941. 

- Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Philadelphia, 89 (1): 297. 

Schneider, G. (1884): Crustaccea og Pycnogonider indsamlet i 

Kvaenangsfjorden (Tromsö): ?, 5 pls. 

Schneider, S.J. (1884): Undersögelser af dyrelivet i de 

arctiske fjorde, II. Crustacea og Pycnogonida indsamlede i 

Kvärangsfjorden 1881. - Aarshefter Tromsö Mus., 7: 47-132. 

Schram, F.R. & J.W. Hedgpeth (1978): Locomotory mechanisms in 

antarctic pycnogonids. - Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 63 (1-2): 

145-169. 

Schüller, S. (1989): Die Pantopodenfauna von Rovinj (Nördliche 

Adria) und der Jahreszyklus einiger Arten. - Bonn. zool. 

Beitr., 40 (3-4): 285-295; Bonn. 

Scott, F.M. (1912): On a species of Nymphon from the North 

Pacific. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 10: 206-208. 

Sekiguchi, K. (1971): Egg-carrying habit and embryonic 

development in a pycnogonid, Propallene longiceps. - 

Dôbutsugaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 80 (4): 137-139. [embryology] 

Semper, C. (1874): Ueber Pycnogoniden und ihre in Hydroiden 

schmarotzenden Larvenformen. - Arb. Zool.-Zootom. Inst. 

Würzburg, 1: 264-286, 2 pls. [hydroid host] 

Sergeev, V.N., S.M. Clarke & S.A. Sheperd (1988): Motile 

macroepifauna of the seagrasses, Amphibolis and Posidonia, 

and unvegetated sandy substrata in Holdfast Bay, South 

Australia. - Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 112 (3-4): 97- 

108. 

Sharov, A.G. (1966): Basic Arthropodan Stock with special 

Reference to Insects: 1-271; London: Pergamon Press. 

Shigido, I. (1899): Sea spiders occuring in our country. - 

Dôzatsu, 11 (128): 195-200. [in Japanese] 

-90-

Shin, P.K.S., M.E. Conneely & B.F. Keegan (1982): Littoral and 

benthic investigations on the west coast of Ireland - XV: 

The macrobenthic communities of North Bay (Galway Bay). - 

Proc. Roy. Ir. Acad., (B) 82 (8): 133-152. 

Shishikura, F. & K. Nakamura (1985): Two types of hemocytes, 

granular amebocytes and spherule cells, in a pycnogonid, 

Propallene longiceps. - Zool. Sci., 2: 571-581. 

[circulatory system, cytology] 

Sims, R.W. (1980): Animal identification: A reference guide, 

Vol. I: Marine and Brackish Water Animals. i-x + 111 pp. 

London, etc.: John Wiley & Sons. 

Slater, H.H. (1879): On a new genus of Pycnogon and a variety 

of Pycnogonum littorale from Japan. - Ann. Mag. Nat. 

Hist., (5) 3 (16): 281-283. 

Sloan, N.A. (1979): A Pycnogonid-Ophiuroid association. - Mar. 

Biol., 52 (2): 171-176. [echinoderm host] 

Smaldon, G., D. Heppell & K.R. Watt (1976): Type specimens of 

invertebrates (excluding insects) held at the Royal 

Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. - Roy. Scott. Mus. Inf. Ser., 

Nat. Hist., 4: IV + 118 pp. [Pycnogonids pp. 58-59] 

Smith, E., G. Chapman, R.B. Clark, D. Nichols & J.D. Carthy 

(1971): Pycnogonids. In: The Invertebrate Panorama: 30; 

London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson. 

Smith, S.J. (1873): Pycnogonida. In: Report on the invertebrate 

animals of Vineyard Sound...: 415, 544. U.S. Comm. Fish & 

Fish., Washington, 1873. 

Smith, S.J. & O. Harger (1874): Report on the dredging in the 

region of the St. George's Banks in 1872. - Trans. Conn. 

Acad. Arts Sci., 3: 1-55. 

Smith, S.J. (1885): In: A.E. Verrill. Results of the 

explorations made by the steamer Albatross off the 

northern coast of the United States in 1883. - Rep. U.S. 

Comm. Fish., 1883: 503-601, 38pls. 

Snodgrass, R.E. (1938): Evolution of the Annelida, Onychophora 

and Arthropoda. - Smiths. Mis. Coll., 97 (6): 1-159. 

Snodgrass, R.E. (1951): Comparative studies on the head of the 

mandibulate arthropods; i-vii, 1-118; Ithaca: Comstock 

Publ. [anatomy] 

Snodgrass, R.E. (1952): Textbook of arthropod anatomy: i-viii, 

1-363; New York Cornell Univ. Press. 

-91-

Sobre, J.C. (1982): Observaciones preliminares del suprabenthos 

en un transecto batimetrico de la plataforma continental 

aquitana (suroeste de Francia). - Oecol. Aquat., 6: 9-17. 

Sokolow, J. (1911): Ueber den Bau der Pantopodenaugen. - Z. 

Wiss. Zool., 98 (3): 339-380. [anatomy, optical sense] 

Soot-Ryen, T. (1925): The Folden Fjord. - Troms Mus. Skrift., 1 

(1): 1-11. 

Soot-Ryen, T. (1927): Pycnogonida (of the Folden Fjord, N. 

Norway). - Troms Mus. Skrift., 1 (5): 19-20. 

Sowinsky, W. (1904): Introduction à l'étude de la faune du 

bassin marin Ponto-Aralo-Kaspien sous le point de vue 

d'une province zoo-géographique indépendante. - Mém. Soc. 

Nat. Kieff, 18: I-XIII, 1-487; Suppl. 1: 1-193; Suppl. 2: 

197-216. 

Soyer, J. (1966): Sur quelques Pycnogonides du Golfe de Gênes. 

- Doriana, 47 (174): 1-5. 

Spamer, E.E. & A.E. Bogan (1992): General invertebrates 

collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 

Philadelphia, parts 1 and 2. - Tryonia, 26: i-vi, 1-305. 

Spindler, K.D. (1989): Hormonal role of ecdysteroids in 

Crtustacea, Chelicerata and other arthropods; pp. 290-295, 

in: Koolman, J. (ed.). Ecdysone: from chemistry to mode of 

action. G. Thieme Verl., Stuttgart & New York, 1989: ixiii, 

1-482. [hormones] 

Staples, D.A. (1977): Pycnogonida...the "Nobodies". - 

Australia's Oceans, J. Oceans Soc. Austr., 1 (3): 122-125. 

Staples, D.A. (1979): Three new species of Propallene 

(Pycnogonida: Callipallenidae) from Australian Waters. - 

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 103 (4): 85-93. 

Staples, D.A. (1982): Pycnogonida of the Calliope River & Auckland 

Creek, Queensland. - Mem. Qd. Mus., 20 (3): 455-471, 

pl.1; Brisbane. 

Staples, D.A. (1985): Pycnogonida. In: Museum of Victoria Bass 

Strait Survey, 1979-1984, pp. 17-18. Melbourne, Australia; 

Mus. Victoria. 

Staples, D.A. & J.. Watson (1987): 20. Associations between 

pycnogonids and hydroids. In: Modern trends in the 

systematics, ecology and evolution of hydroids & 

Hydromedusa, pp. 215-226. Oxford Univ. Press. [hydroid 

host] 

-92-

Stappers, L. (1909): Notes biologiques. In: Duc d'Orleans 

(ed.). La revanche de la Banquise, Suppl. 4: 256-272, 3 

pls; Paris. 

Stebbing, T.R.R. (1902-1903): The Nobodies - a sea-faring 

family. - Knowledge, 25: 37-40, 73-76, 137-140, 185-189; 

26: 14-17, 145-148. 

Stebbing, T.R.R. (1915): On some enigmatical names in 

conchology and pycnogonology. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 

16: 328-331. 

Stephensen, K. (1912): Report on the Malacostraca, Pycnogonida 

and some Entomostraca collected by the Danmark expedition 

to northeast Greenland 1906-1908. - Medd. Grønland, 45: 

501-630, 5 pls. 

Stephensen, K. (1913): Account of the Crustacea and the 

Pycnogonida collected by Dr. V. Nordman in the summer of 

1911 from northern Strömfjord and Giesecke Lake in West 


Stephensen, K. (1913): Grønlands Krebsdyr og Pycnogonider 

(Conspectus Crustaceorum et Pycnogonidorum Groenlandiae). 

- Medd. Grønland, 52: 382-409. 

Stephensen, K. (1917): Zoogeographical investigation of certain 

fjords in southern Greenland with special reference to 

Crustacea, Pycnogonida and Echinodermata including a list 

of Alcyonaria and Pisces. - Medd. Grønland, 53: 231-378. 

Stephensen, K. (1918): Grønlands Krebsdyr or Pycnogonider. - 

Medd. Grønland, 22: 479 pp. 

Stephensen, K. (1929): Pycnogonida. In: A.S. Jensen et al. 

(eds.). Zoology of the Faroes: 1-8. 

Stephensen, K. (1933): The Scoresby Committee's 2nd East Greenland 

Expedition in 1932 to King Christian IX's Land: Crustacea 

and Pycnogonida. - Medd. Grønland, 104 (15): 1-12. 

Stephensen, K. (1933): Pycnogonida. In: The Godthaab Expedition 

1928. - Medd. Grønland, 79 (6): 1-46. 

Stephensen, K. (1933): Havedderkopper (Pycnogonida) og 

Rankefødder (Cirripedia). Danmarks Fauna, 38: 1-158. 

Stephensen, K. (1936): Pycnogonida from Norway and adjacent 

waters. - Bergens Mus. Arbok., 1935; Naturvidensk. Rekke, 

7: 1-39. 

Stephensen, K. (1936): Sveriges pycnogonider. Göteborgs. Kungl. 

Vetensk.- Vitterhets-Samhälles Handl., (5) (B) 4 (14): 1- 

56. 

-93-

Stephensen, K. (1937): Pycnogonida. The Zoology of Iceland, 3 

(58): 1-13. 

Stephensen, K. (1938): Amphipoda, Tanaidacea and Pycnogonida. - 

Zool. Ergebn. Reise Dr. Kohl Larsen..., 20 (3-4): 236-264. 

Stephensen, K. (1943): Pycnogonida. The Zoology of East 


Stephensen, K. (1947): Tanaidacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda and 

Pycnogonida. Sci. Res. Norw. Antarct. Exped., 1927-1928 et 

sqq., 27: 1-90 (Pycnogonida: 80-86). 

Stimpson, W. (1853): Synopsis of the marine Invertebrata of 

Grand Manan, or the region round the Bay of Fundy, New 

Brunswick. - Smiths. Contr. Knowl., 6 (5): 1-67, 3 pls. 

Stimpson, W. (1864): Descriptions of new species of marine 

Invertebrata from Puget Sound, collected by the 

naturalists of the North-West Boundary Commission, A.H. 

Campbell, Esq. Commissioner. - Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 

Philadelphia, 16: 153-161. 

Stock, J.H. (1949): Zeespinnen. - Strand-Werk-Gem. 

Tabellenser., 7: 1-8. 

Stock, J.H. (1950): The taxonomic status of "Pycnogonum" 

claudum Loman, 1908. - Treubia, 20 (3): 627-629. 

Stock, J.H. (1951): 5. Pantopoda. Résultats Scientifiques des 

Croisières de la Navire-École Belge Mercator. - Mém. Inst. 

Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., (2) 43: 1-2. 

Stock, J.H. (1952): Pycnogonum pusillum Dohrn, 1881: retrouvé 

après 70 années sur la côte africaine. - Bull. Inst. Roy. 

Sci. Nat. Belg., 38 (14): 1-8. 

Stock, J.H. (1952): Revision of the European representatives of 

the genus Callippallene Flynn. - Beaufortia, 1 (13): 1-15. 

Stock, J.H. (1952): The pycnogonids of the lagoon of Venice. - 

Boll. Soc. Venez. Stor. Nat., 6 (2): 179-186. 

Stock, J.H. (1953): Re-description of some of Helfer's 

pycnogonid type-specimens. - Beaufortia, 4 (35): 33-45. 

Stock, J.H. (1953): Contribution to the knowledge of the 

pycnogonid fauna of the East Indian Archipelago. - Biol. 

Res. Snellius Exped., XVII. - Temminckia, 9: 276-313. 

Stock, J.H. (1954): Four new Tanystylum species, and other 

Pycnogonida from the West Indies. - Stud. Fauna Curaçao 

and other Caribb. Isl., 5 (24): 115-129. 

-94-

Stock, J.H. (1954): Pycnogonida from Indo-West-Pacific, Australian, 

and New Zealand Waters. - Vidensk. Medd. Dansk 

naturhist. Foren., 116: 1-168. 

Stock, J.H. (1955): Pycnogonida from Tristan da Cunha. - Res. 

Norw. Sci. Exped. Tristan da Cunha, 1937-1938, 33: 1-13. 

Stock, J.H. (1955): Pycnogonida from the West Indies, Central 

America and the Pacific Coast of North America. Papers 

from Dr. Th. Mortensen's Pacific Expedition 1914-1916. - 

Vidensk. Medd. Dansk Naturhist. Foren., 117: 209-266. 

Stock, J.H. (1956): Pantopoden aus dem Zoologischen Museum 

Hamburg, 1. - Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 54: 33-48. 

Stock, J.H. (1956): Verslag van de werkzaamheden van J.H. Stock 

gedurende zijn verblijf (10 Juli - 9 September 1954) aan 

het Station Biologique de Roscoff. Verslag der gewone 

Vergadering van de Afdeling Natuurkunde, Koninklijke 

Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, 65 

(9): 138-140. 

Stock, J.H. (1956): Tropical and subtropical Pycnogonida, 

chiefly from South Africa. - Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. 

Naturhist. Foren. Kjøbenhavn, 118: 71-113. 

Stock, J.H. (1957): Pycnogonida from the Gulf of Aqaba. - Bull. 

Sea Fish. Res. Stat., Haifa, 13: 13-14. 

Stock, J.H. (1957): Pantopoden aus dem Zoologischen Museum 

Hamburg, 2. - Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 55: 81-106. 

Stock, J.H. (1957): The pycnogonid family Austrodecidae. - 

Beaufortia, 6 (68): 1-81. 

Stock, J.H. (1958): The Pycnogonida of the Erythrean and of the 

Mediterranean coasts of Israel. Contributions to the 

knowledge of the Red Sea, 5. - Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat., 

Haifa, 16: 3-5. 

Stock, J.H. (1958): The pycnogonid genus Rhopalorhynchus Wood- 

Mason, 1873. - Tijdschr. Ent., 101 (2): 113-137. 

Stock, J.H. (1958): Pycnogonida from the Mediterranean coast of 

Israel. - Bull. Res. Council Israel (B. Zool.), 7B (3-4): 

137-142. 

Stock, J.H. (1959): On some South African Pycnogonida of the 

University of Cape Town ecological survey. - Trans. Roy. 

Soc. S. Afr., 35 (5): 549-567. 

-95-

Stock, J.H. (1960): Pycnogonum plumipes n.sp., nouveau 

Pacnogonide de la région de Banyuls. - Vie Milieu, 11 (1): 

124-126. 

Stock, J.H. (1961): A new pycnogonid, Endeis holthuisi n.sp., 

from New Guinea. - Ent. Ber., Amsterdam, 21 (2): 28-29. 

Stock, J.H. (1962): Some Turkish pycnogonid records. - Ent. 

Ber., Amsterdam, 22 (11): 218-219. 

Stock, J.H. (1962): Second list of Pycnogonida of the 

University of Cape Town ecological survey. - Trans. Roy. 

Soc. S. Afr., 36 (4): 273-286. 

Stock, J.H. (1963): South African deep-sea Pycnogonida, with 

descriptions of five new species. - Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 46 

(12): 321-340. 

Stock, J.H. (1964): Report on the Pycnogonida of the Israel 

South Red Sea Expedition. - Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stat., 

Haifa, 35: 27-34. 

Stock, J.H. (1964): Deep-sea Pycnogonida collected by the 

"Cirrus" in the Northern Atlantic. - Beaufortia, 11 (135): 

45-52. 

Stock, J.H. (1965): Pycnogonida from the southwestern Indian 

Ocean. - Beaufortia, 13 (151): 13-33. 

Stock, J.H. (1965): Pycnogonides provenant de la base 

Antarctique Belge. - Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 41 

(31): 1, 2. 

Stock, J.H. & J. Soyer (1965): Sur quelques Pycnogonides rares 

de Banyuls-sur-Mer. - Vie Milieu, 16 (1B): 415-421. 

Stock, J.H. (1966): 4. Pycnogonida. Campagne de la Calypso au 

large des côtes atlantiques de l'Amerique du sud (1961- 

62). - Rés. Sci. Campagne Calypso, 7. In: Ann. Inst. 

Océanogr. Monaco, 44: 385-406. 

Stock, J.H. (1966): Sur quelques Pycnogonides de la région de 

Banyuls. 3ème Nate. - Vie Milieu, 17 (1B): 407-417. 

Stock, J.H. (1966): Pycnogonida from West Africa. Scientific 

results of the Danish expedition to the coasts of tropical 

West Africa, 1945-46. - Atlantide Rep., 9: 45-57. 

Stock, J.H. (1968): Pycnogonides. Faune marine des Pyrenées- 

Orientales. - Vie Milieu, 19 (1A), Suppl.: 1-38. 

Stock, J.H. (1968): Pycnogonida collected by the Galathea and 

Anton Bruun in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. - Vidensk. 

Medd. Dansk naturhist. Foren., 131: 7-65. 

-96-

Stock, J.H. (1970): Endeis flaccida Calman, 1923, in Florida: a 

pycnogonid new to the Atlantic Ocean. - Ent. Ber., 

Amsterdam, 30 (1): 3-4. 

Stock, J.H. (1970): The Pycnogonida collected off northwestern 

Africa during the cruise of the "Meteor". - Meteor 

Forsch.-Ergebn., (D) 5: 6-10. 

Stock, J.H. (1970): A new species of Endeis and other 

pycnogonid records from the Gulf of Aqaba. - Bull. Zoöl. 

Mus., Univ. Amsterdam, 2 (1): 1-4. 

Stock, J.H. (1971): Pycnogonides récoltés durant la campagne 

"Noratlante" en Atlantique Nord. - Bull. Zoöl. Mus., Univ. 

Amsterdam, 2 (4): 25-28. 

Stock, J.H. (1971): Pycnogonides. In: P. Grua (Ed.). 

Invertébrés de l'infralittoral rocheux dans l'archipel de 

Kerguelen: 29. Com. Natn. française Rech. antarct., 30. 

Stock, J.H. (1971): A new deep-sea Nymphon (Pycnogonida) 

collected by the Galathea off Kenya. - Zool. Meded., 

Leiden, 47: 257-260. 

Stock, J.H. (1973): Pycnogonida from south-eastern Australia. - 

Beaufortia, 20 (266): 99-127. 

Stock, J.H. (1973): Achelia shepherdi n.sp. and other 

Pycnogonida from Australia. - Beaufortia, 21 (279): 91-97. 

Stock, J.H. (1973): A re-description of the pycnogonid 

Pallenopsis boehmi Schimkewitsch, 1930 based on the 

original material from Strait Magellan. - Netherl. J. 

Zool., 23 (3): 347-352. 

Stock, J.H. (1974): Medio- and infralittoral Pycnogonida 

collected during the I.I.O.E. near the landbase of Nossi- 

Bé, Madagascar. - Bull. Zoöl. Mus., Univ. Amsterdam, 4 

(3): 11-22. 

Stock, J.H. (1975): Pycnogonida from the continental shelf, 

slope, and deep sea of the tropical Atlantic and East 

Pacific. - Biological results of the University of Miami 

deep-sea expedition, 108. - Bull. Mar. Sci., 24 (4): 957- 

1092. 

Stock, J.H. (1975): The pycnogonid genus Propallene 

Schimkewitsch, 1909. - Bull. Zoöl. Mus., Univ. Amsterdam, 

4 (11): 89-97. 

Stock, J.H. (1975): Pycnogonida found on fouling panels from 

the East and West coast of America. - Ent. Ber., 

Amsterdam, 35 (5): 70-77. 

-97-

Stock, J.H. (1976): Infralittoral Pycnogonida from Tanzania. - 

Trav. Mus. Hist. Nat. "Gr. Antipa", 16: 127-134. 

Stock, J.H. (1978): Abyssal Pycnogonida from the North-eastern 

Atlantic Basin, part I. - Cah. Biol. Mar., 19: 189-219. 

Stock, J.H. (1978): Abyssal Pycnogonida from the North-eastern 

Atlantic Basin, part II. - Cah. Biol. Mar.,19: 397-413. 

Stock, J.H. (1978): Experimence on food preference and chemical 

sense in pycnogonids. In: Sea Spiders (Pycnogonida). - 

Zool. J. Linn. Soc. Lond., 63 (1-2): 59-74. 

Stock, J.H. (1979): Pycnogonida from the mediolittoral and infralittoral 

zones in the tropical Western Atlantic. - 

Stud. Fauna Curaçao and other Caribb. Isl., 59 (184): 1- 

32; Amsterdam. 

Stock, J.H. (1979): Anoplodactylus ophiurophilus n.sp., a sea 

spider associated with brittle stars in the Seychelles. - 

Bijdr. Dierk., 48 (2): 156-160. [echinoderm host] 

Stock, J.H. (1979): Pycnogonida from the mediolittoral and 

infralittoral zones in the tropical Western Atlantic. - 

Stud. Fauna Curaçao andother Caribb. Isl., 59 (184): 1-32. 

Stock, J.H. (1980): Anoplodactylus xenus n.sp. (Pycnogonida), a 

species from New Zealand confused with A. haswelli (Flynn, 

1918). - Steenstrupia, 6 (1): 1-4. 

Stock, J.H. (1981): 13: Pycnogonides, I.: Pycnosoma 

asterophila, a sea spider associated with the starfish 

Calliaster from the Philippines. In: Rés. Campagnes 

MUSORSTOM, Paris, 91: 309-312. [echinoderm host] 

Stock, J.H. (1981): 14: Pycnogonides, II.: Description de 

Nymphon macilentum sp. nov. In: Rés. Campagnes MUSORSTOM, 

Paris, 91: 313-315. 

Stock, J.H. (1981): Abyssal Pycnogonida from the Walvis Basin, 

Southern Atlantic. - Cah. Biol. Mar., 22: 453-471. 

Stock, J.H. (1982): Researches on the coast of Somalia. 

Shallow-water Pycnogonida. - Monit. zool. ital., N.S. 

Suppl. 17 (7): 183-190; 

Stock, J.H. (1983): Pycnogonides des campagnes CORINDON et 

MUSORSTOM II (detroit de Makassar et Philippines), avec 

description de Pallenopsis dentifera sp. nov. - Bull. Mus. 

natn. Hist. nat., Paris, (4) 5 (sec. A) (1): 299-305. 

-98-

Stock, J.H. (1984): Deep-water Pycnogonida of the INCAL, 

BIOGAS, GEOMANCHE and SAFARI cruises. - J. mar. Biol. Ass. 

U.K., 64: 743-749. 

Stock, J.H. (1984): The deep-water Pycnogonida of the Safari 

Cruises to the Indian Ocean. - Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. 

nat., Paris, (4) 6 (sec.A) (3): 701-709. 

Stock, J.H. (1985): Deux pycnogonides rares, récoltés pendant 

la campagne CORINDON II dans le detroit de Makassar, 

Indonésie. - Bull. Zoöl. Mus., Univ. Amsterdam, 10 (18): 

153-158. 

Stock, J.H. (1986): Pycnogonida (= Pantopoda). In: Stygofauna 

Mundi: A Faunistic, distributional, and ecological 

synthesis of the World Fauna inhabiting Subterranean 

Waters (including the Marine Interstitial), pp. 698-700. 

Leiden: E.J. Brill/Dr. W. Backhuys. 

Stock, J.H. (1986): Pycnogonida from the Caribbean and the 

Straits of Florida. - Bull. mar. Sci., 38 (3): 399-441; 

Miami. 

Stock, J.H. (1987): Faunistic transit between the Atlantic and 

the Mediterranean: the deep-water Pycnogonida. - Cah. 

Biol. Mar., 28: 505-519; Roscoff. 

Stock, J.H. (1989): Pycnogonida collected in interstitia of 

coral sand and rubble in the Netherlands Antilles. - 

Bijdr. Dierk., 59 (2): 87-96; Den Haag. 

Stock, J.H. (1990): Macaronesian Pycnogonida. CANCAP-project. 

Contribution no.78. - Zool. Meded., 63 (16): 205-233; 

Leiden. 

Stock, J.H. (1990): A new species of Austrodecus (Pycnogonida) 

from New South Wales, Australia. - Tijdschr. Ent., 133 

(2): 269-272. 

Stock, J.H. (1991): Pycnogonides de la campagne Seamount 1 au 

large de la péninsule ibérique et dans le golfe ibéromarocain. 

- Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris. 4e sér., 

13, sec. A, (1-2): 135-142. 

Stock, J.H. (1991): Deep-water Pycnogonida from the 

surroundings of New Caledonia. In: A. Crosnier (ed.). 

Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Vol. 8. - Mém. Mus. 

natn. Hist. nat., a (151): 125-212. 

Stock, J.H. (1991): Pycnogonida of the MUSORSTOM campaigns to 

the Philippines. In: A. Crosnier (ed.). Résultats des 

Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Vol. 8. - Mém. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., 

A (151): 213-228. 

-99-

Stock, J.H. (1992): Pycnogonida from southern Brazil. - 

Tijdschr. Ent., 135: 113-139. 

Størmer, L. (1944): On the relationships and phylogeny of 

fossil and recent Arachnomorpha. - Skrift. utgitt Norske 

Vidensk.-Akad. Oslo, Math.-Naturvidensk. Klasse, 1944 (5): 

1-158. 

Storrow, B. (1912): Material collected during July and August 

1911, when on board trawlers fishing on the local prawn 

ground, together with the catches of edible fish then 

made. - Rep. Dove Mar. Lab., Cullercoats, (N.S.), I: 68- 

70. 

Straughan, J.H. & R.W. Klink (1980): A taxonomic listin of 

common marine invertebrate species from southern 

California, USA. - Allan Hancock Found., Tech. Rep., 1980, 

(3): I-IV, 1-281. 

Ström, H. (1762): Physik og Oeconomisk Beskrevelse over 

Fogderiet Søndmør, beliggende i Bergens Stift i Norge, 1: 

208-209. 

Studder, T. (1889): Die Forschungsreise S.M.S. Gazelle in den 

Jahren 1874 bis 1876...III. Zoologie und Geologie, i-vi, 

1-322; Berlin: E.S. Mittler & Sohn. 

Stuxberg, A. (1887): Vega-Expeditionens vetenskapliga 

Jaktagelser, 5. 

Sumner, F.P., R. Osburn & L.J. Cole (1913): A biological survey 

of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. - Bull. Bur. 

Fish., Washington, 31 (1-2): 1-860. 

Suzuki, S. (1963): Pycnogonida. In: Fauna of the Coast of 

Shonai and the adjacent Sea: 12. Publ. by author, 

Yamagata. [in Japanese] 

Taramelli, E., C. Chimenz & L. Blundo (1981): Contributo delle 

zoocenosi di Torvaldaliga. - Quad. Lab. Tech. Pesc., 

Ancona, 3 (suppl.), 1: 535-550. 

Templeton, R. (1836): Catalogue of Irish Crustacea, Myriapoda 

and Arachnida, selected from the papers of the late John 

Templeton, Esq. - Mag. Nat. Hist. & J. Zool. & Bot., 9: 9- 

14. 

Terry, L.A. & D. Sell (1986): Rocky shores in the Moray Firth. 

- Proc. Roy. Soc., Edinburgh, (B) 91: 169-191. 

Tesch, J.J. (1910): V. Pycnogonida, verzameld met de Wodan. 

Bijdragen tot de fauna der Zuidelijke Noordzee. Jaarb. 

Rijksinst. Onderzoek Zee, 1909 (4): 43-64. 

-100-

Thiel, M.E. (1976): Wirbellose Meerestiere als Parasiten, 

Kommensalen oder Symbionten in oder an Scyphomedusen. - 

Helgol. Wiss. Meeresunters., 28: 417-446. 

Thomassin, A. (1974): Soft bottomcarcinological fauna sensu 

lato on Tuléar coral reef complexes (S.W. Madagascar)... - 

Proc. 2nd. Int. Coral Reef Symp., 1: 297-320; Brisbane: 

Great Barrier Reef Committee. 

Thompson, C.W. (1883): Pycnogonida. In: The Depths of the Sea: 

129; London. 

Thompson, W. (1844): Report on the Fauna of Ireland. Div. 

Invertebrata. Proc. 13th Meeting Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 

1843: 245-290. 

Thomson, G.M. (1883): New Zealand Pycnogonida of the 

"Challenger". - N.Z. J. Sci., 1: 28. 

Thomson, G.M. (1884): On the New Zealand Pycnogonida, with 

descriptions of new species. - Trans & Proc. N.Z. Inst., 

16 (1883): 242-248. 

Tjonneland, A., H. Kryvi, J.P. Ostnes & S. Okland (1985): The 

heart ultrastructure of two species of Pycnogonids, and 

its phylogenetic implications. - Zool. Scr., 14 (3): 215- 

219. [cytology] 

Topsent, E. (1889): Notice concernant les Pantopodes de Luc. - 

Bull. Soc. Lin. Normandie, Caen, (4) 2 (1888-1889): 60-63. 

Topsent, E. (1891): Les Pycnogonides provenant des campagnes du 

yacht "l'Hirondelle". - Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 16: 176- 

180. 

Topsent, E. (1897): Pycnogonides recueillis par le yacht 

"Princesse-Alice". - Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 22: 106-107. 

Topsent, E. (1938): Les Pycnogonides provenant des campagnes du 

yacht "l'Hirondelle", 1886-1887-1888 (Golfe de Gascogne, 

Terre Neuve, Açores). - Rés. Camp. Sci. Monaco, 97: 272- 

276. [reprint of Topsent, 1891] 

Topsent, E. (1938): Pycnogonides recueillis par le yacvht 

"Princesse-Alice". - Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, 97: 276-277. 

[reprint of Topsent, 1897] 

Totland, G.K. & H. Kryvi (1986): The fine structure of the 

somatic muscles and their attachment to the cuticle in two 

species of Pycnogonida. - Zool. Scr., 15: 69-72. 

-101-

Tucker, M.J. (1988): Temporal distribution and brooding 

behaviour of selected benthic species from the shallow 

marine waters off the Vestfold Hills, Antarctica. In: J.M. 

Ferris, H.R. Burton, G.W. Johnstone & I.A.E. Bayly (eds.). 

Biology of the Vestfold Hills, Antarctica. - 

Hydrobiologia, 165: 151-159. 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1955): New species of sea spiders (Pantopoda) 

from the Kurile-Kamchatka trench. - Trudy Inst. Okeanol. 

P.P. Shirshov, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 12: 323-327. [in Russian] 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1956): Pantopoda of the genus Heteronymphon 

from the northwest part of the Pacific Ocean. - Byull. 

Moskv. Obshchest. Ispyt. Prir., Otdel Biol., 61 (2): 67- 

72. 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1957): New species of seaspiders (Pantopoda) of 

the genus Pallenopsis from the north-western Pacific 

Ocean. - Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 27: 356-361. 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1969): Morskie pauhi (Pycnogonida). In: V.G. 

Kort (ed.). Biologiia Tikhogo okeana (Biology of the 

Pacific Ocean), part 2, Glubokavod naia donna fauna 

pleuston (Deep-sea bottom fauna), pp. 63-66. Moscow: 

Akademia Nauk, SSR, Institut Okeanologii. 

Turpaeva, E. (1970): Belonging of Nymphon abyssale Stock to the 

genus Heteronymphon. - Zool. Zh., 49 (11): 1723-1725. [in 

Russian, English title] 

Turpaeva, E. (1971): The deepwater Pantopoda collected in the 

Kurile-Kamchatke trench. In: Fauna of the Kurile-Kamchatka 

Trench. - Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 92: 274-291. 

Turpaeva, E. (1971): The genus Ascorhynchus (Pantopoda) in the 

deep-sea fauna of the Pacific Ocean. - Byull. Mosk. 

Obshchest. Ispyt. Prirody, Otdel Biol., 76 (3): 104-110. 

[in Russian, English title] 

Turpaeva, E. (1973): Pantopoda from the Northeast Pacific 

Ocean. - Truy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov., Akad. Nauk 

SSSR, 91: 178-191. [in Russian] 

Turpaeva, E. (1974): The Pycnogonids of the Scotia Sea and 

surrounding waters. - Trudy Inst. Okeanol. P.P. Shirshov, 

Akad. Nauk SSSR, 98: 277-305. [in Russian] 

Turpaeva, E. (1975): On some deep-water pantopods (Pycnogonida) 

collected in north-western and south-eastern Pacific. - 

Trudy Inst. Okeanol P.P. Shirshov, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 103: 

230-246. 

-102-

Turpaeva, E.P. (1988): The finding of Pycnogonida in 

Hydrothermal Fauna. - Zool. Zh., 67 (6): 950-953. 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1989): Some morphological features of the deepsea 

Pycnogonida. - Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 

124: 127-133. 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1990): Pycnogonida from southern Atlantic. - 

Trudy Inst. Okeanol., Akad. Nauk SSSR, 126: 108-126. 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1990): Pycnogonida collected on the Pacific 

slope of the Hondo Island. - Zool. Zh., 69 (9): 17-26. 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1991): Pantopods (Pycnogonida) from the shelf 

of south-eastern Africa and surrounding waters. - Zool. 

Zh., 70 (12): 33-43. 

Turpaeva, E.P. (1991): Anoplodactylus gibbefemoris sp.n. 

(Pycnogonida, Phoxichilidiidae) from the underwater 

mountains. - Zool. Zh., 70 (3): 151-154. 

Uchida, H., K. Konno & S. Chiba (1970): Pycnogonida. In: A 

preliminary list of marine animals found in the vicinity 

of Fukaura Marine Biological Laboratory. II. - Rep. 

Fukaura Mar. Biol. Lab., 2: 7-29. [in Japanese] 

Uhlmann, D. & W. Dunger (1955): Biologische Beobachtungen auf 

einer Fangreise des Loggers "Anton Saefkow" im Barentsmeer 

im Juli-August 1952. - Wiss. Z. Karl-Marx Univ., Leipzig, 

4 (1954/55) (Math.-naturwiss. Reihe (1-2): 51-71. 

Ushakob, P.V. (1951): On the marine fauna of the region of the 

Kuril Islands. - Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 80 (1): 125-128. 

[in Russian] 

Ushakob, P.V. (1953): Pycnogonida. In: Fauna of the Sea of 

Okhotsk and its natural resources. - Izdat. Zool. Inst. 

Akad. Nauk SSSR: 1-459. [in Russian] 

Utinomi, H. (1950): Pycnogonida from the Kii Province (Records 

of collections by dredging from off Minabe, Kii Province, 

I.). - Nanki Seibutu, Wakayama, 1 (3): 127-132. [in 

Japanese] 

Utinomi, H. (1951): On some pycnogonids from the sea around Kii 

Peninsula. - Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 1 (4): 159-168. 

Utinomi, H. (1954): The fauna of Akkeshi Bay. XIX. Littoral 

Pycnogonida. - Publ. Akkeshi Mar. Biol. Stat., 3: 1-28. 

Utinomi, H. (1955): Report on the Pycnogonida collected by the 

Sôyô-Maru Expedition made on the continental shelf 

bordering Japan during the years 1926-30. - Publ. Seto 

Mar. Biol. Lab., 5 (1): 1-42. 

-103-

Utinomi, H. (1958): Pycnogonida. In: Coloured Illustrations of 

Sea Shore Animals of Japan: 47-48; Osaka: Hoikusha. 

Utinomi, H. (1959): Pycnogonida of Sagami Bay. - Publ. Seto 

Mar. Biol. Lab., 7 (2): 197-222. 

Utinomi, H. (1959): Pycnogonida of the Japanese Antarctic 

Research Expeditions 1956-1958. Biological Results of the 

Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition. 8. Spec. Publ. 

Seto Mar. Biol. Lab.: 1-12. [= Contr. Seto Mar. Biol. 

Lab., 341] 

Utinomi, H. (1962): Pycnogonida of Sagami Bay - Supplement. - 

Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 10 (1): 91-104. 

Utinomi, H. (1965): Pycnogonida. In: New illustrated 

Encyclopaedia of the Fauna of Japan, 2: 333-338; Tokyo: 

Hokoryû-kan. [in Japanese] 

Utinomi, H. (1966): Subphylum Pycnogonida. - Dôbutsu 

Keitôbunruigaku, 7 (B): 1-14; Tokyo: Nakayamashoten. [in 

Japanese] 

Utinomi, H. (1971): Records of Pycnogonida from shallow waters 

of Japan. - Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 18 (5): 317-347. 

Utinomi, H. (1971): Nymphon chaetochir n.sp., a new deepsea 

pycnogonid from Chatham Rise, east of New Zealand. - J. 

Roy. Soc. N.Z., 1 (3-4): 197-202. 

Vachon, M. (1963): Pycnogonida. In, Chélicerates. Encyclopédie 

de la Pléiade, Zoologie, 2: 244-253. 

Vader, W. (1975): The sea anemone Bolocera tuediae, and its 

copepod parasite, Antheacheres duebeni, in northern 

Norway. - Astarte, 8 (1): 37-39. 

van Beneden, P.-J. (1845): Recherches sur la circulation dans 

quelques animaux inférieurs. - Bull. Acad. Roy. Bruxelles, 

12 (5): 1-19. 

van Deurs, B. (1973): Axonemal 12 + 0 pattern in the flagellum 

of the motile spermatozoan of Nymphon leptocheles. - J. 

Ultrastruct. Res., 42: 594-598. [cytology, genital system] 

van Deurs, B. (1974): Pycnogonid sperm. An example of inter- 

and intraspecific axonemal variation. - Cell Tissue Res., 

149: 105-111. [cytology, genital system] 

van Deurs, B. (1974): Spermatology of some Pycnogonida 

(Arthropoda), with special reference to a microtubulenuclear 

envelope complex. - Acta Zool., 55: 151-162. 

[cytology, genital system] 

-104-

van der Hammen, L. (1978): The evolution of the Chelicerate 

life-cycle. - Acta Biotheoret., 27 (1/2): 44-60. 

Verrill, A.E. (1873): Brief contribution to zoology... Results 

of recent dredging expeditions off the coast of New 

England. - Am. J. Sci. & Arts, (3) 6: 431-435. 

Verrill, A.E. (1873): Report upon the invertebrate animals of 

Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters... - Rep. U.S. 

Comm. Fish., 1: 295-778. 

Verrill, A.E. (1874): Results of recent dredging expeditions on 

the coast of New England. - Am. J. Sci. & Arts, 3 (7): 38- 

46. 

Verrill, A.E. (1875): Results of dredging expeditions off the 

New England coast in 1874. - Am. J. Sci. & Arts, 3 (10): 

36-43. 

Verrill, A.E. (1881): Notice of the remarkable marine fauna 

occupying the outer banks of the southern coast of New 

England, no. 2. - Am. J. Sci. Arts, ser. 3: 292-303. 

Verrill, A.E. (1881): Recent papers on the marine invertebrates 

of the Atlantic Coast of North America. - Am. J. Sci. 

Arts, ser. 3, 22: 411-415. 

Verrill, A.E. (1882): Notice of the remarkable marine fauna 

occupying the outer banks off the southern coast of New 

England, no. 7, and of some additions of the fauna of 

Vineyard Ground. - Am. J. Sci. Arts, ser. 3, 24: 360-371. 

Verrill, A.E. (1885): Results of the explorations made by the 

steamer Albatross off the northern coast of the United 

States in 1883. - Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1883: 503-601. 

Verrill, A.E. (1900): Additions to the Crustacea and 

Pycnogonida of the Bermudas. - Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & 

Sci., 10 (2) (15): 580-582. 

Versluys, J. & R. Demoll (1920): De verwantschap der 

Merostomata met de Arachnida en met andere klassen der 

Arthropoden (eerste mededeling). Verslag van de gewone 

Vergadering der Wis- en Natuurkundige Afdeling der 

Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, 29: 

448-460. 

Versluys, J. & R. Demoll (1921): Die Verwandtschaft der 

Merostomata mit den Arachniden und den anderen Abteilungen 

der Arthropoda. - Proc. Koninklijke Akad. Wetenschappe 

Amsterdam, 23 (5): 739-765. 

-105-

Visweswara, R.V. & K. Hanamatha (1975): Macro- and microfaunal 

associations of the fouling Dresseinid Mytilopsis sallei 

(Reclus) in the Visakhapatnam Harbor. - Bull Dep. Mar. 

Sci., Univ. Cochin, 7 (3): 623-629. 

von Dencker, D. (1974): Das Skeletmuskelsystem von Nymphon 

rubrum Hodge, 1862 (Pycnogonida: Nymphonidae). - Zool. Jb. 

Anat., 93: 272-287. [anatomy] 

von Duben, M.W. (1845): Über die Meeresfauna Norwegens. - Arch. 

Skand. Beitr. Naturgeschaft, 1: 136-138. 

von Lendenfeld, R. (1833): Die Larvenentwicklung von 

Phoxichilidium plumularie nov. sp. - Z. wiss. Zool., 38: 

323-329. [embryology, development] 

von Lotz, G. (1968): Nahrungsaufnahme und Beutefang bei einem 

Pantopoden, Anoplodactylus petiolatus Krøyer. - Oecologia 

(Berlin), 1: 171-175. [feeding] 

von Lotz, G. & D. Bückmann (1968): Die Häutung und die Exuvie 

bei Pycnogonum littorale (Ström) (Pantopoda). - Zool. Jb. 

(Anat.), 85: 529-536. [anatomy, development] 

von Salvini-Plawen, L. (1972): Cnidaria as food-sources for 

marine invertebrates. - Cah. Biol. Mar., 13: 385-400. 

[feeding] 

Waddington, H.J. (1914): Marine fauna: Pycnogonida. In: Morris, 

The Natural History of Bournemouth and District: 227. 

Walker, A.O. (1901): Contributions to the malacostracan fauna 

of the Mediterranean. - J. Linn. Soc. Lond., (Zool.), 28: 

290-306. 

Warner, G.F. (1971): On the ecology of a dense bed of the 

brittle-star Ophiothrix fragilis. - J. Mar. Biol. Ass. 

U.K., 51 (2): 267-282. 

Warren, E. (1908): On a collection of hydroids, mostly from the 

Natal Coast. - Ann. Natal Mus., 1 (3): 269-355, pls. 45- 

48. 

Warren, R. (1892): Nymphon and Caprella on the coast of Sligo. 

- The Zoologist, (3) 16 (190): 367-368. 

Weygoldt, P. & H.F. Paulus (1979): Untersuchungen zur 

Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie der Chelicerata, I: 

Morphologische Untersuchungen. - Z. Zool. Syst. 

Evolutionsforsch., 17 (2): 85-116. 

-106-

Weygoldt, P. & H.F. Paulus (1979): Untersuchungen zur 

Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie der Chelicerata, II: 

Cladogramme und die Entfaltung der Chelicerata. - Z. Zool. 

Syst. Evolutionsforsch., 17 (3): 177-200. 

Weygoldt, P. (1990): Arthropoda-Chelicerata: sperm transfer; 

pp. 77-119, in: Adiyodi, K. & R.G. Adiyodi (eds.). 

Reproductive biology of invertebrates, vol. 4, part B. 

Fertilization, development and parental care. J. Wiley & 

Sons, Chichester, New York, etc.: i-xxiii, 1-527. [mating] 

White, A. (1847): Descriptions of new or little-known Crustacea 

in the collection of the British Museum. - Proc. Zool. 

Soc. Lond., 15: 118-126. 

Whiteavers, J.F. (1872): Notes on a deepsea dredging-expedition 

round the island of Anticosti in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 

- Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, 10: 341-354. 

Whitelegge, T. (1889): List of the marine and fresh-water 

invertebrate fauna of Port Jackson and the neighborhood. - 

J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, 23 (2): 163-325. 

Whitten, H.L., F. Rosene & J.W. Hedgpeth (1950): The 

invertebrate fauna of Texas coast jetties; a preliminary 

survey. - Publ. Inst. mar. Sci., Univ. Texas: 53-87. 

Wicksten, M.K. (1980): Crustacea and Pycnogonida. - Tech. Rep. 

Allan Hancock Fdn., 3: 196-223. 

Wicksten, M.K. (1984): Distributions of some common Decapod 

Crustaceans and a Pycnogonid from the continental shelf of 

Northern California. - Calif. Fish Game, 70 (3): 132-139. 

Wieser, W. (1952): Investigations on the microfauna inhabiting 

seaweeds on rocky coasts. IV. Studies on the vertical 

distribution of the fauna inhabiting seaweeds below the 

Plymouth Laboratory. - J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 31 (1): 

145-174. 

Williams, G. (1933): On Nymphopsis acinacispinatus, a new 

Pycnogonid from Queensland. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 

10 (12): 173-180. 

Williams, G. (1940): Contributions to the fauna of Rottnest 

Island, II. In: Pycnogonida of Western Australia. - J. 

Roy. Soc. W. Australia, 25: 197-205. 

Williams, G. (1941): A revision of the genus Anoplodactylus 

with a new species from Queensland. - Mem. Qd. Mus., 12: 

33-39. 

Williams, G. (1954): Fauna of Strangford Lough and neighbouring 

coasts. - Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., (B) 56 (3): 29-133. 

-107-

Wilson, E.B. (1878): Descriptions of two new genera of 

Pycnogonida. - Am. J. Sci., 15: 200-203. 

Wilson, E.B. (1878): Synopsis of the Pycnogonida of New 

England. - Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., 5: 1-26. 

Wilson, E.B. (1880): Synopsis of the Pycnogonida of New 

England. Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 6: 465-506. [almost 

identical with Wilson, 1878] 

Wilson, E.B. (1880): Report on the Pycnogonida of New England 

and adjacent waters. - Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1878 (6): 

463-506, 7 pls. 

Wilson, E.B. (1881): Report on the Pycnogonida. Reports on the 

results of dredging... "Blake". - Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 

Harvard, 8 (12): 239-256. 

Winter, G. (1980): Beiträge zur Morphologie und Embryologie des 

vorderen Körperabschnitts (Cephalosoma) der Pantopoda 

Gerstaecker, 1863. - Z. Zool. Syst. Evolutionsforsch., 18 

(1): 27-61. 

Wirén, E. (1918): Zur Morphologie und Phylogenie der 

Pantopoden. - Zool. Bidr. Uppsala, 6: 41-181. 

Wolff, T. (1958): Notiser om danske havedderkopper. - Flora og 

Fauna, 64 (1): 1-7. 

Wolff, T. (1960): Strejflys over dybhavets dyreliv. - Naturens 

Verden, 1960 (June): 161-191. 

Wolff, T. (1961): Animal life from a single abyssal trawling. - 

Galathea Rep., 5: 129-162. 

Wolff, T. (1970): The concept of the hadal or ultraabyssal 

fauna. - Deep-Sea Res., 17: 983-1003. 

Wolff, T. (1971): Krebsdyr og Havedderkopper. In: Rosenskilde 

og Bagger: Danmarks Dyreverden, pp. 97-181. 

Wolff, W.J. (1976): Distribution of Pantopoda in the estuarine 

area in the southwestern part of the Netherlands. - 

Netherl. J. Sea Res., 10 (4): 472-478. 

Wolff, W.J. & N. Dankers (1981): Preliminary checklist of the 

Zoobenthos and nekton species of the Wadden Sea. In: N. 

Dankers, H. Kuhl & W.J. Wolff (eds.). Invertebrates of the 

Wadden Sea, pp. 24-60. Leiden: Wadden Sea Working Group. 

Wood-Mason, J. (1873): On Rhopalorhynchus Kröyeri, a new genus 

and species of Pycnogonida. - J. As. Soc. Bengal., 42 (2): 

171-175. 

-108-

Wood-Mason, J. & A. Alcock (1891): On the results of the deepsea 

dredging during the season 1890-91. Ser. II., no. 1 of 

Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey 

Steamer Investigator. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) 8: 16- 

17, 269-286, 353-362. 

Wright, T.S. (1863): On the development of Pycnogon larvae 

within the polyps of Hydractinia echinata. - Quart. J. 

Microsc. Sci., (N.S.) 3: 51-52. 

Wright, T.S. (1863): On the development of Pycnogon larvae 

within the polyps of Hydractinia echinata. - Proc. Roy. 

Soc. Edinburgh, 2: 439-442. [hydroid host] 

Wyer, D., P.E. King & J.H. Jarvis (1971): Achelia simplex 

(Giltay) a pycnogonid new to the Irish Fauna. - Irish Nat. 

J., 17 (3): 92-95. 

Wyer, D. (1972): Aspects of the nutritional biology of 

pycnogonids. Ph.D. thesis, Univ. Wales. 

Wyer, D. & P.E. King (1973): Relationship between some British 

littoral and sublittoral bryozoans and pycnogonids. 18. 

In: G.P. Larwood (ed.). Living and fossil Bryozoa: Recent 

advances in Research: 199-207. 

Wyer, D. & P.E. King (1974): Feeding in British littoral 

Pycnogonids. - Estuarine cstl. mar. Sci., 2 (2): 177-184. 

Wyer, D. & P.E. King (1974): An investigation into the validity 

of the species Achelia hispida Hodge and Achelia longipes 

(Hodge). - Irish Nat. J., 18 (4): 114-120. 

Yamashita, H. (1980): Studies on the benthic organisms 

collected from the East China Sea and the Yellow Sea, IX: 

Distribution of Sipunculoidea, Annelida, Tentaculata, 

Arthropoda and Mollusca. - Bull. Seikai Reg. Fish. Res. 

Lab., 55: 1-11. [in Japanese with English abstract] 

Yonge, C.M. (1966): Pycnogonids, sea spiders. In: The sea 

shore: 25, 82, 105; London: Collins. 

Zago, M.S.A. (1970): Sobre o Pantópodo Rhynchothorax 

mediterraneus Costa, 1861. - Contr. Avuls. Inst. 

Oceanogr., Univ. S. Paulo, 21: 1-5. 

Zambrana Diaz, M., M.I. García Palmer, O. Rivero Bustos & T. 

Eligio Castillo (1985): Lista de especies y bibliografía 

de los picnogónidos (Arthropoda) del Mediterráneo 

Americano. - Revta. Invest. Mar., 6 (1): 29-38. 

-109-

Zavodnik, D. (1965): A contribution to the knowledge of the 

community Cystoseira barbata in the North Adriatic. - 

Biol. Vestnik, 13: 87-101. [in Serbo-Croatic] 

Zavodnik, D. (1968): Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Asselspinnen 

(Pantopoda) der Umgebung von Rovinj (Nördl. Adria). - 

Thalasia Jugoslavica, 4: 45-53. 

Zavodnik, D. (1971): Contribution to the dynamics of the 

benthic communities in the region of Rovinj (northern 

Adriatic). - Thalasia Jugoslavica, 7 (2): 447-514. 

Zenker, W. (1852): Untersuchungen über die Pycnogoniden. - 

Arch. Anat. Physiol., 1852: 379-391. 

Zenkewitsch, L.A., J.A. Birstein & G.M. Beliaev (1955): The 

bottom fauna of the Kurile-Kamchatka Trench. - Trudy Inst. 

Okeanol., 12: 375-381; Akad. Nauk. SSSR. 

Zharkova, I.S. (1976): Structural variability of vision organs 

of Nymphon longicoxa (Pantopoda). - Trudy Inst. Okeanol., 

Akad. Nauk SSSR, 99: 241-243. [in Russian] 

Ziegelmeier, E. (1978): Macrobenthos investigations in the 

eastern part of the German Bight from 1950 to 1974. - 

Rapp. P.-v. Reun. Cons. Int. Expl. Mer, 172: 432-444. 

Ziegler, A.C. (1960): Annotated list of Pycnogonida collected 

near Bolinas, California. - The Veliger, 3 (1): 19-22. 

Zilberberg, F. (1964): Pantopoda. In: P.E. Vanzolini (ed.). 

História natural de organismos aquaticos do Brasil - 

Bibliografia comentada. - Publ. Fund. Amparo Pesq. Estado 

Sao Paulo, 1-452. 

Zilberberg, F. (1965): Notes on Pantopoda. - Bolm. Inst. 

Oceanogr., Univ. Sao Paulo, 13 (2): 21-32. 

-110-

world catalogue and bibliography of the recent pycnogonida

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?